Bangladesh Power Development Board · tender document for upgradation of existing 33/11kv sub-station- package: gd-1, lot-3. 2019 2 section 7 technical specification of "up-gradation

Tender document for Upgradation of Existing 33/11KV Sub-Station- Package: GD-1, Lot-3. 2019 1

Bangladesh Power Development Board

Tender Document For Supply & Installation of Plant & Equipment

(International) One Stage Two Envelope Tendering for Turnkey Contract

“UP-GRADATION OF 08NOS. 33/11KV AIS SUBSTATION TO 33/11KV

GIS SUBSTATION INCLUDING DESIGN, SUPPLY, DISMANTLING, INSTALLATION, TESTING , COMMISSIONING INCLUDING CIVIL WORKS

AND OTHER RELATED WORKS ON TURNKEY BASIS AT DIFFERENT AREA

IN CUMILLA DIVISION UNDER POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

DEVELOPMENT PROJECT, CUMILLA ZONE OF BPDB (PACKAGE NO:GD-1, LOT-3).”

Invitation for Tender No:27.11.0000.101.14.035.19-867

Issued on: 14.02.2019

Tender Package No: GD-1 (FY: 2018-19)

Tender Lot No: Lot-3

Volume-2 of 2


SECTION 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF

"UP-GRADATION OF 08NOS. 33/11KV AIS SUBSTATION TO 33/11KV GIS

SUBSTATION INCLUDING DESIGN, SUPPLY, DISMANTLING, INSTALLATION, TESTING , COMMISSIONING INCLUDING CIVIL WORKS AND OTHER RELATED WORKS ON TURNKEY

BASIS AT DIFFERENT AREA IN CUMILLA DIVISION UNDER POWER DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT PROJECT, CUMILLA ZONE OF BPDB (PACKAGE NO:GD-1, LOT-3).”


TABLE OF CONTENT

7.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 33/11KV GIS SUB-STATION SWITCHGEAR. 7.2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SUB-STATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM 7.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SUB-STATION EQUIPMENT. 7.4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 33/11KV POWER TRANSFORMER &

AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER 7.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF POWER CABLE & CONDUCTOR. 7.6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SUPLIMENTARY INFORMATION. 7.8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CIVIL WORKS. 7,9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF OTHER/TESTING INFORMATION


7.1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF

33/11KV GIS SUB-STATION SWITCHGEAR


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 33/11 KV GIS SUBSTATION SWITCHGEAR

7.1.1 Scope

This clause describe the General Technical Requirements for the new 33 KV and 11KVindoor gas insulated Switchgear and general switchyard equipment, and shall be read inconjunctionwiththeProjectRequirements,SchedulesandDrawingsinthespecification.

TheContractorshalldemonstrate that the switchgearhasbeendesigned, builtandinstalledin accordance with the relevant international standards and the specification. It shall alsooperate and perform on a site in accordance with the requirements of the specificationand in theenvironmentdefinedherein.

The design shall be proven by the submission at the time of Tender of test certificatescovering all specified tests deemed to be pertinent to the plant and to the conditions inwhich it will operate or, if such test certificates cannot be supplied or are deemedunacceptable by the Engineer, type tests which will be subject to the conditions of thisContractshallbecarriedoutatnoextracosttotheEmployer.

The requirement for switchgear spares, tools and appliances, including test, maintenanceand handling equipment shall be as stated in the Bid document. All devices necessary foroperationandearthingshallbeprovidedwithintheContractPrice.

7.1.2 References

7.1.2.1 British Standards

BS 159 SpecificationsforHVbusbarsandbusbarconnectionsBS 1977 Specificationsforhighconductivitycoppertubesforelectrical

purposesBSBS

28983938

Specificationsforwroughtaluminiumforelectricalpurposes.Stripwithdrawnorrollededges.Specificationforcurrenttransformers.BS 5253 SpecificationsforACdisconnectorsandearthingswitches.

BS 6651 LightningProtectionBS 7354 CodeofpracticefordesignofHVopenterminalstations.

7.1.2.2 IEC Standards

1. IEC62271 HVSwitchgearandControlgear.2. IEC60376 Specificationandacceptanceofnewsulphurhexafluoride3. IEC60480 Guide tocheckingof sulphurhexafluoride takenfromelectrical

equipment.4. IEC60060 HighVoltagetesttechniques.5. IEC60071 InsulationCo-ordination6. IEC60099-5 SurgearrestersPart5:Selectionandapplication

reccommandation7. IEC60129 ACdisconnectors(isolators)andearthingswitches8. IEC60044-1 Currenttransformers.9. IEC60044-2 Voltagetransformers.

10. IEC60273 Characteristicsofindoorandoutdoorpostinsulatorsforsystemswithnominalvoltagesgreaterthan1000V.

11. IEC61850 Communicationnetworkandsysteminsubstation12. IEC60529 DegreesofprotectionprovidedbyEnclosure(IPcode)13. IEC60255 Electricalrelays

14. IEC62271-1 Highvoltageswitchgearandcontrolgear:commonspecification15. IEC62271-

100Highvoltageswitchgearandcontrolgear:Part100:Alternatingcurrentcircuitbreakers

16. IEC62271-102

Highvoltageswitchgearandcontrolgear:Part102:Alternatingcurrentdisconnectorandearthingswitch


7.1.3 33KV Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS)

7.1.3.1 Switch gear–Design and Performance:

33 KV gas insulated switchgear shall be suitable for indoor location and capable of continuousoperation under the climatic conditions existing on site. It shall be designed to comply with thisSpecificationandrelevantIECStandards.

In all cases the ancillary plant necessary to complete installation of the equipment shall beincludedintheContract.

The disposition of plant in any substation is to be such that the operation of any item of plantunder the specified service conditions shall in no way create a condition that could adverselyaffecttheperformanceofadjacentcircuitbreakersoranyassociatedequipment.

The Contractor is to ensure that the complete substation installation will satisfy therequirements of this Specification and the appropriate Standards in respect of insulation, faultlevels, mechanical stress etc., and any additional equipment found to be necessary to meet these requirements shall be deemed to have been included in the Contract Price.

The layout and design of plant and equipment on substation sites shall make provision for thefutureextensionsofsamecapacitysubstationshownonthelayoutdrawingsandshallprovidefor ready access for operation, maintenance and extension whilst the remaining sections ofequipment are alive. Working clearances provided between isolated equipment and nearest livemetalworkshallnotbelessthantheBritishStandardsectionclearances.

Insulation creepage distances shall not be less than 25mm per KV rated voltage betweenphases.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that insulation co-ordination in accordancewith recommendation of IEC-71 is achieved. Dynamic and temporary over voltages shall beassumedtobeinaccordancewithnormallyacceptedIEClevels.

The33KVGasInsulatedswitchgearwithcircuitbreakershavingvacuuminterruptionfacilityshallbe Indoor, Metal clad, dust & vermin proof, factory assembled, type tested, protected againstcondensationand aggressive gases, single busbar and single phase encapsulatedorthreephaseencapsulated. All high voltage components/ parts must be fully gas insulated sealedhermetically and safe-to- touch. The Switchgear (primary section) panel shall be filled withinsulating gas at site or in factory and fitted with gas monitoring device with contact. SF6 maybeusedasaninsulatingmedium,notforquenching.

Allcontrolandmonitoringelementsshouldbeaccessiblefromthefront.The arrangement of the Circuit-breaker in the panel must be such that in the event of anynecessary inspections both the operating mechanism and the arc chambers can be removed andreinstalled from the front or back in a verifiably short time. The bus bars must remain inuninterruptedoperationand there must be no reduction in either the insulation level (additionalmeasuressuchasprotectivebarriersarenotpermitted)orpersonalsafety.Confirmationmustbeprovidedwiththequotation.

Each sealed-off gas compartment must have its own pressure relief facility, which in event ofarcing fault prevents uncontrolled rupturing of the compartment. The manufacturer mustguarantee an adequate pressure reserve between the operating value of the pressure relief andthe rupturing pressure of the vessels. The pressure relief facilities must limit the effects of a


fault arc to one compartment. Gas escaping under pressure must divert in a direction that is notdangerousforoperatingpersonnel;thesameappliestofixedparts(rupturediaphragmsetc).

Pressure monitoring takes place with contact-making manometer gauges with scale, whichfunction independently for each bus bar section, three-position switch gas compartment orbus bar voltage transformer set respectively or temperature compensated gas sensors foreach gas compartment, which shall be equipped with self supervision. The gas pressure gaugeshallbeinstalledatthefrontoftheswitchgearpanelandshallbeeasilyvisible.

The gas compartments must be well sealed both mutually and to their surroundings. The gas loss must not exceed 0.1% per year and compartment. The filling pressure must be selectedso that after thirty years of operation the full test voltages can still be withstand, without anytoppingup.

The use of plastics must be minimized, in order to likewise minimize the risk of fire in theeventofafault.

TheCurrenttransformermustbeofthedi-electricallynon-stressedringtypemountedoutsidethegascompartmentandshallbeeasilyreplaceablewithoutgaswork.

The Voltage transformer forboth busbarand incomer shall be of plug-in-design separate housing filled with SF6 gas to be connected to the bus bar and located outside of the gas enclosure and

disconnectablebyathreepositionisolationswitch.

Cable termination shall be totally insulated. Provision should be kept forplug-in connection of atleasttwocablesperphase.

The LV compartment shall be made of high quality sheet steel with powdered coated paintingwithsufficientspaceformountingsecondaryequipment.

Thecompleteswitchgearmustbecompactindimensionasspaceisverylimited.

Interlocking between the Circuit breaker and three position switch should meet the followingconditions:

• to prevent the disconnector from switching under load, they may only be actuated withthecircuit-breakeropen

• thethree-positionswitchmustbepreventedfromswitchingthroughfromtheclosedstatein

tothe“ready-to-earth”position.

• the three-position switch can only be brought into the earthing position if the circuitbreakerisopen.

• closingofthecircuit-breakermustbeblockedforaslongasthethreepositionswitchhasnot

reachedadefiniteswitchingposition.

• for earthing of the feeder, reliable “interrogation interlocking” must be provided. Only thethree-position switch is switched into the “ready-to-earth” position, feeder can be earthedandshort-circuitedbyclosingthecircuit-breaker.

Gas compartment must be provided with gas pressure monitoring by pressure gauge withsignalingcontacts,tosignalanyincreasedropofgaspressure.

The individual panels are to be connected by solid insulated, plug-in bus bars outside the SF6 Gas compartment. The bus bar is to be located in a metal-clad compartment.

The switchgear must be extendable at both ends of the bus bars. The incoming and outgoingswitchgearpanelwidthshallnotbemorethan600mmtoensuretheproperuseofspace.

The Vacuum Circuit Breaker as a making/breaking unit, including operating mechanism, mustbemaintenancefree.


The three-position disconnector (ON-OFF–EARTH) is to reduce the number of functionalelements within the encapsulation and together with the circuit breaker, provide make-proofearthing.

In order to reduce the number of mechanical parts within the encapsulation, the operatingshafts are to be located outside the encapsulation. The switches are to be operated without asealviagas-tightwelded-inbushings.

The material of the SF6 containers is to consist of non-corroding high-quality steel oraluminium.ThelivepartsaretobeinsulatedagainsttheearthedhousingbySF6gas.

TheTransformersare tobeexchangeabletoroidal-coreorring typetransformerswhichare tobeusedoutsidetheSF6encapsulationsothattheyarenotexposedtodielectricstress.

The cable terminals of the 3-Phases are to be located horizontally next to one another on onelevelandaretobeeasilyaccessiblefromthefrontorrear.

High Voltage Section

TheHighVoltagesectionmustbemaintenancefreeandimmunetoenvironmentalinfluences.Theinstallationmustberesistanttoaccidentalarcs.

Allswitchesaretobeoperatedfromthefront.Thecircuitbreakersmustberemotelycontrollable.

Capacitive dividers in the bushing to the bushing to the cable terminal compartment are toallow safe testing for dead state at the panel front. The degree of protection of the switchgearmustnotbereducedhere.

Gas Compartment Technology

The sealed gas compartment must have its own pressure relief device which preventsuncontrolled bursting of the gas compartment when an accidental arc occurs. The manufacturermust guarantee a sufficient pressure reserve between the operating pressure of the pressurereliefdevicesandtheburstingpressureofthecontainer.

The gas compartment must be tightly sealed. The filling pressure is to be such that at least 30years service is guaranteed without the necessity of refilling. The design of the HVcompartmentshallbe such that nodisruptive discharge willoccur between live parts andbetweenlivepartsandearthevenatatmosphericpressureatmaximumsystemvoltage.

The pressure of the SF6 gas is to be monitored inside the gas compartment by means ofpressure-gauge boxes or temperature compensated sensor with self supervision. In this way,completetemperaturecompensationcanbeachieved.Anypressuredropbeyondthe safe levelasspecified by the manufacturer shall be indicated in the form of sound and light alarm. Each Bus-sectionshallhaveindividualpressuremonitoringarrangement.

Locking Devices

Three-position disconnectors (ON- OFF- EARTH) must be mechanically a n d e l e c t r i c a l l y locked a n d against thecircuitbreaker

The inductive type Cast-resin insulated Voltage transformer shall be mounted outside theprimaryenclosure. TheVTs canbe plugged into the bus bar. TheVoltage transformeronbusbarmust be designed for 80% Power frequency withstand voltage so that repeat tests can becarried ou t on the bus bar without removal of the transformer. However, the voltagetransformer on bus bar must be capable of withstanding over 100% power frequency withstandvoltageundernormaloperatingconditions.


Cable termination shall be totally insulated. Provision should be kept forplug-in connection of atleasttwocableperphase.

The LV compartment shall be made of high quality sheet steel with powdered coated paintingwithsufficientspaceformountingsecondaryequipment.

The complete switchgear must be compact in dimension as space is very limited. Also theSwitchgearshouldbesuitable forfutureextensionorreplacementofpanelswithoutaffectingthegasenclosures.

7.1.3.2 Current Ratings

Every current-carrying part of the switchgear including current transformer, busbars,connections, contacts and joints shall be capable of carrying its specified rated current at ratedfrequency continuously, and in no part shall its temperature rise exceed that specified inrelevantstandards.

7.1.3.3 Corona

Equipment shall be designed so as to minimize corona or other electrical discharge and radiointerference.Tests for corona and radio interference shallbe carriedoutby the ContractorathisWorksandonSite.

7.1.3.4 Local, Remote and Supervisory Control

Circuitbreakersandmotorizeddisconnectorsshallbeelectricallycontrolled locally,remotelyandbysupervisorycontrol.

Position indication of these devices shall be provided via auxiliary switches on their operatingmechanisms and the Contractor shall include the supply and fitting of the necessary auxiliaryswitches.

For supervisory control, the interface between the automation devices and the controlequipment being provided under this Contract shall be as specified in Section – 7.3 (SubstationAustomationsystem)

7.1.3.5 Circuit Breakers

7.1.3.5.1 Type

33 KV Gas Insulated circuit breakers having vacuum interruption facility shall have springoperatingmechanism.

7.1.3.5.2 Operating Duty and Performance

i) General

TherequirementsofIEC-62271-100inrespectoftypetests,serviceoperationandthemakingandbreaking of fault currents shall apply to all types of circuit breakers. Designs shall be suitableforinterrupting3-Phaseungroundedfaults.

ii) Test Certificates

Circuit breakers shall be covered by test certificates issued by a recognized testing laboratorycertifying the operation of the circuit-breaker at duties corresponding to the rated breakingcapacitiesofthecircuit-breakers.ThetestdutyshallnotbelessonerousthantherequirementsofIEC62271orequivalent.Testcertificatesshall besubmittedwith theBid.Testcertificatesshouldconformtocurrentstandardsfortypetestapprovaltests.

iii)Rate-of-Rise of Restriking Voltage

Attention is drawn to the requirements of the minimum inherent rates of rise of restrikingvoltage of test plant arrangements. Where not specifically stated in the test certificates


submitted with the Bid, the Bider shall certify that the TRV to which the circuit-breaker wassubjected during the short circuit tests was the most severe condition that could be imposed bytheavailabletestplantforafirstphase-to-clearfactorof1.5.

Any device incorporated in a circuit breaker to limit or control the rate of rise of restrikingvoltage across the circuit breaker contacts shall likewise be to the Engineer’s approval and fulldescriptionsofanysuchdeviceshallbegiven.

iv) Interrupting Duties

In addition to the requirements of IEC 62271 for interrupting terminal faults, circuit-breakersshall be capable of coping with the interrupting duties produced by the switching of lowinductive currents associated with reactors or transformer magnetizing currents, or bytheswitching of capacitor currents associated with overhead line-charging, cable-charging orcapacitorbanksasmaybeapplicable.Circuitbreakersshallberestrike-freetypefortheseduties.

Circuitbreakersshallbecapableof interruptingcurrentsassociatedwithshort-linefaultsandtheout-of-phaseswitchingconditionsthatmayoccurinservice.

Bids should include a statement of the accumulative breaking capacity which the circuit-breakersarecapableofbeforemaintenanceisrequired.

v) Insulation Coordination

The insulation strength across the open circuit breaker shall be at least 15 per cent greater thanthe line to ground insulation strength for all impulse, switching surge and power frequencyvoltageconditions. 7.1.3.5.3 General Arrangement

For indoor sub-station circuit breaker shall be suitable for mounting directly on the cubicle.Evidence shall be provided that enclosures subject to pressures in excess of normalatmospheric pressure during service operation have withstood approved pressure tests withoutleakage, permanent distortion or any temporary distortion such as might cause maloperation ofthecircuitbreaker.

7.1.3.5.4 Operating Mechanisms

Circuit-breaker mechanisms shall be “trip free” as defined in IEC 62271 and BS 5311:1976. It isrecognized that it may be necessary for contacts to close momentarily prior to opening toensuresatisfactorycurrentinterruptions.

Each part of the operating mechanisms shall be of substantial construction, utilizing suchmaterialsasstainless steel,brassorgunmetal wherenecessary to preventstickingdue torustorcorrosion. The overall designs shall be such as to reduce mechanical shock to a minimum andshallpreventinadvertentoperationduetofaultcurrentstresses,vibrationorothercauses.

An approved mechanically operator shall be provided on each circuit-breaker operatingmechanismtoshowwhetherthecircuitbreaker isopenorclosed.Eachphaseshall incorporateamechanical indicator or other approved means of position indication where operatingmechanism designs do not utilize mechanical coupling between phases. Where circuit breakerscomprise three independent units it shall be possible to makeindependent adjustments toeach unit. For 3-Phase operation the three units shall make and break the circuitssimultaneously. In the event of any phase failing to complete a closing operation, provisionshall be made for automatic tripping of all three phases of the circuitbreaker.

Power closingmechanisms shallbe rechargedautomatically forfurtheroperationsassoonasthecircuit-breaker has completed the closing operation and the design of the closingmechanisms shall be such that the cannot be operated inadvertently due to external shockforcesresultingfromshortcircuits,circuit-breakeroperationoranyothercause.

Circuit-breaker operating mechanisms capable of storing energy for at least two completeclosing and tripping operations, local to the equipment and without recharging, are preferred.


Mechanisms incapable of storing energy for at least two complete operations shall utilize thesubstationDCsupplyforrechargingthemechanism.

7.1.3.6 Operating Cubicles

Circuit-breaker operating mechanisms, auxiliary switches and associated relays, controlswitches, control cable terminations and other ancillary equipment shall be accommodated inaluzinc/anodized coated sheet aluminum vermin-proof and weatherproof cubicles. Whereappropriate the cubicles may be free standing. Cubicles are to be painted with RAL 7044 &RAL7032colour.

Cubicles shall be of rigid construction, preferably folded but alternatively formed on aframework of standard rolled steel sections and shall include any supporting steelworknecessary for mounting on the circuit breaker or on concrete foundations. Bolts or carriagekeys shall not be used to secure the panels or doors. All fastenings shall be integral with thepanel or door and provision made for locking. Doors and panels shall be rigid and fitted withweatherproofsealingmaterialsuitablefortheclimaticconditionsspecified.

Cubicles shall be well ventilated through vermin-proof louvres comprising a brass gaugescreen attached to a frame and secured to the inside of the cubicle. Divisions betweencompartmentswithinthecubicleshallbeperforatedtoassistaircirculation.Inaddition,thermostat controlled anti- condensation heater of an approved type shall be provided andcontrolled by a single pole switch mounted within the cubicle. In addition, thermostatcontrolled anti-condensation heater of an approved type shall be provided and controlled by asinglepoleswitchmountedwithinthecubicle.

Access doors or panels shall be glazed where necessary to enable instruments to be viewedwithoutopeningthe cubicles.Thearrangementofequipmentwithinthecubicleshallbesuchthataccess for maintenance or removal of any item shall be possible with the minimumdisturbancetoassociatedapparatus.

Circuit breaker control position selector and circuit-breaker operating control switches asspecified in the Specification shall be installed in the cubicle. Circuit-breaker control from thispositionwillbeusedundermaintenanceandemergencyconditionsonly.

Where practicable an approved schematic diagram of the part of the control system local to thecircuit-breaker, identifying the various components within the cubicle and on the circuit-breaker and referring to the appropriate drawings and maintenance instructions, shall beaffixed to the inside of the cubicle access door. The diagram shall be marked on durable non-fadingmaterialsuitableforthespecifiedsiteconditions.

7.1.3.7 Voltage Transformers

Voltage transformers shall comply with IEC 60044-2 and IEC 60186 and the requirementsofthisspecification.

SeparatesetsoffusesorMCBsshallbeprovidedattheVTfor:

a) Eachprotectionschemeb) Instruments,recorderetc.

The circuits for each main protection scheme shall be segregated in separate multicorecables from the VT to the protection panels. An (VT failure) alarm shall be provided foreachsetoffusesandMCBs.

The33KVvoltagetransformersshallbeofthefollowingspecificationsandratings:

33KV/√3:110V/√3,110V/√3foreachphasewithaccuracyclass0.2and3P

The insulation value of the PT shall be rated maximum system voltage 36KV and nominal 33KV,BIL-170KVandPowerFrequencywithstandvoltagefor1min.70KV.TheburdenofthePTshallbe


20VA.7.1.3.8 Current Transformers

Current transformers shall comply with IEC 60044-1 and the requirements of this Specification.Primary winding conductors shall be not less than 100 sq. mm section and shall have a onesecond short time current rating not less than that of the associated switchgear. Secondarywindingsof eachcurrent transformershall be earthed at one point only.Magnetization and coreloss curves and secondary resistance shall be provided for each type and rating of currenttransformer. Where the Contractor wishes to provide current transformer ratios differing fromthose specified, he shall first obtain approval in writing from the Engineer for each specificinstance.Current transformers for balanced protective schemes, including neutral current transformerswhere appropriate, shall have identical turn’s ratio and shall have magnetization characteristicsforeachspecificinstance.

Except where stated in the Schedule of Requirements, all current transformers shall have amaximumcontinuousprimarycurrentratingnotlessthantheprimarycurrentratingofthebayinwhichtheyareinstalled.

Current transformers shall be capable of withstanding, without damage, the peak and ratedspecificshort-timecurrentsoftheirassociatedequipment. Theyshallalsowithstandcontinuouslyacurrentequalto1.2timestheCTratio,exceptfortransformercircuitswhen1.5timesshallapply.

Current transformers provided for protective gear purposes shall have over current andsaturation factors not less than those corresponding to the design short circuit level of thesystem. The output of each current transformer shall be not less than 20 VA with an accuracylimit factor (ALF) of 20 and it shall be ensured that the capacity of the current transformersprovided is adequate for operation of the associated protective devices and instruments. Wheredouble ratio secondary windings are specified, a label shall be provided at the secondaryterminals of the current transformer indicating clearly the connection required for eitherratio.Theseconnectionsandratioinuseshallbeshownonappropriateschematicandconnectiondiagrams.

TheaccuracyclassofallprotectionCTsshallbe5PorbetterandthatofmeteringCTsshallbe0.2orbetterandfactorofsecurityshallbelessthan5.Theburdenof33KVCTformeasurementshallbe15VAandforprotection15VA(AtmaximumCTratio).

Current transformers for all unit type protection shall be of the low reactance type and theirperformance shall be stated in terms of the Class X parameters of IEC standard (low reactancecurrent transformers are preferred for all forms of protection). Current transformers may beshowntobelowreactancebyvirtueoftheirconstructionasperIECStandard.

If all the constructional requirements are not met, then type tests will be required to prove thatthe current transformers are low reactance; the primary test current shall not be less than thethroughfault(stability)currentoftheprotection.

The CT cores for each Main protection scheme shall be segregated in separate multi-corecontrolcablesfromthecurrenttransformerthroughtoprotectionpanels.

Where double ratios are specified with multiple windings, it shall be possible to select eitherratioforeachwindingwithoutalterationtothenumberofprimaryturns.

Neutral current transformers shall be of the outdoor totally enclosed, porcelain bushing typecomplete with suitable mounting steelwork/cast resin insulation as specified and complete withterminalboxforsecondaryconnections.

The Contractor shall provide details of their method of calculating the outputs of the currenttransformers for each type of protection specified and shall submit calculations for all thecurrenttransformerstotheEmployerbeforestartingmanufacture.


Current transformer shall be capable of withstanding without damage at full load, peak andratedshorttimecurrent.

Current transformers shall be located on the non busbar side of the circuit breaker exceptwherecurrenttransformersareprovidedonbothsidesofthecircuitbreaker.

The 33 KV feeder and transformer feeder panel CTs shall have two cores for protection andmetering. The capacity, ratio and accuracy class of the CT will be of the following specificationandrating:

For 33 KV Feeders:

400-800/5–5A, 1stcore15VA,acc.0.2%&FS<5formetering

2ndcore15VA,acc.5P20forprotection.

For 20/26 MVA, 33/11 kV Transformer 33kV feeders:

400-800/5-5-5, 1stcore15VA,acc.0.2%FS:5formetering2nd&3rdcore15VA,acc.5P20forprotection.

For 16/20 MVA, 33/11 kV Transformer 33kV feeders:

400-800/5-5-5, 1stcore15VA,acc.0.2%FS:5formetering

2nd&3rdcore15VA,acc.5P20forprotection.

For 10/13.33 MVA, 33/11 kV Transformer 33kV feeders:

300-600/5-5-5, 1stcore15VA,acc.0.2%FS:5formetering2nd&3rdcore15VA,acc.5P20forprotection.

The insulationvalue of theCT shallbe rated maximum system voltage 36KV andnominal 33KV,BIL-170KVandpowerfrequencywithstandvoltagefor1min.70KV.

7.1.3.9 Interlocking Facilities

Disconnectors, earthing switches, circuit breakers, etc., shall be provided with an interlockingsystem,whichensuressafeoperationoftheequipmentunderallserviceconditions.

The items of plant supplied under this Contract shall be complete with all interlocking facilitiesneededforthefinalarrangement,avoidingtheneedforfuturemodifications.

Where mechanical key interlocks are employed, they shall be effective at the point where handpowerisappliedsothatstressescannotbetransferredtopartsremotefromthatpoint.

Tripping of the circuit breaker shall not occur if any attempt is made to remove a trapped keyfromthemechanism.Emergencytrippingdevicesshallbekeptseparateanddistinctfromanykeyinterlocking system and shall be clearly labeled, suitably protected from inadvertentoperationbutreadilyaccessible.

Circuit breakers shall be interlocked so that, except under maintenance conditions, it is notpossible to close a circuit breaker unless the selected bus bar and circuit disconnectors areclosed.

Except as stated below, disconnectors shall be so interlocked that they cannot be operatedunlesstheassociatedcircuitbreakerisopen.

All electrical interlocks shall so function as to interrupt the operating supply, and an approvedsystem of interlocks shall be provided which shall cover the emergency hand operation ofapparatus which is normally power operated. Failure of supply (or its restoration after anoutage) or of connections to any electrical interlock shall not produce or permit faultyoperation. Electrical bolt interlocks shall be energized only when the operating mechanism is


beingoperated. Visible indication shallbe providedtoshowwhether the operatingmechanismislockedor free. Approved means, normally padlocked, shall be provided whereby the boltcanbeoperatedintheemergencyofafailureofinterlocksupplies.

7.1.3.10 Auxiliary Switches and Contactors

Circuit-breakers, disconnectors and earthing devices and circuit selector disconnectors shall beprovided with suitably rated auxiliary switches and contactors, where permitted, to relay circuitinformationforthepurposeofcontrol,protection,indicationandmeteringatthesubstationsiteasrequired by the relevant section of the Specification. In addition they shall be provided withauxiliary contacts for position indication to the central system control room via the remotesupervisory system. Disconnector auxiliary switches are not to be used for current transformerswitchingcircuits.Auxiliary contactors shall be provided only where the circuit requirement cannot be met by theauxiliaryswitch arrangements andmultiple contractorsand relayswill not be accepted in lieuofthe auxiliary switches except as specifically approved by the Engineer. Auxiliary switches andcontractors shall comply with the requirements of this Specification and in particular shall becapable of operation within the same voltage limits as specified for the associated circuit-breakercloseandtripcoils.

The connections of all auxiliary switches, including spares, and contractors as well as theassociated coil connections and interconnections between auxiliary switches, shall be wired to aterminalboardlocatedintheoperatingcubicleorotherapprovedposition.

Auxiliary switches and contractors shall be mounted in an approved accessible position clearofthe main operating mechanism but with a minimum of additional mechanical linkages andhoused in a substantial weatherproof enclosure. Where adjustable linkages are provided tofacilitate the timing of the auxiliary switches with respect to the main equipment, approvedlockingdevicesshallbefitted.

Auxiliary switch contacts shall be positively operated, make with a wiping action and, wherenecessary, discharge resistors shall be provided to prevent arcing when breaking inductivecircuits.

Except for the contacts employed for control and interlocking, the requirements for auxiliaryswitchesinrespectoftimingshallbeasfollows:

For Circuit Breakers

Normally open contacts, with the exception of two sets of this type, shall close in about 10milliseconds after the making of the main circuit-breaker contacts and shall open in about 10milliseconds before the separation of the main circuit-breaker contacts whilst the tworemaining sets shall close in about 5 milliseconds before the making of the main circuit breakercontactsandopensimultaneouslywiththemaincircuitcontacts.

Normally closed contacts shall close 10 milliseconds after the opening of the main circuit-breaker contacts and open at least 10 milliseconds before the making of the main circuit-breakercontacts.

For Bus Bar Disconnectors

The operating sequence of any disconnector auxiliary switches used in D.C. circuits for highimpedancebusbarzoneprotectionshallbesuchthattheauxiliaryswitchesoperate:-

a) Beforereachingthepre-arcingdistanceonclosingthedisconnector. b)Afterthepre-arcingdistancehasbeenexceededontheopeningofthedisconnector.

For Earthing Switches

As for Bus bar disconnector auxiliary switches, Auxiliary switches shall be adjustable fromnormally-opentonormally-closedorvice-versa.

Anydeviation fromtheaboveshouldbestated intheGTPofDeviations fromSpecification.


7.1.3.11 33 KV CONTROL, SIGNALING METERING AND RELAY PANEL FOR POWER TRANSFORMER, EACH COMPRISING :

The protection, control & metering panels for 33KV system shall be simplex type so as to

accommodate all the control equipment, relays, meters etc. as necessary for completeness of the

protection/controlschemewithoutovercrowdingandcramping.

a) Thepanelsshall beverminanddustproof freestandingtype completelymetalenclosedby

sheetsteel (2.0 mmthick) withnecessaryreinforcementcolorgraywithappropriatespray

painting.Thepanelsshallbeneatlyandcompletelywiredbeforeshipment.Theworkrelating

toprotection,controlandMeteringfor33/11KVSub-stationsshallcompriseofdevelopment

ofelementarydiagram,design,manufacture,testandsupplyofpre-wiredcontrolpanelstobe

installed in the sub-station control room. The protection, control and panels are to be pre-

wiredwithrelaysandmetersinposition.Theelementaryprimarydiagramshallbeproduced

givingaclearrepresentationofeachprotection,controlandmeteringfunction.Thestandard

design, drawing, manufacturing, testing & performance shall be in accordance to the IEC-

60298standards.

b) The complete panel shall incorporate all necessary instruments, meters, relays, auxiliary

relays,controlswitches,indicatinglamps,mimic, annunciators, audiblealarms,horizontal

andverticalwiringtrough,wiringsupports,interiorlightingsystem,terminalblocksfuses

andlinksetc.

7.1.3.11 2 Panel Description

7.1.3.11 A. 33 KV CONTROL, SIGNALING METERING AND RELAY PANEL FOR POWER TRANSFORMER,

EACH COMPRISING :

1. Indicating analogue Ampere meter flush mounting with dual scales options, 0-

400/800AforTransformerconnectiontocurrenttransformerratio400-800/5-5-

5A

3(three)

nos.

2. Indicating analogue voltmeter with six position selector switch flush mounting

with scales 0-40 KV for connection to potential transformer ratio (33/3)/

(0.11/3)/(0.11/3)KV,(50Hz).

1(one)

set

3. Numerical ProgrammableMultifunction KWh Meter ofclass ofaccuracy 0.2 with

the features for measuring the parameters viz. phase voltages, phase currents,

systemfrequency,perphase&totalKWwithdemand,KVAR,Powerfactoretc.

1(one)

no.

4. Numerical programmable type Three Phase combined IDMT Over Current relay

andEarthfaultprotectionrelaywithdirectionalfeatureof5Amps,50Hz,110Vdc,

3secondoperatingtimeratingshaving3(Three)overcurrentunitsandoneearth

fault with current setting of 50 to 200% and one earth fault unit with current

setting20to80%suitableforoperationfrom5Acurrenttransformers.Therelays

arehousedinahorizontal,flushmountingdraw-outcase(tropicalized)withself-

reset trip relay (relaying 02 nos. NO contacts as spares) (Not to be included in

DifferentialRelay).

2(two)

set

5. Numerical programmable type Differential relay with REF inbuilt feature for

33/11KV Power Transformer. The relay(s) are housed in a horizontal, flush

mountingdraw-outcase(tropicalized)withhand-resettriprelay(having02nos.

NOcontactsasspares).

1(one)

set


6. Separate Auxiliary Relays for Device/Self Protection of Power Transformertobe

provided.Thereare fivenos.ofDeviceprotectionsare available(Bucholz,Surge,

OTI,WTI&PRD).

1(one)

set

7. OLTC Tap position indicator & Lower/Raise push button switch with blinking

feature.

1(one)

set

8. Allnecessaryswitches,CT,PTtestterminalblocks,signalingsetlamps,mastertrip

relay,tripcircuitsupervisionrelayforeachtripcoil,PTsupervisionrelay,auxiliary

relay,MCB,fuseandprovisionforlightingetc.terminalblocks,mimicdiagramwith

circuit breaker control indicating switches and isolating position indicating

switches, indicating lamps shall be provided to indicate “Spring Charge”/

readinessforclosingandhealthytripcircuitindicatingreadinessfortripping.The

mimicandpositionsofcircuitbreakercontrolcumpositionindicatingswitchand

isolatorposition indicatingswitcharrangementintheswitchyard.Thereshallbe

15 (fifteen) fault-signaling relays/windows in the annunciator, having inbuilt

flashing&hornfeatures.

1(one)

set

9. 100W,230VAC,SinglePhaseheaterwiththermostatandavisiblelightindicator

whichindicatethe''ON"-''OFF"positionoftheheater

1(one)

set

7.1.3.11 B. 33 KV CONTROL, SIGNALING METERING AND RELAY PANEL FOR INCOMING /OUTGOING FEEDER

1. IndicatinganalogueAmperemeterflushmountingwithdualscalesoption(0-400A

&0-800Aanyonemayuse)forconnectingtothecurrenttransformer(ratio400-

800/5/5/5A)

3(three)

nos.

2. Indicating analogue voltmeter with six position selector switch flush mounting

with scales 0-40 KV for connection to potential transformer ratio (33/3)/

(0.11/3)/(0.11/3)KV,(50Hz).

1(one)

set

3. Numerical Programmable Multifunction bi-directional KWH energy meters with

export and import energy measuring features of class of accuracy 0.2 with the

featuresformeasuringtheparametersviz.phasevoltages,phasecurrents,system

frequency,perphase&totalKWwithdemand,KVar,Powerfactoretc.

1(one)

no.

4. Numerical programmable type Three Phase combined IDMT Over Current relay

andEarthfaultprotectionrelaywithdirectionalfeatureof5Amps,50Hz,110Vdc,

3secondoperatingtimeratingshaving03(Three)overcurrentunitsand01(one)

earthfaultwithcurrentsettingof50to200%andoneearthfaultunitwithcurrent

setting20to80%suitableforoperationfrom5Acurrenttransformers.Therelays

arehousedinahorizontal, flushmountingdraw-outcase(tropicalized)withself-

resettriprelay(relaying02nos.NOcontactsasspares).

1(one)

set

5. Allnecessaryswitches,CT,PTtestterminalblocks,signalingsetlamps,mastertrip

relay,tripcircuitsupervisionrelayforeachtripcoil,PTsupervisionrelay,auxiliary

relay,MCB,fuseandprovisionforlightingetc.terminalblocks,mimicdiagramwith

circuit breaker control indicating switches and isolating position indicating

switches,indicatinglampsshallbeprovidedtoindicate“SpringCharge”/readiness

forclosingandhealthytripcircuitindicatingreadinessfortripping.Themimicand

positions of circuit breaker control cum position indicating switch and isolator

positionindicatingswitcharrangementintheswitchyard.Thereshallbe8(eight)

fault-signalingrelays/windows in the annunciator, having inbuilt flashing& horn

features.

1(one)

set


5. 100W,230VAC,SinglePhaseheaterwiththermostatandavisiblelightindicator

whichindicatethe"ON"-"OFF"positionoftheheater

1(one)

set

7.1.3.11.C. FOR 33 KV PANEL FEATURES:

EachPCMpanelshallbeequippedwiththefollowing:

a.) InstrumentsandRelaysdescribedelsewhere.

b.) Status indicating discrepancy, Control switches for 33 kV Circuit Breaker with safety

arrangements.

c.) IlluminatedCircuitBreakerandIsolatorpositionswitches.

d.) Signalingrelays(annunciatorcompacttype)toyieldaudiovisualsignalsonfaultsandhave

resetfeature. e.) Theinsideofthepanelwillhaveallauxiliaryrelaystosensetheoperationofgasrelays,

overtemperature,overcurrent,differentialrelayoperationfailureofauxiliaryvoltage(DC

&AC)etc.andtotransmitfortrippingandfaultsignaling.

f.) Allinsideequipmentdescribedandrequiredshallbeneatlyarrangedinsidethepanel.

g.) Thermostat control heater with status indicating illumination lamp (CFL) shall be

provided.

h.) Theterminalblocks forconnectingtheincomingmulti-corecablesshallbeplacedat the

bottompartandnecessaryglands/openingshallbeprovidedfortheentryoftheoutside

cables.

i.) Sufficient-working spaces shall be provided inside the panel between instruments and

wiringforeasyapproach.

j.) All AC, DC auxiliary power circuits and PT secondary circuits entering the control panel

shallbeprovidedwithMCCB.

k.) Provisiontohangdanger/cautionboard.

l.) Sufficientspareterminals(atleast10%)ineachterminalblock.

m.)StabilizingresistanceandMetrocilofappropriatevaluebycalculationfortheREFscheme

inPCMpanel.

n.) There must be two Trip coils, one for Protection relay and other for manual Tripping.

TrippingfromprotectiontocircuitbreakersshallbethroughTriprelays.

o.) CT,PTtestterminalblocksandterminalblockswithisolation/shorting/jackingfeature(s)

as applicable and provision SCADA monitoring (current and voltage) along with control

facilityshallbeprovidedinseperateterminalBlock.

p.) Circuit Breaker control indicating switches and isolating position indicating lamps to

indicatespringCharge/Readinessforclosingandhealthytripcircuitindicatingreadiness

fortripping.

q.) Signaling/IndicatinglampsshallbeLEDtypeonly.

r.) Auxiliaryrelays,triprelayswithsparecontacts,fuses.

s.) Allnecessaryswitchesetc.

t.) Provisionforlightingetc.

u.) 100W, 230V AC, 1-phase heater with thermostat and control switch. and a visible light

indicatorwhichindicatethe"ON"-"OFF"positionoftheheater.Mastertripauxiliaryrelay

coilratingshallbe110VoltDC.

v.) Mimicdiagram.Thecolorandsizeofthemimicshallbeasdescribedbelow:

33KV GREEN ½''X1/8''

11KV BLACK ½"X1/8"

w.) DetailedschematicdiagramofcontrolcircuitofPCMinsidepanel.

x)Thepaintingshallbegray(RAL7032)outsideandglazedwhiteinside.

xi) Annunciator window shall be 4X3 for incoming and outgoing panel and 4X4 for

transformerpanel.


xii) Bidder shall supply related software (1copy) and manuals describing trouble shooting

procedure(3copies).

7.1.3.11.D. Alarms

Thefollowingalarmprovisionshallbemade:

1. 33 KV TRANSFORMER FEEDER

a) DCProtectionSupplyFailure

b) InstantaneousTrip

c) IDMTOverCurrent&EarthFaultoperated.

d) Differential/REFProtectionoperated.

e) BuchholzAlarm&Trip

f) PRDtrip.

g) TapChangerOilSurge

h) LowOilLevel

i) WindingTemperature1ststageand2ndstage(alarmandtrip)

j) OilTemperature1ststageand2ndstage(alarmandtrip)

k) ACsuppliesfailure.

l) TCS-1failure.

m) TCS-2failure

n) PTsupplyfailure.

2. 33 kV Incoming/Outgoing Feeder

a) DCProtectionSupplyFailure

b) InstantaneousTrip

c) IDMTOverCurrentoperated.

d) Earthfaultoperated.

e) TCS-1failure.

f) TCS-2failure

g) PTsupplyfailure.

Besides the provisions of control, signal, protection and metering described, any other

provisionstosuitwiththerequirementofassociatedequipmentoftheconcernfeedershallbe

provided. All meters and relays shall be flush mounting. There shall be panel-grounding

terminal.

The bidder shall quote the particulars of various protective relays, meters, Auxiliary relays

signalingrelays,discrepancycontrolandpositionindicatingswitchesetc.ofthecontrolpanel,

mentioningthenamesofthemanufacturers.

7.6.3 PANEL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS

a) TheControlandRelayBoardshallbeofSimplex,completelymetalclosedwithfrontaccessdoorshallbeprovided.Theindicatingandsignalingdevicesetc.shallbemountedonthefrontsideandtheauxiliarieswhichshallbeinsidethePanel.

b) Cubicles shall be drip-proof, and vermin proof, with the minimum IP41 protection degree.

Equipment shall be arranged to give reasonable access to all components mounted on thepanelfrontandinside.

c) Theindividualpanelshallbeapproximately2300mm.inheightwithChannelbase,900mm.

in depth and of suitable width limited to 1000mm to accommodate the equipment at asuitable height, suitable gaps to facilitate easy workability as specified hereafter. IndividualpieceofChannelbaseofPCMPanelistobeprovidedtoobtaintheflexibilityofinter-changingthePanel,ifany.


d) Each panel shall be fabricated from steel sheet (minimum 2mm thick) with necessary steelmemberreinforcementtomakethestructureselfsupporting.Alljointsaretobeweldedandgroundtobemadesmooth.

e) Doorsshallbesecuredbylockingintegralhandlesandlockingprovisionshallbemade.f) Mounting brackets required shall be arranged inside the panel for mounting and fixing

auxiliarydevicesandterminalblocks.g) Instruments meters control switches and protective relays shall be mounted on the front

panelonly.Paneloutputmountingstudsandsupportbracketsshallbeaccuratelylocated.h) Finishedpanelsurfaceshallbefreeofwavesandotherimperfectionsexteriorpanelsurfaces

shall be send blasted, ground smooth, filled, panel and finished with gray enamel. Interiorsurfaceshallbesandblasted,primedandfinishedwithglasswhiteenamel.

i) The complete panel shall incorporate all necessary instruments, meters, relays, auxiliaryrelays,controlswitches,indicatinglamps,mimic,annunciator,audiblealarms,horizontalandvertical wiring trough, wiring supports, interior lighting system, terminal blocks , fusesandlinksetc.

j) The supplier shall furnish internal panel wiring and circuit protection. The supplier shallprovideone100W,240,ACstripheaterinthepanel.Theheatershallhaveaseparateswitch.

k) A lamp shall be fitted inside each cubicle and an utility socket in selected cubicles and soarrangedthatallwiringisilluminatedasevenlyaspossiblewithoutdazzle.Thelampsshallbecontrolledfromadoorswitch.Thesocketsshallbefused.

l) Design, material selection and workmanship shall be such as to result in neat appearance,insideandoutsidewithnowelds,rivetsorboltheadapparentfrontoutside,withallexteriorsurfacestuneandsmooth.

m) Cableentriestothepanelshallbefromthebottom.Thebottomplatesofthepanelshallbefittedwithremovableglandplatesandfixedwithcableglands.

n) Engravednameplateshallbeprovidedatthetopofthefrontenclosure.7.6.3.1 Assembly :- Necessary items of equipment shall be assembled in the factory prior toshipment androutine testsshall beperformedby themanufactureras per therequirementsof thelatest issue of IEC as specified under each equipment in these specifications to demonstrate to thesatisfactionof BPDBthattheswitchgearpanelscomplywiththerequirementsoftherelevantIECstandards.7.6.3.2 Casting :-Castingshallbetruetopattern,ofworkmanlikefinishandofuniformqualityandcondition, free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots, shrinkage defects, cracks or other injuriousdefects,shallbesatisfactorilycleanedfortheirintendedpurpose.7.6.3.3 Welding:- Whereverweldingisspecifiedorpermitted,aweldingprocess,includingstressrelieve treatment as required if necessary, conforming to an appropriate and widely recognizedprofessionalstandardshallbeused.Allweldersandweldingoperatorsshallbefullyqualifiedbysuchastandard.

7.1.3.11.4 PANEL WIRING

Thesuppliershallprovideinternalwiringandconnections, inaccordancewiththerequirementsofthefollowingparagraph.

a) Allwiringshallbecarriedoutwith1100voltsgradesinglecore,multistrandflexibletinnedcopperwireswithPVCinsulationwhichhasprovideditsutilityintropicalregionagainsthotandmoistclimateandvermin.

b) Allwiringusedwithinthepanelshallconformtotherequirementsofthesespecificationsand

shallbeinstalledandtestedatthefactory.Allwiringshallbeneatlyandcarefullyinstalledinwringguttersofracewaywiringracewayshallbeplasticwiringductwithcovers.Instrumentwiringonthepanelshallbenumberedsequentiallyfromthesourcestothepanelinstrumentand the number of the source equipment shall be used as a prefix for the individual wirenumbers, wiring shall be terminated at terminal blocks plainly lettered or marked inaccordancewiththemanufacturer’sconnectiondiagrams.

c) Sufficientclearanceshallbeprovidedforalltheleads.Alltheleadsforexternalcircuitwiring

shallbeconnectedtogroundedterminalblockslocatedforconvenientconnectionofexternalcircuits.


d) Spliceswillnotbepermittedinpanelwiring. Eachwireshallbecontinuousfromendtoend

andshallnothaveanyjointwithinitselfindividually.

e) Alltheterminalblockconnectionsshallbemadewithringtypelugs.Pre-insulatedringtypeterminalswithcrimpguideorper-insulatedslottedspringspadeterminalsshallbeprovidedondevicesequippedwithindividualfittedcovers.

f) Arrangementofcircuitsonterminalblockshallbesuchthatalltheconnectionsforonecircuit,

plus any spare conductors, shall have terminal blocks adjacent to the split and shall beprovidedwithwiringrequiredtointerconnectthesplitunit.

g) TerminalEndsofallwiresshallbeprovidedwithnumberedFerrules.Atpointofinter-

connectionwhereachangeofnumberisnecessary,duplicateFerrulesshallbeprovidedwiththeappropriatenumbersonthechangingend.

h) Wireterminationshallbemadewithsolderlesscrimpingtypeandtinnedcopperlugswhich

firmlygripthe conductor and insulation. Insulatedsleevesshallbeprovidedatall thewireterminations.Engravedcore identificationplastic ferrulesmarkedtocorrespondwithpanelwiringdiagramshallbefittedatbothendsofeachwire.Ferrulesshallfittightlyonthewireandshallnotfalloffwhenthewireisdisconnectedforanypurpose.Terminationshallbesuchthatnostrandofaconductorshallleftlooseoroverhanging.Conductorterminationshallbesecured to the holding nuts/screws, terminal blocks etc. with washers between theterminals/holdingnuts/screwheads.Theterminalsshallbesoconnectedthatnoconductorferrulecodegetsmaskedduetooverlayofconductors.

i) Wiringconnectedtothespaceheatersinthecubiclesshallhaveporcelainbeadedinsulation

overasafelengthfromtheheaterterminals.

j) Allsparecontactsofrelaysshallbewireduptoterminalblocks

k) Thesizeofthewiringusedinthepanelshallbeconformtothefollowingrequirements:-

-Table 1

Circuit Permissible size of wire

MeteringandRelayingCircuitsconnected

CurrentTransformer

minimum4Sq.mm.

PotentialCircuitsformeteringandRelaying,Control,Visual

AudibleAlarmsandSignalingCircuit

minimum2.5Sq.mm


ThefollowingcolourschemesshallbeusedfortheWiring:

Table 2

Circuit where used Colour of Wire

RedPhaseofInstrumentTransformerCircuits Red

YellowPhaseofInstrumentTransformerCircuits Yellow

BluePhaseofInstrumentTransformerCircuits Blue

Neutral connection, earthed or not earthed in

theinstrumentTransformerCircuit

Black

A.C.ControlWiringCircuitsusingauxiliarysupply Black

D.C.ControlWiringCircuitusingBatterySupply Grey

EarthConnection Green

7.6.5 TERMINAL BLOCK

Terminalblocks shall be ofclip-on design made outof non-trackable insulating material of1100Vgrade.Allterminalsshallbestudtype,withallcurrentcarryingandlivepartsmadeoftinnedplatedbrass.Thestudsshallbeofmin4mmdiabrass.Thewashers,nuts,etc.usedforterminalconnectorsshallalsobeoftinnedplatedbrass.Allblocksshallbeshroudedbyeasilyremovableshroudsmadeoftransparentdie-electricmaterials.Theterminalconnector/blocksshallbedisconnectingtypeterminalconnectorsforPTandsamewith automatic shorting of C.T. secondary terminals shall be provided in CT secondary circuit. Allother terminal connectors shall be Non-disconnecting type. Terminal should be shock protected insingle moulded piece. Terminal block should have screw locking design to prevent loosening ofconductor.Provisionshallbemadeoneachpillar,forholding10%extraconnection(5%incoming+5%outgoing).Atleast20%spareterminals foreachtype shallbeprovided.All terminalsshallbeprovidedwithferrulesindeliblymarkedornumberedandidentificationshallcorrespondtothedesignationsontherelevantwiringdiagrams.Theterminalsshallberatedforadequatecapacitywhichshallnotbelessthan10Ampsforcontrolcircuit.Forpowercircuititshallnotbelessthan15Amps.

7. 6.6 INDICATING LIGHTS

The lamps shall be of LED type and suitable for being operated on S/S D.C. voltage or AC

voltageorP.T.secondarysupplyasandwhereapplicable.AllLampsshallbeinterchangeable,

panelmountingtypewithrearterminalconnectionandshallaffordeasyreplacementfrom

thefrontofthepanel.Lampsshallhavetranslucentlampcoverstodiffuselightsandcoloured

Red,green,Amber,clearwhiteorblueasspecified.Thelampcovershallbeofscrewedtype,

unbreakableandmoundedfromheatresistingmaterial.Theindicatinglampswithresistors

shallwithstand120%ofratedvoltageonacontinuousbasis.

The colour scheme of the signal lamps shall be as follows :

Sl. No. Functions Quantity Color of the Lamp 1 C.B.Springchargedindication 1No Blue2 C.B.tripCoil/Circuithealthy

indication2No White

3 C.B.Autotrippedindication 1No Amber4 PanelD.C.Failindication 1No Amber5 P.T.SupplyindicatingLamp 2sets Red/Yellow/Blue6 C.B.―ONindication 1No Red7 C.B.―OFFindication 1No Green


7.1.3.11. 7 POWER SUPPLY DISCONNECT

EachpanelmounteddevicesrequiringACorDCsupply,shallhavedisconnectingdevices(MCB).TheMCBsusedinDCcontrolcircuitshallhavearatingof10Aand250V.ThefusesshallbemodulartypewithBakeliteframeandreinforcedretainingclips.

7.1.3.11.8 TERMINAL BLOCKS

Terminalblocksshallprovidedwithwhitemarkingstrips,circuitdesignationbythesuppliershallbeinscribedonthemarkingstripwithblackprint,terminalsinaquantityofnotlessthan25percentofthe interconnected terminals in excess shall be provided on each terminal block for circuitmodificationsandforterminationofallconductorsinmulti-conductorcable.

CTterminalblocksshallhaveisolation,shorting&jackingfacilitywhilePTterminalblocksshallhaveisolation & jacking facility. CT, PT, Control, Alarm, etc. wirings shall be separately grouped orsegregated.

Terminalblockshallbegroupedineachpanelforeasyaccessibilityunrestrictedbyinterferencefromstructuralmembersandinstruments.Sufficientspacesshallbeprovidedoneachsideofeachterminalblocktoallowanorderlyarrangementofalltheleadtobeterminatedontheblock.

7.1.3.11.9 INSTRUMENTS AND DEVICES

Indicating,analogueinstrumentsshallbesemiflushpaneltypewith1%percentaccuracyclassexceptforenergymeterswhichshallbeof0.2.Theyshallbeapproximately100mmsquarewithblack250degreescalesonawhitebackground.

All AC instruments shall be designed for operation on 5A current transformers secondary and 110V (50 Hz) potential transformer secondary.

7.1.3.11 10 PANEL LIGHTING

a)ThePanelinteriorshallbeilluminatedbyCFLlampsconnectedto230VoltSinglePhaseA.C.The

illumination of the interior shall be free from shadows and shall be planned toavoid any strain or

fatigue to the wireman likely to be caused due to sub-normal or non-uniform illumination. One

emergency D.C. light shall be provided for each panel with individual switch with proper

identificationmark.

b)AtoggleswitchordooroperatedswitchshallbeprovidedforcontrolofA.C.lightingineachpanel.

c)Onecombined15Amps.3-Pinand5Amps.2-PinPowerSocketoutlettogetherwithPlusPins

shallbeprovidedatconvenientpointsineachPanelforA.C.Supply.

7. 1.3.11.CONTROL AND SELECTOR SWITCHES

Allswitchesshallbelocatedataconvenientoperatingheightandsoconstructed,mountedandwiredto facilitatethemaintenanceofcontactswithouttheneedtodisconnectwiring.Switchesshallhavelocksincorporatedinthedesign.Controlswitchesmustbelockableintheinactiveorneutralpositionandselectorswitchesinallpositions.Labelsshallclearly indicateallpositionsandfunctionofeachswitch.7.1.3.6.11.1 Control Switches Controlswitchesshallbeofeitherthehandletypeandshallbearrangedtooperateclockwisewhenclosingthecircuitdevicesandanticlockwisewhenopening.Handletypeswitchesshallbesodesignedthat when released by the operator the handle and mechanism shall return automatically to thecentered neutral position and interrupt the supply of current to the operating mechanism of thecircuitdevice.Allcontrolswitchesshallhaveadditionallabelinggivingthereferenceidentificationoftheprimarydevice.Alamptestfacilityshallbeprovidedinassociationwithanydiscrepancyswitch.


7.1.6.11.2 SELECTOR SWITCHES Selector switches shall have spade type handles. Where key operated switches are specified theseshall be operated by inserting and turning the key to the required position. The key shall beremovableinthe'off'positiononly.

7.1.6.12. ANNUNCIATOR

1. Suitable electronic Annunciator for the visual and audible alarm on the control panel usingbright LEDs shall be provided in each panel to indicate over current and earth fault protectionoperated. Inadditiontoabove,eachelectronicannunciatorofTransformerControlPanelshallhaveprovision to indicate Transformer trouble trip/alarm function operated. Also one window of theAnnunciatorshallhavetobeusedforNon-TripA.C.FailAlarmIndicationandonewindowforTripCircuit unhealthy indication. Each Electronic Annunciator shall have provision for connection withaccept/reset/lamp test/mute Push buttons for proper functions. Electronic annunciator shall haveprovisionforconnectionwithElectronicBuzzer/ElectronicBell forTrip&Non-TripAudioAlarmofcommonannunciationscheme.ElectronicAnnunciationshallhaveprovisionforflashingilluminatingdisplay with inscription for operation of respective Protection Relay. The Electronic AnnunciatorshouldhaveseparatecolouredwindowsforTrip&Non-TripAnnunciationforeasydetection.2.Annunciatorfasciaunitsshallhavetranslucentplasticwindowsforeachalarmpoint.3.Annunciatorfaciaplateshallbeengravedinblackletteringwithrespectivealarminscriptionasspecified.Alarminscriptionsshallbeengravedoneachwindowinnotmorethanthreelinesandsizeoftheletteringshallbeabout5mm.TheinscriptionsshallbevisibleonlywhentherespectivefaciaLEDwillglow.5.Annunciatorfaciaunitsshallbesuitableforflushmountingonpanels.Replacementofindividual

faciainscriptionplateandLEDshallbepossiblefromfrontofthepanel.

6.Unlessotherwisespecified,onealarmbuzzermeantfornon-tripalarmsandonebellmeantfortrip

alarmsshallbeprovidedineachcontrolpanel(mountedinside).

7. Each annunciatorshall be provided with 'Accept', 'Reset' and 'Test' push buttons, in addition to

externalPB.

8.Specialprecautionshallbetakenbythemanufacturertoensurethatspuriousalarmconditions

donotappearduetoinfluenceofexternalmagneticfieldsontheannunciatorwiringandswitching

disturbancesfromtheneighbouringcircuitswithinthepanels.

9. In case 'RESET'push buttonis pressed before abnormality is cleared, theLEDs shall

continuetoglowsteadilyandshallgooutonlywhennormalconditionisrestored.

10.Anynewannunciationappearingaftertheoperationof'Accept'forpreviousannunciation,shall

provideafreshaudiblealarmwithaccompaniedvisualalarm,eveniftheprocessof"acknowledging"

or"resetting"ofpreviousalarmisgoingonorisyettobecarriedout.

7.1.6.13 INDICATING AMMETERS

Each 33kV PCM Cubicle will be provided with 3 Ammeters, analogue type (1 for each phase).

7.1.6.14 INDICATING VOLTMETERS

1(one)voltmeter with selector switch,analoguetypewithamulti-selectorswitch(phasetophase,phasetoneutral,off)shallbeinstalledon33kVtransformerpanel.


7.1.6.15.S EARTHING SYSTEM

EarthingofmetallicpartsormetallicbodiesoftheequipmentonthePanelshallbedonewithsoft

drawnsingleconductorbareCopperTailconnectionsshallhaveminimumareaof16sq,mm.andthe

mainearthingconnection60sq.mm.Thesewiresshallbeconnectedbysuitableterminalsandclamps

junction.Solderedconnectionsshallnotbeemployed.

Allmetalpartsotherthanthoseformingpartofanyelectricalcircuitshallbeearthedtotheearthing

system. Any necessary terminals on any part of the equipment required for this purpose shall be

provided by the Manufacturer. Earthing conductor cross section shall be in accordance with the

manufacturerstandardswhichshallbeprovedwithnecessary typetestreports.However, for33kV

switchgearminimum300mm2crosssectioncopperbarshallbeemployedforearthing.Thecopper

earthbarshallrunalongthefulllengthoftheswitchboardandearthingstudsshallbeprovidedatnot

lessthantwopoints.Theframeofthecircuitbreakerearthingtruckshallbeautomaticallyconnected

to the switchgears bar through substantial plug type contact when the circuit breaker is in

disconnection,serviceandtestposition.

7.1.3.11 16. DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL OF AUX. POWER CIRCUIT

7.1.3.11 16.1 D.C. CIRCUIT Thereshallbeonlyone110V D.C.fortheentireControlandRelayPanelfedfromaD.C.DistributionPanel. A continuous D.C. Bus shall be provided in the Control and Relay Panel and D.C. supply forcontrol,protection,indicationandsupervisionofcircuitbreakerandotherequipmentshallbeteedofffromD.C.busthroughasetofH.R.C.Fuseonpositiveandnegativeside.D.C.supplytobeteedoffshallbedistributedwithinthePanelasbelow:(a)ControlDCschemebothpositiveandnegativesidewithfuse

(b)Close/TripCkt1andTripCkt2withoutfuse;closingcircuitwith10Afuse.

(c)IndicationCircuitthroughasetof6Amp.HRCFusebothat+veand–veside

(d)Protectiverelaycircuitsthrough6Afusebothat+veand–veside

(e)Annunciationcktwith6Ampfuseonbothat+veand–veside

(f)DCEmergencyLampwith6Ampfusebothat+veand–veside

Threenos.ofD.C.operatedno-voltauxiliaryrelay(selfresettype)providedwithhandresettypeflag

with inscription― ‗MainD.C.Fail‘ , ‗ControlDc fail‘ &ProtectionDC fail‘ with4NO+4NCineach

relay.2NCcontactfor‗DCfail‘alarmandIndication,1NOwireduptoSCADATBand1NOwiredupto

spare TB. One Push button having N/C Contact used in Series with the above relay for D.C. Fall

Test‘purpose.

7.1.6.16.2 A.C. CIRCUITS 230 Volts, Single Phase A.C. Aux. Supply to the Control and Relay Panel will be fed from A.C.DistributionPanelthrougha16AmpMCBprovidedthere.One16AmpsratedHRCFuseshallbeprovided at the Control & Relay Panel for the Incoming A.C. Supply. Two A.C. operated no voltauxiliary relay(self reset type) rated for 230V shall be provided with hand reset flag withinscription―‗A.C.Fail‘&‗DCFailAccept‘with4NO+4NCcontactsforeachrelay. OnepushbuttonhavingN/CContactusedinSerieswithaboverelayfor―A.C.FailTest‘purpose.7.1.6.16.3 P.T. SECONDARY CIRCUIT There may be two nos. 33KV bus PT, one in each bus section. P.T. supply shall be available fromselected33KVBusP.TthroughsuitablePTselectionschemebyswitch.TwosetsofFuseandlinkof


suitableratingshallbeprovidedfortheIncomingP.Tsuppliesandtwosets,oneforeachPTof3nos.coloured LED indicating lamps shall be provided for supervision of the Fuse. Lamps shall beconnectedbetweenrespectivephasesandneutral.ThearrangementofdistributionofP.T.SecondaryCircuitshallbeasfollows:(a) Potential supply to the protective relay circuit for Feeder where necessary shall be fed fromselectedBusP.T.supplybus.(b)Potentialsupplytometers,EnergymetersandindicatinginstrumentofeachpanelshallbefedfromselectedBusP.T.supplybus.(c)SelectedP.T.secondarysupplytotheprotectiverelaysofeachpanelshallbefedthrough4poles- MCB and link in neutral in each panel where necessary with two change over contacts forannunciation.d)SelectedP.T.secondarysupplyformeteringandindicatinginstrumentsofeachpanelshall be fedthrough 4poleMCBin eachphaseand link in neutral in eachpanel of33KVsystemvoltage.e)Twoposition(PT-1/PT-2),minimum4(four)wayPTselectorswitch(stayputtype),minimum16Arating shall be provided in each panel for metering ckt. Additional 4 way PT selector switch isrequiredforprotectionwhereverapplicable.Theno.ofwaymayincreaseduringdetailedengineering.7.1.3.11.16.3.TRIP RELAYS Followingshallbethemainfeaturesofahighspeedtrippingrelays:

All tripping relays shall be of the heavy duty type suitable for panel mounting and shall have

operating coils which are rated sufficiently to operate in conjunction with series flag relays. If

necessary, normally closed contacts in series with the relay operating coil, shall be delayed for a

periodwhichwillallowseriesflagrelaystooperatesatisfactorily.Allothertrippingcontactsshould

beinstantaneousi.e.nointentionaltimedelay.Theoperatingtimeshallnotexceed10millisecondsat

ratedvoltage.Theoperatingrangeoftherelayshallbefrom70%to120%ofratedvoltage.Electrical

reset facilities shall be available for operation, from remote and supervisory controls. High speed

tripping relays shall prevent closing of the associated circuit breakers until reset. Wherever the

trippingrelaycontactsneedtobreakthed.c.current,sufficientlyratedmagneticblowoutcontactsor

suchapprovedmeansshallbeused.

7.1.3.11.17.SUPERVISION RELAYS 7.1.3.11.17.1Trip Circuit and Protection Supply Supervision

The trip circuit supervision function shall be part of control and protection unit provided in the

switchgear.Tripcircuitsupervisionrelaysshallbeprovidedtomonitoreachofthetripcircuitsofall

33kVcircuitbreakersandeachrelayshallhavesufficientcontactsforvisual/audiblealarmand

indicationpurposes.Thetripcircuitsupervisionschemeshallprovidecontinuoussupervisionofthe

tripcircuitsof thecircuitbreaker ineither theopen or closedpositionand independentof localor

remote selection at the local operating position. Relay elements shall be delayed on drop-off to

preventfalsealarmsduringfaultsondcwiringonadjacentcircuits,orduetooperationofatriprelay

contact.Seriesresistancesshallbeprovidedintripsupervisioncircuitstopreventmaltripping

a circuitbreaker ifa relay element is short circuited. Relay alarm elements shall be equipped with

handresettingflagindicators.


7.1.3.11.17.2 D.C. Supply Supervision

Supervisionrelaysarerequiredforeachprotectionsupply,Mainprotection,Back-upandTripRelay

Reset.Similarlyforeachtripcircuitsupplyandforeachalarm/indicationssupply.Thesesupervision

relaysaretobeindependentofalarmsfromthetripcircuitsupervisionschemesothattheoperator

canclearlydifferentiateviatheavailablealarmsbetweenlossofsupplyduetoablownfuse/tripped

MCBandfailureofatripcircuitssupervision/faultysupervisionwiring.

7.1.3.11.18. MIMIC BUS

Provision shall be made for 10 mm. wide painted and overall drawing mimic diagram by thepurchaser on the exterior of the front panel board to represent the single line arrangement of thestationequipment.ProvisionshallbemadeinsuchawaythatcentrelineofthemimicbusshallbeatasuitableheightfromthebottomofthePCMPanel.

Mimicbusmaterialshallbebrass,bronzeorcopperwithenamelfinishedoranodizedaluminumorplastic. The mimic bus and included symbols shall be shaped, colored and located as internationalstandard.Lightindicatorshowingposition(opening/closing)ofcircuitbreakershallbeinstalled.

The mimic bus shall be attached to the panel by mechanical devices, not with adhesive.

Attachment shall be closely spaced to hold all parts of the mimic bus firmly to the panel face.

Mimicbusshallbeprovidedwiththefollowingdimensionsandcolorcode:-

Voltage BusColor Thick(mm) Dimension(mm)

11KV Black 3 1233KV Green 3 12

7.1.3.11.19 Auxiliary Relay & trip relay

TripRelayshallbeprovidedforthetrippingofCBbyprotection.Each33KVPCMCubiclewill

beprovidedwith1(one)setseparateAuxiliaryandsignalingrelaysandwiringwithfuses.

7.1.3.11.20 Name plate & Ratings:

a)Allinstruments,relaysandsuchothersimilarelectricaldevicesmountedonthecontrolandrelay panel shall beprovided with name plates bearing the manufacturer's name, serial identifyingnumberandtheElectricalratingdata.b)25mmwidenameplatesbearingsuitableidentificationmarksshallbefixedundertheterminalwiringatthetestblocks,atthefuseblocksandatthecableterminals.Similarplatesshallbefixedontheexterioroftheswitchboardinappropriateplacestoindicatefunctionofcontrolswitches,pushbuttonetc.suchasisolatorcontrolswitch,breakercontrolswitch,DCfailtest,acceptresetetc.Suitableidentificationmarksshallbeprovidedforindividualcasingpartoftherelaysandotherequipment.c)50mmwideplasticplatebearingsuitablecircuitdescription(whichwillbefurnishedafterorderisplaced)etchedin30mmsize lettersshallbeprovidedforeachpanelandmountedonthetopofbothouterandinnersidesofthefrontandrearpanels.Theseplatesshallberemovabletype.


d)Eachunitofcontrolandrelaypanelshallbeprovidedwithalabellocatedatthebottomonthefrontandshallcontainthefollowingdetails:

I. Manufacturer'snameII. YearofManufacturing

III. PurchaseOrderNumber/ContractNumberanddateIV. TechnicalDataV. SerialNumber/PanelNumber

7.6.21 PAINTING Panelpaintingshallbedonebythemodernprocessofpainting.Allunfurnishedsurfaceofthesteelpanelandframeworkshallbesandblastedorsuitablycuredtoremoverust,scale,foreignadheringmatterorgrease.Asuitablerustresistingprimershallbeappliedontheinteriorandexteriorsurfaceofsteel,whichshallbefollowedbyapplicationofanundercoatsuitabletoserveasbaseandbinderforthfinishingcoat.Details of Painting:- Surfacetreatment byseventankprocessPainttype Powdercoated.PurepolyesterbasegradeAstructurefinishPaintshade RAL7032forexternal&internalsurfacePaintthickness Minimum80microns


7.1.3.22 SPECIFICATION OF 110V, 3 x 5(6) A, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE, 3-ELEMENT, INDOOR TYPE

MULTI-TARIFF PROGRAMMABLE METER WITH ASSOCIATED INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS

ENCLOSED IN METERING PANEL .

7.1.3.22 GENERAL

The meters are required for the purpose of energy metering of medium/high/extra-high

voltageconsumermeteringat132kVor33kVor11kVlevel.KWhistheunitforthepurpose.

Systemvoltage Nominalservicevoltage110V(PTSecondary),

3 phase 4wire, solidly grounded neutral at

source,maximumsystemvoltage120Vlineto

line.

System

frequency

50Hz

7.1.3.23 SPECIFICATION OF 110V 3 x 5(6)A, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE 3-ELEMENT, INDOOR TYPE

MULTI TARIFF PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL ENERGY METER

The consumer meters are required for the purpose of energy metering of low voltage

consumerwhopurchasespowerat11kV/33kVlinethroughPT&CT.kWhistheunitfor

revenuepurpose.

Systemvoltage : Nominalservicevoltage110V,3phase4wire,solidlygrounded

neutralatsource,maximumsystemvoltage120Vlinetoline.

Systemfrequency : 50Hz

Standard : The Energy Meter should be designed, manufactured and tested in

accordancewithIEC62052-11,62053-22and62053-23orANSIC

12.16,12.10(latestpublication)orspecifiedinthisspecification

Installation : IndoorType

Type : Solidstate.

Application : RegistrationofKWh(Peak&off-peak),TotalKVarh(Q1+Q4),KWon

3- phase, 4-wire supply for balanced & unbalanced load

(unidirectional).Peak17.00-23.00.hrsandoffpeak23.00-17.00hrs

(programmable)Bangladeshstandardtime.ThesoftwareforTimeof

Use (TOU) shall be so developed to accommodate future tariff and

canbecustomized, if thepurchaserchangesthe tariff.Thesoftware

shallbecompatiblewithWindowsoperatingsystem.

Connection : 3-phase4-wire,solidlygroundedneutral.

Nos.ofelement : 3(Three)

Ratedcurrent : Basiccurrent5ampsandmaximumcurrent6amps.

Multiplicationfactor : Thefollowingshallbeinscribeonthemater.DialreadingXCTratioX

PTratio=ActualreadinginKWh.

Register : Solid state LCD display type register. The display shall be programmable,

automaticandinclude:


MeterID

Time&date

CumulativeKWh(Peak&off-peak)

CumulativeTotalKVarh(Q1+Q4)

Maximumdemand(KW)withtime&date

CumulativeMaximumdemand(kW)forbillingmonth.

Maximum demand (MD) in kW shall be registered using the

techniqueofcumulatingonintegrationperiodcontrolledbybuilt-in

process and the MD shall be continuously recorded and the highest

shallbeindicated.ThehighestMDshallbeaddedtothecumulative

store, which shall be automatically initiated afteran interval ofone

month/onebillingperiodbymeansofbuilt-intimingdevice.

Integrationperiod:30(thirty)minutes.

NumberofMDreset(Automatic&manually).

AveragePFforbillingperiod.

Instantaneous:

Phasevoltagewithindication

Phaseampswithdirection.

Powerfactor(average).

Demand(KW)

Voltagephaseangel(eachphase)

Currentphaseangle(eachphase)

Tamperingindicationintheregister.

Memorystorage : Themetershallhavesufficientcapacity(minimum400KB)tostore

thefollowingreadingsanddatainnon-volatilememoryevenincase

ofpowerfailure.

Equipmentidentificationcodes,securitycodesandaccesscodes.

Numberofpowerinterruptionwithdate&time(minimum100

events).

Latestpowerfailuretime&date

Date&timeofmetertempering.(Voltage&Currentmissing,

demandreset,timechange).

Eventlogs

Current&PreviousregisteredinmonthKWh(Peak&off-peak),

TotalKVarh(Q1+Q4)

Current&PreviousmonthregisteredwithmaximumKWdemand

sincelastMDresetwithtimeanddateofitsoccurrence.

Themetermusthavesufficientcapacitytostoredataat30(thirty)

minutesintervalforatleast90(ninety)days.

LoadProfiledata[kWh,KVarh(Q1+Q4)

PhasevoltageorVh

PhaseampsorAh

Accuracyclass : Accuracyclassis0.2(pointtwo)

Numberofdigit Minimum5(Five)integerwith1(One)decimal(Total6digit).

TypeofDisplay Solid-stateLCDdisplay.


Timeswitch : The time switch shall be built-in type and shall be designed to

performapresentcycleofoperation.TimeswitchshallresetMDIat

theendofeverymonth(billingperiod)automatically.Intheeventof

failure of power supply and battery, at the same time set memory

shallnotbelosti.e.thesetprogramshallberecordedinnon-volatile

memory.Themaximumerrorshallbekeptwithin1(one)second

perday.Timeerroradjustmentfacilityshallbeprovided.

Batteryreserve : Eachtimeswitchmustbeprovidedwithlithiumbatterywhichallow

theswitchtofunctionforaperiodofnotlessthan10(ten)years.The

guaranteedlifeofthebatteryshouldnotbelessthan10(ten)years

and shall have provision for easy replacement. The shelf life of the

batteryshouldbeminimum15(fifteen)yearsormore.

Construction : Themetershallbecompletelyself-containroundsocketorenclosure

type. The meter cover shall be made of polycarbonate/acrylic

/phenolic /resin and socket cover shall be made of metal

polycarbonate/acrylic/phenolic/resin.Themetercoverandsocket

/enclosure shall be provided with security sealing provisions to

preventunauthorizedaccesstotheinternalmeterworksandsocket

/enclosure sealing shall be designed to accommodate both padlock

andwiretypeseal.

IECmetersshallbeminimumIP51.TheANSIStandardmetershallbe

effectively sealed to prevent entrance of rain and dust into its

internal parts. The meter shall pass Rain test described in

underwriter’slaboratorystandardUL-50(USA)fortype3enclosures.

A general purpose finish ofclass 1 as specified in section 7 of ANSI

C12.10 shall be provided for the meter and it shall meet the

requirement of weather simulation test (Sec. 7.2.1 of ANSI C12.10)

and salt spray test (ASTM B117). It shall be designed to operate

continuouslyforthenormallifeofthemeterinunshelteredoutdoor

tropicallocationexposedtotheelementswithoutcorrosionorother

damagetopartstoadverselyaffectmeteraccuracyorreliability.

EnclosureforIEC

StandardMeter

The meter may be surface mounted in an outdoor pole mounted

metering enclosure box with necessary wiring. The enclosure box

should bemade either ofhigh quality flame retardantABS Resin of

minimum 3 mm thickness or of galvanized sheet steel of minimum

1.22 mm (18 SWG) thickness or of auto extinguishable, shockproof

andUVresistant,hotmoldedglassreinforcedpolyesterofminimum

3 mm thickness. The box shall have hinged front door with one

toughenedglasswindowortransparentUVresistantPollycarbonate

toenableeasyreadingofmeter.Themeteringboxshallbeweather

proof, dust proof, rodent and inspect proof in accordance with

enclosure classification IP54. Service cable entry and exit will be

sides of the box and 40 (forty) mm diameter hole with black PVC

conic cable gland shall be provided for side entry & exit for this

purpose.Allmaterialpartsshallhaveanti-corrosiveprotection.

Allmaterials shallbe designed,manufacturedandtestedas per IEC

orequivalentInternationalstandardsexceptasmentioned.Thefront

doorshall be removableand provision must bemade forsealing in

theclosedposition.


Socket : Metersocketsshallbesuitableforinstallationofofferedtypemeter.

Metersocketsshallbe3-phase,4-wirewye,600voltclass,madefrom

16 gauge sheet metal. Meter sockets shall be similar except as

described below. Meter sockets shall approximately 14 (35.6 cm)

H9(22.9cm) W4 (10.2 cm) D and rectangular in shape. Sockets

shallbethesamesizeas1-phasesocketsandterminalblocksshallbe

interchangeable. Sockets shall be ring less type, sealing latch to be

stainlesssteelandhaveadequatemeansforsocketgrounding.Meter

socketshallhavea2(5cm)Diameter topopeningcompletewith a

1-¼(3.2cm)hub.Metersocketshallhave4knockoutswitharange

upto2(5cm)Diameter,oneontheback,oneinthebottomandone

ineachside.MetersocketshallcomplywithANSIC12.6,12.10

The Socket shall have written permanently (not in paper printed)

“connectiondiagram”distinctlymarkedinadditiontoallstandard

data.

Terminal : Socket connected type/ Non-symmetrical, bottom entry, front

connection, and connection type with extended terminal cover:

Minimum 10 Terminals to accommodate up to 06 sq. mm size of

cable. The terminal cover for the offered energy meter shall be

extendedtype,andwhichcanbesealedindependently.Thereshallbe

free space between bottom of the terminal and the bottom of the

terminalcover.

Connection

: 3-phase,4-wiresolidlygroundedneutral.

Servicelifeofmeter : Shallbeminimum15(fifteen)years.

Visualindicationof

operation

: Pulseindicatoronthefrontofmeteraspermeterconstant.

Specialcondition : a) The factory calibration conforms to relevant IEC or equivalent

internationalstandard.LCDdisplayshallbeshownconsecutively

and continuously one after another. The display shall be

automated i.e. no external means shall be required to see the

display.Eachdisplayshalllastforatleast5(five)sec.

b) MeterElectronicCircuitbiasingvoltageshallhavetobeensured

from each phase to phase and each phase to neutral and

minimumbasingvoltage40V.

MeterSealing : TheEnergymeterbodywillbehermeticallysealedorultrasonically

weldedtoavoidunauthorizedopeningofmetercover.Otherwisethe

bidwillberejected.

Communicationport : Themetermustbeprovidedwithasuitablecommunicationport to

allow down loading of desired information stored in the meter toa

PCviahandhelddataloggerasperIEC1107orequivalentstandard.


RemoteCommunication : ThemetershallbeequippedwithexternalGSM-GPRSModem,which

willbeableto interfacewithRS232,RS485fordatacommunication

withthecentralserverfrommeters,havingallaccessorieslikepower

supplyadapter,necessaryconnectingcables,antennawithminimum

2.5 meter extension cable, connectors, enclosure box with fixing

materials etc. The modem shall be compatible with existing AMR

systemofBPDB.

7.1.3.24. TAMPER AND FRAUD PROTECTION FEATURE:

Themetershallhavethefollowingfeaturestoprevent/detecttamperandfraud:

Phase Sequence Reversal: Themeter should work accurately irrespective of phase

sequenceofsupply.

Missing Potentials: The meter shall be capable of detection occurrence of missing

potential of one phase or two phase(s), which can happen due to

intentional/accidentaldisconnectionofpotentiallink(s).

Terminal covermusthavemicro-switchprovisiontomonitorunauthorizedopening.

Opening of terminal cover shall trigger an event to be recorded in the event log

memory.

Software Access:Softwareaccessforconfigurationandsettingofthemeters.

7.1.3.25 TECHNICAL FEATURE

The body cover and socket / enclosure shall be provided security sealing

provisionstopreventunauthorizedaccesstotheinternalmeterworks.

Themetershallbeprovidedwithconnectiondiagram.

The data access should be protected by minimum 3(three) steps software

passwordinmeter.

Themetershallhaveprovisionofphasetophaseandeachphasetoneutralbiasing.

The meter shall have minimum biasing voltage of 40V otherwise the bid will be

rejected.

Themeterandsocket/enclosureshallhaveprovisionofearthing.

Meter must operate and accurately register demand and energy when service

voltage is applied across any two of the three input terminals or when service

voltage is applied from any input terminal to neutral. Meter will continue to

operateeventheneutralismissing.

Themeterandsocket/enclosure mustbe thesamecountry oforiginotherwise

thebidwillberejected.

TheregistrationofKWh(Peak&off-peak)on3-phase,4-wiresupplyforbalanced

& unbalanced load will be unidirectional. i.e. if one, two or three phase supply

is/arereversed,itwilltaketheabsolute(kWh-del)+absolute(kWh-rev)andwill

addthemtogetherastotal3-phaseKWh.

ThemetershallbeequippedwithremoteGSM&PSTNcommunicationoption.

The meter shall have permanently print nameplate distinctly marked with the

followinginadditiontoallstandarddata:

1. Theword“BPDB”andinsigniaofBPDB.

2. Voltageandcurrentrating.


3. Frequency.

4. Numberofelement,numberofwireandmultiplicationfactor.

5. Accuracyclass.

6. Yearofmanufacture.

7. Serialnumber.

8. Nameofmanufacturer.

9. Meterconstant.

7.1.3.26. Display of measured values/ Meter Display

TheSequenceofLCDdisplayshouldbeuserprogrammable.

The contrast setting of LCD display should be visible in different lighting

environmentanddistinctlyvisibleinbroaddaylight.

Themetershouldbeofdisplayingtimeanddate,thedirectionofenergyi.e.as

import/exportor+/-,activetariffandinternalfaultindicators.

There should be up to three groups of display to priorities the display. Each

showingaprogrammablefunctiongroup.

7.1.3.27 Meter Parameterisation Software

TheparameterisationsoftwaremustrunonWindowsoperatingenvironment.

The software must be protected by software keys to control duplication and

installation.

Thesoftwareshouldhaveacustomizableprintingfeaturebytasklist.

ThemetermustbeabletodisplayorrecordmeterID,Program,ProgrammerID,C.

T. ratio, V. T. ratio, Total (KWh, KVarh, KVAh, KW, KVar, KVA, P.F); per phase

(voltage,current,KW,KVar,KVA,P.F,phasevoltageangle,phasecurrentangel);

Load profile having minimum 8(eight) Channels data stored in different interval

for90days.

Tamper feature:ThemetermusthaveErrors &Warningscodes,History logand

Event log(minimum 400events) to record date & time of all power outages,

demandresets,timechange.

In addition, each software key must bear a unique user ID and that is not

transferabletoanotherPCthathasdifferentuserID.

TheMetershouldbeabletodisplaythephasordiagram.

The software for Time of Use (TOU) shall be compatible to accommodate future

tariffandcanbecustomized,ifthepurchaserchangesthetariff.Thesoftwareshall

becompatiblewithWindowsoperatingsystem.

The Meter must be provided with meter passwords to secure communication

betweenmetersoftwareandmeterhavingminimum3(three)accesslevels.

TheAMRSoftwarehavetobecompatiblewithBPDB’sexistingAMRSystem.The

Tenderer have to develop the total AMR System with exiting and supplied AMR

Solution.Inthiscasethetendererhavetoprovidetheirmeterprotocolssothatall

exiting meters and supplied meters data will be downloaded and managed in a

singleAMRSystem.

7.1.3.28EXTERNAL MODEM WITH ACCESSORIES

GSM/GPRSmodemwithRS-232ports,meterinterfacedpowersupply,connectioncables,antennawithminimum2.5meterscable,mountingfacilities,enclosure(ifnecessary).ThemodemswillbecapableofGSMandGPRSconnectivitysimultaneously.ForGSmconfigurationtheATcommandwillbeavailableandforGPRScommunicationtheAPN,resettime,username,password,portnumber,etc.areconfigurable.Themodemwillhavethefollowingspecification.


Interruption(<1ms),RS-232(atleast1),GPRSclass10,operatingband900/1800,autoresetcapability(withphonecall,SMS).Themodemwillberobust,durableandcompatiblewiththeemployersexistingservicecondition.

7.1.3.29 Manufacturer

Alltheenergymetershallbesuppliedfromanyofthefollowingmanufacturers:

a) Siemens,Germany/Switzerland.b) AEG,Germany.c) ABB,Switzerland/Finlande) Itron,USAf) Elster,USA/Romaniag) LandisGear,Switzerland/Greece.h)Honeywell(USA)i)Toshiba(Japan)j)CEWE(UK)Note:Relatedsoftware&accessoriesifrequiredforEnergymetersiswithinthe

scopeofsupply.

7.1.3.3 PROTECTIVE RELAYS

All Protective relays & Auxiliary relays shall be numerical programmable type and shall comply

relevantIECorequivalentinternationalstandard.Contractarrangementoftherelaysshouldconform

totherequirementsofthediagram.

Alltheprotectiverelaysshallbesuppliedfromanyoffollowingmanufacturers:

1. ABB(Switzerland/Finland/Sweden)

2. Siemens(Germany/Switzerland)

3. Schneider(France/UK)

4. Alstom(UK/France)

5. NR,China

Note:Relatedsoftware&accessoriesifrequiredforEnergymetersiswithinthescopeofsupply.

7.1.3.31 APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS

Thesuccessfulbidder/tenderershallsubmitthefollowingdrawingsinAutoCADformatandin

hard copy for the approval to the Engineer, within within 15 days from the date of signing

Contract.

1. TechnicalSpecificationandGuaranteedTechnical

2. Detailed dimensional drawings of 33KV Switchgear including foundation drawing. with

cableslotsshowingallequipmentmountedonthemalongwithcompletepanelwiselistof

equipment and list of Name Plates. Weight of these panels with all the equipment

mountedontheseshallalsobefurnishedintheDrawing.

3. Outlined drawings of internal wiring diagram of the instrument, relays, meters,

annunciator and other equipment showing external terminal connections with the

equipmentterminalnumber.

4. Complete AC and DC Schematic diagram of 33KV Switchgear Panels to indicate the

followings:

i)Annunciatorcircuit

ii)Protectionandcontrolcircuit

iii)IndicationandSupervisioncircuit


iv)Othercircuitsasnecessary

These drawings shall show AC power connection and Secondary connections for relays,

meters,terminalblockswiththeirnumberetc.interconnectiondiagrambetweenPCMand

circuitbreaker,PowerandInstrumentTransformerandotherequipmentasnecessary

5. Cablingandwiringdiagramofthecubiclesandinter-connectionsbetweenthem.Ferrule

numbers, device number and grouping for cable take off shall be distinctly shown. No

workshallbeperformedinconnectionwiththefabricationandmanufactureofthetesting

equipmentuntilthetechnicaldataanddrawingshavebeenapproved.

6. Manufacturer’sprintedcataloguedescribingthetype/modelofoffered33KVSwitchgear,

Protectiverelays,EnergyMeters

7. TheBiddershallhavetosubmit3(three)setsofthesameforApproval.Thebiddershall

alsosubmitonesetreproducibletracingoftheabovedrawingsinsoftformat.

No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the Testing Equipment until the technical data and drawings have been approved. The manufacturing of the equipment shall be strictly in accordance with the approved drawings and no deviation shall be permitted without the written approval of the purchaser. The cost of supplying drawings and specifications shall be borne by the supplier.

At the time of delivery of Equipment, the supplier shall supply three (3) sets of all approved technical data and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of the Equipment to the office of Director, Design & Inspection-II, BPDB, 9/B, Motijheel C/A, Dhaka, Bangladesh, Telephone # 88-02-9550404


7.1.4 11 KV GIS Indoor Metal Clad Switchgear

7.1.4.1. General

The 11 kV switchgear shall consist of a single bus-bar, metal clad, indoor type, floor mounted,single tier integrated unit, incorporating enclosures for the circuit breaker units, bus-bars,current transformers and auxiliary wiring. The switchgear shall be made according toIEC62271-200.

Each 11kVCBshallbeprovidedwithacombinedrelay&controlpanelforminganintregralpartofthecircuitbreakerequipment.

Thepanelsshallbeequippedwiththenecessaryprotectioncontroldevices, indicatinginstrumentsandalarmingdevices,MCBs,etc.

The switchgear shallbeof robust constructiondesigned formaximumreliability ofservice inthetropicalclimatespecified.

Cableboxesshallbesuppliedcompletewithglandsandterminallugs.

7.1.4.2 Clearances

Maximum insulator lengths and clearances in air shall be not less than those specified for 11kVswitchgearhaving75KVpBasicImpulseLevel.

7.1.4.3 Current Ratings

All parts of the switchgear, including current transformers, shall be capable of withstanding,without thermal of mechanical damage, the instantaneous peak and the three second short timecurrent corresponding to the rated making and breaking capacity of the circuit breakers. Allnormal current specified are the minimum continuous values required under the serviceconditionsappertainingtoBangladesh.

7.1.4.4 Circuit Breaker making and Breaking capacities

Each circuit breaker shall be capable of making and breaking short circuit faults in accordancewiththerequirementsofIEC62271-CircuitBreaker,at3phasesymmetricalcircuitratingsat11kVservicevoltagesasstatedintheSchedules.

The Contractor shall submit for approval, certified test certificates of making and breaking testcarriedoutbyapprovedindependenttestingauthoritiesinaccordancewithIEC62271.

7.1.4.5 Circuit Breakers

7.1.4.5.1 Type

The11kVcircuitbreakersshallbevacuumtypeinaccordancewithIEC62271asappropriate.Alltypes shall incorporate horizontal isolation facilities and be mounted on horizontal draw-outtype.

7.1.4.5.2 Interchangeability of Circuit Breakers

Circuit breaker of the same type and current rating shall be interchangeable, both electricallyand mechanically, but it must be impossible to interchange equipment of different currentratings.


7.1.4.5.3 Circuit Breaker Operation Mechanism

Circuit breaker closing mechanisms shall be 230-volt a.c motor wound preferably springoperatedtypesuchthattheclosingspeedisindependentoftheoperator.

11kVswitchgeartrippingshallbeeffectedbymeansof02nos.of110voltd.c.shunttripcoil.Eachequipmentshallbeprovidedwithavisual,mechanized,indicatingdevice,whichshallbepositivelydriven in both directions to show whether the circuit breaker is “Open” or “Closed”. It shall beoperativewhenthecircuitbreakerisinthe“Service”and“Test”locations.Lampindicationinplaceof a mechanical indicator will not be accepted. Operation counters shall be provided on eachmechanism.

Meansshallbeprovided forcoupling the secondarycircuitson the fixed portion to thoseon themovable portion when the circuit breaker is isolated in order to permit closing, tripping andinterlockcircuitstobecheckedtobecheckedforoperationtestpurposes.

Means shall be provided for local manual mechanical tripping of circuit breakers, preferably bypushbuttons,shroudedtopreventinadvertentoperation.

Locking facilities shall be provided so that with the circuit breaker in any location it can beprevented from being closed when it is open and from being mechanical tripped when it isclosed. This requirement shall be met by the fitting of a single padlock and shall not entail thefittingofanyloosecomponentspriortotheinsertionofthepadlock.

Itshallnotbepossible,withouttheuseoftools,togainaccesstothetrippingtoggleoranypartofthemechanismwhichwouldpermitdefeatofthelockingofthemechanicaltrippingfeature.

It shall not be possible to render the electrical tripping feature inoperative by any mechanical

lockingdevice.

7.1.4.5.4 C i r c u i t Breaker Isolating Features

Irrespectiveoftheoperatingtypeofunitthefollowingshallapply.

Each circuit breaker shall be connected to the busbars and feeder circuit through plug andsockettype isolatingdevices. Thedevicesshallbe ofthe“OffLoadType”butshallbesuitableforoperationwhilstthebusbarsand/orfeedercircuitsarealive.

Isolating devices shall be interlocked with their respective circuit breakers to prevent theirmaking or breaking load, but arrangements whereby attempted isolation of a closed circuitbreakertripsthecircuitbreakerarenotpermitted.

The main circuit isolating devices and also all secondary circuit isolating contacts shall be oftheself-aligningtype,mountedinaccessiblepositionstopermitmaintenance.

Thenumberofauxiliarycircuitisolatingswitchesshallbesufficienttomeetthefacilities.

7.1.4.5.5 I n t e r l o c k s

All mechanical interlocks shall be of the preventive type and shall be arranged to prevent maloperation as close as possible to the point at which mechanical force is applied, in order toprevent defeat of the interlocks by distortion of linkages Electrical interlocks shall alsofunctionsoastopreventtheclosingofthecircuitbreaker.

Clearlylabeledmechanicalinterlocksshallbeprovidedwhicharedesignedtoprevent:

a) Aclosedcircuitbreakerintotheisolatingcontacts.

b) Trippingbyattemptedisolation.c) The closing of a circuit breaker except when correctly located in Service or Test

positions.


d) Acircuitbreakerfrombeingpluggedintotheisolationcontactsifthetankisnotinpositione) Acircuitbreakerbeingclosedintheservicepositionwhenthesecondarycircuits

betweenthefixedandmovingportionsarenotcompleted.

Inadditionelectrical interlocksmaybeutilizedtoensuresafeoperationoftheplant; i.e.on11kVtransformer incoming circuits the circuit earth position shall not be operative unless the 33 kVcircuitisde-energizedandisolatedetc.

7.1.4.5.6 S a f e t y Shutter Devices

A set metal shutters shall be provided to cover each 3 phase group of stationary isolatingcontacts.The shutters shall open automatically by a positive drive initiated by the movement of thecircuitbreaker.TheclosingoperationshallalsobeautomaticbypositivedriveWhen padlocked closed, the shutters shall completely shroud the stationary contacts and itshall notbe possible to force the shutters or part of the shutters to gain access to the stationarycontacts.

To facilitate testing, means other than locking shall be provided for securing the shutters in theopen position. However, such means shall be automatically cancelled when the automaticoperationoftheshuttersrestoreduponreconnectionofthecircuitbreaker.

Bus-bar shutters shall be painted signal red, colour 537 in BS 381 C or equivalent RALstandard, and shall be clearly and indelibly labeled “BUSBARS” in large white letter inEnglish. The contractor may offer works which comply with different standards or codes only if,when requested by the Engineer Circuit shutters shall be painted yellow, colour 355 in BS381 Corequivalent RALstandard,but shall notbe lettered,except thaton incomingfeedersthecircuitshuttersshallbeclearlyandindeliblylabeled“DANGERLIVECABLES”inlargeredletters.

Voltage transformer spout shutters shall be painted yellow, colour 355 in BS 381 C orequivalent RAL standard. Durable phase colour identification shall be provided in a prominentposition.Provisionoraccessshallbemadeforlubricatingthemechanicallinkages.

All shutters shall be effectively earthed

Shuttersshallnotoperatetowardsthefixedisolatingcontacts.

7.1.4.5.7 Busbars and Connections

The equipment shall be of single busbar type. Busbars and connection shall comply withapplicableclausesofIEC62271andshallbefullyinsulated.

The equipment shall be of single busbar type. The busbar assemblies shall be of a type whichshallnotrelyonlyonairforinsulationpurpose.

Any earthed screen applied to the exterior of the insulation shall be securely earthed in eachbusbarcompartments.

The insulation of the busbars and their connections shall be capable of withstanding, withoutdamage, the thermal and mechanical effect of a through fault current equivalent to the short-timeratingoftheswitchgear.

Access to busbars and the connections directly thereto shall be gained only by the removal ofcovers secured by bolts or screws. Such covers shall be marked clearly and indelibly“BUSBARS”


Busbars shall extensible at both ends; such extension shall entail the minimum possibledisturbancetothebusbarchambers.Compoundfilledbusbarchambersarenotacceptable.

7.1.4.5.8 Earthing of Metal Parts of Switchgear

All metal parts, other than those forming part of an electrical circuit, shall be connected to ahard-drawn,highconductivity,copperearthconductoroneachunit,ofadequatesectionalarea.

The frame of draw-out circuit breakers shall be connected to the earthbar through a substantialplug type contact and the plug shall be long enough to allow the busbar and feeder shutters toclosebeforebreakingcontact.

Interlocking (both mechanical & electrical) must be provided to avoid accidental earthingcircuitbreakerin“serviceposition”.

7.1.4.5.9 Earthing of Insulations

Earthing of the switchgear and ancillary panels and auxiliary equipment shall be carried out inaccordancewithIEC62271Standardwhereapplicable.

7.1.4.5.10 I n s u l a t o r s

Porcelain insulators shall be best quality electrical porcelain. The clamping surfaces of allporcelaininsulatorsshallbeaccuratelygroundandshallbefreeofglaze.Insulators of moulded or resin bonded material shall have a durable, non-hygroscopic surfacefinishhavingahighanti-trackingindex.

7.1.4.5.11 Auxiliary switch

Each circuit breaker shall be provided with adequate nos. auxiliary switches to interrupt thesupplytotheclosingmechanismandtocompletethetripcircuit,whenthecircuitbreakerisinthe“Closed”positionandtocoverallthenecessaryindication,interlockingandcontrolfacilitieswithsparecontacts.

Each circuit breaker shall be provided with clean auxiliary contacts for the purpose ofproviding remote switch and alarm indication at the remote grid supervisory centre. In additioneach circuit breaker shall be provided with the necessary 50 volt d.c. interposing relaysrequired to achieve remote control of the circuit breaker via a future remote grid supervisorysystem. All auxiliary switches shall be wired down whether in use or not to the appropriatemarshalingkiosk.

7.1.4.6 Special Tools

One complete set, of all special tools that are necessary for the overhauling maintenance andadjustment of the whole equipment shall be provided with each switchboard. The toolsprovided shall be in a new condition and shall not be used for the erection of the equipment onSite.

7.1.4.7 Indoor Breaker Specification

The 11 kV switchgear unit indoor vacuum CB along with CT, 11 kV bus, 11 kV PT (3 × singlephase unit – draw out type). The C.B shall have spring operating mechanism suitable forcharging by motor (A.C 230 V, 1 phase) with provision of hand charging. Sufficient auxiliarycontacts shall be provided for position indication, interlocks and other purposes. Two sets ofindependently operative trip coils shall be there. Provision forsignalingof lowgaspressureandultimatelockoutforverylowpressureshallbeprovided.

TechnicalParticularsof11kVCircuitBreakers:


Phase 3-phaseServiceVoltage/MaximumsystemVoltage 11kV/12kVContinuousratingcurrentofBus-bar 2500Amps.Continuousratingcurrent 1600AforIncomer 2500AforBusCoupler,

630Afor11KVOutgoingfeederBreakingCapacity 25KA(3Sec).BasicImpulseLevel(BIL) 70kV,Powerfrequencywithstandvoltage 28kV.BusShallbe3phase,50Hz2500A,SF6Gasinsulatedcapableofwithstanding25kAfor3sec.

7.1.4.8 Current Transformers (CTs).

The current transformer rated current ratio shall match the connected load circuit andsecondarycircuitrequirements.

Current transformers shall be capable of withstanding without damage the full load, peak andratedshorttimecurrentsoftheirassociatedequipment.

Where spacewithin acurrent transformerchamberpermits dedicated current transformers shallbeusedforprotection,instrumentationandmetering.

CurrenttransformersusedforenergizingindicatinginstrumentsandmeteringshallbeofClass0.2accuracy in accordance with IEC 600441. Current transformers for protective andprotective/indication purposes shall be designed to suit the particular requirements of theassociated protection, which in general shall be in accordance with the recommendationsgiveninBS3938orequivalentIECstandard.

Class 3 P current transformers shall be used for inverse time over-current and/or earth faultprotection. The rated accuracy limit current shall be equivalent to the maximum symmetricalthree phase fault current or earth fault current of the protected circuit or equivalent tot heswitchgear breaking capacity unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The currenttransformers shall be capable of meeting the 5P error classification at rated accuracy limitcurrentoverthefullrangeofrelaysettings,unlessotherwiseapprovedbytheEngineer.

Current transformers used for indication/metering purposes shall be designed to saturate at avalue of primary current sufficiently low to protect the secondary circuit from damage at allpossiblevaluesofprimaryfaultcurrentuptotheassociatedprimaryshorttimethermalrating.

The rated volt-amp output of each current transformer shall not be less than 110% of theconnected burden as installed in service, the burden of cable connections being taken intoaccount

Thesecondarywindingsofeachsetofcurrenttransformersshallbeearthedatonepointonlyviaanaccessiblebolteddisconnectinglink,preferablylocatedwithintherelaycubicle.

Where double-ratio secondary windings are specified provided a label shall be provided at thesecondary terminals of the current transformer indicating clearly the connections required foreithertap.Theconnectionsandtheratioinuseshallbeindicatedonallconnectiondiagrams.

Design magnetization curvesand d.c resistance valuesshall be submittedbefore manufactureforeach current transformer used for protective purposes and shall be subsequently verified byworksroutinetestsandalsobysitecommissioningtests.

Where current transformers have to operate or be mounted on apparatus provided under othercontracts, the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring design and installation compatibilitywithotherContractorsandforkeepingtheEngineerinformed.


Metal clad switchgear current transformers shall be located on the non-bus-bar side of thecircuit breaker except where current transformers are provided on both sides of the circuitbreaker for protection zone overlap. The primary conductors shall be accessible for primarycurrentinjectiontreatingonsite.

7.1.4.9 Voltage Transformers (VTs) Voltage transformers shall comply with the requirements of IEC 60044-2 with amendments andsupplementsandshallbeof:-

• Class3Paccuracyforprotection/indicatinginstruments• Class0.2accuracyfortariffmeteringoracceptanceefficiencytesting.

For tariff metering voltage transformers the Contractor shall check the total installed secondaryburdenandifnecessaryshallinstalldummyburdenstoachievethecalibratedaccuracy.

Voltage transformersecondarycircuitshallbeearthedatonepointonlyandmetalcases shallbeseparately earthed. The transformerscore, where accessible, shall also be separately earthed. Allvoltagetransformers in the system at a given voltage level shall be earthed in the samemanner.

Whereitisrequiredtoearththeprimaryneutralofametalcladthree-phasevoltagetransformer,the neutral earthing connection shall be insulated and brought out separately from the tankearthingconnection.Means shall be provided to maintain the tank earthing connectionwhilethevoltagetransformerisbeingwithdrawn.

Where three single-phase voltage transformers are supplied for protection purposes, starconnected secondary windings shall have the star point formed by insulated connections andshallbeearthedatacommonpoint.

Where possible primary windings shall be connected through fuses with current limitingfeatures.

Secondary MCB’s shall be provided as close as possible to each voltage transformer andlabeled to show their function and phase colour. The secondary circuits shall be monitoredindividually to detect and alarm individual fuse failure or MCB trip and to block protectionoperationifrequired.

Voltage transformers shall be designed that saturation of their cores does not occur when 1.732times normal voltage is applied to each winding. Magnetization curves shall be submitted forapprovalforeachtypeofvoltagetransformer.The standard secondary voltage between phases shall be 110 volts unless special circumstancesdictateotherwise,andareapprovedbytheEngineer.

Secondary circuits from different voltage transformers, or separate windings of the sametransformer,shallnotbeconnectedinparallel.

Voltage transformers shall be connected on the non-busbar side of circuit breakers unlessotherwiseapprovedbytheEngineer.




hard copy for the approval to the Engineer, within within 15 days from the date of signing

Contract.

1. TechnicalSpecificationandGuaranteedTechnical

2. Detailed dimensional drawings of 11KV Switchgear including foundation drawing. with

cableslotsshowingallequipmentmountedonthemalongwithcompletepanelwiselistof

equipment and list of Name Plates. Weight of these panels with all the equipment

mountedontheseshallalsobefurnishedintheDrawing.

3. Outlined drawings of internal wiring diagram of the instrument, relays, meters,

annunciator and other equipment showing external terminal connections with the

equipmentterminalnumber.

4. Complete AC and DC Schematic diagram of 11 KV Switchgear Panels to indicate the

followings:

i)Annunciatorcircuit

ii)Protectionandcontrolcircuit

iii)IndicationandSupervisioncircuit

iv)Othercircuitsasnecessary

These drawings shall show AC power connection and Secondary connections for relays,

meters,terminalblockswiththeirnumberetc.interconnectiondiagrambetweenPCMand

circuitbreaker,PowerandInstrumentTransformerandotherequipmentasnecessary

5. Cablingandwiringdiagramofthecubiclesandinter-connectionsbetweenthem.Ferrule

numbers, device number and grouping for cable take off shall be distinctly shown. No

workshallbeperformedinconnectionwiththefabricationandmanufactureofthetesting

equipmentuntilthetechnicaldataanddrawingshavebeenapproved.

6. Manufacturer’s printed catalogue describing the type/model of offered 11KV GIS

Switchgear,Protectiverelays,EnergyMeters

7. TheBiddershallhavetosubmit3(three)setsofthesameforApproval.Thebiddershall

alsosubmitonesetreproducibletracingoftheabovedrawingsinsoftformat.

No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the Testing Equipment until the technical data and drawings have been approved. The manufacturing of the equipment shall be strictly in accordance with the approved drawings and no deviation shall be permitted without the written approval of the purchaser. The cost of supplying drawings and specifications shall be borne by the supplier.

At the time of delivery of Equipment, the supplier shall supply three (3) sets of all approved technical data and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of the Equipment to the office of Director, Design & Inspection-II, BPDB, 9/B, Motijheel C/A, Dhaka, Bangladesh, Telephone # 88-02-9550404


SPECIFICATION OF 110V, 3 x 5(6) A, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE, 3-ELEMENT, INDOOR TYPE MULTI-

TARIFF PROGRAMMABLE METER WITH ASSOCIATED INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS

ENCLOSED IN METERING PANEL .

7.1.5A GENERAL

The meters are required for the purpose of energy metering of medium/high/extra-high

voltageconsumermeteringat132kVor33kVor11kVlevel.KWhistheunitforthepurpose.

Systemvoltage Nominalservicevoltage110V(PTSecondary),

3 phase 4wire, solidly grounded neutral at

source,maximumsystemvoltage120Vlineto

line.

System

frequency

50Hz

7.1.5.B SPECIFICATION OF 110V 3 x 5(6)A, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE 3-ELEMENT, INDOOR TYPE

MULTI TARIFF PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL ENERGY METER

The consumer meters are required for the purpose of energy metering of low voltage

consumerwhopurchasespowerat11kV/33kVlinethroughPT&CT.kWhistheunitfor

revenuepurpose.

Systemvoltage : Nominalservicevoltage110V,3phase4wire,solidlygrounded

neutralatsource,maximumsystemvoltage120Vlinetoline.

Systemfrequency : 50Hz

Standard : The Energy Meter should be designed, manufactured and tested in

accordancewithIEC62052-11,62053-22and62053-23orANSIC

12.16,12.10(latestpublication)orspecifiedinthisspecification

Installation : IndoorType

Type : Solidstate.

Application : RegistrationofKWh(Peak&off-peak),TotalKVarh(Q1+Q4),KWon

3- phase, 4-wire supply for balanced & unbalanced load

(unidirectional).Peak17.00-23.00.hrsandoffpeak23.00-17.00hrs

(programmable)Bangladeshstandardtime.ThesoftwareforTimeof

Use (TOU) shall be so developed to accommodate future tariff and

canbecustomized, if thepurchaserchangesthe tariff.Thesoftware

shallbecompatiblewithWindowsoperatingsystem.

Connection : 3-phase4-wire,solidlygroundedneutral.

Nos.ofelement : 3(Three)

Ratedcurrent : Basiccurrent5ampsandmaximumcurrent6amps.

Multiplicationfactor : Thefollowingshallbeinscribeonthemater.DialreadingXCTratioX

PTratio=ActualreadinginKWh.

Register : Solid state LCD display type register. The display shall be programmable,

automaticandinclude:


MeterID

Time&date

CumulativeKWh(Peak&off-peak)

CumulativeTotalKVarh(Q1+Q4)

Maximumdemand(KW)withtime&date

CumulativeMaximumdemand(kW)forbillingmonth.

Maximum demand (MD) in kW shall be registered using the

techniqueofcumulatingonintegrationperiodcontrolledbybuilt-in

process and the MD shall be continuously recorded and the highest

shallbeindicated.ThehighestMDshallbeaddedtothecumulative

store, which shall be automatically initiated afteran interval ofone

month/onebillingperiodbymeansofbuilt-intimingdevice.

Integrationperiod:30(thirty)minutes.

NumberofMDreset(Automatic&manually).

AveragePFforbillingperiod.

Instantaneous:

Phasevoltagewithindication

Phaseampswithdirection.

Powerfactor(average).

Demand(KW)

Voltagephaseangel(eachphase)

Currentphaseangle(eachphase)

Tamperingindicationintheregister.

Memorystorage : Themetershallhavesufficientcapacity(minimum400KB)tostore

thefollowingreadingsanddatainnon-volatilememoryevenincase

ofpowerfailure.

Equipmentidentificationcodes,securitycodesandaccesscodes.

Numberofpowerinterruptionwithdate&time(minimum100

events).

Latestpowerfailuretime&date

Date&timeofmetertempering.(Voltage&Currentmissing,

demandreset,timechange).

Eventlogs

Current&PreviousregisteredinmonthKWh(Peak&off-peak),

TotalKVarh(Q1+Q4)

Current&PreviousmonthregisteredwithmaximumKWdemand

sincelastMDresetwithtimeanddateofitsoccurrence.

Themetermusthavesufficientcapacitytostoredataat30(thirty)

minutesintervalforatleast90(ninety)days.

LoadProfiledata[kWh,KVarh(Q1+Q4)

PhasevoltageorVh

PhaseampsorAh

Accuracyclass : Accuracyclassis0.2(pointtwo)

Numberofdigit Minimum5(Five)integerwith1(One)decimal(Total6digit).

TypeofDisplay Solid-stateLCDdisplay.

or P.F. Angle(each phase)


Timeswitch : The time switch shall be built-in type and shall be designed to

performapresentcycleofoperation.TimeswitchshallresetMDIat

theendofeverymonth(billingperiod)automatically.Intheeventof

failure of power supply and battery, at the same time set memory

shallnotbelosti.e.thesetprogramshallberecordedinnon-volatile

memory.Themaximumerrorshallbekeptwithin1(one)second

perday.Timeerroradjustmentfacilityshallbeprovided.

Batteryreserve : Eachtimeswitchmustbeprovidedwithlithiumbatterywhichallow

theswitchtofunctionforaperiodofnotlessthan10(ten)years.The

guaranteedlifeofthebatteryshouldnotbelessthan10(ten)years

and shall have provision for easy replacement. The shelf life of the

batteryshouldbeminimum15(fifteen)yearsormore.

Construction : Themetershallbecompletelyself-containroundsocketorenclosure

type. The meter cover shall be made of polycarbonate/acrylic

/phenolic /resin and socket cover shall be made of metal

polycarbonate/acrylic/phenolic/resin.Themetercoverandsocket

/enclosure shall be provided with security sealing provisions to

preventunauthorizedaccesstotheinternalmeterworksandsocket

/enclosure sealing shall be designed to accommodate both padlock

andwiretypeseal.

IECmetersshallbeminimumIP51.TheANSIStandardmetershallbe

effectively sealed to prevent entrance of rain and dust into its

internal parts. The meter shall pass Rain test described in

underwriter’slaboratorystandardUL-50(USA)fortype3enclosures.

A general purpose finish ofclass 1 as specified in section 7 of ANSI

C12.10 shall be provided for the meter and it shall meet the

requirement of weather simulation test (Sec. 7.2.1 of ANSI C12.10)

and salt spray test (ASTM B117). It shall be designed to operate

continuouslyforthenormallifeofthemeterinunshelteredoutdoor

tropicallocationexposedtotheelementswithoutcorrosionorother

damagetopartstoadverselyaffectmeteraccuracyorreliability.

EnclosureforIEC

StandardMeter

The meter shall be surface mounted in an outdoor pole mounted

metering enclosure box with necessary wiring. The enclosure box

should bemade either ofhigh quality flame retardantABS Resin of

minimum 3 mm thickness or of galvanized sheet steel of minimum

1.22 mm (18 SWG) thickness or of auto extinguishable, shockproof

andUVresistant,hotmoldedglassreinforcedpolyesterofminimum

3 mm thickness. The box shall have hinged front door with one

toughenedglasswindowortransparentUVresistantPollycarbonate

toenableeasyreadingofmeter.Themeteringboxshallbeweather

proof, dust proof, rodent and inspect proof in accordance with

enclosure classification IP54. Service cable entry and exit will be

sides of the box and 40 (forty) mm diameter hole with black PVC

conic cable gland shall be provided for side entry & exit for this

purpose.Allmaterialpartsshallhaveanti-corrosiveprotection.

Allmaterials shallbe designed,manufacturedandtestedas per IEC

orequivalentInternationalstandardsexceptasmentioned.Thefront

doorshall be removableand provision must bemade forsealing in

theclosedposition.


Socket : Metersocketsshallbesuitableforinstallationofofferedtypemeter.

Metersocketsshallbe3-phase,4-wirewye,600voltclass,

madefrom16gaugesheetmetal.Metersocketsshallbesimilar

exceptasdescribedbelow.Metersocketsshallapproximately

14(35.6cm)H9(22.9cm)W4(10.2cm)Dandrectangular

inshape.Socketsshallbethesamesizeas1-phasesocketsand

terminalblocksshallbeinterchangeable.Socketsshallbering

lesstype,sealinglatchtobestainlesssteelandhaveadequate

meansforsocketgrounding.Metersocketshallhavea2(5cm)

Diametertopopeningcompletewitha1-¼(3.2cm)hub.

Metersocketshallhave4knockoutswitharangeupto2(5

cm)Diameter,oneontheback,oneinthebottomandonein

eachside.MetersocketshallcomplywithANSIC12.6,12.10

TheSocketshallhavewrittenpermanently(notinpaper

printed)“connectiondiagram”distinctlymarkedinadditionto

allstandard

data.

Terminal : Socket connected type/ Non-symmetrical, bottom entry, front

connection, and connection type with extended terminal cover:

Minimum 10 Terminals to accommodate up to 06 sq. mm size of

cable. The terminal cover for the offered energy meter shall be

extendedtype,andwhichcanbesealedindependently.Thereshallbe

free space between bottom of the terminal and the bottom of the

terminalcover.

Connection

: 3-phase,4-wiresolidlygroundedneutral.

Servicelifeofmeter : Shallbeminimum15(fifteen)years.

Visualindicationof

operation

: Pulseindicatoronthefrontofmeteraspermeterconstant.

Specialcondition : c) The factory calibration conforms to relevant IEC or equivalent

internationalstandard.LCDdisplayshallbeshownconsecutively

and continuously one after another. The display shall be

automated i.e. no external means shall be required to see the

display.Eachdisplayshalllastforatleast5(five)sec.

d) MeterElectronicCircuitbiasingvoltageshallhavetobeensured

from each phase to phase and each phase to neutral and

minimumbasingvoltage40V.

MeterSealing : TheEnergymeterbodywillbehermeticallysealedorultrasonically

weldedtoavoidunauthorizedopeningofmetercover.Otherwisethe

bidwillberejected.

Communicationport : Themetermustbeprovidedwithasuitablecommunicationport to

allow down loading of desired information stored in the meter toa

PCviahandhelddataloggerasperIEC1107orequivalentstandard.


RemoteCommunication : ThemetershallbeequippedwithexternalGSM-GPRSModem,which

willbeableto interfacewithRS232,RS485fordatacommunication

withthecentralserverfrommeters,havingallaccessorieslikepower

supplyadapter,necessaryconnectingcables,antennawithminimum

2.5 meter extension cable, connectors, enclosure box with fixing

materials etc. The modem shall be compatible with existing AMR

systemofBPDB.

7.1.5.C. TAMPER AND FRAUD PROTECTION FEATURE:

Themetershallhavethefollowingfeaturestoprevent/detecttamperandfraud:

Phase Sequence Reversal: Themeter should work accurately irrespective of phase

sequenceofsupply.

Missing Potentials: The meter shall be capable of detection occurrence of missing

potential of one phase or two phase(s), which can happen due to

intentional/accidentaldisconnectionofpotentiallink(s).

Terminal covermusthavemicro-switchprovisiontomonitorunauthorizedopening.

Opening of terminal cover shall trigger an event to be recorded in the event log

memory.

Software Access:Softwareaccessforconfigurationandsettingofthemeters.

7.1.5.D TECHNICAL FEATURE

The body cover and socket / enclosure shall be provided security sealing

provisionstopreventunauthorizedaccesstotheinternalmeterworks.

Themetershallbeprovidedwithconnectiondiagram.

The data access should be protected by minimum 3(three) steps software

passwordinmeter.

Themetershallhaveprovisionofphasetophaseandeachphasetoneutralbiasing.

The meter shall have minimum biasing voltage of 40V otherwise the bid will be

rejected.

Themeterandsocket/enclosureshallhaveprovisionofearthing.

Meter must operate and accurately register demand and energy when service

voltage is applied across any two of the three input terminals or when service

voltage is applied from any input terminal to neutral. Meter will continue to

operateeventheneutralismissing.

Themeterandsocket/enclosure mustbe thesamecountry oforiginotherwise

thebidwillberejected.

TheregistrationofKWh(Peak&off-peak)on3-phase,4-wiresupplyforbalanced

& unbalanced load will be unidirectional. i.e. if one, two or three phase supply

is/arereversed,itwilltaketheabsolute(kWh-del)+absolute(kWh-rev)andwill

addthemtogetherastotal3-phaseKWh.

ThemetershallbeequippedwithremoteGSM&PSTNcommunicationoption.

The meter shall have permanently print nameplate distinctly marked with the

followinginadditiontoallstandarddata:

10. Theword“BPDB”andinsigniaofBPDB.

11. Voltageandcurrentrating.

12. Frequency.


13. Numberofelement,numberofwireandmultiplicationfactor.

14. Accuracyclass.

15. Yearofmanufacture.

16. Serialnumber.

17. Nameofmanufacturer.

18. Meterconstant.

7.1.5.E. Display of measured values/ Meter Display

TheSequenceofLCDdisplayshouldbeuserprogrammable.

The contrast setting of LCD display should be visible in different lighting

environmentanddistinctlyvisibleinbroaddaylight.

Themetershouldbeofdisplayingtimeanddate,thedirectionofenergyi.e.as

import/exportor+/-,activetariffandinternalfaultindicators.

There should be up to three groups of display to priorities the display. Each

showingaprogrammablefunctiongroup.

7.1.5.F Meter Parameterisation Software

TheparameterisationsoftwaremustrunonWindowsoperatingenvironment.

The software must be protected by software keys to control duplication and

installation.

Thesoftwareshouldhaveacustomizableprintingfeaturebytasklist.

ThemetermustbeabletodisplayorrecordmeterID,Program,ProgrammerID,C.

T. ratio, V. T. ratio, Total (KWh, KVarh, KVAh, KW, KVar, KVA, P.F); per phase

(voltage,current,KW,KVar,KVA,P.F,phasevoltageangle,phasecurrentangel);

Load profile having minimum 8(eight) Channels data stored in different interval

for90days.

Tamper feature:ThemetermusthaveErrors &Warningscodes,History logand

Event log(minimum 400events) to record date & time of all power outages,

demandresets,timechange.

In addition, each software key must bear a unique user ID and that is not

transferabletoanotherPCthathasdifferentuserID.

TheMetershouldbeabletodisplaythephasordiagram.

The software for Time of Use (TOU) shall be compatible to accommodate future

tariffandcanbecustomized,ifthepurchaserchangesthetariff.Thesoftwareshall

becompatiblewithWindowsoperatingsystem.

The Meter must be provided with meter passwords to secure communication

betweenmetersoftwareandmeterhavingminimum3(three)accesslevels.

TheAMRSoftwarehavetobecompatiblewithBPDB’sexistingAMRSystem.The

Tenderer have to develop the total AMR System with exiting and supplied AMR

Solution.Inthiscasethetendererhavetoprovidetheirmeterprotocolssothatall

exiting meters and supplied meters data will be downloaded and managed in a

singleAMRSystem.

7.1.5.F EXTERNAL MODEM WITH ACCESSORIES

GSM/GPRSmodemwithRS-232ports,meterinterfacedpowersupply,connectioncables,antenna

withminimum2.5meterscable,mountingfacilities,enclosure(ifnecessary).Themodemswillbe

capableofGSMandGPRSconnectivitysimultaneously.ForGSmconfigurationtheATcommandwill

beavailableandforGPRScommunicationtheAPN,resettime,username,password,portnumber,etc.

areconfigurable.Themodemwillhavethefollowingspecification.


Interruption(<1ms),RS-232(atleast1),GPRSclass10,operatingband900/1800,autoreset

capability(withphonecall,SMS).Themodemwillberobust,durableandcompatiblewiththe

employersexistingservicecondition.

7.1.5.F Manufacturer

Alltheenergymetershallbesuppliedfromanyofthefollowingmanufacturers:

a) Siemens,Germany/Switzerland.b) AEG,Germany.c) ABB,Switzerland/Finlande) Itron,USAf) Elster,USA/Romaniag) LandisGear,Switzerland/Greece.h)Honeywell(USA)i)Toshiba(Japan)j)CEWE(UK)Note:Relatedsoftware&accessoriesifrequiredforEnergymetersiswithinthescopeof

supply.



SUB-STATION AUTOMATION


7.2.1 Scope of Supply

Thisspecificationcoversthedesign,manufacture,inspection,testingatthemanufacturer’sworksand

erectionandcommissioningofaSubstationAutomationSystemdescribedinthefollowingsections,to

controlandoperatethe33/11kVGISsubstation.

TheSubstationAutomationSystemshallhaveallarrangementstointerfarancewithexistingBPDB’s

scadasystem.Thisshallbedonebythecontractor.

Thisdescribesthefacilitiesrequiredtoprovidethecontrolofplantandsystemwithinasubstation

andoutlinesthefacilitiestobeprovidedonsite,interfacerequirementsandperformancecriteria.

The Substation Automation System (SA) shall comprise full station and bay protection, control,

monitoring and communication functions. It shall enable local station control via PC by meansof a

human machine interface (HMI) and control software package and perform the necessary system

control and data acquisition functions. It shall include communication gateway to inter-bay-bus,

intelligentelectronicdevices(IED) forbaycontrolandprotectionasshownintheenclosedgeneral

systemarchitecturedrawing.

The communication gateway shall secure control from and information flow to remote network

control centres.The inter-baybus, configuredasastarconnection(viastarcouplers) shallprovide

independentstation-to-bayandbay-to-baydataexchange.Thebaylevelintelligentelectronicdevices

(IED)forprotectionandcontrolshallbedirectyconnectedtotheinstrumenttransformerwithoutany

interposingequipmentandperformcontrol,protection,andmonitoringfunctionssubjecttoadetail

proposalapprovedbytheEngineer.

TheIED’sforprotectionandcontrolfunctionsshallmaintainhighavailabilityandreliabilitytogether

withbayindependencethroughextensiveself-supervisionandstate-of-the-arttechnology.

Thesystemshallbecapableofhavingitscomputingpowerincreasedinthefuturebytheadditionof

additionalcomputingsystems.

The system design life shall be not less than 20 years. The Automation system shall be from

USA/UK/EU/Canada/Japan.

Thebidder shallprovide(i) IEC 61850compliancereport fortheofferedsystemwith IEDs and(ii)

interoperabilitytestreportfortheofferedsystemwithABB,Siemens,AlstomandSELIEDswithIEC

61850protocolfromanyUCAapprovedsystemverificationandvalidationcenteralongwiththebid

document.

ThecapacityoftheSAsystemshallbesufficientfortheultimatedevelopmentofthesubstationasset

outintheprojectrequirements.

The SA supplier shall demonstrate that the system proposed has been designed, installed and

commissioned in accordance with relevant international standards and the specification shall

provideevidenceofsatisfactoryserviceexperienceduringthepast5years.

Thecontractorshallprovidetheinstallationsoftwareofthesubstationautomationsystem.


Installation, testing and commissioning of substation automation system shall be done by the

automationEngineer(s)ofthesubstationautomationmanufacturer(s).

The software architecture and the database structure shall be finalized with the Purchaser. The

facitlitiesshallbe incorporatedinordertoaccess thedatabasefromthebackendbytheauthorised

userofthePurchaser.Objectorientedtechnologyshallbeusedinthesoftwaredevelopment.

TheSourceCodesofthesoftwarestandarddocumentationshallbehandedovertothePurchaser.The

standarddatabaselikeOracle,MySQL,SQLshallbeused.

Cyber Securityofthissystemshallbebuiltinwiththesystem.Theobjectiveofcybersecurityisto

protect information and physical assets from damages caused by theft , corruption or natural

disasterswhileallowingtheinformationandassetstoremainaccessibleandproductivetoemployer.

All potential causes of cyber attacks need to be considered when employing a defense in depth

approach.

7.2.2 Compliance with standards

Fordesignandtypetestingoftheprotectionandcontrolequipment,thefollowingstandardsshallbe

applicable:

General List of Specifications

IEC255: ElectricalRelays

IEC60038: IECStandardvoltages

IEC68068: Environmentaltesting

IEC60664: Insulationco-ordinationforequipmentwithinlow-voltage

systems

IEC61850: StandardforSubstationintegratedprotectionandcontroldata

communication

Detailed List of Specifications

IEC255-6: Measuringrelaysandprotectionequipment

IEC255-7: Testandmeasurementproceduresforelectromechanicalall-or-nothingrelays

IEC68-2-3: TestCa:Dampheatsteadystate

IEC68-2-30: TestDbandguidance;Dampheat,cyclic

IEC255-5: Insulationtestsforelectricalrelays

IEC255-22: Electricaldisturbancetestsformeasuringrelaysandprotectionequipment:

IEC255-22-1: 1MHzburstdisturbancetest

IEC255-22-2: Electrostaticdischargetest

IEC255-22-3: Radiatedelectromagneticfielddisturbancetest

IEC255-22-4: Fasttransientdisturbancetest

IEC255-11: Interruptionstoandalternatingcomponent(ripple)inD.C.auxiliaryenergising

quantitytomeasuringrelays

IEC255-6: Measuringrelaysandprotectionequipment

IEC255-21: Vibration, shock, bump and seismic tests on measuring relays and protection

equipment:

IEC255-21-1: Vibrationtests(sinusoidal)

IEC255-21-2: Shockandbumptests

IEC255-21-3: Seismictests

IEC255-0-20: Contactperformanceofelectricalrelays


IEC870-3class2: DigitalI/O,AnalogueI/Odielectrictests

IEC801-5/class3: DigitalI/OSurgewithstandtest

IEC870-3/class2: Radiointerferencetest

IEC801-4/4: Transientfastbursttest

IEC801-2/4: Staticdischarge

IEC801-3/3: Electromagneticfields

7.2.3 Design and Operating Requirements

7.2.3.1 General

The SA shall be suitable for operation and monitoring of the complete substation including future

extensions.Theofferedproductsshallbesuitableforefficientandreliableoperationandmaintenance

supportofthesubstations.

The SA system shall be state-of-the art design suitable for operation in high voltage substation

environment,followthelatestengineeringpractice,ensurelongtermcompatibilityrequirementsand

continuityofequipmentsupplyandthesafetyoftheoperatingstaff.

ProtectionisanintegralpartoftheSAsystemandprotectiverelaysshallbedirectlyconnectedtothe

interbaybusinordertoprovideunrestrictedaccesstoalldataandinformationstoredintherelays

andforchangingprotectionparametersfromtheremotecontrollocation.

Failurebehaviourofthehardwareandsoftwarefunctionsshallbeaddressedandrelateddiagnostic

and rectification working instructions shall be provided. The system performance, if failure of

communication to main and redundant computer base workstations, central functions, data model,

control and protection IED’s, station and bay level communication shall also be clearly addressed

(shallbeprovidedbythemanufacturer).

The substation can also be controlled from Local Control Panel. The following modes of operation

shallbepossible

(a)Emergencyoperationofbreaker,disconnector,earthingswitchetc.fromtheLocalPanel.

(b)Emergencyoperationofbreaker,disconnector,earthingswitchetc.fromthebackupmimicpanel

located in the control room on the 1st floor/Ground floor.Both bay controller guided and

unguidedoperationshallbepossiblefromthispanel.

(c) Normal operationofbreaker,disconnector ,earthingswitchetc. fromtheStationAutomation

SystemHMIlocatedinthe1stfloor/Groundfloor.


7.2.3.2 Modes of Operation

The operator stations and specified remote users shall have following operational modes, each

passwordprotected.

Monitoring Ability to select graphic displays and lists for viewing only. No capability to

acknowledgealarms,completecontrolsorselectitemsforinclusioninprogramfunctions.

Control: Selectionofgraphicdisplayandlists.AbletoacknowledgestationandSA

alarms,completecontrols,dressingetc.associatewithnormalrealtimeofthe

controlofthesubstation.

IED-1

IED-2

Bay Control Unit-1

IEC 61850

UPS

Dot Matrix Event Printer

Master/Backup workstation

GPS Master Clock

Master/Backup workstation

Laser Color Printer

Engineering workstation

SAS Architecture

Bay Control Unit-1

IED-1

IED-2

Ethernet Switch

Ethernet Switch

Ethernet Switch

Ethernet Switch

Bay Control Unit-2

Bay Control Unit-2

IEC 61850


SAEngineering: ProvidesalltheSAmonitoringfunctions,togetherwithonlinefacilitiesfor

program/database/formatmodificationsandcheckingwithoutthepossibility

ofexecutingpowersystemcontrols.

SystemManager: Providesaccesstoallsystemfunctions,includingassignmentofpasswordsand

systemmaintenanceactivities.

In addition a facility to provide access to the numerical Protection relays, change / modify relay

settings&AVRparametersandFaultRecorderdatashallbeprovided.

Aseriesofpasswordsshallbepersonallyassignedtooperatorsineachoftheabovecategories.

Itshallbepossibleforsubstationoperatorsto logoneitherofthesubstationworkstationandtobe

allocatedtheappropriatemodeofoperationrelevanttothepassword.SASystemEngineeringwork

andaccesstotheprotectionrelayanddisturbancereorderinformationshallgenerallybecarriedout

attheEngineeringworkstationorremotemasterstation.

Alltheworkstationandthesystemdatabaseshallfunctionasasystem.Itshallnotbenecessaryfor

exampletoacknowledgeanalarmatmorethanoneworkstation.

Similarly,anoperatormanualentryappliedataworkstationshallbeimmediatelydisplayedatother

workstationswherethisdataispresented.

7.2.3.3 Project Specifications

SpecificfunctionsrequiredandboundaryconditionsoftheSAaredetailedelsewhereinthis

specification.Theprojectspecificdrawingsareattached:

Overallsinglelinediagram

Generalsystemarchitecture

Locationofsubstationbuildings

Controlandoperationprinciples

Protectionschemes

7.2.3.4 Vendor’s Experience and Local Support

Onlyexperiencedandtechnicallycapablemanufacturerswithminimum5yearsexperienceindesign

and supply of control and protection systems for electricity transmission and distribution

applicationswillbeaccepted.Preferredmanufactureswillbethosewhohaveexperienceindeliveries

ofthefullscopeofstationautomationsystemsandservices.Thisexperiencehastobesubstantiated

by means of reference installations being in service under similar environmental conditions for at

least5years.Inordertoassessthevendor’sexperiencewithsimilarprojects,thevendorisrequired

tosubmitthefollowingwithhisBid:

TechnicaldesignspecificationsanddescriptionofSA

Cataloguesandbrochuresofequipmentanddevicesoffered

Referencelist


Thevendorshallassureforlong-termmaintenanceandavailabilityofspares.Moreover,aguarantee

shallbesubmittedfortheavailabilityofsparesduringthelifetimeoftheSAequipment(notlessthan

10years).

7.2.4 General System Design

The system shall be so designed that personnel without any background in microprocessor based

technologycanoperatethesystemeasilyaftertheyhavebeenprovidedwithsomebasictraining.

SystemcontrolfromthesubstationcontrolroomwillbewiththehelpofanIndustrialComputer(PC)

operatedbyamouse.ThefollowingHMI(HumanMachineInterface)functionsshallbeprovided:

Acquisitionandplausibilitycheckofswitchgearstatus

Controlofswitchgear

Remote checking of device parameters and activation of alternative parameter sets in the

connectedprotectiverelays

Displayofactualmeasuredvalues(U,I,P,Q,f,PF)

DisplayofEnergy(kWhandkVarhexportandimport)

Displayofevents

Displayofalarms

Displayoftrends

Sequencecontrolfunctions

Disturbancerecordsandfaultlocation

Systemself-supervision

Hardcopyprinting

Maintenance, modification or extension of components shall not require a shutdown of the whole

stationautomationsystem.Self-monitoringofsinglecomponents,modulesandcommunicationshall

beincorporatedtoincreasetheavailabilityoftheequipmentwhileminimisingmaintenancetimeto

repair.

The data exchange between the electronic devices shall take place via an inter-bay bus using IEC

61850protocol.Thehighspeedbusshallpermitpeer-to-peercommunicationbetweentheconnected

deviceswithdemocraticaccess.Theentirestationshallbecontrolledandsupervisedfromthestation

level PC. It shall also be possible to control, monitor and protect each individual bay from the

respectivebaylevelequipmentformaintenancepurposesorifthecommunicationtoaparticularbay

shouldfail.Clearcontrolprioritiesshallpreventinitiationofoperationofasingleswitchatthesame

time from more than one of the various control levels viz., station level, bay level or switchgear

(apparatus)level.Thepriorityshallalwaysbewiththelowestenabledcontrollevel.

Eachbaycontrolandprotectionunitshallbeindependentofeachotheranditsfunctioningshallnot

beaffectedbyanyfaultoccurringinanyoftheotherbaycontrolandprotectionunitsofthestation.

TheSAshallcontainthefollowingmainfunctionalparts:

HumanMachineInterface(HMI)withprocessdatabase

Gatewayfunctionforremotecontrolviaanindustrialgradehardware

Dial in facility / laptop workstation for protection relay parameterisation, disturbance

analysisandSAsystemfaultanalysis.

Dataexchangebetweenthedifferentsystemcomponentsviahighspeedbus

Bayleveldevicesforcontrol,monitoringandprotection


Bayorientedlocalcontrolandprotectionpanelswithmimicinserts

Facility foremergency operationofall the switchgear, ifbaycontroller fails. (Key /master

keysystem.)

Themainprocessinformationofthestationshallbestoredindistributeddatabases.Thesystemshall

be based on a de-centralised concept with bay oriented distributed intelligence for safety and

availabilityreasons.Functionsshallbedecentralised,objectorientedandlocatedascloseaspossible

totheprocess.

Thesubstationmonitoring/protectionsystemshallsupplydata formaintenance,repairandremote

parametersettingofprotectionandcontroldevicesintheswitchyard.

Intheeventofafaultintheelectricalnetwork,thesubstationmonitoringshallprovideaquickmeans

forcollectingtherelevantandcriticaldataofthefault.

Themonitoringsystemshallbesuitableforthesupervisionandmonitoringofallthesecondary(lED)

andprimarydevicesinasubstationincludingfutureextensions.

Maintenance,modificationorextensionofcomponentsshallnotcauseashut-offofthewholestation

monitoring system. Self-monitoring of single components, modules and communication shall be

incorporated to increase the availability and the reliability of the equipment and minimise

maintenance.

Itshallbepossibletoaccessallprotectionandcontroldevices forreadingtheterminalparameters

(settings).Thesettingofparametersoractivationofparametersetsshallberestrictedbypasswordto

theprotectionengineer.

7.2.5 Flexibility and Scalability

The offered SA system concept shall be flexible and shall permit future extensions to be realised

easily. Preference will be given to those suppliers who are in a position to provide protection and

controldeviceswhichcanbefreelyadaptedtotheapplicationfunctionsrequired.

7.3.6 System Hardware

7.2.6.1 Operator Station

The main operator station shall be based on an industrial PC hardware and high-resolution full-

graphics screen with manufacturers standard type tested software operating under Windows NT

environment.AnEventprinterandaHardCopyprintershallbeconnectedviaaprinterserverand

LANtotheoperatorstation.TheCPUshallbeinstalledintheautomationpanel.

DualstationcomputersshallcontroltheSAsystemanddrivetheworkstationsandotherperipherals.

Oneofthestationcomputersshalloperatethesysteminthe“online”statewhiletheotheractsasa

“redundanthotstandby”.Thestandbycomputershallbecontinuouslyupdatedandshallimmediately

take over the SA system duties without interruption or transfer mechanism should the on line

operatorworkstationfail.

DisturbanceRecordsshallbeanalysedusingtheinstalledDisturbanceRecordAnalysisprogrammes.

The Disturbance Records will be collected, over the interbay bus, from the connected IED’s by the


systemsoftware.Allnecessaryfacilitiesshallbeprovidedtoallowthesystemtoperformspontaneous

upload of Disturbance data or upload them in a pre-programmed manner. The Event printer shall

printeventsspontaneouslyastheyarriveinthemainoperatorstation.

Eachuploadeddatareportfileshallbereportedononelinethatshallcontain:

Theeventdateandtime

Thenameoftheeventobject

Adescriptivetext

Thestateorvalueoftheobject

Theinformationfieldsaboveshallbestructuredincolumnsformaximumreadability.

Thehardcopyprintershallpermitprintingofanypicture(orpartthereof)fromthestationlevelPC’s

usingeasilyaccessiblecommandsfromthewindowmenus.

ThemainStationPC`s shallbesupplied by thestationDCbattery andaUPSsystemwithasupply

durationofnotlessthan30minutesshallbeprovidedtosupplythemonitorandtheprinters.

7.2.6.2 Station Inter-bay Bus:

TheLANconnectingtheindustrialcomputerbasedoperatorworkstations,printersshallbeEthernet

802.3LAN,ProtocolTCP/IP(10M.bits/secorhigher)andthephysicalmediumshallbethinEthernet

orfiberopticbus,providedthisLANiskeptwithintheconfinesofthecontrolroom.

Thebaycontrolandprotectionunitsshallbeconnectedviaglassfiberopticcablestoastationinter-

bay bus, operating on high speed bus, via star couplers. The star coupler shall permit the data

exchangebetweenthedifferentsystemcomponents.GlassFiberopticconnectionsareusedinorder

toavoidEMIintheswitchgearandsubstationenvironment.

Allprotectionandcontrolunitswithserialcommunicationfacilitiesareconnectedinastartopology

viaglassfiberopticstothestarcoupler.Undernocircumstancesshalleventsfromtheprotectionsbe

takenintothesystemviabaycontrolunithardwarei.e.,eachprotectiondeviceshouldhaveitsown

independent fiber optic communication channel to the star coupler. The star couplers shall be

mountedinaseparatecommunicationcubicle.

7.2.6.3 Protection and Control IED’s on 33 kV Level and 11KV Level:

The control IED’s, based on microprocessor technology, shall use numerical techniques for the

calculationandevaluationofexternallyinputanaloguesignals.Theyshallincorporateselect-before-

operate controlprinciplesassafety measures foroperationvia theHMI.Theyshallperform allbay

relatedfunctions,suchasprotection,commands,bayinterlocking,dataacquisition,datastorageand

eventrecordingandshallprovideinputsforstatusindicationandoutputsforcommands.Theyshall

bemountedintheLVcompartmentoftheswitchgearandshallbedirectlyconnectedtoitwithoutany

needforseparateinterposingequipmentortransducers.

The 33 kV bay control & protection IED shall have the following features depending on the

requirement:

Minimumof8analoguechannels


Atleast15binaryinputs,5signalrelaysand2commandrelays

8nos.programmableLED’sonthefrontoftheunitforindication

InstantaneousPhaseOvercurrentProtection

InstantaneousEarthFaultProtection

InverseTimePhaseOvercurrentProtection

InverseTimeEarthFaultOvercurrentProtection

Overvoltage/undervoltageProtection

Synchrocheckfunction

Built-inmimicdisplaywithcontrolsforoperatingtheswitchgear.Intheeventoffailureofthe

bayunitabackupsystemforemergencyoperationshouldbeprovided.

Highspeedbusserialcommunicationport

Sequence of Events Recorder with a buffer for 256 events and a resolution of 1 msec. The

events that are to be recorded should be freely programmable. These could be alarm/trip

signals,externalsignalsconnectedtooptocouplerinputs,internalsignals,etc.Onceeventsare

defined,theyarerecordedinchronologicalorderastheyoccur.

DisturbanceRecorderfunctionwhichcanrecord9analoguevalues,16Binarysignalsand12

analogue channels for internal measurementvalues. It shall be possible fortheDisturbance

Recorder function to be triggered by any internal or external binary signal or internal

protectivefunction.

Comprehensiveself-supervision

Battery-freememoryback-upofEventandDisturbanceRecords

Logicfunctions(AND,OR,bistableflipflop,etc.)

Delay/Integratorfunction

ThenumericalbaycontrolIED’sshallbemountedtogetherwithalltherelevantbayprotectiverelays

in cubicles of Protection Class IP54 or better. Distributed back-up control mimics with associated

switchesmetersandIndicatingLED’sshallalsobeprovidedonthesecubicles.Thesecubiclesshallbe

installedinanair-conditionedroominthesubstation.

ThedistributedbackupmimicforLocalControlshallbeinstallednexttothebaycontrollerIED,which

canbeusedincaseofmaintenanceoremergencyorifbaycontrolIEDfails.Localbaycontrolviathe

back-up control mimic on the Control & Protection cubicles shall incorporate the same user safety

measurese.g.bayinterlocking,synchrocheck,interlockoverrideuserguidanceetc.asthestationHMI.

Localbay control shallbe key-locked and thecontrol either from GIS local control panelor station

HMI or from remote shall be disabled if the local/remote selector switch on the back-up control

mimicisinthe‘local’position.

Theelectronicsystemhastobeprovidedwithfunctionsforself-supervisionandtesting.Eachcircuit

boardshallcontaincircuitsforautomatictestingofitsownfunction.

Faults in the bay control IED shall be indicated on a front HMI and a message shall be sent to the

station level HMI. The time for fault tracing and replacement of a faulty unit shall be reduced to a

minimum.Thesupervisionshallalsocoverthepowersupplysystem,theinternalsystembusandthe

abilityofthecentralprocessingmoduletocommunicatewithdifferentprintedcircuitboards.

Failure of any single component within the equipmentshall neither cause unwanted operation nor

leadtoacompletesystembreakdown.Then-1criteriamustbemaintained inworstcasescenarios

also.Further,asinglefailuremustnothaveanyaffectontheprimarysystem,whichismonitoredand

controlled.


Onlythebackupprotectioncanbeincorporatedinthebaycontrolunitandnotthemainprotections.

Mainprotectionshallbeprovidedseparately.

AllIED`sshallhaveatleast5yearsofsuccessfulprovenexperienceinHVapplicationsandtheMTBF

fortheofferedunitsshallbeprovided.

7.2.7 Software Structure

The software package shall be structured according to the SA architecture and strictly divided in

various levels. It shall be possible to extend the station with the minimum possible effort.

Maintenance,modificationorextensionofcomponentsofanyfeedermaynotforceashut-downofthe

partsofthesystemwhicharenotaffectedbythesystemadaptation.

Confirmationthatthesoftwareprogramswillbesupportedforaminimumof20yearsisrequiredto

besubmittedwiththeBid.

It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to obtain any license required for the operation

software.The contractor shall indemnify the client against all claimsof infringementofany patent,

registereddesign,copyright,trademarkortradenameorotherintellectualpropertyright.

7.2.7.1 Station Level Software

7.2.7.1.1 Human Machine Interface (HMI)

Thebase HMI software package for the operator station shall include themain SA functions and it

shall be independent of project specific hardware version and operating system. It shall further

includetools forpictureediting,engineeringandsystemconfiguration.Thesystem shallbeeasyto

use, to maintain, and to adapt according to specific user requirements. The System shall contain a

librarywithstandardfunctionsandapplications.

7.2.7.1.2 Operating System

Windows operating system shall be used for the operator station as it supports several standard

system features, e.g support for several Windows office applications, multitasking, security levels,

data exchange mechanisms (DDE, OLE), open data base communication standards (ODBC) and a

standardised, user-friendly look & feel HMI. The licensed copy of the operating system backup

softwareshallbeprovided.

7.2.7.2 Bay Level Software

7.2.7.2.1 System Software

The system software shall be structured in various levels. This software shall be placed in a non-

volatilememory.Itslowestlevelshallassuresystemperformanceandcontainbasicfunctions,which

shall not be accessible by the application and maintenance engineer for modifications. The system

shallsupportthegenerationoftypicalcontrolmacrosandaprocessdatabaseforuserspecificdata

storage.


7.2.7.2.2 Application Software

In order to ensure robust quality and reliable software functions, the main part of the application

softwareshallconsistofstandardsoftwaremodulesbuiltasfunctionalblockelements.Thefunctional

blocksshallbedocumentedandthoroughlytested.Theyshallformpartofalibrary.

Theapplicationsoftwarewithinthecontrol/protectivedevicesshallbeprogrammedinafunctional

blocklanguage.

7.2.8 System Testing

The supplier shall submit a test specification for factory acceptance test (FAT) and commissioning

testsofthestationautomationsystemforapproval.FortheindividualbaylevelIED’s,applicableType

Testcertificatesshallbesubmitted.

The manufacturing phase of the SA shall be concluded by a Factory Acceptance Test (FAT). The

purpose is to ensure that the Contractor has interpreted the specified requirements correctly. The

generalphilosophyshallbetodeliverasystemtositeonlyafterithasbeenthoroughlytestedandits

specifiedperformancehasbeenverifiedwithsiteconditionssimulatedtotheextentpossibleinatest

lab.IftheFATinvolvesonlyacertainportionofthesystemforpracticalreasons,ithastobeassured

that this test configuration contains at least one unit of each and every type of equipment

incorporatedinthedeliveredsystem.

If the complete system consists of parts from various suppliers, the supplier shall arrange

interoperabilitytestatfactoryduringstageinspectionorFAT.Thecompletesystemtestshallalsobe

performedatsiteintheSiteAcceptanceTest(SAT).

7.2.9 System functions

7.2.9.1 Control Unit Functions

7.2.9.1.1 Control

The different high voltage apparatuses within the station shall either be operated manually by the

operatororautomaticallybyprogrammedswitchingsequences.

Thecontrolfunctionshallcomprise:

Commandsfromdifferentoperatorplaces,e.g.fromthestationHMI,orlocalcontrolpanelaccording

totheoperatingprinciple

Select-beforeexecutecommands

Operationfromonlyoneoperatorplaceatatime.

Operation depending on conditions from other functions, such as interlocking, synchrocheck,

operatormode,orexternalstatusconditions.

Thecontrolfunctionshallalsoinclude:

Preventionofdoubleoperation

Commandsupervision

Selectionofoperatorplace

Block/deblockofoperation

Block/deblockofupdatingofpositionindications


Manualsettingofpositionindications

Overridingoftheinterlockingfunction(Secondkeyswitch.)

Switchgearruntimesupervision

7.3.9.1.2 Status Supervision

The position of each switchgear, e.g. circuit breaker, isolator, earthing switch, etc., shall be

permanentlysupervised.Everydetectedchangeofpositionshallbeimmediatelyvisibleonthescreen

in the single-line diagram, recorded in the event list, and a hard copy printout shall be produced.

Alarmsshallbeinitiatedincaseswhenspontaneouspositionchangeshavetakenplace.

Eachpositionofanapparatusshallbeindicatedusingtwobinaryauxiliarynormallyclosed(NC)and

normallyopen(NO)contacts.Analarmshallbeinitiatedifthesepositionindicationsareinconsistent

orindicateanexcessiverunningtimeoftheoperatingmechanismtochangeposition.

7.3.9.1.3 Interlocking

The interlocking function prevents unsafe operation of apparatuses such as isolators and earthing

switcheswithin abayorstationwide.Theoperationof theswitchgearshall onlybe possiblewhen

certainconditionsarefulfilled.Theinterlockingfunctionisrequiredtobedecentralisedsothatitdoes

not depend on a central control device. Communication between the various bays for the station

interlockingshalltakeplaceviabaycommunicationsystem.Anoverridefunctionshallbeprovided,

which can be enabled to by-pass the interlocking function via a key/password, in cases of

maintenanceoremergencysituations.

7.2.9.1.4 Measurements:

Analogue inputs for voltage and current measurements shall be connected directly to the voltage

transformers (VT) and the current transformers (CT) without intermediate transducers. The

correlatedvaluesofactivepower(W),reactivepower(VAr),frequency(Hz),andthermsvaluesfor

voltage(U)andcurrent(I)shallbecalculated.

7.2.9.1.5 Event and Alarm Handling:

Events and alarms shall be generated either by the switchgear, by the control devices and by the

stationlevelunit.TheyshallberecordedinaneventlistinthestationHMI.Alarmsshallberecorded

inaseparatealarmlistandappearonthescreen.Allorafreelyselectablegroupofeventsandalarms

shallalsobeprintedoutonaneventprinter.Thealarmsandeventsshallbetimetaggedwithatime

resolutionof1ms.Thetimetaggingshallbedoneatthelowestlevelwheretheeventoccursandthe

informationshallbedistributedwiththetimetagging.

7.2.9.1.6 Time Synchronisation: ThetimewithintheSAshallbesetviaaGPSClockReceiverconnecteddirectlytotheBayLevelLAN.

Thetimeshallthenbedistributedtothecontrol/protectivedevicesviathehighspeedopticfibrebus.

Anaccuracyof±1mswithinthestationisrequired.

7.2.9.1.6 Synchronism and Energising Check Thesynchronismandenergisingcheckfunctionsshallbedistributedtothecontroland/orprotective

devicesandshallhavethefollowingfeatures:

Adjustablevoltage,phaseangle,andfrequencydifference.

Energisingfordeadline-livebus,orliveline-deadbus.


•Settingsformanualclosecommandandauto-reclosecommandshallbe adaptable to the

operatingtimesofthespecificswitchgear.

7.2.9.1.7 Voltage Selection Thevoltages,whicharerelevantforthesynchrocheckfunctions,dependonthestationtopologyi.e.

onthepositionsofthecircuitbreakersand/ortheisolators.Thecorrectvoltageforsynchronisingand

energisingisderivedfromtheauxiliaryswitchesofthecircuitbreakers,isolator,andearthingswitch

andshallbeselectedautomaticallybythecontrolandprotectionIED.

7.2.9.2 HMI Functions

7.2.9.2.1 General

TheoperatorstationHMIshallprovidebasicfunctionsforsupervisionandcontrolofthesubstation.

Theoperatorshallgivecommandstotheswitchgearviathestationmonitorwiththehelpofmouse

clicksonsoft-keys.

TheHMIshallprovidetheoperatorwithaccesstoalarmsandeventsdisplayedonthescreen.Besides

theselistsonthescreen,thereshallbeaprintoutofhardcopiesofalarmsoreventsinaneventlog.

TheAlarmListshallindicatepersistingandfleetingalarmsseparately.

An acoustic alarm shall indicate abnormalities and all unacknowledged alarms shall be accessible

fromanyscreenselectedbytheoperator.

FollowingstandardpicturesshallbeavailablefromtheHMI:

Singlelinediagramshowingtheswitchingstatusandmeasuredvalues

Controldialogues

Measurementdialogues

Blockingdialogues

Alarmlist,station/bayoriented

Eventlist,station/bayoriented

Systemstatus

Checkingofparametersetting

7.2.9.2.2 HMI Design Principles

ConsistentdesignprinciplesshallbeprovidedwiththeHMIconcerninglabels,colours,dialoguesand

fonts.Non-validselectionsshallbedimmedout.

Objectstatusshallbeindicatedusingdifferentstatuscoloursfor:

Selectedobjectundercommand

Selectedonthescreen

Notupdated,obsoletevalue,notinuseornotsampled

Alarmorfaultystate

Warningorblocked

Updateblockedormanuallyupdated

Controlblocked

Normalstate

Busbarcolouringtoshowlive&deadbus


7.2.9.2.3Process Status Displays and Command Procedures

Theprocessstatusofthesubstationintermsofactualvaluesofcurrents,voltages,frequency,active

and reactive powers as well as the positions of circuit breakers, isolators and transformer tap

changersaredisplayedinthestationsinglelinediagram.

Inordertoensureahighdegreeofsecurityagainstunwantedoperation,aspecial"select–before-

execute"commandprocedureshallbeprovided.Afterthe"selection"ofaswitch,theoperatorshallbe

abletorecognisetheselecteddeviceonthescreenandallotherswitchgearshallbeblocked.Afterthe

“execution”ofthecommand,theoperatedswitchsymbolshallblinkuntiltheswitchhasreachedits

finalnewposition.

Thesystemshallpermittheoperatortoexecuteacommandonlyiftheselectedobjectisnotblocked

andifnointerlockingconditionisgoingtobeviolatedTheinterlockingconditionsshallbecheckedby

theinterlockingschemewhichisimplementedonbaylevel.

Aftercommandexecution,theoperatorshallreceiveaconfirmationthatthenewswitchingpositionis

reached or an indication that the switching procedure was unsuccessful with the indication of the

reasonfornon-functioning.

7.2.9.2.4 System Supervision Display

The SA system shall feature comprehensive self-supervision such that faults are immediately

indicated to the operator before they possibly develop into serious situations. Such faults are

recorded as faulty status in a system supervision display. This display shall cover the status of the

entiresubstationincludingallswitchgear,IED’s,communicationlinks,andprintersatthestationlevel

etc.

7.2.9.2.5 Reports

The SA shall generate reports that provide time related information on measured values and

calculatedvalues.Thedatadisplayedshallcomprise:

Trendreports:

Day(mean,peak)

Month(mean,peak)

Semi-annual(mean,peak)

Year(mean,peak)

Historicalreports:

Day

Week

Month

Year

It shall be possible to select displayed values from the database on-line in the process display.

Scrollingbetweene.g.daysshallbepossible.Unsurevaluesshallbeindicated.Itshallbepossibleto

selectthetimeperiodforwhichthespecificdataarekeptinthememory.

Thisreportshallbeprintedautomaticallyatpre-selectedtimes.Itshallalsobepossibletoprintthis

reportonrequest.

7.2.9.2.6 Trend Display (Historical Data)


Atrend isa time-related follow-up ofprocessdata.Theanaloguechannelsofall the connectedbay

level devices on the 33 kV level shall be illustrated as trends. The trends shall be displayed in

graphicalformascolumnsorcurvediagramswith10trendsperscreenasmaximum.

Itshallbepossibletochangethetypeofvaluelogging(direct,mean,sum,ordifference)on-lineinthe

window.Itshallalsobepossibletochangetheupdateintervalson-lineinthepictureaswellasthe

selectionofthresholdvaluesforalarmingpurposes.

7.2.9.2.7 Event List

The event list shall contain events, which are important for the control and monitoring of the

substation.Thetimehastobedisplayedforeachevent.

Theoperatorshallbeabletocallupthechronologicalevent liston themonitoratanytimefor the

wholesubstationorsectionsofit.

Aprintoutofeachdisplayshallbepossibleonthehardcopyprinter.

Theeventsshallberegisteredinachronologicaleventlistinwhichthetypeofeventanditstimeof

occurrencearespecified.Itshallbepossibletostorealleventsinthecomputer.Theinformationshall

beobtainablealsofromprintedeventlog.

Thechronologicaleventlistshallcontain:

Positionchangesofcircuitbreakers,isolatorsandearthingdevices.

Indicationofprotectiverelayoperations

Faultsignalsfromtheswitchgear

Violationofupperandlowerlimitsofanaloguemeasuredvalue.

Lossofcommunication

Filtersforselectionofacertaintypeorgroupofeventsshallbeavailable.Thefiltersshallbedesigned

toenableviewingofeventsgroupedper:

Dateandtime

Bay

Device

Function

Alarmclass

7.2.9.2.8 Alarm List

Faultsanderrorsoccurringinthesubstationshallbelistedinanalarmlistandshallbeimmediately

transmitted to the control centre. The alarm list shall substitute a conventional alarm tableau, and

shall constitute an evaluation of all station alarms. It shall contain unacknowledged alarms and

persistingfaults.Dateandtimeofoccurrenceshallbeindicated.

The alarm list consists of a summary display of the present alarm situation. Each alarm shall be

reportedononelinethatcontains:

Thealarmdateandtime

Thenameofthealarmingobject

Adescriptivetext


Theacknowledgementstate

Theoperatorshallbeabletoacknowledgealarms,whichshallbeeitheraudibleoronlydisplayedon

themonitor.Acknowledgedalarmsshallbemarkedatthelist.

Faults that appear and disappear without being acknowledged shall be specially presented in a

separatelistforfleetingalarms.Forexampleduetobadcontactsorintermittentoperation.

Filtersforselectionofacertaintypeorgroupofalarmsshallbeavailableasforevents.

7.2.9.2.9 Object Picture

When selecting an object such as a circuit breaker or isolator in the single line diagram, first the

associatedbaypictureshallbepresented.Intheselectedobjectpicture,allattributessuchas-

typeofblocking,

authority

local/remotecontrol

SAcontrol

errors,

etc.,

shallbedisplayed.

7.2.9.2.10 Control Dialogues

The operator shall give commands to the system by means of soft keys located on the single line

diagram.Itshallalsobepossibletousethekeyboardforsoftkeyactivation.Dataentryisperformed

withthekeyboard.

7.2.9.2.11 User Authority Levels Itshallbepossibletorestrict theactivationof theprocesspicturesofeachobject(bays,apparatus,

etc.)toacertainuserauthorisationgroup.Eachusershallthenbegivenaccessrightstoeachgroupof

objects,e.g.:

Displayonly

Normaloperation(e.g.open/closeapparatus)

Restrictedoperation(e.g.by-passedinterlock)

Systemadministrator

FormaintenanceandengineeringpurposesofthestationHMI,thefollowingauthorisationlevelsshall

beavailable:

Noengineeringallowed

Engineering/configurationallowed

Entiresystemmanagementallowed

The access rights shall be defined by passwords assigned during the log-in procedure. Only the

systemadministratorshallbeabletoadd/removeusersandchangeaccessrights.

7.2.9.3 System Performance

The refresh/update times on the operator station PC under normal and calm conditions in the

substationshallbeaccordingtothelevelsspecifiedbelow:


Function Typical

values

Exchangeofdisplay(firstreaction) <1s

Presentationofabinarychangeintheprocessdisplay <0.5s

Presentationofananaloguechangeintheprocessdisplay <1s

Fromordertoprocessoutput <0.5s

Fromordertoupdateofdisplay <1.5s

7.2.9.4 System Reliability

The SA system shall be designed to satisfy very high demands for reliability and availability

concerning:

Solidmechanicalandelectricaldesign

Securityagainstelectricalinterference(EMI)

Highqualitycomponentsandboards

Modular,well-testedhardware

Thoroughlydevelopedandtestedmodularsoftware

Easy-to-understandprogramminglanguageforapplicationprogramming

Detailedgraphicaldocumentation,accordingtoIEC1131-3,oftheapplicationsoftware

Built-insupervisionanddiagnosticfunctions

Aftersalesservice

Security

Experienceofsecurityrequirements

Processknow-how

Selectbeforeexecuteatoperation

Processstatusrepresentationasdoubleindications

Distributedsolution

Independentunitsconnectedtothelocalareanetwork

Back-upfunctions

Paneldesignappropriatetotheharshelectricalenvironmentandambientconditions

Panelgroundingtoprovideimmunityagainsttransientgroundpotentialrise

7.2.9.5 Configuration Tools:

Theconfigurationof thestationHMIshallbemadeusingtheoperatorstationworkinginWindows

environment.Thevariousfunctionsshallbecustomisedbyeasytouseinteractiveconfigurationtools.

Configuration shall include the visual presentation of the object, adaptations needed in process

databaseandadaptationsofthecommunicationconfigurationdata.

AportablePersonalComputer(PC)asaserviceunitshallbeforeseenforon-sitemodificationsofthe

control and protection devices. The service unit shall be used for documentation, test and

commissioning.

ThePCbasedservice&supportsystemshallbeusedforthefollowingpurposes:

Systemconfiguration

Systemtesting

Helpfunctions

Programdocumentation


Down-andup-loadingofprograms

Systemcommissioning

Databasemanagement

Changingperipheralparameters

Theservice&supportsystemshallbeabletomonitordataintherunningsubstationcontrolsystem

andtopresentchangingvariablesonthedisplayscreeningraphicrepresentation.

7.2.9.6 Information Required

Thefollowingdocumentationshallbeprovided for thesystemduring thecourseof theprojectand

theyshallbeconsistent,CADsupported,andofsimilarlook/feel:

ListofDrawings

ControlRoomLay-out

AssemblyDrawing

SingleLineDiagram

BlockDiagram

CircuitDiagram

ListofApparatus

ListofLabels

FunctionalDesignSpecification(FDS)

TestSpecificationforFactoryAcceptanceTest(FAT)

LogicDiagram

ListofSignals

Operator’sManual

ProductManuals

Calculationforuninterruptedpowersupply(UPS)dimensioning

LicensedCopyofallsoftware

ThirdPartycybersecuritycertification

7.2.9.10 Documentation required

Submission of Type Test Reports/ Certificate as stated in per relevant IEC from recongnized

independentlabrotories



SUB-STATION EQUIPMENT


7.3.3.1 33 KV SINGLE PHASE LIGHTNING ARRESTER

1 Application

Distribution Transformer/ Line/ Cableprotection/ Power Transforemr of heavydutyclass.

2 TypeofArrester StationClassMetalOxide(ZnO),Gapless3 Construction Single Unit, basically consisting of gapless

hermetically sealed in with non-linearcharacteristics with highenergy capacity, allenclosedinporcelainhousing.

4 Installation Outdoor5 Mounting PoleMountedsteelbracket6 NominalSystemVoltage 33kV7 MaximumcontinuousoperatingVoltage 36kV8 SystemFrequency 50Hz9 NumberofPhase 1

10 RatedArresterVoltage 36KV11 ContinuousOperatingVoltage 30kV12 NominalDischargeCurrent

(KAp)of8/20microsecondwave

10KA

13 PowerFrequencywithstandsvoltageofLightningArresterHousing,Dry&Wet.

70kV(Dry&wet)

14 Impulse Withstand Voltageof LightningArresterHousing.

170kV(peak)

15 LightningImpulseResidualVoltage(8/20micro-secondwave)

170kV(peak)

16 BasicInsulationlevel 170KV17 SteepCurrentImpulseResidualVoltage

at10KAof1micro-secondfronttime.40kV(peak)

18 HighCurrentImpulseWithstandValue(4/10micro-second)

Minimum100KA

19 MinimumEnergyDischargecapability(KJ/KV)atratedvoltage.

5

20 Temporaryovervoltagewithstandcapability(KVrms)for10.0secs

42KV

21 Creepagedistance(minimum) 31.5mm/kV22 PartialDischarge(pico-coulomb)when

energizedat1.05timesitscontinuousoperatingvoltage.

Notexceeding10PC

23 Earthingsystem earthwithearthingrod.24 systemFaultlevel 25KAfor3sec25 Standard Performance, Design & Testing shall be in

accordanceto IEC-6099-4/ANSI-C62.11 orequivalent international Standards unlessotherwisespecifiedherein.

B. FEATURES :

- TheArrestershallbeZnotype,basicallyconsistingofgaplesshermeticallysealedinwithnon-linervolt-amperecharacteristicswithhigh-energycapacity.TheEarthingterminalwithclampshallbesuitabletoaccommodateCopperconductorofdiameterfrom5mmto10mm.

- TerminalconnectorsshallbesuitableforACSRMerlin/Grosbeakconductorasrequired.- ZnoArresterwithPressureReliefDevice(PRD)shallbeofexcellentthermalstabilityforhigh-

energysurges,externalpollution&temporaryovervoltage.- LeakageCurrentDetectorwithOperationcounteroneachunitshallbeprovidedto indicate

numberofoperationonaccountoflightningofswitchingsurgesatmaneyeheight.- Identification marks on each separately housed unit shall be provided to enable it to be

replacedincurrentpositionafteramulti-unitArresterhasbeendismantled.


- Allferrouspartsexposedtoatmosphereshallbecadmiumplated.- Each Arrester shall have lattice type steel, structures & shall be of sufficient high to co-

ordinatewiththesub-stationequipment/materialsupplied.Eachsupportshallbecompleteinallrespect.

- ArresterswithPDRfeaturesshallbehousedinporcelaincontainerssealedagainsttheentryofmoistureandoxygenandfreeofinfluenceofmoistureandweathercondition.

- EachsinglepoleArrestershallbefurnishedwitharatingplate;theelementsshallalsohaveanindividualratingplate.TheratingplateshallindicatethemaincharacteristicsoftheArrester.TheratingplatemakingshallbeinEnglish.

- TheheightofthelightningArrestersandsupportsshallbecoordinatedwithassociatedsub-stationequipment.

- Theconnectingcable(connectinglead)fromLAtosurgemonitorofsufficientlengthshallbeprovidedandtheconnectingleadshallbeinsulatedcoppercableofminimum25mm2size.

- The station class surge arresters shall be complete with fittings suitable for mounting in a vertical position on mild steel channels

7.3.3.2 APPROVAL OF DRAWING & SPECIFICATION:

TheBiddershallhavetosubmit3setsofDesign,Drawing,Specification,Features&Accessories,Guaranteed Technical Particulars of offered type 33KV Lightning Arrester to the Engineer,within30daysfromthedateofSigningtheContractforapproval,priortothemanufacturingofthegoods.ThesubmittalshallincludedetailsCalculation,OutlineandGeneralArrangementdrawings,installation guideline, troubleshooting and maintenance manual (both hard copy and electroniccopy).

No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the TestingEquipment until the technical data and drawings have been approved. The cost of supplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.


7.3.4.1 Substation Battery and Battery Charger 7.3.4.2 Battery 7.3.4.2.1 General Batteries shall be located in separate mechanically ventilated rooms, which will be provided withsinks and water supplies. Storage facilities will be provided for electrolyte, distilled water andmaintenanceequipment.Thevoltagemeasuredatthemaindistributionswitchgearshallnotvarybymorethanplus10percentor minus 20 percent of the nominal voltage under all charging conditions when operating inaccordancewiththerequirementsofthisSection.Thecompleteequipmentshallpreferablybeamanufacturer’sstandardbutanydeparturefromthisSpecificationshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheEngineer.7.3.4.2.2 Type of Battery ThebatteryshallbeofthehighperformanceNickelCadmiumpocketplatetypecomplyingwithIEC60623andshallbedesignedforalifeexpectancyof25years.Battery cases shall be of high impact translucent plastic or annealed glass and shall be indeliblymarked withmaximum andminimumelectrolyte levels. Thedesignof thebatteryshallpermit thefreedischargeofthegasesproducedduringthenormaloperatingcycle,whilstexcludingdust.Sprayarrestersshallbeincluded.TheelectrolyteshallbefreefromimpuritiesandthePotassiumHydroxideusedshallcomplywithBS5634. Dilutionofthealkalineelectrolyteandtoppingupofcellsshallbecarriedoutusingdistilledwateronly.Acompletesetoftestandmaintenanceaccessories,suitablyboxed,shallbeprovidedforeachbattery.Asyringehydrometerandadurableinstructioncardshallbeincludedineachset.Cellsshallbenumberedconsecutivelyandterminalcellsmarkedtoindicatepolarity.Cellsshallbepermanentlymarkedwiththefollowinginformation:- Manufacturer'sreferencenumberandcode- Yearandmonthofmanufacture- Voltageandnominalcapacityatthe5hourdischargerate

Theelectrolytecapacityandgeneraldesignofthecellsshallbesuchthatinspectionandmaintenance,includingtoppingupoftheelectrolyte,shallbeatintervalsofnotlessthantwelvemonths.7.3.4.2.3 Initial Charge and Test Discharge Theinitialcharge,testdischargeandsubsequentre-chargeofthebatterymustbecarriedoutundercontinuoussupervision.Resistors,instruments, leads,andtheotherapparatuswillbenecessaryfortheinitialcharge,testdischargeandsubsequentrechargeofthebattery.7.3.4.2.4 Battery Duty Thebatteryshallhavesufficientcapacity tosupplythefollowingcontinuousandintermittent loadsfortheperiodsspecified,withthechargersoutofservice.StandingDCloadingforprotection,control,indicationsandalarmsfor10hours.Thisloadingshallbedetermined from all equipment to be supplied on this Contract. In addition the future circuitrequirementsestimatedonthesamebasisasthepresentrequirements.


At the end of 10 hours the battery shall have sufficient capacity to complete the operations listedbelow,attheendofwhichdutythesystemvoltageshallnothavedroppedbelow90percentof thenominalvoltagewiththestandingloads,specifiedabove,connected.1. Twoclosingoperationsonallcircuitbreakers(includingfuture)suppliedbythebattery.2. Twotrippingoperationsonallcircuitbreakers(includingfuture)suppliedbythebattery.Where

busbar protection is provided, it shall be assumed that all circuit breakers in any one busbarprotectionzonetripsimultaneously.

3. Charging of DC motor wound circuit breaker closing springs (where applicable) to enable the

closingoperationstobecarriedout.4. Attheendoftheseduties,thebatteryvoltageshallnothavedroppedsuchthatthevoltageatthe

battery terminals falls below 90% of the nominal system voltage when supplying the standingload.

5. In addition, the voltages at the terminals of all components in the system (eg. relays, trip and

closingcoils)shallnotbeoutsideoftheindividualvoltagelimitsapplyingtothem.6. Amarginof10%shallbeallowedforderatingofthisbatteryoveritslifetime.All quantities derived in thismannershall bequoted in the Bid, but shall notbe used fororderingmaterials until specifically approved by the Engineer. Detailed calculations, and loadingcharacteristicsonwhichthesearebased,shallbesubmittedtotheEngineeratanearlystage.

7.3.4.2.5 Location of Batteries Thebatteriesshallbehousedinaventilatedbatteryroom.Thechargingequipmentanddistributionswitchboardsshallbehousedinaseparateroom.Thefloorofthebatteryroomshallbecoatedwithasuitableelectrolyteresistantprotectivecoating.Thefloorshallbefittedwithadrainandshallhavesufficientslopetopreventanymajorelectrolytespillagesfromenteringintootherareas.No ducts oranyother itemsshallpenetrate the floororcreateameanswherebyspillagecandrainawayapartfromthedrainprovidedforthispurpose.Theventilationfansandlampsinbatteryroomshallbeanexplosionprooftype.

7.3.4.2.6 Battery mounting connections and accessories Batteries shall be placed on timber boards mounted in double tiers on steel stands of robustconstructionandtreatedwithacidresistingenamelorglosspainttoBS381CNo.361.Thecellsshallbe arranged so that each cell is readily accessible for inspection and maintenance and it shall bepossibletoremoveanyonecellwithoutdisturbingtheremainingcells.Thestandsshallbemountedoninsulatorsandbesodimensionedthatthebottomofthelowertierisnotlessthan300mmabovethefloor.Alternatively,batteriesmaybemountedinasimilarmannerontreatedhardwoodstands.Batteries shall be supplied and erected complete with all necessary connections and cabling.Connectionsbetweentiers,betweenendcellsandbetweenporcelainwallbushingsshallbebyPVCcablesarrangedonsuitablerackingorsupports.Beforejointing,jointfacesshallbebrightmetal,freefromdirt,andshallbeprotectedbyacoatingofpetroleumjelly.Terminalandintercellconnectionsshallbeofhighconductivitycorrosionfreematerial.Cartridge fuses shall be provided in both positive and negative leads, positioned as close to thebatteryaspossibleandshallberatedforatleastthreetimesthemaximumbatterydischargecurrentat the highest operating voltage. The two fuses shall be mounted on opposite ends of the battery


standorrackinanapprovedmanner.ThesefuselinksshallcomplywithBS88ClauseDC.40andshallbeboltedinpositionwithoutcarriers.Warninglabelsshallbefittedtowarnpersonnelofthedangerofremovingorreplacingafusewhilsttheloadisconnectedandthatfusesshouldnotberemovedimmediatelyfollowingboostchargeduetothepossibleignitionofhydrogengas.Fusesbetweenthebatteryandchargershallbelocatedadjacenttothebatteryinasimilarmannertothat described above. A warning label shall be placed on the charging equipment indicating thelocation of these fuses and the fact that they should be removed to isolate the charger from thebattery.It shall not be possible to leave the battery disconnected (by means of switches or removal oroperationoffuses)withoutsomelocalandremoteindicationthatsuchastateexists.Onesetofmiscellaneousequipment, including twosyringehydrometers,onecell-testingvoltmeter,twocell-bridgingconnectors,twoelectrolyte-pouringfunnels,twoelectrolytethermometers,batteryinstruction card for wall mounting, electrolyte airtight containers, labels, tools and other itemsnecessary for the erection and correct functioning and maintenance of the equipment, shall beprovidedforeachstation.

7.3.4.2.7 Battery Charger

EachbatterychargingequipmentshallcomplywiththerequirementsofBS4417(IEC146),shallbeofthe thyristor controlled automatic constant voltage type with current limit facilities and shall besuitableforsupplyingthenormalconstantload,atthesametimemaintainingthebatterytowhichitisconnectedinafullychargedcondition.Allequipmentshallbenaturallyventilated.All the equipment for each charger shall be contained in a separate ventilated steel cubicle. ThechargercubiclesshallnormallybemountedimmediatelyadjacenttotheDCdistributionpaneltoformaboardandshallbeofmatchingdesigncolourandappearance.Wheretheirratingspermit,chargersshallpreferablybedesignedforoperationfromasingle-phaseACauxiliarysupplywithanominalvoltageof230V. Otherwiseathreephase400Vsupplymaybeutilised.ChargersshallmaintainthefloatchargeautomaticallyforallDCloadsbetween0and100%,irrespectiveofvariationsinthevoltageoftheacsupplywithinthefollowinglimits:- Frequencyvariation:47to51Hz.- Voltagevariation:±15%The mains transformer shall be of a suitable rating and design. Clearly marked off-circuit tappingsshall be provided on the primary windings and change of tapping shall be by means of easilyaccessible links. The transformer shall be of the natural air-cooled type capable of operatingcontinuouslyatfullloadonanytappingwiththemaximumspecifiedambienttemperature.Allrectifiersandsemi-conductingdevicesemployedinthechargershallbeofthesilicontype.Theyshallbeadequatelyrated,withdue regard toair temperaturewithin the chargerenclosure, for themaximumambienttemperature.Theratingofthechargeronfloatchargeshallbeequaltothenormalbatterystandingloadplustherecommendedfinishingchargerateforthebattery.Each charger shall also incorporate a boost charge feature which shall, after having been started,provideanautomaticallycontrolledhighchargeratesufficienttorestoreafullydischargedbatterytothe fully charged state within the shortest possible time without excessive gassing or any form ofdamagetothebattery.Theboostchargeshallbeinitiatedmanuallyorautomaticallyupondetectionofasignificantbatterydischarge.Anadjustabletimershallbeprovidedtoautomaticallyswitchthechargertothefloatconditionafterthecorrectrechargeperiod.


Should the AC supply fail while a battery is on boost charge, the switching arrangements shallautomatically revert the charger to float charge status and then reconnect the battery to thedistributionboard.Theoutputvoltageregulatorshallbeadjustableforbothfloatandboostchargemodes,withinlimitsapprovedbytheEngineer,bymeansofclearlymarkedcontrolslocatedinsidethecubicle.Althoughitisnotintendedthatthechargerbeoperatedwiththebatterydisconnected,thedesignofthe charger shall be such that with the battery disconnected the charger will maintain the systemvoltage without any damage to itself and with a ripple voltage no greater than 2.0% rms of thenominaloutputvoltage.The charger shall automatically adjust the charging current from a value not less than the batterycapacitydividedby10hourstoaminimum value ofnotmorethanthebatterycapacitydividedby200hours.Thechargingcircuitryshallbesodesignedthatthefailureofanycomponentwillnotgiveasituationwhichwillcausepermanentdamagetothebatterybyovercharging.Eachchargershallhavea floatchargemaximumcurrentratingsufficienttomeetthetotalstandingloadcurrentonthedcdistributionboardplusabatterychargingcurrentequalnumericallyto7%ofthebatterycapacityatthe10hourrate.Eachchargershallbedesignedwithaperformanceonfloatchargesuchthatwiththeoutputvoltagesetatapproximately1.45 Vpercell at50%loadandrated inputvoltageand frequency, theoutputvoltage shall not vary by more than plus 3% to minus 2% with any combination of input supplyvoltageandfrequencyvariationasstipulatedinthisSpecificationandoutputcurrentvariationfrom0-100%ofrating.Each charger shall be suitable for operating alone or in parallel with the other charger. Whenoperating with both chargers, one charger shall be arranged to supply the standing load with thesecondchargerinthequiescentstandbymode.Eachchargershallalsohaveatapercharacteristicboostchargingfacilitywhichshallbeselectablebyafloat/boostchargeselectionswitchandwhichwillgiveboostchargingof1.60voltspercell.EachchargershallbedesignedwithaperformanceonboostchargesuchthatwithratedinputvoltageandfrequencythechargeroutputshallnotbelessthanitsratinginWattsat1.3Vand1.6Vpercell,andalsotheoutputvoltageshallbe1.60percelloveranoutputrangeof0-100%ofrating.Theboostchargingequipmentshallbecapableofrechargingthebatterywithinsixhoursfollowingaonehourdischargeperiod.In the event of the battery becoming discharged during an AC supply failure, the rate at whichrecharging commences shall be as high as possible consistent with maintaining the automaticcharging constant voltage feature and with the connections remaining undisturbed as for normalservice.Thechargershallhaveanautomaticboost/quickchargefeature,whichshalloperateupondetectionofasignificantbatterydischarge.When,afteramainsfailure,theACsupplyvoltagereturnsandthebattery have been significantly discharged, the charger will operate in current limit. If the currentlimitlastsformorethanaspecifiedtimeandthechargingcurrentdoesnotfallbacktofloatlevel,theautomatichighratechargeshallbeactivated.An override selector switch shall be provided inside the charger unit to enable a first conditioningchargetobemade,inlinewiththebatterymanufacturer’srecommendations,forbatterieswhichareshippeddryandrequireformingatsite.A blocking diode unit shall be incorporated in the output circuit of each charger to limit the loadvoltageduringboostchargingofthebattery.Thediodeunitshallnotbeinserviceinthenormalfloat


chargingmode.Shouldthestabiliserfailintheboostchargingmode,thechargershallautomaticallyreverttothefloatmode.An anti-parallelling diode shall be provided in each positive feed to the DC distribution board topreventfaultsononesupplyaffectingtheother.Thesediodesshallbecontinuouslyratedtocarrythemaximumpossibledischargecurrentlikelytooccurinserviceandasafetyfactorof4shallbeusedtodeterminetherepetitivepeakreversevoltagerating.TheI2tratingofthediodesshallbesuchthatintheeventofaDCshortcircuit,nodamagetothediodesshallresult.Eachchargershallbecapableofsustaining,withoutdamagetoitself,acontinuouspermanentshortcircuit across its output terminals. The use of fuses, MCBs or other similar devices will not beacceptableinmeetingthisrequirement.SuitablerelaysshallbeprovidedforeachchargertodetectfailureoftheincomingsupplyandfailureoftheDCoutputwheninfloatchargemode.Theserelaysshalloperateappropriateindicatinglampson the respective charger front panel and shall have additional voltage free contacts for operatingremoteandsupervisoryalarms.Thesealarmsshallbeimmunefromnormalsupplyfluctuationsandshallnotbeinitiatedwhenanyonechargeristakenoutofservice.Thechargershallalsobefittedwithadevicetode-energisethechargerintheeventofaDCoutputfloatovervoltage.Each charger shall be provided, as a minimum, with the following instrumentation, indication andalarmfacilities:--IndicatinglampsfortheACsupplytotherectifierandDCsupplyfromtherectifier.- Indicatinglampsforfloatandboostchargingoperations.- Voltmeter-Inputvoltage.- Voltmeter-Outputvoltage.- Ammeter-Outputcurrent.- Alarm-Chargerfailure.- Alarm-Mainsfailure.Thefollowingbatteryalarmsshallalsobeprovided:- Batteryfusefailure- Diodeassemblyfailure- Batterycircuitfaulty- LowDCvolts- HighACvolts- Earthfault+ve- Earthfault-veLamptestfacilitiesshallbeincluded.A “charger faulty” alarm for each charger and a “battery faulty” alarm shall be provided in thesubstationcontrolroomandtotheSCADAsystemwhereapplicable.Eachbatterychargershallbeequippedwithchargefaildetectionequipmenttogivelocalindicationandremotealarmifthevoltagefromthechargerfallsbelowapresetlevelwhichwillbelowerthanthenominal floatchargevoltage. Suitableblockingdiodesshallbe providedtoprevent thebatteryvoltagebeingsuppliedtotheequipmentandsopreventchargefaildetection.ThedeviceshallnotoperateonswitchingsurgesortransientlossofvoltageduetofaultsontheACsystem.ThevoltageatwhichthealarmoperatesshallbeadjustableforoperationoverarangetobeapprovedbytheEngineer.Eachchargershallbeequippedwithaswitch-fusefortheincomingACsupplyandanoffloadisolatorfortheDCoutput.


BiddersshallincludeparticularswiththeirBidonthemethodofadjustmentincludedtocompensatefor ageing rectifier elements. The construction of the charger shall be such that access to allcomponents is readily available for maintenance removal or replacement. Internal panels used formountingequipmentshallbeonswingframestoallowforaccesstothechargerinterior.

7.3.4.2.8 Earthing Screen Earthedscreensshallbeprovidedtoprotecttheequipmentfromdirectlightningstrikes.Thescreensshall be of aluminium clad steel wires of not less than 50 sq.mm. total section, and connected toprovidelowimpedancepathstoearth. Thelayoutoftheearthwiresshallbesuchthatequipmenttobeprotectedgenerallylieswithinareasboundedby twoormoreconductors, in whichcasetheprotectedangleshall notexceed 45degreecentigrade.Whereequipmentisprotectedbyasingleearthwire,theprotectiveangleshallnotexceed35degreecentigradetothevertical.Theearthscreensshallbesuitableforextensiontoprotectthesubstationequipmenttobeinstalledinfuturestagesofdevelopment.Connections shall be made of copper strip of 30mm x 5mm cross section between the overheadearthedscreenwireandthemainsubstationearthingsystemateachsupportunlessthegalvanizedsteelsupportstructurehassufficientareaandcurrentcarryingcapacity.Earthwiresshallbeheldinclampswithfreepintypejointsbetweenclampsandsupports.Connectionsshallbeprovidedfortheterminationsoftheearthwiresoftheoverheadlines,includingbimetalconnectorswherenecessary.Thedesignofallstructuresshallgenerallycomplywiththespecificationandinadditionistoensurethatintheeventofbreakageofoneearthwire,theFactorofSafetyisnotlessthan1.5.7.3.4.2.9 GROUNDING MATERIAL Thegroundingwireshallbe185mm2strandedcopperconductor.Allnuts&boltsshallbecadmiumplated.Thewashersshallbesineplated.Allclampscontortshallbeof25mmx4mmcopper.AllclampsconnectorsshallbeofqualitymanufacturersuchasBurnabyorequal.Connectortoequipmentshallbebybarecoppercable/flexiblecopperbraidasrequired.Thegroundingcopperelectrodeshallbe16mmDia.Andeach4meterlength.

7.3.5.1 PG Clamp:

7.3.5.1.1 STANDARDS:

ThePGClampsasspecified in thisSection shallconformto thelatesteditionof thefollowingstandardsforoperationinoverheadlinesinairunderlocalambientconditions.Design,Manufacture,TestingandPerformanceofthePGClampshallbeinaccordancewiththeBS-3288Part-1&BS-4579Part3orequivalentInternationalstandards.

7.3.5.1.2 SPECIFICATIONS:

ThePG Clamps willbeused forconnecting theACSRConductorstoACSRConductorsandAAC Conductors to AAC Conductors. Parallel Groove Clamp, a non tension bolted typeconnector,shallbemadeofAluminiumAlloy,massivelydesignedbody.TheboltsaremadeofGalvanised Steel. For the insulated conductors, 0.80 mm thick PVC insulation cover is to beprovidedwithfulllengthclamp.


The clamps must have at least the same conductance as the conductor for which it is intended to be used and shall carry the full continuous current rating of the conductor size they are designed for.

Theoriginalqualityofcontactsshallbemaintainedthroughouttheservicelifeoftheclamps.Glowdischargeandradiointerferencemustbereducedtoaminimumlevel.ThesizeoftheconnectorsfordifferentClampsisasfollows:

7.3.6 LV AC Distribution Panel with interlocking facility Vermin and dust proof, completely metal enclosed by sheet steel (11 SWG) with necessaryreinforcement, colour, Grey with appropriate spray painting, free standing type, compact in size,suitableforopeningatthebackbyhingeddoorwithlockingdevice. Thereshallbea3phase400A,1KVbus(Cu)arrangementwithneutral.BusbeingconnectedwiththefollowingMCCB'sandinstrument.:Voltmeterwith6-positionselectorswitchconnectedtothebus.2400A,4poleMCCBbeinginterlockedwitheachother,operativeoneatatimetobringtheinputPowertotheBus.Boththeseincomingfeedersshallhave3xammeter(each).2100A,3poleMCCBasoutgoing.1060A,3poleMCCBasoutgoing.1030A,3poleMCCBasoutgoing. TheShortCircuitCurrentratingofeach3phaseMCBandMCCBshallbeofatleast36kAandthatfor1phaseshallbeatleast10kA.AllMCCB'sareprovidedwithoverloadsettingandshortcircuittrippingdevice. Thereshallbea3-φ4-wireclass0.5energymeterforrecordingthestationuse.Necessaryterminalblocksandglands/openingsshallbeprovidedfortheentryofsuitablecables. All equipment/instruments inside the panel shall be arranged neatly and sufficient space shall beprovidedforeasyapproachtoeachequipment/instrument. Thermostatcontroledpanelheater,bulbforinsideilluminationofpanelshallbeprovided. Allotherfeaturesasstatedinthetableofguaranteeddatascheduleshallapplicablealso.7.3.7 DC Distribution Panel with interlocking facilities

ConductorSize

(sq.mm)

ConductorDiameter

(mm)

Dimension No.ofBoltL

(mm)W

(mm) ACSRGROSBEAK,eitherside

370 25.15 125 50 3

ACSRMERLIN,eitherside

170 17.35 110 45 3

ACSRDOG,eitherside 100 14.15 95 30 2ACSRRABBIT,eitherside

50 10.05 80 22 2

AACWASP,eitherside

100 13.17 95 30 2


TheswitchboardshallcomplywiththerequirementsofBS5468(IEC60439)Thedistributionswitchboardshallbeofthecubicletypeorotherwiseincorporatedinthecubiclesforbattery chargers. Doublepoleswitches and fuses orswitch fuses (miniaturecircuit breakers toBS4752orIEC60127mayonlybeusedifitcanbeshownthattherewillbenodiscriminationproblemswithsub-circuits)shall be fittedto theDCswitchboardasrequired bysubstationservicesbut,asaminimumrequirement,thatsetoutintheScheduleAofRequirements.Distributionpanelsshallbemountedadjacenttothechargercontrolpanelandshallbeofthecubicletype complying with the general requirements of cubicle type control panels. No equipmentassociatedwiththechargersshallbeinstalledinthedistributionboard.Distribution panels shall incorporate double-poleswitches for each of the outgoingDC circuitsanddouble-poleisolatorsfortheincomingDCsupplies.Thepanelshallbeprovidedwithavoltmeterandcentrezeroammeteroneachincomingcircuit.Adoublepoleswitchorcontactorshallbeprovidedforthepurposeofsectionalisingthebusbar.Abatteryearthfaultdetectingrelay,whichwillcentretapthesystemviaahighresistance,shallbeincorporatedinthedistributionpanel.Alowvoltagedetectingdeviceforthesystemshallbeincorporatedinthedistributionpanel.No-voltrelayswillnotbeacceptedforthesedevices.Thevoltagesettingshallbeadjustableoveranapprovedrange.Inadditiontoanyotherrequirementsspecifiedelsewhere,thebatteryearthfaultdetectingrelaysandlowvoltagedevicesshalleachhavethreealarmcontacts,oneforlocalvisualannunciation,oneforthestation control panel alarm indication and one for potential free contact for external supervisoryalarms.Alamptestfacilityshallbeprovided.ConnectionsbetweenthebatteryandthedistributioncubicleshallbemadeinPVCinsulatedcableasrequired.Cablelaidinrunswhereitmaybesubjecttodamageshallbeprotectedbywirearmouring,besheathedoverallandbecleatedtowallsasrequired.Cableboxesorglandsshallbeprovidedasappropriateforall incomingandoutgoingcircuitsofthedistributionswitchboardandassociatedbatterychargers.Eachcircuitshallbesuitablylabelledatthefrontofthepanelandatthecableterminationwheretheterminalsshallbeadditionallyidentified.Charging and distribution switchboards shallbe provided withanearthingbar of harddrawn highconductivitycopperwhichshallbesizedtocarrytheprospectiveearthfaultcurrentwithoutdamageordanger.The cubicles for the chargers and distribution boards shall be of rigid, formed sheet metalconstruction, insect and vermin proof, having front facing doors allowing maximum access to theworkingparts,whenopen.Thedesignofthecubiclesforthechargersshallbesuchastopreventtheingressofdustandminimisethespreadofflamesorionisedzones,shallbetoIEC60529IP52,butatthesametimeshallprovideallnecessaryventilationandcooling.Thedesignoftheframesshallallowthe clamping and holding of all chokes, transformers and similar sources of vibration, so thatvibrationwillbe minimised,satisfyrelevantstandards,andnot limit the lifeof the equipment.Theframe shall allow the fixing of lifting and so that the equipment remains properly mechanicallysupportedwhilstbeingtransported,liftedandinstalled. 7.3.6.1. APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS Design,Drawingdiagrams,Manufacturer'sprintedcatalogue,SpecificationandTechnicalParticulars&GuaranteesetcofDCDistributionpanel,ACdistributionpanel,BatteryandBatterychargershallbesubmittedtotheEngineer,bytheBidderforapproval,priortothemanufacturingofthegoods.The


Tenderershallhavetosubmit3(three)setsofthesameforapprovalwithin30(thirty)daysfromthedateofsigningContract.ThesubmittalshallincludedetaildesignCalculation.No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the TestingEquipmentuntilthetechnicaldataanddrawingshavebeenapproved.Thecostofsupplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.AtthetimeofdeliveryofEquipment,thesuppliershallsupplythree(3)setsofallapprovedtechnicaldata and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of theEquipmenttotheofficeofDirector,Design&Inspection-II,BPDB.BPDBwillapprovethesubmitteddesign and drawings within 15 days from the date of submieeion if the submitted design anddrawingsmeetsthetechnicalspecifactionandGTP.

7.3.8 Sub-Station Grounding Thesize/typeofearthingleadsfordifferentequipmentshallbeasfollows:

1 Neutralofthepowertransformer,33/11KVPowerTransformer

-not less than 240mm2 copper conductor/barwith adequate insulation as per fieldrequirement.

2 Bodyofthe33/11KVPowerTransformer -copper bar/conductor of not less than2x120mm2orhigherasperfieldrequirement.

3 Neutral of the station transformer, 33/0.4KV

-notlessthan125mm2PVCLTcable

4 Bodyofthestationtransformer,33/0.4KV -notlessthan125mm2Cuwire

5 33KVPTLVNeutral -min16mm2Cu.Wire.

6 11KVPTLVNeutral -min16mm2Cuwire

7 Steelmountingstructure -min.125mm2Cuwire

8 Bodyoftheindoor33KVswitchgearPanel -notlessthan3x185mm2Cuwire

9 Bodyoftheindoor11KVswitchyardPanel -notlessthan4x185mm2Cuwire

10 Body of the Indoor control relay panel -33/11 KV A.C. distribution panel. DCdistribution panel, battery charger andothermiscellaneousindoorequipment.

-125mm2Cuwire

11 33KVLightningArrestorOutdoor -notlessthan185mm2Cuwire

The earthing leads with appropriate thimble shall be connected to the welded flat bar earthelectrode,bybolts&nuts.

Theotherendsoftheearthingleadsshallbeconnectedtotheequipment/chassisatappropriateterminalsbyusingthimbles/connectorsetcandnuts&bolts.

(b) Earthing Device

Appropriateearthingdevicesandarrangementshallbeprovidedforall33KVand11KVswitchingpanelshavingprovisionforoperationfromthefront.

7.3.9 SUB-STATION EARTHINGA. SCOPE

TheseClausesdescribetheGeneralRequirementsfortheEarthingandLightningProtectionandshallbereadinconjunctionwiththeProjectRequirementsandSchedules.


B. REFERENCES

American Standards

ANSI/IEEEstd80:IEEEGuideforSafetyinACSubstationGrounding

ANSI/IEEEstd81 :IEEEGuideforMeasuringEarthResistivity,GroundImpedance, andEarthSurfacePotentialofaGroundingSystem.

German Standards

DINVDE0141 :EarthingSystemsforPowerInstallationswithRatedVoltages above1KV.

British Standards

BS1432 : Specificationforcopperforelectricalpurposes;highconductivity copperrectangularconductorswithdrawnorrollededges.

BS1433 :Specificationforcopperforelectricalpurposes;Rodandbars.

BS2871 :Specificationforcopperandcopperalloys.Tubes.

BS2874 :Specificationforcopperandcopperalloyrodsandsections(otherthan forgingstock).

BS4360 :Specificationforweldablestructuralsteel.

BS6360 :Specificationforconductorsininsulatedcablesandcords.

BS6651 :ProtectionofStructuresagainstLightning.

BS6746 :SpecificationforPVCinsulationandsheathofelectriccables.BS7430 :CodeofPracticeforEarthing.

International Standards

ISO427 : Wroughtcopper-tinalloys-chemicalcompositionandformsof wroughtproductions.

ISO428 : Wroughtcopper-aluminumalloys-chemicalcompositionandformsof wroughtproductions.

ISO1187 : Specialwroughtcopperalloys-chemicalcompositionandformsof wroughtproducts.

ISO1137 : Wroughtcoppershavingminimumcoppercontentsof99.85%- chemicalcompositionandformsofwroughtproducts.

C. GENERAL

AnearthingSystemgenerallyinaccordancewiththerequirementsofIEEE80andBS7430shallbe designed under this contract. Installation and supply of all materials and equipment alsoincluded. The earthing system shall also be including earth electrodes and connections to allelectrical equipment and metallic structures on the site. The earth electrodes shall limit thepotential rise under fault conditions and buried conductors shall be provided to limit potentialdifferencesonthesiteandadjacenttothesitetoensuresafetytopeopleandanimals.Protectionofallelectricalequipmentagainstlightningshallalsobeprovided.


a. EXTENT OF WORK

Theworkundertheclause"SUB-STATION EARTHING"comprisesthesitetesting,design,supplyandinstallationincludingexcavation,backfillingandtemporaryreinforcementofearthingsystemandconnections toelectrical apparatusat the substation. Also includedthe lightningprotectionschemeandtheprovisionofportableearthingdevices.

The contractor shall be required to undertake all necessary earth resistively tests at the sub-stationsitesandfromthetestsresulttoundertakethedesignoftheearthingsystem.Thedesignas well as providing safe passage to earth for the stated earth fault currents, shall also includecalculation ofstep, touchand mesh potentials,whichshall bewithin the allowable limitsof thestandardsquotedinthespecification.

The design calculations of step, touch and mesh potentials accompanied by full installationdrawingsandmaterialrequirementschedules,shallbesubmittedtoandreceivetheapprovaloftheEngineerbeforematerialsprocurementorinstallationcommences.

b. SOIL SURVEY

Thepreliminarytenderdesignshallbebasedonavalueof100ohm-msoilresistivity.

Notlaterthanonemonthafterthesitehasbeenhandedoverforaccess,theContractorshallcarryoutanearthresistivitysurveyofthesitesandreportinwritingtotheEngineerinaccordancewiththeapprovedprogram.Thereportshalldetailthemethodsandinstrumentsusedandtheresultsofthesurveys.BasedontheresultstheContractorshallincludeinthereporthisproposalfortheresistivetiestobeusedinthedesignoftheearthingsystem.

Thesurveysshall showthevariationofresistivityacross thesiteand with thedepthbelowthesite.TheContractorshallconsiderifthereisaneedtomodeltheresistivity intwolayersandifthereisanyadvantageintheuseofdeeprodelectrodes.

Thesurveysshallalsodeterminethedepthandnatureofany underlyingrock,whichmaylimitthedepthfordrivingearthrodsorifboringwillbenecessaryforinstallingearthrods.

Theweatherconditionspriortoandatthetimeofthesurveysshallberecordedinthereportandanassessmentmadeoftheseasonalvariationsinresistivitybasedonmeteorologicaldataforthearea.Theprogramfor theprojectshould,as faras possible, timethe resistivitysurveysto takeplaceduringadryseason.

The report should also state if there are any indications that the ground is corrosive to barecopper.

ThereportshallbeapprovedbytheEngineerbeforeproceedingwiththedesignoftheearthing

c. FAULT CURRENT AND DURATION

Each site shall be provided with an earth grid of buried conductors designed for an earth faultcurrentof50 KAforonesecond.Thepreliminaryearthing,designshallbesuchthatthepotentialriseshallnotexceedkV.


d. EARTH ELECTRODE SYSTEM DESIGN

i) Design Calculations

Thedesignof theearth electrodesystemsshall bebasedon theapprovedearthresistivitydataandthesystemfaultcurrentsandtheirduration.

The design calculations in detail shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer and shall bebasedon themethods given in thestandards listed.Thecalculationsshall include the followingparameters:-

(a) earthresistanceofthewholesystemandofitscomponents.

(b) earthpotentialrise

(c) step,touchandmeshpotentialsinsideandoutsidetheperimeterfence

(d) requirementsforahighresistancesurfacelayer

(e) conductorratings

Earthingpointsshallbeprovidedsuchthatthecombinedresistanceoftheearthgridandallotherearthingpointsdoesnotexceed0.5ohmduringthedryseason.

TheearthpotentialrisesshallnotexceedtheCHITlimitsappropriatetotheclassificationofthesystemunlessspecialprecautionsaretakentocaterfortransferredpotentials.

Step,touchandmeshpotentialsshallbewithinthepermittedlimitscalculatedinaccordancewiththestandardsgiveninIEEE80fortheproposedsurfacelayer.

ii) Earth Electrode

Theearthelectrodeshallcompriseasystemofbareconductorsformingameshburiednearthesurfaceofthegroundandsupplemented,ifrequired,byoneormoreofthefollowingelectrodes:-

(a) asystemofinterconnectedrodsdrivenintotheground.(b) ameshsystemofbareconductorsburiedintheground.(c) structuralmetalworkindirectcontactwiththeground.(d) reinforcingsteelinburiedconcrete.(e) a system of bare conductors buried near the surface of the ground outside the

perimeterfence.

iii) Mesh System

Themeshsystemshallbedesignedwithabovetolimittouch,stepandmeshpotentialstakingintoaccount the combined length of the mesh conductors, other buried conductors and rods butexcludinganyburiedconductorsoutsidetheperimeterfence.Dueregardshallbegiventonon-lineardistributionofthefaultcurrentgivingrisetothehighestpotentialsatmeshcorners.

Theratingofthemeshconductorsshallbecompatiblewiththefaultcurrentsafterallowingforparallelpathsofharddrawnhighconductivitycopperstripwithaminimumconductorsizeof200mm2.

Theconductor shallbe installed in trenches excavatedby thecontractor toadepthof800mm.The system will be installed after all foundations have been laid and the site filled to 100 mmbelowfinishedlevel.Whentheearthinggridhasbeenlaidandbackfilled,brickswillbelaiduptofinishedsite level.Wheretheexcavated material isrockyormaybe difficult toconsolidate, thebackfillingshallbecarriedoutusingothermaterialtotheapprovaloftheEngineer.ThecostofsuchmaterialshallbedeemedtobeincludedintheContract.


iv) Interconnected Rods

Ifthedesigncalculationsshowthatameshaloneisunabletolimittherequiredvalues,thenthemesh shall be supplemented by the use of interconnected copper earthing rods driven into thegroundorinstalledinboredholes.

Rods shall be installed inside the perimeter fence to enclose the maximum possible areacompatiblewith the earthingofanymetallic fence. (Thespacing betweenrodsshall notbe lessthantheirlength,unlessratingconsiderationsdetermineotherwise).Thecopperrodelectrodesof15mm diameter shall be interconnected in groups of four to eight rods by insulated copperconductorsandnon-ferrousclampstoformaring.Eachgroupshallbeconnectedtothemeshbyduplicateinsulatedcopperconductorviadisconnectingtestlinks.

Individualrodsmaybeconnecteddirectlytothemesh,providedtherodcanbedisconnectedfortesting.

Rods installed in bored holes may be used to reach lower resistivity ground strata at depthsbeyondthereachofdrivenrodsorwhererockisencounteredanditisnotpossibletodriverods.After installing the rod thebored hole shall be back-filled with a low resistivity liquid mixture,whichshallnotshrinkafterpouring,toensuregoodcontactbetweentherodandthegroundforthelifeoftheinstallation.

Theresistanceandratingofindividualrodsandthecombinedresistanceofthegroupsofrodsintheproposeddesignshallbecalculatedandtheratingoftheinterconnectingconductorsshallnotbelessthanthatofthegroupofrodswithaminimumconductorsizeof70mm2.

Thecalculationofpotentialsinthedesignofthecompleteinstallationshallbemadewithoutthegroup of rods with the lowest estimated resistance to simulate the condition with the groupdisconnectedfortesting.v) Other Conductors

Asanalternativetorodstosupplementamesh,additionalbarecopperconductorswithacross-sectionareaofnotlessthan150mm2maybeused.Theyshallbeburiedinthegroundwithintheperimeter fence to enclose the maximum possible area compatible with the earthing of anymetallicfence.Suchconductorsmaybelaidbelowthemesh,belowfoundationsorinareaswherethereisnoplant.Itshallbeshownbycalculationthatthesteppotentialsarelowinsuchareas.

Theconductorshallbeinaring,orapartofaring,withatleasttwowidelyseparatedconnectionstothemeshorotherpartsoftheearthingsystem.

vi) Reinforcing Steel

Thereinforcingsteelinthefoundationsofbuildingscontainingtheprimaryelectricalequipmentmaybeusedasauxiliaryelectrodes,subjecttotheapprovaloftheEngineer.Thecontractorshallshowinthedesigncalculationsthatthefaultcurrentsandd/cstraycurrentswillnotdamagethestructure.

Steelreinforcingmeshinthefloorsofthebuildingmayalsobeusedfor thecontrolofstepandtouchpotentialswithinthebuildingsubjecttoapprovaloftheEngineer.

vii) Conductors Outside Perimeter Fence

Ifthedesigncalculationsshowthatthestepandtouchpotentialsoutsidetheperimeterfenceorwallexceedthelimits,thanadditionalbareconductorsshallbeburiedinthegroundoutsidethefenceintheformofringsencirclingthewholesite.

Thedistanceoftheconductorsfromthefenceandthedepthshallbedeterminedinthedesigntoensurethatstepandtouchpotentialsarewithinthelimits.

Theminimumconductorsizeshallbe75mm2copperandshallbeconnectedtothefenceor themeshwith75mm2conductorsateachcornerofthesiteandatintervalsofnotmorethan100m.


Theseconductorsshallnotbeincludedinthecalculationscalledforabove.

H. DESIGN OF EARTH SYSTEM

I. i) Earth System

Anearthsystemshallcomprisethefollowingcomponents:-

(a) theconductorsbetweentheearthelectrodesystemandthemainearthbar(b) themainearthbar(c) theconductorsbetweenthemainearthbarandthemetallicframes,enclosuresor

supportsofelectricalequipment(d) the conductors between structural metalwork and non-electrical equipment and

themainearthbar

Theratingofearthsystemconductorsconnectedbetweenanitemofelectricalplantandtheearthelectrodesystemshallbesufficienttowithstandthefaultcurrentsandduration,afterallowingfortheparallelpathsthroughtheearthsystemconductors,withanyoneconductordisconnected.The design comprising all the above mentioned items shall be submitted to the Engineer forapprovalwithinfourmonthsoftheawardofcontract.

ii) Connection of the System Neutrals and Earth

Thesystemneutralpointswithinasubstationshallbearrangedintwogroupswithaconductorfromearthingpoint.

The copperearth electrodesof aneutral earthing pointshall be arranged in two groups with aconductorfromeachgrouptoatestlinkandthereshallbeduplicatebarecopperconductorsofcross sectional area not less than 200 mm2 from each test link to the earth grid. Theduplicateconnectionmaybeintheformofaring.

Neutralearthingconnectionsbetweenthesubstationsystem(transformer) neutralandthe testlinksshallbeofbarecoppertape,securedandsupportedonstand-offinsulatorssothatthereisnocontactbetweencoppertapeandtransformertank.

Neutralearthingconductorsshallnormallybeburieddirectlyinthegroundbutwherenecessary,theymaybeclearedtowalls,fixedtocableracksorlaidinthecabletrenches.

iii) Main Earth Bar

Themaincopperearthbarshallbeintheformofaringorringsofbareconductorssurrounding,orwithinanareainwhichitemstobeearthedarelocated.Wheretwoormoreringsareinstalled,theyshallbeinterconnectedbyatleasttwoconductorswhichshallbewidelyseparated.

Themainearthbar,orpartsthereof,mayalsoformpartoftheearthelectrodesystem,providingthisisbareconductor.

Eachmainearthbarshallbeconnectedbyatleasttwowidelyseparatedconductorstotheearthelectrodesystem.

Theminimumconductorsizeforthemainearthandinterconnectionsbetweenearthbarsandtheearthelectrodesystemshallnotbelessthan200mm2.

iv) Electrical Equipment Tank and Structure Connections to Earth

Connectionsbetween:(a)allHVelectricalequipmentand(b)LVelectricalequipmentcomprisingsubstantial multi-cubicle switchboards and the main earth bar shall be duplicated. The barecopperconductorsizeshallhaveaminimumcrosssectionareaof200mm2.

All substation equipment, including disconnectors, earth switched, main transformer tanks,


currentandvoltagetransformertanks,switchboards,electricalsupportingsteelworkandgantriesetc.shallallbeconnectedwiththeearthgrid.

Surge Arresters installed for the protection of transformers and reactors shall be connected bylowreactancepathsbothtothetransformertanksandtotheearthgrid.CapacitorvoltagetransformersusedinconnectionwithlinetrapsshallbeconnectedbydirectlowreactancepathstoasingleearthrodforeachArrester,inadditiontotheearthgrid.

An earth mat shall be installed at all operating positions for outdoor HV equipment manualoperating mechanism boxes and local electrical control cubicles to ensure the safety of theoperator.Thematshallbedirectlybondedtothecubicleandtheconductorsformingthematandthebondingconnectionshallhaveaminimumcoppercross-sectionareaof75mm2.

Galvanized structures comprising bolted lattice components shall not be used as the sole earthconnectionpathtopostandstraininsulatorsortooverheadlineearthconductors.

Buildingscontainingelectricalequipmentshallbeprovided,ateachlevel,witharingofearthingconductors which shall have duplicate connections to the earth grid outside the building. Theframes of all switchgear, control and relay panels and other electrical equipment and exposedstructuralmetalworkshallbeconnectedbybranchestoaring.Theringandbranchconductorsshallbeofthesamematerialastheearthgrid.Striprunwithinbuildings,insidecabletrenchesorabovegroundlevelonapparatusshallbeneatlysupportedonnon-ferrousclamps.

Fixedearthingconnectorsforusewithportableearthingdevicesbelowshallbeprovidedoneachbusbarandonbothsidesofhighvoltageequipmentisbytubularbusbars.

Rigidloopsinthecopperearthingstripbranchbondbetweentheequipmentandtheearthinggridshall be provided adjacent to each item of high voltage equipment for use with the portableearthingdevices.Therigidloopsshallbemarkedgreen.

ConnectionsbetweenotherLVelectricalequipmentandtheearthbarneednotbeduplicated.Thesingleconductorshallberatedtowithstandthefaultratingoftheequipment. v) Connections to Non-Electrical Structural Metalwork and Equipment

Allmetalworkwithintheprojectareawhichdoesnotformpartoftheelectricalequipmentshallbebondedtothemainearthbarexceptwhereotherwisespecified.Thebondingconductorsizeshallbenotlessthan150mm2.

Individualcomponentsofmetallicstructuresofplantshallbebondedtoadjacentcomponentstoformanelectricallycontinuousmetallicpathtothebondingconductor.

Smallelectricallyisolatedmetalliccomponentsmountedonnon-conductingbuildingfabricneednotbebondedtothemainearthbar.

I) MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION

J) i) Conductors

ConductorsshallbeofhighconductivitycopperintheformofcircularconductorsstrandedtoIEC228(BS6360)orsolidrodsorbarstoBS1433.

ConductorsheathsshallbeofPVCtomeet therequirements ofBS 6746GradeTM1or IEC502GradeST1withaminimumthicknessof1.5mm.

BuriedconductorswhicharenotpartoftheearthelectrodesystemshallbePVCsheathedcircularstrandedcable.


Barestripconductorsonlyshallbeusedforearthelectrodesorvoltagecontrolmeshes.

Conductors buried in the ground shall normally be laid at a depth of 500 mm in an excavatedtrench.Thebackfillinthevicinityoftheconductorshallbefreeofstonesandthewholebackfillshallbewellconsolidated.Conductorsnotformingpartofavoltagecontrolmeshshallbelaidatthedepthrequiredbytheapproveddesignand in thecaseofaPVC sheathedconductor,at thesamedepthasanyauxiliarypowerorcontrolcablesfollowingthesameroute.

All conductors not buried in the ground shall be straightened immediately prior to installationandsupportedclearoftheadjacentsurface.

ii) Earth Rods

Earthrodsshallbedriventoadepthbelowthegroundwatertablelevel,tobedeterminedbytheContractorduringsoilinvestigationandsurveyofsite.

Thecopperearthrodsshallbeofhard-drawnhighconductivitycopperwithadiameterofnotlessthan16mmwithhardenedsteeldrivingcapsandtips.Therodsshouldbeaslongaspossiblebutcouplingsmaybeusedtoobtaintheoveralldepthofdrivingrequiredbythedesign.

Therodsshallbeinstalledbydrivingintothegroundwithapowerhammerofsuitabledesigntoensure the minimum of distortion to the rod. Where it is not possible to drive rods to the fulldepthrequiredduetothepresenceofastrataofrock,thenholesshallbedrilledorblastedintherock.Theholesshallbefilledwithbetoniesorotherapprovedmaterialpriortoinsertingtherod.

If difficult driving conditions arising from hard or rocky ground are encountered or areanticipatedorthereisaneedfordeeprods,thenhightensilesteelrodsshallbeused.Hightensilesteel rods shall have a molecularly bounded high conductivity copper coating with a minimumradial thickness of not less than 0.25 mm. The overall diameter shall be not less than 12 mm.Rolledexternalscrewthreadsshallbeusedontherodforcouplingandafterrollingthethicknessofthecoppercoatingonthethreadedportionshallbenotlessthan0.05mm.

Rods,drivingcapsandtipsshallaboutatcouplingstoensurethatthecouplingsandscrewthreadsare not subject to driving forces. All screw threads shall be fully shrouded at the couplings.Alternatively,conicalcouplingsmaybeusedtotheapprovaloftheEngineer.

Highconductivitycopperforearthrodsshallhaveaminimumcoppercontent(includingsilver)of99.90%toISO1337,Cu-ETPorCu-FRHS(BS2894GradeC101orC102)forcopperearthrodsandtoISO1337GradeCu-ETP(BS28734GradeC101)forthemolecularbondedcoppercoatingofsteelrods.

Thesteel forcopper-cladsteelrodsshallbe lowcarbon steelwitha tensile strengthofnot lessthan570N/mm2toISO630,GradeFe430A(BS4360Grade43A)orbetter.

Couplingsforcopperrodsshallbeof5%phosphorbronze(copper-tin-phosphorous)toISO427,CU Sn4 (BS 2874, Grade PB 102M) and for copper bonded steel rods of 3% silicon or 7%aluminumbronzetoBS2874,GradeCS101andBS2871,GradeCA102.

iii) Fittings

Clipssupportingstripconductorsnotburiedinthegroundshallbeofthedirectcontacttypeandclips for circular conductors shall be of the cable saddle type. The clips shall support theconductorsclearofthestructure.

Conductors shall be connected to earth rods by a bolted clamp to facilitate removal of theconductorfortestingrod.

Disconnecting links shall comprise ahigh conductivity copper link supported on two insulatorsmountedonagalvanizedsteelbaseforboltingtothesupportingstructure.Thetwoconductorsshallbeindirectcontactwiththelinkandshallnotbedisturbedbytheremovalofthelink.Linksformountingatgroundlevelshallbemountedonboltsembeddedinaconcretebase.


Disconnecting links mounted at ground level and the connections at the earth rods shall beenclosedinconcreteinspectionpits,withconcretelids,installedflushwiththegroundlevel.

All conductor fittings shall be manufactured from high strength copper alloys with phosphorbronze nuts, bolts, washers and screws. Binary brass copper alloys will not be acceptable. Allfittingsshallbedesignedforthespecificapplicationandshallnotbepermanentlydeformedwhencorrectlyinstalled.

Sheathedconductorsupportfittingsmaybeofsiliconaluminum,glass-filednylonorothertoughnon-hygroscopicmaterialforindoorinstallations.

Fittingsnotindirectcontactwithbareorsheathedconductorsmaybeofhot-dipgalvanizedsteel.Bi-metallic connectors shall be sued between conductors of dissimilar materials and insulatingmaterial shall be interposed between metallic fittings and structures of dissimilar materials topreventcorrosion.iv) JointsPermanentjointsshallbemadebyexothermicwelding(CadWelding)belowground,orcrimpingforabovegroundconnections.

Detachablejointsshallbeboltedandstrandedconductorsatboltedjointsshallbeterminatedinexothermic welded lugs or a crimped cable socket. The diameter of any holes drilled in stripconductorsshallnotgreaterthanhalfthewidthofthestrip.

Connectionstoelectricalequipmentshallbedetachableandmadeattheearthingstudsorboltsprovided on the equipment by the manufacturer. When an earthing point is not provided, thepointandmethodofconnectionshallbeagreedwiththeEngineer.

Connections to metallic structures for earthing conductors and bonding conductors betweenelectricallyseparatepartsofastructureshallbeeitherbydirectexothermicweldingorbyboltingusing a stud welded to the structure. Drilling of a structural member for a directly boltedconnectionshallonlybecarriedouttotheapprovaloftheEngineer.

Boltedjointsinmetallicstructures,includingpipeworkandwhichdonotprovidedirectmetalliccontact, shall either be bridged by a bonding conductor or both sides of the joint shall beseparately bonded to earth, unless the joint is intended to be and insulated joint for cathodicprotectionorotherpurposes.

When the reinforcing in concrete is used as a part of the earthing system, the fittings used toprovide a connection point at the surface of the concrete shall be exothermically welded to areinforcingbar.Thisfittingshallbeprovidedwithaboltedconnectionforanearthingconductor.The main bars in the reinforcing shall be welded together at intervals to ensure electricalcontinuitythroughoutthereinforcing.

Noconnectionsshallbemadetoreinforcingbarsandothersteelworkwhichdonotformpartoftheearthingsystemandarecompletelyencasedinconcrete.

J. EARTHING OF FENCES

i) Method

Metallic fences shall be separately earthed unless they come within 1.8m of any equipment ofstructureabovethesurfaceofthegroundandwhichisconnectedtothemainearthingsystem.Iftheseparationof1.8mcannotbeobtained,thefenceshallbebondedtothemainearthingsystem.

ii) Separately Earthed Fences

Theearthingofa fenceshallbeprovidedby connectingcertainmetallic fenceposts toanearthrodbyacopperconductor.Theearthrodshallbedrivenadjacenttothepostsinsidethefencelineto a depth of not less than 3.0m. where no metallic posts are provided, the earth rods shall be


connecteddirectlytothemetalwires,meshorothercomponentsofthefence.

If,owingtothenatureoftheground,itisnotpossibletodriveearthrods,thenfencepostsshallbeconnectedtothecenterpointofa20mlengthofbarecopperconductorburiedinthegroundatadepthof500mm,runningcloselyparalleltotheinsideofthefence.

Theearthrodsorbareconductorelectrodesshallbeinstalledateachcornerpost,belowtheouterphase conductors of overhead line connections passing over the fence, at each gate and atintervalsofnotmorethan100m. iii) Bonded Fences

Fenceswhichneedtobebondedtothemainearthingsystemoftheinstallationshallbeconnectedbycopperconductorstothenearestaccessiblepointonthemainearthingsystemateachpointwherethefencecomeswithin1.8mofanyelectricalequipment.Bondsshallalsobemadetoeachcorner post, below the outer phase conductors of overhead line connections passing over thefenceateachgateandatintervalsofnotmorethan100m.

iv) Bonding of Fence components

Fences made up bolted steel or other metallic component do not require bonding betweencomponents. Where such fences have non-metallic component, bonds shall be installed tomaintain continuity between metallic components. Reinforced concrete components shall betreatedasbeingnon-metallic.

Longitudinal wires for supporting other fence component or for anti-climbing guards and thewiresofchainlink,shallbedirectlybondedtoeachelectrodeortoeachbondtothemainearthingsystem.

Metalliccomponentonmasonry,brick,concreteorsimilarboundarywallshallbetreatedinthesamemannerasmetallicfences.

Wirefencecomponentcoatedforanticorrosionprotectionshallbeearthedinnaccordancewiththisclause.

v) Gates

The fixed metallic components onboth sidesof the gate shall be directlybonded togetherby acopper conductor installed under the surface of the access way. Flexible conductors shall beinstalledtobondthemovingpartsofthegatestothemetallicfixedparts.Anearthrodorabondtothemainearthingsystemshallbeinstalledateachgate.

vi) Potential Control Outside Fences

Wheretheapproveddesigncalculationsshowthatthetouchorsteppotentialsoutsidethefenceor boundary wall would otherwise be excessive, bare copper conductorsshall be buried in theground outside the fence or boundary wall at such depths and spacing as are shown in theapproved designcalculationstogiveacceptable touchandstep potentials.Theconductorsshallform complete rings surrounding the installationand each ringshall bebonded to theadjacentring and to the fence at each corner, below the outer phase conductors of overhead lineconnectionspassingoverthefenceateachgateandat intervalsofnotmorethan100m.Inthiscaseseparateearthelectrodesarenotrequiredforthefences.

Iftheboundaryfenceorwallissubstantiallynon-metallic,theringsofconductorsshallbebondedtothemainearthsystemateachcornerofthesiteandatintervalsofnotmorethan100m.AnymetalliccomponentsonsuchboundaryfencesorwallsshallbebondedtotheearthingsysteminaccordancewiththisSpecification.

Iftheboundaryfenceismetallicandisnotwithin1.8mofanypartofthemainearthingsystemorequipment bonded thereto, the fence and outer conductor rings shall but be connected to the


mainearthingsystemunlesstheapproveddesigncalculationsshowotherwise.Any meshes formed by bonding the outer conductors to he main earthing system shall be sub-dividedbyadditionalconductors,ifrequired,togiveacceptabletouch,stepandmeshpotentials.

vii) Conductors

Allconductorsusedforearthingandbondingthefencesandcomponentsandforouterringsshallhaveacross-sectionalareaofnotlessthan70mm2.

vii) Portable earthing devices

Portableearthingdevicesforusewithoutdoor33KVapparatusinsubstationsshallbesuppliedinthenumbersstatedinScheduleofTechnicalRequirementsandshallcomprise:

(a) Copperalloy earth end clamp for connection to the rigid loops in equipment earthbonding

connections.(b) AluminumallylineandbusbarendclamptosuitthetypesuppliedundertheContract.(c) FlexiblestrandedaluminumalloyconductorwithclearprotectivePVCsheath,sizesuitablefor

thespecifiedfaultlevelandduration.(d) Telescopic operating pole of glass fibre or similar material, of sufficient length to reach the

heightofconnectionstohighvoltageequipmentfromground,butretractableintoacarryinglengthnotexceeding2.5m,andcompletewithnon-sliphandgrips.

K. SUB-STATION EARTHING AND EARTHING ERECTION

General earthing of all equipment shall be in accordance with the IEC recommendation No.80:1976-Guideforsafetyinalternatingcurrentsub-stationGrounding,theBritishstandardcodeofpracticeCP-1013:1965orotherapprovedstandard.

i) Earthing System

Eachsiteshallbeprovidedwithanearthgridofburiedcopperstripconductorsdesignedforanearthfaultcurrentof31.5KAfor3secondsforallS/S.Forthepurposeofpreliminarydesignitshallbeassumed that thedistribution of thefaultcurrentwillbe suchthat thepotentialrise ofeachsitewillnotexceed5KV.

The preliminary design shall be based on clay silt having an assumed resistively of 100 ohmmeters. Stepandtouchvoltagesbothinsideandoutsidethestationshallnotexceed50V.

Thedesignofearthgridovertheareaoccupiedbyswitchgearandassociatedapparatusshallbebasedonamaximumgridspacingof5mx5m.Conductorsshallbeburiedat800mmdepth.

Earthingpoints willbeprovidedso that the combinedresistanceof theearthgridand earthingpointsshallbelessthan0.50ohmunderdryclimaticconditions.

Theoperatingmechanismsofisolators,earthswitchesandcircuitbreakerkiosksnotintegralwiththecircuitbreakershallbeconnectedtotheearthsystembyabranchentirelyseparatefromthatemployedtoearththeirbases.Thebranchistobeinstalledsuchthattheconnectionwouldpassbeneathwhereandoperatorwouldstand,soastominimizesteppotential.

Fencesshallbeearthedindependentlyofthesub-stationgrid.

Connectionstoplantandequipmentshallbemadeusing theearthingterminalsspecifiedin thecontractwhereastriphastobedrilledtofitanearthterminalsthediameteroftheholeshallnotbegreaterthan½thewidthofthestrip.

Jointsinearthingstripshallemploychemicalweldingorhighcompressionjointsorclamps.

ii) Earthing Electrode


Each Earhting point shall consist of a group of copper rods drawn into undisturbed soil to aminimum depth of 4m. Each copper electrode shall be complete with approved non ferrousclampsfortheconnectionofearthingconductorsandwithahardenedsteeltipandcapfordrivingbymeansofapowerhammer.Thenumberofelectrodespergroupshallbenotlessthanfourandnotmorethaneight,16mmdiameterrodsandeachcopperelectroderodshallbe4meterlengthandthenumberofrodgroupspersub-stationhavebeendeclaredinthepriceschedule.

The electrodes of an earthing point will be arranged in two sub-groups with a conductor fromeachsub-grouptothetestlinkoftheearthgrid.

Inadditiontotheaboveasingleelectrodeistobedrivenascloseaspossibleandconnectedtothefollowing:

i) Threephasesetofsurgediverts.

ii) Threephasesetofvoltagetransformers.

iii) Threephasesetofpowertransformers.iv) Thefencewhereanoverheadlinecrossesatgatesandatfencecorners.Thedistancebetween

electrodesisnottoexceed50m.

iii) Insulated Earthing Conductors

Conductorsforinterconnectionbetweentheelectrodesinanygroupandbetweengroupsandtheconnections between the link chambers and sub-station earthing main grid shall have twinconductorswithacombinedratingof25KAforthreesecondsforallS/S.Theneutralpointsofthe11KVsystemshallbeconnectedtothelinkchamberwithtwinconductorsasabove.

Earthing conductors shall be of annealed high conductivity copper and shall be stranded inaccordancewithIEC-228tableVIIclass-2.TheyshallbeprotectedwithanextrudedPVCsheathof100voltsgrade.

iv) Sub-station Earthing Screen

Approvedearthscreensshallbeprovidedtoprotecttheequipmentfromdirectlightningstrikes.The screens shall be of the steel corned aluminum wires of not less than 35 Sq.mm total crosssectionandconnectedtoprovidelowimpedancepathstoearth.

The layout of the earthwires shall be such that generally equipment to be protected lie withinareas bounded by lines drawn from the earth wire at 35 degree to the vertical in a planeperpendicular to the axes of the earth wire. The earth screen shall be suitable for extension toprotectthesub-stationequipmenttobeinstalledinsuitablestagesofdevelopment.

Connectionsshallbemadeofcopperstripof200Sq.mmcrosssectionbetweeneachsupportfortheoverheadearthedscreenwireandthemainsub-stationearthingsystem.Earthwiresshallbeheld in clamps with free pin type joints between clamps and supports connections shall beprovided for the terminations of the earth wires of the overhead lines including bimetalconnectorswherenecessary.

Thenecessarystays,fittings,anchors,flyingstaysandadditionalmastsshallensureclearanceofnotlessthan4600mmoverroadwaysforcircuitbreakerortransformerremoval.Thedesignofallstructuresshallensurethatintheeventofbreakageofeitheroneearthwireoronestaywirethefactororsafetyisnotlessthan1.5.


L. REQUIREMENT EARTHING

i) 11 kV Switchgear

Allmetalpartsincludinganyrelayinstrumentetc.mountedontheswitchboardshallbeconnectedtoacopperearthbarwhichrunsalongthefulllengthoftheswitchboard.

Thecrosssectiontothebarshallbesufficienttocarrytheratedshorttimewithstandcurrentoftheswitchgearforthreeseconds.

Theframeofthedraw-outcircuitbreakersshallbeconnectedtotheearthbarthroughasubstantialplugtypecontact.

ii) Low Voltage Switchboards

Earth metal of switchboards fuse and distribution boards and distribution boards shall bebondedtogetherandearthedtothemainsub-stationearthingsystem.Earthingconnectionsshallbecarriedoutinbarecopperstriphavinga3secondratingnotlessthan25KAforallS/S

iii) Control Panels

Each controlpanelshallbeprovided withacopperearthbarofnot less than80Sq.mmcross-sectionandarrangedsothatthebarsofadjacentpanelscanbejoinedtogethertofromacommonbus.

Thecommonearthingbusbarofcontrolandrelaypanelsshallbeconnectedtothemainstationearthingsystemsviaacopperearthingconnectionofnotlessthan80Sq.mm.

iv) Neutral Earthing

The 11 KV neutral of the 33/11 KV transformer shall incorporate provision for the scheduledcurrent transformers and shall be directly connected to the main station earthing system. Theconnection shall be formed of twin conductors and shall be capable to carrying 31.5 KA for 3(Three)secondsforallS/S.



33/11KV POWER TRANSFORMER


(a) 33/11 KV, 20/26 MVA Power Transformer


7.4.2.1 Technical Specification of 33/11 KV, 20/26 MVA Power Transformer 7.4.2.1.1 GENERAL

Thissectionofthedocumentincludesthedesign,engineering,manufacture,supply,delivery,

offloading, testing & inspection and performance requirements of 33/11KV, 20/26 MVA

Powertransformersandaccessoriesasspecified.

7.4.2.1.3 CLIMATE DATA

The distribution transformers to be supplied against this tender shall be suitable for

satisfactoryuseunderthefollowingclimaticcondition:

Climate : Tropical, intense sunshine, heavy rain,

humid.

MaximumTemperature : 400C

MinimumTemperature : 030C

Maximumyearlyweightedaverage

temperature

: 300C

RelativeHumidity : 50-100%

AnnualmeanRelativeHumidity : 75%

Averageannualrainfall : 3454mm

Maximumwindvelocity : 200km/hour

Maximumaltitudeabovethesealevel : Sealevelto300metres

Atmospherically,MechanicalandChemical

impurities

: Moderatelypolluted

TheinformationisgivensolelyasaguideforTendersandnoresponsibilityfor its,accuracy

willbeacceptednorwillanyclaimbasedontheabovebeentertained.

Transformer supplied under this contract will be installed in tropical locations that can be

considered hostile to its proper operation. Particular problems that shall receive special

considerationrelatetooperationinahotenvironmentandpresenceoftheinsectsandvermin.

7.4.2.1.4 SYSTEM PARTICULARS

SL. NO.

SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS VOLTAGE LEVEL

1. NormalSystemVoltage,kV(VoltageClass) 230 132 33 11

3. MaximumSystemVoltage,kV 245 145 36 12

4. SystemFrequency,Hz 50 50 50 50

5. PhaseRotation(Anti-Clockwise) RST RST RST RST

6. TypeofSystemGrounding Solid Solid Solid Solid

7. RatedFaultLevel(3-PhaseSymmetrical),MVA

3sec.16000 6000 1800 500

8. BasicInsulationLevel, kV 750 650 170 75

HighVoltagecurrentcarryingequipmentshouldbecapableofcarryingthethreephasefaultlevelforaperiodof3Sec.


7.4.2.1.5 STANDARDS

TheequipmentspecifiedinthisSectionofthecontractshallconformtothelatesteditionof

theappropriateIECspecificationsandotherrecognizedinternationalstandard.Inparticular:

IEC 60076-1 Powertransformers(General).

IEC 60076-2 Powertransformers(TemperatureRise).

IEC 60076-3 Power transformers (Insulation Levels, Dielectric Tests and External

Clearanceinair).

IEC 60076-5 Powertransformers(AbilitytoWithstandshortcircuit)

IEC 60137 Bushingsforalternatingvoltagesabove1kV.

IEC 60156 Methodofdeterminationofelectricalstrengthofinsulatingoils.

IEC 60296 Specification for unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and

switchgear.

IEC 60551 Measurementoftransformerandreactorsoundlevels.

IEC 60616 Terminalandtappingmarkingsforpowertransformers.

IEC 722 Guidetolightningandswitchingimpulsetestingofpowertransformers.

IEC 5493 Protectivecoatingofironandsteelstructuresagainstcorrosion.

IEC 551 NoiseandVibrationofpowertransformer.

7.4.2.1.6 Technical Specification:

1. RatedMVA(ONAN/ONAF) 20/26MVA

2. NumberofPhases 3(Three)

3. Frequency 50Hz

4. WindingInsulation Uniform

5. Normal Transformation Ratio at No-

load33/11.67KV

6. RatedHTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 33KV

7. MaximumHTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 36KV

8. RatedLTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 11KV

9. MaximumLTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 12KV

10. RatedCurrentHT(ONAN/ONAF) 350/467Amps

11. RatedCurrentLT(ONAN/ONAF) 1050/1397Amps

12. BasicInsulationLevel:

a)Highvoltagewinding 170KV

b)Lowvoltagewinding 75KV

13. Installation Outdoor,Tropical,Highrainfall&Humidity.

14. Type Core,Conservator&OilImmersed

15. TypeofWindings Double Wound of Electrolytic Copper, free

frombursandsplinter.

16. TypeofCooling ONAN/ONAF

17. Coolant MineralOilasperIEC-60296

18. TypeofSystemEarthing EffectivelyEarthed

19. BushingMaterial Porcelain

20. TypeofBase On wheels with adequate size and 10 M

lengthofrailsandfixingarrangement.


21. DirectionofNormalPowerFlow HT-LT

22. Phaseconnection:(-)

a)33KVwindingwithbushingCT Delta

b)11KVwindingwithbushingCT Star

23. VectorGroup Dyn11

24. Neutraltobebroughtout:

a)HT Nil

b)LT Yes

25. NeutralInsulation Full uniform insulation and 100% loading

capacity

26. MaximumTemperatureriseover400C

ambientatfull load&tapchangeisat

normalposition:

a)WindingbyResistance(0C) 650C

b)OilbyThermometer(0C) 550C

27. Impulse Front Wave Test Voltage

(1.2/50MicroSec.WaveShape):

a)Highvoltageside 170KV

b)LowvoltageSide 75KV

28. Power Frequency withstand Test

Voltagefor1(one)Minute:

a)Highvoltageside 70KV

b)LowvoltageSide 28KV

29. Impedance Voltage at 750C, at normal

ratio and rated frequency, and at

ONANcondition.

8.5%

30. Type of tap changer control

Features The tap changer will be on load auto

regulation, remote control and manual. The

on load tap changer will immersed in the

transformer tank. The diverter switch

compartment will be provided with its own

oil conservatorwhich, willnotbeconnected

tothetransformeroiltank.Thediverterswitchcaneasilybeliftedoutof

its tank for maintenance and inspection

without opening the transformer cover. The

onloadtapchangerwilloperatebymeansof

a motor drive unit. This unit will install on

thesideofthetransformer.


OnLoadTapchangerwithmotordrive

unitmanufacturer’sname&countryMR,Germany/ABB,Sweden/Hm,China.

TappingRange:

a)HT 17 Tapping 10% in steps of 1.25% i.e. 33

KV8x1.25%

b)LT Nil

31. BushingCTfordifferentialprotection 600/5A on HV, 1800/5A on LV of accuracy

class5P20,burden30VA.

32. Neutral Bushing CT for Standby Earth

Fault (SEF) & Restricted Earth Fault

(REF)protection

1800/5-5Aon LV neutral of accuracy class

5P20,burden30VA.

33. Standard Design, Manufacture, Testing, Installation

and Performance shall be in accordance to

the latest editions of the relevant IEC

standards.

34. Transformer Oil

Application InsulatingmineraloilforTransformerItwill

befreefromPCB(polychlorinatedbiphenyl)

Gradeofoil Class-1

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance Liquidandfreefromsuspendedmatteror

sediment

Densityat200C 0.895g/cm3(maximum)

Flashpoint(Closedcup) 1400C(minimum)

KinematicsViscosityat-150C 800cSt.(Maximum)

KinematicsViscosityat200C 40cSt.(Maximum)

Pourpoint -300C(maximum)

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES

Dielectric Strength at 50 Hz (with 2.5

mmstandardgapand40mmstandard

depth)

Newuntreatedoil,shallgothroughfiltration

treatment before the oil are introduce into

theapparatusorequipment.Thebreakdown

voltageofthisoilshallbeatleast50KV.

Loss tangent/Dielectric dissipation

factor at temp. 900C, stress 500V/mm

to1000v/mmandfrequency40Hzto

62Hz.

0.005(maximum)

CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Neutralizationvalue 0.03mgKOH/g(maximum)


Neutralizationvalueafteroxidation 0.40mgKOH/g(maximum)

Totalsludgeafteroxidation 0.10%weight(maximum)

PCBContent FreefromPCB

STANDARDS Performance and testing of oil shall comply

with the latest revision of the relevant

standardsBS148:1972,IEC-60296orlatest

revisionthereon.

35. FEATURES & ACCESSORIES OF TRANSFORMER:

a) BushingInsulatoronHTandLT. b) ArcinghornsonHTandLTbushings.c) RemoteTapChangerControl(RTCC)facilityinTransformerHTincomingPCM

Panel.d) Oilconservator.e) Buchholzrelaysinmainconservatoroilpipe.f)TapChangerProtectiveRelayinbetweenconservativeandtapchangeroilpipe.g) Conservatordrainvalve,breatherandoillevelgaugewithalarmcontact.h) PressureReliefDevice(PRD).i) Dialtypethermometerswithalarmandtripcontracts.j) CT for winding temperature shall be located at mid-phase (Y-phase) of the

transformer.k) Radiatorswithvalves.l)Bladder/Airbaginconservatortoseparateairfromoil.m) Oneinspectionholewithcover.n) Facilitiesforliftingcoverandcoilassemblyfromtank.o) LiftinglugsforliftingcompleteTransformer.p) Base designed for rollers with bi-directional flanged rollers parallel to either

Centreline.q) Tankoilsampling,drainingvalveandoilcentrifugingoutlets.r) Tankearthingpoints.s) Fansforforcedcooling(ONAF).t) Allmountingaccessoriesincludingrails(2Nos.railseach10Meterlong).u) Allequipmentshouldbefullytropicalized.v) Paintingtoapprovedcolourandshade.w) Ratingnameplateanddiagramplateofstainlesssteelhavingengraved letters

filledwithblackenamelpaint.


x) The oil shall be supplied/ delivered in non-returnable sealed containers/

drums.y) The oil shall be fresh, unused, cleaned and free from suspended matter or

sediment.z) Thetestshallbecarried outon the oilas tobe suppliedwithoutdrying and

degassing.aa)Uninhibitedoilsmustnotcontainanti-oxidantadditives.bb) Laminated,detailedSchematicDiagramofControlCircuitofTransformer&Tap

changerinsideMarshallingkiosk.cc)DehydratingSilica-gelbreather.dd)Airreleaseplug.ee)Earthingterminalswithlugs.ff)Thermometerpockets.gg)Windingtemperatureindicatorwithtwocontactshh)Bottommountingchannelfor20/26MVAii)Operationandmaintenancemanualalongwithtroubleshootingprocedureand

installationguideline/manualshallbesuppliedwitheachtransformer.

36 Following instructions to be followed for Submission of Test reports &

Calculation during drawing approval:

aa)AllTypetestReportandrelatedroutinetestreportshallbeofsametransformerof

samenameplateserialno.bb)Calculationofloadlossshallbeprovidedforloadlossinall3(three)tapposition

(Nominal,Maximum,Minimum).

7.4.2.1.6 INFORMATION REQUIRED

TheTenderer/Manufactureraspertenderrequirementsshallprovideallinformation.Besides

these,thefollowinginformation/Documentshavetobesubmittedalongwiththetender:-

(a) TheTenderer/Manufacturershallsubmitwiththebidthetestingprocedure&listoftesting/

measuringequipment,metersetc.usedforFactorytestwitness.

(c)Construction,Installation,Operation&MaintenanceManual.

7.4.2.1.7 CAPITALIZED COST:

BiddershalldeclareguaranteedNoLoadLossandFullLoadLossvalueinGTP.AnyTenderer

quotedtheNoLoadLoss&FullLoadLossabovetheupperlimitofthelossasmentionedin

GTP(Section8,Clause8.01,SlNo.3.9)inTenderDocumentwillnotbeconsideredforfurther

evaluation&treatedasnon-responsive.TheTendererwhowillquotetheNoLoadLoss&Full

Load Loss below the lower limit of No Load Loss & Full Load Loss as mentioned in GTP

(Section 8, Clause 8.01, Sl No.3.9) In that case during evaluation Capitalization cost will be

calculated onlyon thebasis of the lower limit ofNoLoadLoss& FullLoadLoss. Tenderers

quotedNoloadLossandFullloadlossshallbesupportedbylosscalculation,otherwisethe

bidwillalsobetreatedasnon-responsive.

Thefixedandrunninglossesaretobelowasconsistentwithreliableandeconomicaluseof

materials.Thecostoflossesistobeminimizedandthefollowingcapitalizedparameterswill

beusedintheevaluationofthetransformer:

C =68,706xexP0+54,964xexPFL

Where,

C = CapitalizedcostoftransformerlossinBangladeshTaka.e = EnergyCost,Tk.6.00/KWh


PFL = Full Load losses at rated voltage, normal ratio and rated frequency in ONAF

conditionat750CinKW+AuxiliarylossinKWP0 = Noloadlossesatratedvoltage,normalratioandratedfrequencyinKW

Thecostofenergy(C)willbeaddedtothequotedpricestoarriveattheevaluatedcostofthe

transformer.

Thecontractwillbecancellediflossesexceedtheguaranteedvaluebyanamountinexcessof

followings:

Totallosses :10%

Component :15%ofeachcomponentloss(Unlessthetotallossesexceeds10%).

7.4.2.1.8 SHIPPING:

All thedelicatecomponentsshallbedismantledandpacked instrongwoodenboxes having

inside lined with metallic sheets with proper sealing to protect the content from accidental

directexposuretoweatherduringstorage.Theholesofthetransformertankshallbesealed

with proper metal plate and gaskets to prevent leakage of oil and its contamination with

atmospheric moisture. The transformer shall be shipped with radiators, busing conservator

etc.dismantledbutthetankfilledwithoil.Thetransformeroilfromradiatorsandconservator

shall be shipped in non-returnable drums. The bushing shall be shipped in oil sealed

containerstoavoidmoistureabsorptionduringshipmentandstorage.Oilshallbecomplying

withIEC-60296.

7.4.2.1.9The bushings shall have high factor of safety against leakage to ground and shall be so

located as to provide adequate electrical clearances between bushings and grounded parts.

Bushingsof identicalvoltage ratingshallbe interchangeable. Allbushings shallbe equipped

withsuitableterminalsofapprovedtypeandsize&shallbesuitableforbimetallicconnection.

Theinsulationclassofthehighvoltageneutralbushingshallbeproperlycoordinatedwiththe

insulation class, of the high voltage winding.Each bushing shall be socoordinated with the

transformerinsulationsothatallflashoverwilloccuroutsidethetank.Allmainwindingand

neutralleadsshallbebroughtoutthrough“outdoor”typebushingswhichshallbesolocated

that the full flashover strength will be utilized and the adequate phase clearance shall

realised.All porcelain used in bushings shall be of the wet process, homogeneous and free

from cavities or other flaws. The glazing shall be uniform in colour and free from blisters,

burrsandotherdefects.

7.4.2.1.10 HT BUSHING:

Provide 3 porcelain outdoor type, oil filled, impulse tested bushing with arcing horns of

standard gap and bolted type terminal connectors, with head shrink rubber insulated cap

suitable forconnection to the incomes leadsofACSRGrosbeak(636 MCM)conductor/XLEP

Cableasperfieldrequirement.

7.4.2.1.11 LT BUSHING:

Provide4porcelainoutdoortypebushingwithboltedtypeconnectors,suitableforconnection

to outgoing leads of one numbers of 500 Sq.mm XLPE, single core copper conductors per

phaseandsuitableforheadshrinktermination.

7.4.2.1.12 FAULT CONDITIONS:

Thetransformershallbecapableofwithstanding,onanytapping,forthreesecondswithout

damageanexternalshortcircuitbetweenphases.Thetransformerwindingshallbecapableof

withstandingforthreesecondswithoutdamageashortcircuitbetweenonephaseandearth

with the neutral of the transformer directly earthed. For the purposes of this clause a fault

levelof1800MVAatthetransformer33KVterminalsshallbeassumed.


EvidenceshallbesubmittedwiththeTenderastotheextenttowhichthemanufacturerhas

provided or is able to prove either by calculation or test the ability of the specified

transformers to withstand on any tapping, without damage under service conditions, the

terminalanddynamiceffectsofexternalshortcircuit.

The Bid shall state tin the Technical Schedule a brief description of those transformers or

parts thereof, which have been subjected to short circuit tests or for which short circuit

calculationsareavailable. It ispreferredthatthis informationrelatestodesignscomparable

withthetransformersbidderbutintheeventthisisnotsotheEngineerreservestherightto

require calculating to prove that the design of transformers tendered will satisfactorily

complywiththisclause:suchcalculationsbeinginaccordancewiththelatestrevisionofIEC/

BSstandard.

7.4.2.1.13 NOISE:

Vibrationandnoiselevelsofalltransformersandauxiliaryplantshallbeinaccordancewith

the IEC 551 and its latest version. The contract price shall include noise level tests to be

carriedoutononetransformer.

7.4.2.1.14 HARMONIC SUPPRESSION:

Transformer shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of harmonic

voltages especially the third and fifth harmonics and to minimize the detrimental effects

resultingtherefrom.

7.4.2.1.15 IMPEDANCE AND REGULATION:

The Bidder shall be state in the Technical Schedules guaranteed values of impedance

measuredonnormalandextremetappingandthevoltageregulationfromnoloadtoCMRat

unity power factor and at 0.9 lagging power factor with constant voltage across the higher

voltagewindings.

7.4.2.1.16 MAGNETIC CIRCUIT:

Thedesignof themagneticcircuitshallbesuchas toavoidstaticdischargedevelopmentof

shortcircuitpathsinternallyortotheearthedclampingstructureandtheproductionofflux

componentsnormaltotheplaneofthelaminations.Eachlaminationshallbeinsulatedwitha

materialstableundertheactionofpressureandhotoil.

Thewindingstructureandmajorinsulationshallbedesignedtopermitanunobstructedflow

ofcoolingoilthroughcorecoolingoilductstoensureefficientcorecooling.

The magnetic circuit shall be insulated from all structural parts and shall be capable of

withstandingatestvoltagetocoreboltsandtotheframeof2000voltsrmsforoneminute.

7.4.2.1.17 FLUX DENSITY:

Coresshallconstructedfromclodrolledgrainorientedsteelsheets.Providedthecontractor

canprovideadequateevidencethattherewillbenoadverseeffectsduetostrayfluxheatingof

core with the quality of steel employed, designs may be offered such that when operating

underthemostonerousconditions, fluxdensity inanypartofthemagneticcircuitdoesnot

exceed1.7Tesla.

The Contractor shall determine the operating conditions under which the maximum flux

densitywillbeattainedwithinthefollowingsimultaneouslyappliedlimits.

-Frequency : 50Hz


- LV and HV

Voltage: UptobutnotexceedingthespecifiedmaximumSystemvoltage.

-Load : The transformer may be subjected to intermittent overloading of

150%ratedMVAat0.8powerfactorlagginginaccordancewithIEC-

60035.

ThemaximumfluxdensitiesanticipatedundertheseconditionsaretobestatedinTechnical

Schedules(GTP)

7.4.2.1.18 WINDINGS:

a) Thewindingsshallbeofhigh-conductivityelectrolyticcopper.

b) Thetransformerwindingsshallhaveuniforminsulationasdefinedinthelatestrevisionof

IEC standard. The insulation of the coils shall be such as to develop the full electrical

strengthofthewindings.Allmaterialsusedintheinsulationandassemblyofthewindings

shall be insoluble, non-catalytic and chemically inactive in the hot transformer oil, and

shallnotsoftenorotherwisebeadverselyaffectedundertheoperatingconditions.

c) Thetransformersshallbedesignedtowithstandtheimpulsevoltagelevelsandthepower

frequencyvoltagetestsspecifiedintheTechnicalSchedules.

d) ThewindingshallbelocatedinamannerwhichwillensureandthattheyremainElectro-

staticallybalancedandthattheirmagneticcentersremaincoincidentunderallconditions

ofoperation.

e) Thewindingshallalsobethoroughlyseasonedduringmanufacturebytheapplicationof

axial pressure at a high temperature for such length of time as will ensure that further

shrinkageisunlikelytooccurinservice.

f) Allelectricalconnectionswithinwindingsshallbebrazedtowithstandtheshocks,which

may occur through rough handling and vibration during transport switching and other

transientserviceconditions.

g) Coil clampingringsshallbeof the onon-magnetic steelor insulatingmaterials builtup

fromflatlaminations.AuxiliarylaminatedmaterialotherthenBakelitepaperisnottobe

used. Where Bakelite paper rings are used with the layers of paper lying in the axial

direction, the rings may be relied upon to provide the major insulation between the

windingsandframesubjecttotherebeingadequatecreepagedistance.Anymetalpieces

incontactwithlaminatedringsshallbedesignedandsecuredsothattheydonotweaken

theelectricalorthemechanicalpropertiesoftherings.Ifthewindingisbuiltupofsection

orofdisc-coilsseparatedbyspacers,theclampingarrangementshallbeensurethatequal

pressureareappliedtoallcolumnsofspacers.

h)Thewindingshallbesodesignedthatallcoilassembliesofidenticalvoltageratingsshall

beinterchangeableandfieldrepairscanbereadilydone,withoutspecialequipment.The

coilsshallbesupportedbetweenadjacentsectionsbyinsulatingspacersandthebarriers,

bracingsandother insulationused in theassemblyof thewindingsshallbearrangedto

ensureafreecirculationoftheoilandtoreducehotsportsinthewindings.Theinsulation

papershallbeofhighqualityandthevalueofdegreeofpolymerizationshallnotbeless

than 1200 dp and thenecessary test certificate shall be submitted along with the Pre –

deliveryinspectionreport.Provisionshallbemadeinthetank,fortakingsample,infuture,

ofpaper for testing purpose and location shallbe easily accessible and indicated on the

transformertankbyaffixingspecialcautionplate.

7.4.2.1.19 INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENT:

Allmetalpartsofthetransformerwiththeexceptionoftheindividualcore lamination,core

bolts


andassociatedindividualclampingplates,shallbemaintainedatsomefixedpotential.

Thetopmaincoreclampingstructureshallbeconnectedtothetankbodybyacopperstrap

andthebottommaincoreclampingstructureshallbeearthenbyoneormoreofthefollowing

methods:

- byconnectionthroughverticaltierodstothetopstructure.

- by directmetal-to-metal contactwith the tankbase maintainedby theweightof the

coreandwindings.

- by connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth

connectiontothetank.

The magnetic circuit shall be earthed to the clamping structure at one point through a

removablelinkplacedinanaccessiblepositionjustbeneathaninspectionopeninginthetank

coverandwhich,bydisconnection,willenabletheinsulationbetweenthecoreandclamping

plates,etc.tobetestedatvoltagesupto2KVforthepurposeofcheckingdeteriorationduring

service. The connection to the link shall be on the same side of the core as the main earth

connection.Theserequirementsaremandatory.

Magneticcircuitshavinganinsulatedsectionalconstructionshallbeprovidedwithaseparate

linkforeachindividualsectionandthearrangementoftheconnectionsshallbesubjecttothe

approvaloftheEngineer.

Whereoilductsorinsulatedbarriersparalleltotheplanethelaminationsdividethemagnetic

circuitsintotwoormoreelectricallyseparatesparts,theductsandinsolatingbarrierswhich

have the thickness greater than 0.25, mm are to be bridged with tinned copper strips so

insertedastomaintainelectricalcontinuity.

Wherecoil-clampingringsareofmetalateachpotential,eachringsshallbeconnectedtothe

adjacent core clamping structure on the same side of the transformer as the main earthing

connection.

Main earthing connections shall be a cross-sectional area of not less than 100mm2 but

connections inserted between laminations may have cross sectional areas reduced 20mm2

wheninclosethermalcontactwiththecore.

7.4.2.1.20CORE

The core shall be constructed from high grade cold rolled non-ageinggrain oriented silicon

steellaminations,M4orSuperiorGrade.OnlyprimequalityCRGOsheetsshouldbeusedinthe

transformersandnoSecond/Defective/ScrapCRGOfindswayintotransformers. Therefore

regarding quality control following documents are to be furnished with the Post – delivery

inspectionreport.

1.Invoicesofsupplier

2.Mill’stestcertificate

3.Packinglist.

4.Billoflading

5.Billofentrycertificatebycustom

6.Descriptionofmaterial,electricalanalysis,Physicalinspection,certificateforsurfacedefects,

thicknessandwidthofthematerial.

Itistonotethat,usingseconds/defectiveCRGOsheetsor loadlossesfoundtobemorethan

stipulatedlimit,heavypenaltywillbeimposedorthesupplierswillbeblacklisted.

7.4.2.1.21TRANSFORMER TANK


TheTransformerTank shall be welded construction fabricated fromhigh tensile steel plate

andshallbedesignedtowithstandfullvacuum.Thetransformer shallhaveair seal typeoil

conservatortankatthetop.

a) The transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from good commercial grade low

carbonsteelsuitableforweldingandofadequatethickness.

b) Thetransformerstankshallbecapableofwithstandingfullvacuumwithoutdeflection.

c) Theplates(tank&Cover)shallhavethefollowingminimumthickness.

LengthofTransformerTank MinimumThickness

SidePlates BottomPlates

Lessthan2500mm Min6mm Min9mm

Greaterthan2500mm Min9mm Min12mm

d) The base of each track shall be so designed that it is possible to move the complete

transformer unit in any direction without injury when using rollers, plates or rails. A

design,whichrequiredthatsliderailsbeplacedinaparticularposition,isnottobeused.

20/26 MVA and lower rate transformers shall be provided with base plates having bi-

directionalwheelsforplacingonrails.

e) Aninspectionwindowwithaweldedflange&aboltedcovershallbeprovidedonthetank

cover. The manhole shall be of a sufficient size to ease access to the lower ends of the

bushings,terminalsetc.

f) Lifting eyes or lugs shall be provided on all parts of the transformers requiring

independenthandlingduringassemblyordismantling. Inaddition,thetransformertank

shallbeprovidedwithliftinglugsandbossesproperlysecuredtothesidesofthetankfor

liftingthetransformerseitherbycraneorbyjacks.Thedesignofthetank,theliftinglugs

and bosses shall be such that the complete transformer assembly filled with oil can be

liftedwiththeuseofthoselugswithoutanydamageordistortions.

g) Thetankshallbeprovidedwithtwosuitablecopperalloyoranyothersuitablematerial

lugsforthepurposeofgrounding.

h) Thetankshallbesodesignedthatwiththecoresandwindingsinpositionthereshallbe

no possibility ofair or gas being trapped when filling the tank with oil.Likewise, water

shallnotbetrappedontheexteriorofthetank.

i) The tank shall be fitted with pockets for a thermometer and the bulb of a winding

temperatureindicatorandanoiltemperatureindicator.

j) Necessarydrainvalves,filtervalves,valestotakeoilsampleetcshallbeprovided.

7.4.2.1.21.1ConservatorTank

Aconservatortankshallbemountedabovethehighestpointoftheoilcirculatingsystemof

theequipment.Tanksshallbeformedofsubstantialsteelplate.Connectionsbetweenthemain

tankandtheconservatorshallbesuchthatairorgasisnotentrappedandtheBuchholzrelays

canbecorrectlyinstalled.Oneendoftheconservatorshallbefixedbyboltssothatitcanbe

removed to enable the tank to be cleaned. The capacity of each conservator tank shall be

adequatetoaccommodatetheexpansionandcontractionofoilinthewholesystem,overthe

extremerangepossibleinoperation,i.e.equipmentunenergisedinanambienttemperatureof

5deg.Ctotheconditioncorrespondingtomaximumoil temperaturerise.Conservatorshall

befittedwith:-

(a)Ahydrocompensatorforseparatingoilandair.Adehydratingbreathershallbeusedfor

theairintakeofthehydrocompensator.Alarmforleakofthehydrocompensatorshallalsobe

provided.


(b)Atleastonemagneticoillevelindicatortypevisiblefromgroundlevelandindicatingthe

oillevelsovertherangespecifiedabove.Theoillevelindicatorshallbemarkedtoindicatethe

correct oil level with the oil at a temperature of 5 deg. C, 30 Deg. C and 90 deg. C. The

temperaturemarkingsshallpreferablybeintegralwiththelevelindicatingdevicebutsubject

totheapprovaloftheAuthority.

(c)Lowoilalarminitiatingdevice.

7.2.1.21.2PressureReliefDevice

Thetransformershallbefittedwithapressurereliefdevicedesignedtoprotectthetankfrom

damageandtocontroltheexpulsionofoilduringaninternalfault.Thepressurereliefdevice

shallbeofthespring-loadeddiaphragmtypecapableofopeningfullywithintwomilliseconds

ofdetectinganexcesspressure,andshallfullyresealafterreleaseoftheexceededpressure.

Corrosion resistant materials shall be used and a visual indication of operation shall be

provided.Twopairsofnormallyopencontactsandasuitableterminalboxshallbeprovided

forremoteelectricalindicationandtripping.

7.4.2.1.21.3Gaskets

Anygasketsprovidedwith the transformersshallbesuitableformakingoil tight joints,and

thereshallbenodeleteriouseffectsofeithergasketsoroilwhenthegasketsarecontinuously

incontactwithhotoil.Nogasketsshallbeused inwhichthematerialof thematerialof the

gasketismountedonatextilebacking.Exteriorgasketsshallbeweatherproofandshallnotbe

affectedbystrongsunlight.

7.4.2.1.21.4 Oil

Alltransformersshallbefilledtotherequiredlevelwithnew,unused,clean,standardmineral

oilaftertreatmentincompliancewithIEC60296&BS148.

7.4.2.1.22 ACCESSORIES

7.4.2.1.22.1WindingTemperatureIndicator

Thetransformershallbeprovidedwithawindingtemperatureindicatorandcombinedalarm

and trip relays of approved design. The alarm and trip settings shall be adjustable. The

windingTemperatureIndicatorshallalsobeprovidedwithbadditionalcontactsforautomatic

'start/stop'ofcoolingplant(fans). Itshallbe fittedwithdial indicatorcalibrated indegrees

Celsius and fitted with a hand reset pointer the highest temperature attained. The winding

temperature indicatorshallbesomounted in the transformermarshallingkiosksothat the

dialisnotmorethan1500mmfromgroundlevel.Thecovershallbeequippedwithaviewing

apertureofadequatesize,fittedwithclear,reinforcedglass.

7.4.2.1.22.2OilTemperatureIndicators

The transformer shall be provided with an oil temperature indicator of approved design

incorporatingcontactsandrelay(s)forinitiatingalarmsandtrips.Theindicatorshallbefitted

with a dial calibrated in degrees Celsius, with a hand reset pointer to register the highest

temperatureattained.

Theoiltemperatureindicatorshallbemountedinthetransformermarshallingkiosksothat

thedialisnotmorethan1500mmfromthegroundlevelandthecovershallbeequippedwith

viewingaperatureofadequatesize,fittedwithclear,reinforcedglass.

7.4.2.1.22.3Buchholzrelay


ABuchholzrelaywithalarmandtrippingcontactstodetectaccumulationofgasandsudden

changesofoilpressures,completewithtwoshut-offvalvesandflangecouplingtopermiteasy

removal without lowering oil level in the main tank, a bleed valve for gas venting and test

valveshallbeprovided.Therelayshallbeprovidedwithatestcocksuitableforaflexiblepipe

connectionforcheckingitsoperation&takinggassample.

7.4.2.1.22.4Breathers

Each transformer and tap changer conservator shall be provided with a silica gel breather

completewithoilseal,oillevelindicationwindowandasightglassforinspectionofthesilica

gel.Due to theclimatic conditions at site, thisbreather shallbe liberally sized and one size

largerthanwouldbefittedforuseinatemperateclimate.

Avisualindicationoftheextenttowhichthedryingagenthasabsorbedmoistureispreferred,

showinghowmuchactivematerialremainseffective.

Maintenancefreebreathershallhavesensorcontrolledheatingapparatus.Thesupplyvoltage

shallbe230VAC.Adequatecableshallbeprovidedtoconnectwithmarshallingbox.

7.4.2.1.22.5 Padlocks

Thesuppliershallprovidepadlockablehandlesandnon-ferrouspadlockswithduplicatekeys

for tap changer control panel and kiosks door to prevent all unauthorized access and

operation.

7.4.2.1.22.6theotheraccessoriesshallbeprovidedislistedbelow

a)Ladderpermanentlyfixedwithtransformertank

b)DialThermometerwithpocketforoiltemperatureindicatorwithonesetofalarmandone

setoftripcontactsandmaximumreadingpointer.

7.4.2.1.22.7Marshalling Kiosk (box):

Marshallingboxshallbeconnectedatonesideoftransformer.ItshallconsistofWTI(winding

temperatureindicator)andOTI(oiltemperatureindicator),magneticoilgaugeandBuchholz

relay and other control terminals. WTI are in two numbers, one for HV and other forLV. It

shall also consist of all auxiliary contactors as required in the order to make necessary

potential freecontacts forremotealarm andtripping, aheaterwhich isused toabsorb the

moisture in the box, SPN socket outlet, complete with switch and HRC fuse for hand lamp

connection.

7.4.2.1.22.8 Painting

Theminimumstandardsacceptableare:

a) cleaningbyshotblastingtoGradeSa2.5ofISO8501-1

b) All sheet steelwork shall be degreased, pickled and phsphated in accordance with IEC

60076.

c) Interiorsurfaceofmechanismchambers,boxesandkiosks,afterpreparation,cleaningand

primingshallbepaintedwithonecoatofzincchromateprimer,onecoatofphenolicbased

undercoating, followed by one coat of phenolic based finishing paint to white colour

followed ba a final coat of anti-condensation white paint of a type and make to the

approval of purchaser. A minimum overall paint film thickness of 150 micons shall be

maintainedthroughout.

d) Exteriorsteel workandmetalwork, afterpreparationand priming shallbepainted with

onecoatodxincchromateprimer,onecoatofphenolicbasedundercoatingandtwocoat

ofmicaceous iron oxidepaint, then painted with final coat of phenolic based hardgloss


finishingpaintof the lightgreyshadetoprovideanoverall minimumpaint thickness of

200microns.

7.4.2.1.22.9 Galvanizing

Allgalvanizingshallbecarriedoutbythehotdipprocess,inaccordancewithspecification

ISO 1460. However, high tensile steel nuts, bolts and spring washers shall be electro

galvanized.Thezinccoatingshallbesmooth,continuousanduniform.Itshallbefreefrom

acidspotsandshallnotscale,blisterorberemovablebyhandlingorpacking.Thereshall

beoimpuritiesinthezincoradditiviestothegalvanicbathwhichcouldhaveadetrimental

effectonthedurabilityofthezinccoating.

Beforepickling,allwelding,drilling,cutting,grindingetcmustbecompleteandallgrease,

paint,varnish,oil,weldingslagetccompletelyremoved.

TheweightofzincdepositedshallbeinaccordancewiththestaedinBS729,ISO1460and

shallbenot lessthan0.61Kg/sq.mtr.withminimumthicknessof86micronsforitemsof

thicknessmorethan5mm,0.46Kg/sq.mtr.(64microns)foritemsthicknessbetween2mm

and 5 mm and minimum 0.33kg/sqmm (47microns) for the item less than 2mm

thick.Repairofgalvanizingonsitewillgenerallynotpermitted.

7.4.2.1.22.10 Terminal marking

Each terminal including the neutral shall be clearly marked on both the primary and

secondarysideinaccordancewiththediagramofconnectionsuppliedwiththetransformers.

Theterminalmarkingshallbeclearandpermanent.Paintedmarkingsarenotacceptable.the

windingshallbeleveledasfollows:

Highvoltage : 3phases ABCLowvoltage : 3phasesandneutral abcn

7.4.2.1.23 EVALUATION CRITERIA

a)TheTenderswillbeevaluatedonthebasisofthecapitalizedcostoftheTransformerlosses.

b)Bidderwilldeclared/guaranteedNo-LoadlossandFullloadlossvalue,otherwisethebid

willberejected.

c) Bidders declared/ guaranteed percentage impedance value shall be within the specified

value,otherwisethebidwillberejected.

7.4.2.1.24 Acceptance criteria of transformer loss and percentage impedance during factory

test:

Transformer will be tested during technical orientation & quality acceptance and will be

accepted if the measured transformer losses are within the offered value or within the

followingtolerancewithdeductionofamountfromthecontractpriceasbelow:

i)Anycomponent loss(NoloadlossorFull loadloss)mayexceedupto15%oftheoffered

component loss,providedthatthetotal loss((Noloadloss+Full loadloss) shallnotexceed

10%of the offeredtotal loss. Ifanycomponent lossexceeds15% of theofferedcomponent

loss,thefullconsignmentwillberejected.

ii)Totalloss(Noloadloss+Fullloadloss)mayexceedupto10%oftheofferedtotalloss.Ifit

exceeds10%,thefullconsignmentwillberejected.

iii)PercentageImpedancemayvaryupto10%ofthespecifiedvalue.Ifthevalueexceedsthe

tolerance(10%),thefullconsignmentwillberejected.

Transformer willbe testedduringfactory testwitness andwillbeaccepted if themeasured

transformerlossesarewithintheofferedvalueorwithintheacceptablelimitasspecified in

(i),(ii)and(iii)providedanamountwillbedeductedfromtheContractpricefortheloss(s)

exceedingtheoffered/declaredloss(s)accordingtothefollowingformula:-


AmounttobedeductedfromtheContractprice

=ContractPricex (Measured loss -Specified loss/declared loss)÷Specified loss/declared

lossX%MT

Where,

MeasuredLoss(inKW) Measured Average No load Loss* 1+ Measured

AverageFullLoadLoss*2.

OfferedLoss(inKW) OfferedNoLoadLoss+OfferedFullloadloss

Transformer Economic

Life20Years

%MT(PercentageofMonetizedTransformer)=%oftheMonetizedTransformerfoundduring

factorytestwitnessbyBPDB'sinspectionteamwhosemeasuredloss(s)(NoloadlossorFull

loadlossorBoth)exceedtheofferedloss(NoloadlossorFullloadlossorBoth)butremain

withinacceptablelimit.Forexample:Iftotalno.oftransformerstobeinspectedis80andthe

no.ofselectedtransformersduringQAT/pre-deliveryinspectionis8,6nos.arefoundwithin

the offered losses and 2 nos. are found exceeding the offered losses then the %MT will be

(2/8)x100=25%

*1MeasuredAverageNoLoadLoss=[Sum of the measured No-load losses of the tested

transformer(s) exceeding the offered No-load loss ÷ Nos. of tested transformer(s) which

exceedstheofferedNo-loadloss]

*2MeasuredAverageFullLoadLoss= [Sum of the measured Full-load losses of the

tested transformer(s) which exceeding the offered Full-load loss ÷ Nos. of tested

transformer(s)whichexceedstheofferedFull-loadloss

7.4.2.1.25 Mandatory SPARE PARTS

TheSuppliershallprovideforeveryfivetransformersthefollowingmandatoryspares:

•OneHVBushing

•OneLVBushing

•Onecompletesetofbi-metallicconnectorsforbothHV&LVbushings.

•One OTI and WTI.

7.4.2.1.26 Approval of Drawings

Design,Drawingdiagrams,SpecificationandTechnicalParticulars&Guaranteesetc,shallbe

submitted to the Engineer, by the Supplier for approval, prior to the manufacturing of the

goods. The Supplier shall have to submit 3 (three) sets of the same for approval within 15

(fifteen)daysfromthedateofsigningContract.

ThesuppliershallsubmitthefollowingdrawingsinAutoCADformatandinhardcopyforthe

approvalofthepurchaserwithincommencementperiod.

FullTechnicalSpecificationandGuaranteedTechnicalParticulars

Max. Temp. Rise of Winding & Oil over 400C ambient supported by Load Losses and Heat

Dissipation by Radiator and alsoShort Circuit Calculation along with thermal & mechanical

calculationsonthebasisofproposedDesignData

General outline drawing showing front, side elevation and plan of the transformer and

accessories with detailed dimensions. The clearances between HV and LV terminals and

groundshouldalsotobeshown.

Drawingsofeachtypeofbushings,liftingdimensions,clearancebetweenHTandLTterminals

andground,quantityofinsulatingoil,nameplatedetailsetc.

Large scale drawings of high and low-tension windings of the transformers showing the

natureandarrangementofinsulatorsandterminalconnections.


Schematiccontrolandannunciationwiringdiagramforallauxiliaryequipment(temperature

indicator,alarmcircuits,Buchholzrelay, PRV,WTI, OTI,OLTC,coolingcontroletc,Schematic

diagram showing the flow ofoil in the cooling system, Large scale drawing ofhigh and low

tension winding of the transformer showing the nature and arrangement of insulation and

terminalconnections

Drawing/Wiringdiagramshowingconstructionandmountingdetailsofmarshallingboxes.

OperationandmaintenanceguidefortransformerandOLTC.

DetailedloadingdrawingtoenablethePurchasertodesignandconstructfoundationsforthe

transformer.

Installation,Operationandmaintenancemanualalongwithtroubleshootingprocedure.

NoworkshallbeperformedinconnectionwiththefabricationandmanufactureoftheTesting

Equipmentuntilthetechnicaldataanddrawingshavebeenapproved.Themanufacturingof

the equipment shallbe strictly in accordance with the approved drawingsandno deviation

shallbepermittedwithoutthewrittenapprovalofthepurchaser.

Thecostofsupplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.

At the time of delivery of Equipment, the supplier shall supply Five (5) sets of all approved

technical data and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of

the Equipment to the Project office.

7.4.2.1.27 Tests at Manufacturers Works:

7.4.2.1.27.1General

Functional electrical, material, mechanical and hydraulic tests shall be carried out at

manufacturers’premises.Theextentandmethodofrecordingtheresultsshallbeagreedby

thePurchaserinampletimetoenabletheteststobesatisfactorilywitnessedortomakeany

changestotheproposedprogramoftests.

7.4.2.1.27.2MaterialTests:

Thesuppliershallprovidetestpiecesfreeofchargeasrequiredtoenablethequalityof the

materialtobedeterminedatthesupplier’sexpense.Purchasermayatitsowndiscretionand

byspecificarrangementacceptcertifiedparticularsoftestscarriedoutintheabsenceofhis

authorizedrepresentative.

7.4.2.1.27.3TypeTest:

Type tests are required on all items to prove the general design of the goods offered. The

Bidders shall submit the type test report of offered item from STL member testing

laboratories.


7.4.2.1.27.4ROUTINETESTS:

All itemsshallbesubjectedtoroutinetestsinaccordancewiththerelevant latestversionof

IEC,BS&BDSstandardsatthemanufacturersworksandshallinclude,butnotbelimitedto,

anoperationaltest.

7.4.2.1.28 TECHNICAL ORIENTATION AND QUALITY TEST WITNESS :

ThefollowingtestshallbecarriedoutasperlatestversionofIECorequivalentstandardunless

otherwisementionedatthemanufacturerpremisesorotherplaceswherethetestfacilitiesare

available:-

AcceptanceTests:-

1. Measurementofturnratiotest;

2. Vectorgrouptest;

3. Measurementofwindingresistance;

4. Measurementofinsulationresistance;

5. Measurementofnoloadloss&no-loadcurrent;

6. Measurementofimpedancevoltage&loadloss;

7. DielectricwithstandsTests;

8. Transformeroiltest;

9. Temperaturerisetest.

10.Separatesourcevoltagewithstandtest.

12. Tap-changeroperationtest

14. Dimensionandphysicalcheck.

Thepurchasercancarry-outthetestingofanyno.oftransformersduringQualityTestWitness.

But, the testing of transformers during Quality Test Witness will not be less than 10% at

randombasisofthetransformerreadyforinspectionbutinanycaseitwillnotbelessthan3

nos.Themanufacturerwill provideallarrangementsforthetestingoftransformersdesired

bythepurchaserinhisfactory.

Wherethesupplierprovidesfortestsonthepremisesofthesupplierorofanymanufacturer

ofthesupplier,exceptwhereotherwisespecified,shallprovidefreeofchargesuchassistance,

labor,materials,electricity,fuel,stores,apparatusandinstrumentsasmayberequisiteandas

maybereasonablydemandedtocarryoutsuchtestefficiently.Thesetestshallbeperformed

asperrelevantIEC/BSStandardorequivalentandonlyroutinetestsasagreedupon,willbe

performed.

As and when the purchaser is satisfied that any materials/equipment shall have passes the

testsreferredtointhisclause,purchasershallnotifythecontractorinwritingtothateffect.

Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shall

havetherighttorejectanyof the itemorcompletebatch ifnecessary. InthatcaseSupplier

havetoreplacetheEquipmentandtomakegoodofthemwithoutanyfinancialinvolvementto

thePurchaser.IncaseanyoftheEquipmentfoundnotconformingwiththespecificationatthe

timeofpostlandingInspection,thesupplierwillinnowayberelievedfromtheresponsibility

ofreplacingthemonmakingthemgoodattheirowncost,despitetheEquipmentwerefound

goodatthetimeofFactoryAcceptanceTest.Nothinginthisclauseshallinanywayreleasethe

supplierfromanywarrantyorotherobligationsunderthecontract.

Nogoods shallbe packed, prepared for shipment/delivery unless it has been approved and

writteninstructionhavebeenreceivedbythePurchaser.


7.4.2.1.29 POST LANDING INSPECTION:

Post landing inspection shall be done immediately after arrival of the goods/materials at the designated store of BPDB; the Engineer & representative from consignee shall conduct Post Landing Inspection in presence of the representative of Supplier. The program of such inspection shall be intimated to the representative of Supplier by BPDB upon arrival of the materials at BPDB store of the Inspector(s) to be selected for test witnessing. Any defect or damage have been found at post-delivery inspection, the defective or damaged panels/ materials/ goods to be repaired/ replaced by the Bidder/ supplier at his own cost.


(b) 33/11 KV, 16/20 MVA Power Transformer


7.4.1 Technical Specification of 33/11 KV, 16/20 MVA Power Transformer 7.4.1.1 GENERAL

This section of the document includes the design, engineering, manufacture, supply, delivery,

offloading, testing & inspection and performance requirements of 33/11KV, 16/20 MVA Power

transformers and accessories as specified.

7.4.1.2 CLIMATE DATA

The distribution transformers to be supplied against this tender shall be suitable for satisfactory use under the following climatic condition:

Climate : Tropical, intense sunshine, heavy rain, humid.

Maximum Temperature : 400 C

Minimum Temperature : 030 C

Maximum yearly weighted average temperature

: 300 C

Relative Humidity : 50-100%

Annual mean Relative Humidity : 75%

Average annual rain fall : 3454 mm

Maximum wind velocity : 200 km/ hour

Maximum altitude above the sea level : Sea level to 300 metres

Atmospherically, Mechanical and Chemical impurities

: Moderately polluted

The information is given solely as a guide for Tenders and no responsibility for its, accuracy will be

accepted nor will any claim based on the above be entertained. Transformer supplied under this contract will be installed in tropical locations that can be

considered hostile to its proper operation. Particular problems that shall receive special consideration relate to operation in a hot environment and presence of the insects and vermin.

7.4.1.3 SYSTEM PARTICULARS

SL. NO.

SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS VOLTAGE LEVEL

1. Normal System Voltage, kV (Voltage Class) 230 132 33 11

3. Maximum System Voltage, kV 245 145 36 12

4. System Frequency, Hz 50 50 50 50

5. Phase Rotation (Anti-Clock wise) RST RST RST RST

6. Type of System Grounding Solid Solid Solid Solid

7. Rated Fault Level (3-Phase Symmetrical), MVA 3 sec.

16000 6000 1800 500

8. Bas ic Insulat ion Level , kV 750 650 170 75

HighVoltagecurrentcarryingequipmentshouldbecapableofcarryingthethreephasefaultlevelforaperiodof3Sec.

7.4.1.4 STANDARDS

The equipment specified in this Section of the contract shall conform to the latest edition of the appropriate IEC specifications and other recognized international standard. In particular:


IEC 60076-1 Power transformers (General).

IEC 60076-2 Power transformers (Temperature Rise).

IEC 60076-3 Power transformers (Insulation Levels, Dielectric Tests and External Clearance in air).

IEC 60076-5 Power transformers (Ability to Withstand short circuit)

IEC 60137 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1 kV.

IEC 60156 Method of determination of electrical strength of insulating oils .

IEC 60296 Specification for unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and switchgear.

IEC 60551 Measurement of transformer and reactor sound levels.

IEC 60616 Terminal and tapping markings for power transformers.

IEC 722 Guide to lightning and switching impulse testing of power transformers.

IEC 5493 Protective coating of iron and steel structures against corrosion.

IEC 551 Noise and Vibration of power transformer.

7.2.1.5 Technical Specification:

1. Rated MVA (ONAN/ONAF) 16/20MVA

2. Number of Phases 3 (Three)

3. Frequency 50 Hz

4. Winding Insulation Uniform

5. Normal Transformation Ratio at No-load 33/11.67 KV

6. Rated HT Voltage (Phase to Phase) 33 KV

7. Maximum HT Voltage (Phase to Phase) 36 KV

8. Rated LT Voltage (Phase to Phase) 11 KV

9. Maximum LT Voltage (Phase to Phase) 12 KV

10. Rated Current HT ( ONAN/ONAF) 280/ 350 Amps

11. Rated Current LT (ONAN/ONAF) 840/1050 Amps

12. Basic Insulation Level : a) High voltage winding 170 KV b) Low voltage winding 75 KV

13. Installation Outdoor, Tropical, High rainfall & Humidity.

14. Type Core, Conservator & Oil Immersed

15. Type of Windings Double Wound of Electrolytic Copper, free from

burs and splinter.

16. Type of Cooling ONAN/ ONAF

17. Coolant Mineral Oil as per IEC-60296

18. Type of System Earthing Effectively Earthed

19. Bushing Material Porcelain

20. Type of Base On wheels with adequate size and 10M length of

rails and fixing arrangement.

21. Direction of Normal Power Flow HT-LT


22. Phase connection :( -)

a) 33 KV winding with bushing CT Delta b) 11 KV winding with bushing CT Star

23. Vector Group Dyn11

24. Neutral to be brought out : a) HT Nil b) LT Yes

25. Neutral Insulation Uniform insulation and 100% loading capacity

26. Maximum Temperature rise over 400C

ambient at full load & tap change is at normal position :

a) Winding by Resistance (0C) 65

0C

b) Oil by Thermometer (0C) 55

0C

27. Impulse Front Wave Test Voltage (1.2/50 Micro Sec. Wave Shape) :

a) High voltage side 170 KV b) Low voltage Side 75 KV

28. Power Frequency withstand Test Voltage for 1 (one) Minute :

a) High voltage side 70 KV b) Low voltage Side 28 KV

29. Impedance Voltage at 750C, at normal ratio

and rated frequency, and at ONAN condition.

8.5%

30. Type of tap changer control

Features The tap changer will be on load auto regulation,

remote control and manual. The on load tap

changer will immersed in the transformer tank. The

diverter switch compartment will be provided with

its own oil conservator which, will not be connected

to the transformer oil tank.

The diverter switch can easily be lifted out of its

tank for maintenance and inspection without

opening the transformer cover. The on load tap

changer will operate by means of a motor drive unit.

This unit will install on the side of the transformer.

On Load Tap changer with motor drive unit manufacturer’s name & country

MR, Germany/ABB, Sweden/Hm, China.

Tapping Range : a) HT 17 Tapping 10% in steps of 1.25% i.e. 33 KV 8 x

1.25% b) LT Nil

31. Bushing CT for differential protection 400/5A on HV, 1200/5A on LV of accuracy class

5P20, burden 30 VA.

32. Neutral Bushing CT for Standby Earth Fault

(SEF) & Restricted Earth Fault (REF)

protection

1200/5-5Aon LV neutral of accuracy class 5P20,

burden 30 VA.


33. Standard Design, Manufacture, Testing, Installation and

Performance shall be in accordance to the latest

editions of the relevant IEC standards.

34. Transformer Oil

Application Insulating mineral oil for Transformer It will be free from PCB (polychlorinated biphenyl)

Grade of oil Class-1

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance Liquid and free from suspended matter or sediment

Density at 200

C 0.895 g/cm3 (maximum)

Flash point (Closed cup) 1400 C (minimum)

Kinematics Viscosity at -150

C 800 c St. (Maximum)

Kinematics Viscosity at 200

C 40 c St. (Maximum)

Pour point -300 C (maximum)


Dielectric Strength at 50 Hz (with 2.5 mm standard gap and 40 mm standard depth)

New untreated oil, shall go through filtration treatment before the oil are introduce into the apparatus or equipment. The break down voltage of this oil shall be at least 50KV.

Loss tangent/Dielectric dissipation factor at temp. 90

0 C, stress 500V/mm to 1000 v/mm

and frequency 40 Hz to 62 Hz.

0.005 (maximum)

CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Neutralization value 0.03 mg KOH/g (maximum)

Neutralization value after oxidation 0.40 mg KOH/g (maximum)

Total sludge after oxidation 0.10% weight (maximum)

PCB Content Free from PCB

STANDARDS Performance and testing of oil shall comply with the

latest revision of the relevant standards BS 148 :

1972, IEC-60296 or latest revision there on.


a) Bushing Insulator on HT and LT. b) Arcing horns on HT and LT bushings. c) Remote Tap Changer Control (RTCC) facility in Transformer HT incoming PCM Panel. d) Oil conservator. e) Buchholz relays in main conservator oil pipe. f) Tap Changer Protective Relay in between conservative and tap changer oil pipe. g) Conservator drain valve, breather and oil level gauge with alarm contact. h) Pressure Relief Device (PRD). i) Dial type thermometers with alarm and trip contracts. j) CT for winding temperature shall be located at mid-phase (Y-phase) of the transformer. k) Radiators with valves. l) Bladder/Airbag in conservator to seperate air from oil.


m) One inspection hole with cover. n) Facilities for lifting cover and coil assembly from tank. o) Lifting lugs for lifting complete Transformer. p) Base designed for rollers with bi-directional flanged rollers parallel to either Centre line. q) Tank oil sampling, draining valve and oil centrifuging outlets. r) Tank earthing points. s) Fans for forced cooling (ONAF). t) All mounting accessories including rails (2 Nos. rails each 10 Meter long). u) All equipment should be fully tropicalized. v) Painting to approved colour and shade. w) Rating nameplate and diagram plate of stainless steel having engraved letters filled with

black enamel paint. x) The oil shall be supplied/ delivered in non-returnable sealed containers/ drums. y) The oil shall be fresh, unused, cleaned and free from suspended matter or sediment.

z) The test shall be carried out on the oil as to be supplied without drying and degassing. aa) Uninhibited oils must not contain anti-oxidant additives. bb) Laminated, detailed Schematic Diagram of Control Circuit of Transformer & Tap changer inside Marshalling kiosk.

cc) Dehydrating Silica-gel breather.

dd) Air release plug.

ee) Earthing terminals with lugs.

ff) Thermometer pockets.

gg) Winding temperature indicator with two contacts

hh) Bottom mounting channel (min. size of channel shall be 16/20MVA

ii) Operation and maintenance manual along with troubleshooting procedure and installation

guideline/manual shall be supplied with each transformer.

36 Following instructions to be followed for Submission of Test reports & Calculation:

aa) All Type test Report and related routine test report shall be of same transformer of same name plate serial no.

bb) Calculation of load loss shall be provided for load loss in all 3( three) tap position (Nominal, Maximum, Minimum).

7.2.1.6 CAPITALIZED COST:

Bidder shall declare guaranteed No Load Loss and Full Load Loss value in GTP. Any Tenderer

quoted the No Load Loss & Full Load Loss above the upper limit of the loss as mentioned in GTP

(Section 8, Clause 8.01, Sl No.3.9) in Tender Document will not be considered for further

evaluation & treated as non- responsive. The Tenderer who will quote the No Load Loss & Full

Load Loss below the lower limit of No Load Loss & Full Load Loss as mentioned in GTP (Section 8,

Clause 8.01, Sl No.3.9) In that case during evaluation Capitalization cost will be calculated only on

the basis of the lower limit of No Load Loss & Full Load Loss.

The fixed and running losses are to be low as consistent with reliable and economical use of materials. The cost of losses is to be minimized and the following capitalized parameters will be used in the evaluation of the transformer: C = 68,706 x e x P0 + 54,964 x e x PFL

Where,

C = Capitalized cost of transformer loss in Bangladesh Taka.

e = Energy Cost, Tk. 6.00/KWh

PFL = Full Load losses at rated voltage, normal ratio and rated frequency in ONAF condition

at 750C in KW + Auxiliary loss in KW

P0 = No load losses at rated voltage, normal ratio and rated frequency in KW


The cost of energy (C) will be added to the quoted prices to arrive at the evaluated cost of the

transformer.

The contract will be cancelled if losses exceed the guaranteed value by an amount in excess of

followings:

Total losses : 10%

Component : 15% of each component loss (Unless the total losses exceeds 10%).

7.2.1.7 SHIPPING:

All the delicate components shall be dismantled and packed in strong wooden boxes having inside

lined with metallic sheets with proper sealing to protect the content from accidental direct

exposure to weather during storage. The holes of the transformer tank shall be sealed with proper

metal plate and gaskets to prevent leakage of oil and its contamination with atmospheric moisture.

The transformer shall be shipped with radiators, busing conservator etc. dismantled but the tank

filled with oil. The transformer oil from radiators and conservator shall be shipped in non-

returnable drums. The bushing shall be shipped in oil sealed containers to avoid moisture

absorption during shipment and storage. Oil shall be complying with IEC-60296.

7.2.1.8 BUSHING:

The bushings shall have high factor of safety against leakage to ground and shall be so located as

to provide adequate electrical clearances between bushings and grounded parts. Bushings of

identical voltage rating shall be interchangeable. All bushings shall be equipped with suitable

terminals of approved type and size & shall be suitable for bimetallic connection. The insulation

class of the high voltage neutral bushing shall be properly coordinated with the insulation class, of

the high voltage winding. Each bushing shall be so coordinated with the transformer insulation so

that all flash over will occur outside the tank. All main winding and neutral leads shall be brought

out through “out door” type bushings which shall be so located that the full flashover strength will

be utilized and the adequate phase clearance shall realized. All porcelain used in bushings shall be

of the wet process, homogeneous and free from cavities or other flaws. The glazing shall be

uniform in colour and free from blisters, burrs and other defects.

7.2.1.9 HT BUSHING:

Provide 3 porcelain outdoor type, oil filled, impulse tested bushing with arcing horns of standard gap and bolted type terminal connectors, with head shrink rubber insulated cap suitable for connection to the incomes leads of ACSR Grosbeak (636 MCM) conductor.

7.2.1.10 LT BUSHING:

Provide 4 porcelain outdoor type bushing with bolted type connectors, suitable for connection to outgoing leads of 2 nos. numbers of 300 Sq.mmXLPE,, single core copper conductors per phase and suitable for head shrink termination.


7.2.1.11 FAULT CONDITIONS:

The transformer shall be capable of withstanding, on any tapping, for three seconds without damage an external short circuit between phases. The transformer winding shall be capable of withstanding for three seconds without damage a short circuit between one phase and earth with the neutral of the transformer directly earthed. For the purposes of this clause a fault level of 1800 MVA at the transformer 33KV terminals shall be assumed. Evidence shall be submitted with the Tender as to the extent to which the manufacturer has provided or is able to prove either by calculation or test the ability of the specified transformers to withstand on any tapping, without damage under service conditions, the terminal and dynamic effects of external short circuit. The Bid shall state tin the Technical Schedule a brief description of those transformers or parts thereof, which have been subjected to short circuit tests or for which short circuit calculations are available. It is preferred that this information relates to designs comparable with the transformers bidder but in the event this is not so the Engineer reserves the right to require calculating to prove that the design of transformers tendered will satisfactorily comply with this clause : such calculations being in accordance with the latest revision of IEC/ BS standard.

7.2.1.12 NOISE:

Vibration and noise levels of all transformers and auxiliary plant shall be in accordance with the IEC 551 and its latest version. The contract price shall include noise level tests to be carried out on one transformer.

7.2.1.13 HARMONIC SUPPRESSION:

Transformer shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of harmonic voltages especially the third and fifth harmonics and to minimize the detrimental effects resulting there from.

7.2.1.14 IMPEDANCE AND REGULATION:

The Bidder shall be state in the Technical Schedules guaranteed values of impedance measured on normal and extreme tapping and the voltage regulation from no load to CMR at unity power factor and at 0.9 lagging power factor with constant voltage across the higher voltage windings.

7.2.1.15 MAGNETIC CIRCUIT:

The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharge development of short circuit paths internally or to the earthed clamping structure and the production of flux components normal to the plane of the laminations. Each lamination shall be insulated with a material stable under the action of pressure and hot oil. The winding structure and major insulation shall be designed to permit an unobstructed flow of cooling oil through core cooling oil ducts to ensure efficient core cooling. The magnetic circuit shall be insulated from all structural parts and shall be capable of withstanding a test voltage to core bolts and to the frame of 2000 volts rms for one minute.

7.2.1.16 FLUX DENSITY:

Cores shall constructed from clod rolled grain oriented steel sheets. Provided the contractor can provide adequate evidence that there will be no adverse effects due to stray flux heating of core with the quality of steel employed, designs may be offered such that when operating under the most onerous conditions, flux density in any part of the magnetic circuit does not exceed 1.7 Tesla. The Contractor shall determine the operating conditions under which the maximum flux density will be attained within the following simultaneously applied limits.

- Frequency : 50 Hz


- LV and HV Voltage

: Up to but not exceeding the specified maximum System voltage.

- Load : The transformer may be subjected to intermittent overloading of 150% rated MVA at 0.8 power factor lagging in accordance with IEC-60035.

The maximum flux densities anticipated under these conditions are to be stated in Technical Schedules (GTP).

7.2.1.17 WINDINGS:

g) The windings shall be of high-conductivity electrolytic copper.

h) The transformer windings shall have uniform insulation as defined in the latest revision of IEC

standard. The insulation of the coils shall be such as to develop the full electrical strength of

the windings. All materials used in the insulation and assembly of the windings shall be

insoluble, non-catalytic and chemically inactive in the hot transformer oil, and shall not soften

or otherwise be adversely affected under the operating conditions.

i) The transformers shall be designed to withstand the impulse voltage levels and the power

frequency voltage tests specified in the Technical Schedules.

j) The winding shall be located in a manner which will ensure and that they remain Electro-

statically balanced and that their magnetic centers remain coincident under all conditions of

operation.

k) The winding shall also be thoroughly seasoned during manufacture by the application of axial

pressure at a high temperature for such length of time as will ensure that further shrinkage is

unlikely to occur in service.

l) All electrical connections within windings shall be brazed to withstand the shocks, which may

occur through rough handling and vibration during transport switching and other transient

service conditions.

g) Coil clamping rings shall be of the on on-magnetic steel or insulating materials built up from flat laminations. Auxiliary laminated material other then Bakelite paper is not to be used. Where Bakelite paper rings are used with the layers of paper lying in the axial direction, the rings may be relied upon to provide the major insulation between the windings and frame subject to there being adequate creepage distance. Any metal pieces in contact with laminated rings shall be designed and secured so that they do not weaken the electrical or the mechanical properties of the rings. If the winding is built up of section or of disc-coils separated by spacers, the clamping arrangement shall be ensure that equal pressure are applied to all columns of spacers.

h) The winding shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical voltage ratings shall be

interchangeable and field repairs can be readily done, without special equipment. The coils

shall be supported between adjacent sections by insulating spacers and the barriers, bracings

and other insulation used in the assembly of the windings shall be arranged to ensure a free

circulation of the oil and to reduce hot sports in the windings. The insulation paper shall be of

high quality and the value of degree of polymerization shall not be less than 1200 dp and the

necessary test certificate shall be submitted along with the Pre –delivery inspection report.

Provision shall be made in the tank, for taking sample, in future, of paper for testing purpose

and location shall be easily accessible and indicated on the transformer tank by affixing special

caution plate.


7.2.1.18 INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENT: All metal parts of the transformer with the exception of the individual core lamination, core bolts

and associated individual clamping plates, shall be maintained at some fixed potential.

The top main core clamping structure shall be connected to the tank body by a copper strap and

the bottom main core clamping structure shall be earthen by one or more of the following

methods:

- by connection through vertical tie rods to the top structure.

- by direct metal-to-metal contact with the tank base maintained by the weight of the core

and windings.

- by connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth

connection to the tank.

The magnetic circuit shall be earthed to the clamping structure at one point through a removable

link placed in an accessible position just beneath an inspection opening in the tank cover and

which, by disconnection, will enable the insulation between the core and clamping plates, etc. to

be tested at voltages up to 2 KV for the purpose of checking deterioration during service. The

connection to the link shall be on the same side of the core as the main earth connection. These

requirements are mandatory.

Magnetic circuits having an insulated sectional construction shall be provided with a separate link

for each individual section and the arrangement of the connections shall be subject to the

approval of the Engineer.

Where oil ducts or insulated barriers parallel to the plane the laminations divide the magnetic

circuits into two or more electrically separates parts, the ducts and insolating barriers which have

the thickness greater than 0.25, mm are to be bridged with tinned copper strips so inserted as to

maintain electrical continuity.

Where coil-clamping rings are of metal at each potential, each rings shall be connected to the

adjacent core clamping structure on the same side of the transformer as the main earthing

connection.

Main earthing connections shall be a cross-sectional area of not less than 100mm2 but connections inserted between laminations may have cross sectional areas reduced 20mm2 when in close thermal contact with the core.

7.2.1.19 CORE

The core shall be constructed from high grade cold rolled non-ageing grain oriented silicon steel

laminations, M4 or Superior Grade. Only prime quality CRGO sheets should be used in the

transformers and no Second/Defective/Scrap CRGO finds way into transformers. Therefore

regarding quality control following documents are to be furnished with the Post – delivery

inspection report.

1. Invoices of supplier

2. Mill’s test certificate

3. Packing list.

4. Bill of lading

5. Bill of entry certificate by custom

6. Description of material, electrical analysis, Physical inspection, certificate for surface defects,

thickness and width of the material.


It is to note that, using seconds/defective CRGO sheets or load losses found to be more than stipulated limit, heavy penalty will be imposed or the suppliers will be black listed.

7.2.1.20 TRANSFORMER TANK

The Transformer Tank shall be welded construction fabricated from high tensile steel plate and

shall be designed to withstand full vacuum. The transformer shall have air seal type oil conservator

tank at the top.

k) The transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from good commercial grade low carbon

steel suitable for welding and of adequate thickness.

l) The transformers tank shall be capable of withstanding full vacuum without deflection.

m) The plates (tank & Cover) shall have the following minimum thickness.

Length of Transformer Tank Minimum Thickness

Side Plates Bottom Plates

Less than 2500 mm Min 6 mm Min 9 mm

Greater than 2500 mm Min 9 mm Min 12 mm

n) The base of each track shall be so designed that it is possible to move the complete

transformer unit in any direction without injury when using rollers, plates or rails. A design,

which required that slide rails be placed in a particular position, is not to be used. 16/20 MVA

and lower rate transformers shall be provided with base plates having bi-directional wheels for

placing on rails.

o) An inspection window with a welded flange & a bolted cover shall be provided on the tank

cover. The manhole shall be of a sufficient size to ease access to the lower ends of the

bushings, terminals etc.

p) Lifting eyes or lugs shall be provided on all parts of the transformers requiring independent

handling during assembly or dismantling. In addition, the transformer tank shall be provided

with lifting lugs and bosses properly secured to the sides of the tank for lifting the

transformers either by crane or by jacks.The design of the tank, the lifting lugs and bosses

shall be such that the complete transformer assembly filled with oil can be lifted with the use

of those lugs without any damage or distortions.

q) The tank shall be provided with two suitable copper alloy or any other suitable material lugs

for the purpose of grounding.

r) The tank shall be so designed that with the cores and windings in position there shall be no

possibility of air or gas being trapped when filling the tank with oil. Likewise, water shall not be

trapped on the exterior of the tank.

s) The tank shall be fitted with pockets for a thermometer and the bulb of a winding temperature

indicator and an oil temperature indicator.

t) Necessary drain valves, filter valves, vales to take oil sample etc shall be provided.

7.2.1.21 Conservator Tank

A conservator tank shall be mounted above the highest point of the oil circulating system of the

equipment. Tanks shall be formed of substantial steel plate. Connections between the main tank

and the conservator shall be such that air or gas is not entrapped and the Buchholz relays can be

correctly installed. One end of the conservator shall be fixed by bolts so that it can be removed to

enable the tank to be cleaned. The capacity of each conservator tank shall be adequate to

accommodate the expansion and contraction of oil in the whole system, over the extreme range


possible in operation, i.e. equipment unenergised in an ambient temperature of 5 deg. C to the

condition corresponding to maximum oil temperature rise. Conservator shall be fitted with:-

(a) A hydro compensator for separating oil and air. A dehydrating breather shall be used for the air

intake of the hydro compensator. Alarm for leak of the hydro compensator shall also be provided.

(b) At least one magnetic oil level indicator type visible from ground level and indicating the oil

levels over the range specified above. The oil level indicator shall be marked to indicate the


temperature markings shall preferably be integral with the level indicating device but subject to

the approval of the Authority.

(c) Low oil alarm initiating device.

7.2.1.22 Pressure Relief Device

The transformer shall be fitted with a pressure relief device designed to protect the tank from

damage and to control the expulsion of oil during an internal fault. The pressure relief device shall

be of the spring-loaded diaphragm type capable of opening fully within two milliseconds of

detecting an excess pressure, and shall fully reseal after release of the exceeded pressure.

Corrosion resistant materials shall be used and a visual indication of operation shall be provided.

Two pairs of normally open contacts and a suitable terminal box shall be provided for remote

electrical indication and tripping.

7.2.1.23 GASKETS

Any gaskets provided with the transformers shall be suitable for making oil tight joints, and there shall be no deleterious effects of either gaskets or oil when the gaskets are continuously in contact with hot oil. No gaskets shall be used in which the material of the material of the gasket is mounted on a textile backing. Exterior gaskets shall be weatherproof and shall not be affected by strong sunlight.

7.2.1.24 OIL

All transformers shall be filled to the required level with new, unused, clean, standard mineral oil after treatment in compliance with IEC 60296 & BS 148.

7.2.1.25 ACCESSORIES

7.2.1.25.1 Winding Temperature Indicator

The transformer shall be provided with a winding temperature indicator and combined alarm and

trip relays of approved design. The alarm and trip settings shall be adjustable. The winding

Temperature Indicator shall also be provided with additional contacts for automatic 'start/stop' of

cooling plant (fans). It shall be fitted with dial indicator calibrated in degrees Celsius and fitted with

a hand reset pointer the highest temperature attained. The winding temperature indicator shall be

so mounted in the transformer marshalling kiosk so that the dial is not more than 1500 mm from

ground level. The cover shall be equipped with a viewing aperture of adequate size, fitted with

clear, reinforced glass.

7.2.1.25.2 Oil Temperature Indicators



incorporating contacts and relay(s) for initiating alarms and trips. The indicator shall be fitted with

a dial calibrated in degrees Celsius, with a hand reset pointer to register the highest temperature

attained.

The oil temperature indicator shall be mounted in the transformer marshalling kiosk so that the

dial is not more than 1500 mm from the ground level and the cover shall be equipped with

viewing aperture of adequate size, fitted with clear, reinforced glass.

7.2.1.25.3 Buchholz relay

A Buchholz relay with alarm and tripping contacts to detect accumulation of gas and sudden

changes of oil pressures, complete with two shut-off valves and flange coupling to permit easy

removal without lowering oil level in the main tank, a bleed valve for gas venting and test valve

shall be provided. The relay shall be provided with a test cock suitable for a flexible pipe

connection for checking its operation & taking gas sample.

7.2.1.25.4 Breathers


complete with oil seal, oil level indication window and a sight glass for inspection of the silica gel.

Due to the climatic conditions at site, this breather shall be liberally sized and one size larger than

would be fitted for use in a temperate climate.

A visual indication of the extent to which the drying agent has absorbed moisture is preferred,

showing how much active material remains effective.

Maintenance free breather shall have sensor controlled heating apparatus. The supply voltage

shall be 230V AC. Adequate cable shall be provided to connect with marshalling box.

7.2.1.25.5 Padlocks

The supplier shall provide pad lockable handles and non-ferrous padlocks with duplicate keys for

tap changer control panel and kiosks door to prevent all unauthorized access and operation.

7.2.1.25.6 The other accessories shall be provided is listed below

a) Ladder permanently fixed with transformer tank

b) Dial Thermometer with pocket for oil temperature indicator with one set of alarm and one set

of trip contacts and maximum reading pointer.

7.2.1.26 Marshalling Kiosk (box):

Marshalling box shall be connected at one side of transformer. It shall consist of WTI(winding

temperature indicator) and OTI(oil temperature indicator), magnetic oil gauge and Buchholz relay

and other control terminals. WTI are in two numbers, one for HV and other for LV. It shall also

consist of all auxiliary contactors as required in the order to make necessary potential free

contacts for remote alarm and tripping, a heater which is used to absorb the moisture in the box,

SPN socket outlet, complete with switch and HRC fuse for hand lamp connection.

7.2.1.27 Painting

The minimum standards acceptable are :


e) cleaning by shot blasting to Grade Sa 2.5 of ISO 8501-1

f) All sheet steelwork shall be degreased, pickled and phosphated in accordance with IEC 60076.

g) Interior surface of mechanism chambers, boxes and kiosks, after preparation, cleaning and

priming shall be painted with one coat of zinc chromate primer, one coat of phenolic based

undercoating, followed by one coat of phenolic based finishing paint to white color followed

by a final coat of anti-condensation white paint of a type and make to the approval of

purchaser. A minimum overall paint film thickness of 150 micons shall be maintained

throughout.

h) Exterior steel work and metalwork, after preparation and priming shall be painted with one

coat od xinc chromate primer, one coat of phenolic based under coating and two coat of

micaceous iron oxide paint, then painted with final coat of phenolic based hard gloss finishing

paint of the light grey shade to provide an overall minimum paint thickness of 200 microns.

7.2.1.28 Galvanizing

All galvanizing shall be carried out by the hot dip process, in accordance with specification ISO

1460. However, high tensile steel nuts, bolts and spring washers shall be electro galvanized. The

zinc coating shall be smooth, continuous and uniform. It shall be free from acid spots and shall

not scale, blister or be removable by handling or packing. There shall be o impurities in the zinc

or additivies to the galvanic bath which could have a detrimental effect on the durability of the

zinc coating.

Before pickling, all welding, drilling, cutting, grinding etc must be complete and all grease, paint,

varnish, oil, welding slag etc completely removed.

The weight of zinc deposited shall be in accordance with the BS 729, ISO 1460 and shall be not

less than 0.61Kg/sq. mtr. with minimum thickness of 86microns for items of thickness more

than 5mm, 0.46Kg/sq.mtr. (64microns) for items thickness between 2mm and 5 mm and

minimum 0.33kg/sqmm (47microns) for the item less than 2mm thick. Repair of galvanizing on

site will generally not permitted.

7.2.1.29 Terminal marking

Each terminal including the neutral shall be clearly marked on both the primary and secondary

side in accordance with the diagram of connection supplied with the transformers.

The terminal marking shall be clear and permanent. Painted markings are not acceptable. the

winding shall be leveled as follows:

High voltage : 3 phases A B C

Low voltage : 3 phases and neutral a b c n

7.2.1.30 EVALUATION CRITERIA

a) The Tenders will be evaluated on the basis of the capitalized cost of the Transformer losses. b) Bidder will declared/ guaranteed No-Load loss and Full load loss value, otherwise the bid will be

rejected. c) Bidders declared/ guaranteed percentage impedance value shall be within the specified value, otherwise the bid will be rejected.

7.2.1.31 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA OF TRANSFORMER LOSS AND PERCENTAGE IMPEDANCE DURING FACTORY TEST:


Transformer will be tested during technical orientation & quality acceptance and will be accepted

if the measured transformer losses are within the offered value or within the following tolerance

with deduction of amount from the contract price as below:

i) Any component loss (No load loss or Full load loss) may exceed up to 15% of the offered

component loss, provided that the total loss((No load loss + Full load loss) shall not exceed 10% of

the offered total loss. If any component loss exceeds 15% of the offered component loss, the full

consignment will be rejected.

ii) Total loss (No load loss + Full load loss) may exceed up to 10% of the offered total loss. If it

exceeds 10%, the full consignment will be rejected.

iii) Percentage Impedance may vary up to 10% of the specified value. If the value exceeds the

tolerance (10%), the full consignment will be rejected.

Transformer will be tested during factory test witness and will be accepted if the measured

transformer losses are within the offered value or within the acceptable limit as specified in (i), (ii)

and (iii) provided an amount will be deducted from the Contract price for the loss(s) exceeding the

offered/declared loss(s) according to the following formula:-

Amount to be deducted from the Contract price

= Contract Price x (Measured loss - Specified loss /declared loss) ÷ Specified

loss/declared loss X %MT

Where,

1 Measured Loss (in KW) = Measured Average No load Loss* 1+ Measured Average Full

Load Loss* 2.

2 Offered Loss (in KW) = Offered No Load Loss + Offered Full load loss

3 Transformer Economic Life = 20 Years

%MT (Percentage of Monetized Transformer) = % of the Monetized Transformer found during

factory test witness by BPDB's inspection team whose measured loss(s) (No load loss or Full load

loss or Both) exceed the offered loss (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) but remain within

acceptable limit. For example : If total no. of transformers to be inspected is 80 and the no. of

selected transformers during QAT/pre-delivery inspection is 8, 6 nos. are found within the offered

losses and 2 nos. are found exceeding the offered losses then the %MT will be (2/8)x100=25%

* 1Measured Average No Load Loss = [Sum of the measured No-load losses of the tested

transformer(s) exceeding the offered No-load loss ÷ Nos.

of tested transformer(s) which exceeds the offered No-

load loss]

* 2Measured Average Full Load Loss = [Sum of the measured Full-load losses of the tested transformer(s) which exceeding the offered Full-load loss ÷ Nos. of tested transformer(s) which exceeds the offered Full-load loss.

7.2.1.32 Mandatory SPARE PARTS

The Supplier shall provide for every five transformers the following mandatory spares:

•One HV Bushing

•One LV Bushing

•One complete set of bi-metallic connectors for both HV & LV bushings.•One OTI and WTI.

7.2.1.33 Approval of Drawings


The supplier shall submit the following drawings in AutoCAD format and in hard copy for the

approval of the purchaser within commencement period.

Full Technical Specification and Guaranteed Technical Particulars

Max. Temp. Rise of Winding & Oil over 400C ambient supported by Load Losses and Heat

Dissipation by Radiator and also Short Circuit Calculation along with thermal & mechanical

calculations on the basis of proposed Design Data


accessories with detailed dimensions. The clearances between HV and LV terminals and

ground should also to be shown.

Drawings of each type of bushings, lifting dimensions, clearance between HT and LT terminals

and ground, quantity of insulating oil, name plate details etc.

Large scale drawings of high and low-tension windings of the transformers showing the nature

and arrangement of insulators and terminal connections.

Schematic control and annunciation wiring diagram for all auxiliary equipment (temperature

indicator, alarm circuits, Buchholz relay, PRV, WTI, OTI, OLTC, cooling control etc, Schematic

diagram showing the flow of oil in the cooling system, Large scale drawing of high and low

tension winding of the transformer showing the nature and arrangement of insulation and

terminal connections

Drawing/ Wiring diagram showing construction and mounting details of marshalling boxes.

Operation and maintenance guide for transformer and OLTC.

Detailed loading drawing to enable the Purchaser to design and construct foundations for the

transformer.

Installation, Operation and maintenance manual along with troubleshooting procedure .

No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the Testing

Equipment until the technical data and drawings have been approved. The manufacturing of the

equipment shall be strictly in accordance with the approved drawings and no deviation shall be

permitted without the written approval of the purchaser.

The cost of supplying drawings and specifications shall be borne by the supplier.

At the time of delivery of Equipment, the supplier shall supply Five (5) sets of all approved

technical data and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of

the Equipment to the Project office.

7.2.1.34 TESTS AT MANUFACTURERS WORKS:

7.2.1. 34.1 GENERAL

Functional electrical, material, mechanical and hydraulic tests shall be carried out at

manufacturers’ premises. The extent and method of recording the results shall be agreed by the

Purchaser in ample time to enable the tests to be satisfactorily witnessed or to make any

changes to the proposed program of tests.

7.2.1. 34.2 MATERIAL TESTS:

The supplier shall provide test pieces free of charge as required to enable the quality of the material to be determined at the supplier’s expense. Purchaser may at its own discretion and by specific arrangement accept certified particulars of tests carried out in the absence of his authorized representative.


7.2.1. 34. 3 TYPE TEST:

Type tests are required on all items to prove the general design of the goods offered. The Bidders shall submit

the type test report of offered item from internationally reputed independent testing laboratory.

7.2.1.34.4. ROUTINE TESTS:

All items shall be subjected to routine tests in accordance with the relevant latest version of IEC,

BS & BDS standards at the manufacturers works and shall include, but not be limited to, an

operational test.

7.2.1.35 TECHNICAL ORIENTATION AND QUALITY TEST WITNESS :

The Purchaser shall have the right to inspect/test the goods/materials to confirm their conformity to the specification. The purchaser shall be entitled at all reasonable time during manufacture to inspect, examine and test of goods/materials at the manufacturers’ premises, workmanship and performance. The following test shall be carried out as per latest version of IEC or equivalent standard unless otherwise mentioned at the manufacturer premises or other places where the test facilities are available:-

Acceptance Tests:-

1. Measurement of turn ratio test; 2. Vector group test; 3. Measurement of winding resistance;

4. Measurement of insulation resistance;

5. Measurement of no load loss & no-load current;

6. Measurement of impedance voltage & load loss;

7. Dielectric withstands Tests;

8. Transformer oil test;

9. Temperature rise test.

10. Separate source voltage withstand test.

11. Tap-changer operation test

12. Dimension and physical check.

The purchaser can carry out the testing of any no. of transformers during Quality Test Witness. But, the testing of transformers during Quality Test Witness will not be less than 10% at random basis of the transformer ready for inspection but in any case it will not be less than 3 nos. The manufacturer will provide all arrangements for the testing of transformers desired by the purchaser in his factory.

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice in writing of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready for testing as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place so named on date, which the supplier has stated in his notice, the supplier may proceed with the tests, which shall be deemed to have been made in the purchaser’s presence, and shall forth with forward to the purchaser duly certified copies of test readings. When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplier accordingly in writing, so that he can take action. The purchaser shall give the supplier timely notice in writing of his intention to attend the test. Where the supplier provides for tests on the premises of the supplier or of any manufacturer of the supplier, except where otherwise specified, shall provide free of charge such assistance, labor, materials, electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be requisite and as may be


reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall be performed as per relevant IEC/BS Standard or equivalent and only routine tests as agreed upon, will be performed. As and when the purchaser is satisfied that any materials/equipment shall have passes the tests referred to in this clause, purchaser shall notify the contractor in writing to that effect.

Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shall have the right to reject any of the item or complete batch if necessary. In that case Supplier have to replace the Equipment and to make good of them without any financial involvement to the Purchaser. In case any of the Equipment found not conforming with the specification at the time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from the responsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite the Equipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clause shall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under the contract.

No goods shall be packed, prepared for shipment/delivery unless it has been approved and written instruction have been received by the Purchaser.

7.2.1.36 POST LANDING INSPECTION:



(c) 33/11 KV, 10/13 MVA Power Transformer


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 33/11 KV, 10/13 MVA POWER TRANSFORMER

7.4.1 GENERAL:

Thissectionofthedocumentincludesthedesign,manufacture,testing&inspectionof33/11KV,10/13MVA,Powertransformersasspecified.

7.2 CLIMATE DATA Mainclimatedatathatmustbetakenintoaccountforthegoodswillbethefollowings:-

Climate : Tropical,intensesunshine,heavyrainMaximumTemperature : 400C

MinimumTemperature : 030C

AveragedailyTemperature : 300CAverageisokerauniclevel : 80days/yearRelativehumidity : 50-100%Averageannualrainfall : 3454mmMaximumwindvelocity : 200km/hourAltitude : Sealevelto300metersAtmospherically, Mechanical and Chemicalimpurities

: Moderatelypolluted

TheinformationisgivensolelyasaguideforTendersandnoresponsibilityforits,accuracywillbeacceptednotwillanyclaimbasedontheabovebeentertained.Transformers supplied under this contract will be installed in tropical locations that can beconsidered hostile to its proper operation. Particular problems that shall receive specialconsideration relate to operation in a hot humid environment and presence of the insects andvermin.

7.4.2 SYSTEM PARTICULARS

SL. NO.

1. System Characteristics VOLTAGE LEVEL

1. NormalSystemVoltage,kV 230 132 33 113. MaximumSystemVoltage,kV 245 145 36 124. SystemFrequency,Hz 50 50 50 505. PhaseRotation(Anti-Clockwise) RST RST RST RST6. TypeofSystemGrounding Solid Solid Solid Solid7. RatedFaultLevel(3-PhaseSymmetrical),MVA3sec. 16300 6000 1800 5008. BasicInsulationLevel,kV 750 650 170 75

Highvoltagecurrentcarryingequipmentshouldbecapableofcarryingthethreephasefaultlevelsforaperiodofthreesecond.

7.4.3 STANDARDS

TheequipmentspecifiedinthisSectionoftheContractshallconformtothelatesteditionoftheappropriateIECspecificationsandotherrecognizedinternationalStandard.Inparticular:-


IEC 76-1 PowerTransformers(General).IEC 76-2 PowerTransformers(TemperatureRise).IEC 76-3 PowerTransformers(InsulationLevels,DielectricTestsandExternalClearancein

air).IEC 76-5 PowerTransformers(AbilitytowithstandShortcircuit)IEC 137 Bushingsforalternatingvoltagesabove1kV.IEC 156 Methodofdeterminationofelectricalstrengthofinsulatingoils.IEC 296 Specificationforunusedmineralinsulatingoilsfortransformersandswitchgear.IEC 551 MeasurementofTransformersandReactorsoundlevels.IEC 616 Terminalandtappingmarkingsforpowertransformers.IEC 722 Guidetolightningandswitchingimpulsetestingofpowertransformers.IEC 5493 Protectivecoatingofironandsteelstructuresagainstcorrosion.

7.4.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION Thissectioncoversthespecification,manufacture,design&testingofPowerTransformer.

1. RatedMVA(ONAN/ONAF 10/13MVA

2. NumberofPhases 3(Three)

3. Frequency 50Hz

4. WindingInsulation Uniform

5. NormalTransformationRatioatNo-load 33/11.67kV

6. RatedHTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 33kV

7. MaximumHTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 36kV

8. RatedLTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 11kV

9. MaximumLTVoltage(PhasetoPhase) 12kV

10. RatedCurrentHT(ONAN/ONAF) 175/233Amps

11. RatedCurrentLT(ONAN/ONAF) 525/700Amps

12. BasicInsulationLevel:

a) Highvoltagewinding 170kV

b) Lowvoltagewinding 75kV

13. Installation Outdoor,Tropical,Highrainfall&Humidity.

14. Type Core,Conservator&OilImmersed

15. TypeofWindings Double Wound of Electrolytic Copper, freefrombursandsplinter.

16. TypeofCooling ONAN/ONAF

17. Coolant MineralOilasperIEC-60296

18. TypeofSystemEarthing EffectivelyEarthed

19. BushingMaterial Porcelain

20. TypeofBase Onwheelswithadequatesizeandlengthofrailsandfixingarrangement

21. DirectionofNormalPowerFlow HT-LT

22. Phaseconnection:(-)

a) 33KVwindingwithbushingCT Delta

b) 11KVwindingwithbushingCT Star

23. VectorGroup Dyn11


24. Neutraltobebroughtout:-

a) HT Nil

b) LT Yes

25. NeutralInsulation Uniforminsulationand100%loadingcapacity

26. Maximum Temperature Rise over 400Cambient at Full load & tap changer is atnormalposition:

a) WindingbyResistance(0C) 650C

b) OilbyThermometer(0C) 550C

27. ImpulseFrontWaveTestVoltage(1.2/50MicroSec.WaveShape):

a) Highvoltageside 170kV

b) LowvoltageSide 75kV

28. PowerFrequencywithstandTestVoltagefor1(one)Minute:

a) Highvoltageside 70kV

b) LowvoltageSide 28kV

29. Impedance Voltage at 750C, at Normalratio and rated frequency, at ONANcondition.

8.5%

30. Type of Tap Changer control

Features The Tap Changer will be on load autoregulation, remote control and manual. TheOn Load Tap Changer will immerse in thetransformer tank. The diverter switchcompartment can also be provided with itsown oil conservator, which will not beconnectedtothemaintransformeroiltank.Thediverterswitchcaneasilybeliftedoutofits tank for maintenance and inspectionwithout opening the transformer cover. Theonloadtapchangerwilloperatebymeansofa motor drive unit. This unit will install onthesideofthetransformer.Vacuumtypemayalsobeproposed.

On Load Tap Changer with Motor DriveUnitmanufacturer’sname&country

MR,Germany/ABB,Sweden/HM,China

TappingRange:

a) HT 17Tapping10%instepsof1.25%(i.e.33kV8x1.25%)

b) LT

Nil

31. BushingCTforDifferentialprotection 300/5A on HV & 900/5A on LV side ofAccuracyClass5P20Burden30VA.


32. Neutral Bushing CT for Standby Earth

Fault (SEF) & Restricted Earth Fault(REF)protection

900/5-5A on LV neutral of Accuracy Class5P20Burden30VA.

33. Standard Design, Manufacture, Testing, Installationand Performance shall be in accordance tothe latest editions of the relevant IECStandards.

34. Transformer Oil

Application InsulatingmineraloilforTransformer.ItwillbefreefromPCB(polychlorinatedbiphenyl)

Gradeofoil Class-1

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Appearance Liquidandfreefromsuspendedmatteror

sediment

Densityat200C 0.895g/cm3(Maxm.)

Flashpoint(Closedcup) 1400C(Minm.)

KinematicsViscosityat-150C 800cSt.(Maxm.)

KinematicsViscosityat200C 40cSt.(Maxm.)

Pourpoint -300C(Maxm.)


DielectricStrengthat50Hz(with2.5mm

standardgapand40mmstandarddepth)Newuntreatedoil,shallgothroughfiltration

treatmentbeforetheoilsareintroducedinto

theapparatusorequipment.Thebreakdown

voltageofthisoilshallbeatleast50kV.

Loss tangent/ Dielectric dissipation

factorattemp.900C,stress500V/mmto

1000 V/mm and frequency 40 Hz to 62

Hz.

0.005(Maxm.)

CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Neutralizationvalue 0.03mgKOH/g(Maxm.)

Neutralizationvalueafteroxidation 0.40mgKOH/g(Maxm.)

Totalsludgeafteroxidation 0.10%weight(Maxm.)

PCBContent FreefromPCB

STANDARDS Performance and testing of oil shall comply

with the latest revision of the relevant

standardsBS148:1972,IEC-60296orlatest

revisionthereon.


a) Bushing Insulator on HT and LT.


b) Arcing horns on HT and LT bushings. c) Remote Tap Changer Control (RTCC) facility in Transformer HT incoming PCM Panel. d) Oil conservator. e) Buchholz relays in main conservator oil pipe. f) Tap Changer Protective Relay in between conservative and tap changer oil pipe. g) Conservator drain valve, breather and oil level gauge with alarm contact. h) Pressure Relief Device (PRD). i) Dial type thermometers with alarm and trip contracts. j) CT for winding temperature shall be located at mid-phase (Y-phase) of the transformer. k) Radiators with valves. l) Bladder/Airbag in conservator to seperate air from oil. m) One inspection hole with cover. n) Facilities for lifting cover and coil assembly from tank. o) Lifting lugs for lifting complete Transformer. p) Base designed for rollers with bi-directional flanged rollers parallel to either Centre line. q) Tank oil sampling, draining valve and oil centrifuging outlets. r) Tank earthing points. s) Fans for forced cooling (ONAF). t) All mounting accessories including rails (2 Nos. rails each 10 Meter long). u) All equipment should be fully tropicalized. v) Painting to approved colour and shade. w) Rating nameplate and diagram plate of stainless steel having engraved letters filled with black

enamel paint. x) The oil shall be supplied/ delivered in non-returnable sealed containers/ drums. y) The oil shall be fresh, unused, cleaned and free from suspended matter or sediment.

z) The test shall be carried out on the oil as to be supplied without drying and degassing. aa) Uninhibited oils must not contain anti-oxidant additives. bb) Laminated, detailed Schematic Diagram of Control Circuit of Transformer & Tap changer inside Marshalling kiosk.

cc) Dehydrating Silica-gel breather.

dd) Air release plug.

ee) Earthing terminals with lugs.

ff) Thermometer pockets.

gg) Winding temperature indicator with two contacts

hh) Bottom mounting channel (min. size of channel shall be 16/20MVA

ii) Operation and maintenance manual along with troubleshooting procedure and installation

guideline/manual shall be supplied with each transformer.

36 Following instructions to be followed for Submission of Test reports & Calculation:

aa) All Type test Report and related routine test report shall be of same transformer of same name plate serial no.

bb) Calculation of load loss shall be provided for load loss in all 3( three) tap position (Nominal, Maximum, Minimum).


7.4.6 CAPITALIZED COST:

BiddershalldeclareguaranteedNoLoadLossandFullLoadLossvalueinGTP.AnyTendererquotedtheNoLoadLoss&FullLoadLossabovetheupperlimitofthelossasmentionedinGTP(Section8,Clause8.01,Sl.No.3.9)inTenderDocumentwillnotbeconsideredforfurtherevaluation&treatedasnon-responsive.TheTendererwhowillquotetheNoLoadLoss&FullLoad Loss below the lower limit of No Load Loss & Full Load Loss as mentioned in GTP(Section 8, Clause 8.01, Sl No.3.9) In that case during evaluation Capitalization cost will becalculatedonlyonthebasisofthelowerlimitofNoLoadLoss&FullLoadLoss.Theirquotedlosswillnotbeconsideredforevaluationofcapitalizationcost.TenderersquotedNoloadLossandFullloadlossshallbesupportedbylosscalculation,otherwisewillalsobetreatedasnon-responsive.

Thefixedandrunninglossesaretobelowasconsistentwithreliableandeconomicaluseofmaterials.Thecostoflossesistobeminimizedandthefollowingcapitalizedparameterswillbeusedintheevaluationofthetransformer:C =68,706xexP0+54,964xexPFL

Where,

C = CapitalizedcostoftransformerlossinBangladeshTaka.e = EnergyCost,Tk.6.00/KWhPFL = Full Load losses at rated voltage, normal ratio and rated frequency in ONAF

conditionat750CinKW+AuxiliarylossinKWP0 = Noloadlossesatratedvoltage,normalratioandratedfrequencyinKW

Thecostofenergy(C)willbeaddedtothequotedpricestoarriveattheevaluatedcostofthe

transformer.

Thecontractwillbecancellediflossesexceedtheguaranteedvaluebyanamountinexcessof

followings:

Totallosses :10%

Component :15%ofeachcomponentloss(Unlessthetotallossesexceeds10%).

7.4.6.10 SHIPPING:

All thedelicatecomponentsshallbedismantledandpacked instrongwoodenboxes having

inside lined with metallic sheets with proper sealing to protect the content from accidental

directexposuretoweatherduringstorage.Theholesofthetransformertankshallbesealed

with proper metal plate and gaskets to prevent leakage of oil and its contamination with

atmospheric moisture. The transformer shall be shipped with radiators, busing conservator

etc.dismantledbutthetankfilledwithoil.Thetransformeroilfromradiatorsandconservator

shall be shipped in non-returnable drums.The bushing shall be shipped in oil sealed

containerstoavoidmoistureabsorptionduringshipmentandstorage.Oilshallbecomplying

withIEC-296.


7.4.6.11 BUSHING Thebushingsshallhavehighfactorofsafetyagainstleakagetogroundandshallbesolocatedastoprovideadequateelectricalclearancesbetweenbushingsandgroundedparts.Bushingsofidenticalvoltageratingshallbeinterchangeable.Allbushingsshallbeequippedwithsuitableterminals of approved type and size & shall be suitable for bimetallic connection. Theinsulation class of the high voltage neutral bushing shall be properly coordinated with theinsulationclass, of the high voltage winding. Each bushing shall be so coordinatedwith thetransformerinsulationsothatallflashoverwilloccuroutsidethetank. Allmainwindingandneutralleadsshallbebroughtoutthrough“outdoor”typebushingswhichshallbesolocatedthatthefullflashoverstrengthwillbeutilizedandtheadequatephaseclearanceshallrealised. Allporcelainusedinbushingsshallbeofthewetprocess,homogeneousandfreefromcavitiesorotherflaws.Theglazingshallbeuniformincolourandfreefromblisters,burrsandotherdefects. Bushings of identical rating shall be interchangeable.

7.4.6.11.1 HT BUSHING:

Provide 3 porcelain outdoor type, oil filled, impulse tested bushing with arcing horns ofstandard gap and bolted type terminal connectors, with head shrink rubber insulated capsuitableforconnectiontotheincomesleadsofACSRGrosbeak(636MCM)conductor/XLPEasperfieldrequirement.

7.4.6.12 LT BUSHING:

Provide4porcelainoutdoortypebushingwithboltedtypeconnectors,suitableforconnectionto outgoing leads of two numbers of 300Sq.mm XLPE, single core copper conductors perphaseandsuitableforheadshrinktermination.

7.4.6.13 FAULT CONDITIONS:

Thetransformershallbecapableofwithstanding,onanytapping,forthreesecondswithoutdamageanexternalshortcircuitbetweenphases.Thetransformerwindingshallbecapableofwithstandingforthreesecondswithoutdamageashortcircuitbetweenonephaseandearthwith the neutral of the transformer directly earthed. For the purposes of this clause a faultlevelof1800MVAatthetransformer33KVterminalsshallbeassumed.EvidenceshallbesubmittedwiththeTenderastotheextenttowhichthemanufacturerhasprovided or is able to prove either by calculation or test the ability of the specifiedtransformers to withstand on any tapping, without damage under service conditions, theterminalanddynamiceffectsofexternalshortcircuit.The Bid shall state tin the Technical Schedule a brief description of those transformers orparts thereof, which have been subjected to short circuit tests or for which short circuitcalculationsareavailable. It ispreferredthatthis informationrelatestodesignscomparablewiththetransformersbidderbutintheeventthisisnotsotheEngineerreservestherighttorequire calculating to prove that the design of transformers tendered will satisfactorilycomplywiththisclause:suchcalculationsbeinginaccordancewiththelatestrevisionofIEC/BSstandard.

7.4.6.14 NOISE:

Vibrationandnoiselevelsofalltransformersandauxiliaryplantshallbeinaccordancewiththe IEC 551 and its latest version. The contract price shall include noise level tests to becarriedoutononetransformer.


7.4.6.15 HARMONIC SUPPRESSION:

Transformer shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of harmonicvoltages especially the third and fifth harmonics and to minimize the detrimental effectsresultingtherefrom.

7.4.6.16 IMPEDANCE AND REGULATION:

The Bidder shall be state in the Technical Schedules guaranteed values of impedancemeasuredonnormalandextremetappingandthevoltageregulationfromnoloadtoCMRatunity power factor and at 0.9 lagging power factor with constant voltage across the highervoltagewindings.

7.4.6.17 MAGNETIC CIRCUIT:

Thedesignof themagneticcircuitshallbesuchas toavoidstaticdischargedevelopmentofshortcircuitpathsinternallyortotheearthedclampingstructureandtheproductionoffluxcomponentsnormaltotheplaneofthelaminations.Eachlaminationshallbeinsulatedwithamaterialstableundertheactionofpressureandhotoil.Thewindingstructureandmajorinsulationshallbedesignedtopermitanunobstructedflowofcoolingoilthroughcorecoolingoilductstoensureefficientcorecooling.The magnetic circuit shall be insulated from all structural parts and shall be capable ofwithstandingatestvoltagetocoreboltsandtotheframeof2000voltsrmsforoneminute.

7.4.6.18 FLUX DENSITY:

Coresshallconstructedfromclodrolledgrainorientedsteelsheets.Providedthecontractorcanprovideadequateevidencethattherewillbenoadverseeffectsduetostrayfluxheatingofcore with the quality of steel employed, designs may be offered such that when operatingunderthemostonerousconditions,fluxdensityinanypartofthemagneticcircuitdoesnot exceed 1.7 Tesla. The Contractor shall determine the operating conditions under which the maximum fluxdensitywillbeattainedwithinthefollowingsimultaneouslyappliedlimits.

-Frequency : 50Hz- LV and HVVoltage

: UptobutnotexceedingthespecifiedmaximumSystemvoltage.

-Load : The transformer may be subjected to intermittent overloading of150%ratedMVAat0.8powerfactorlagginginaccordancewithIEC-60035.

ThemaximumfluxdensitiesanticipatedundertheseconditionsaretobestatedinTechnicalSchedules(GTP).

7.4.6.19 WINDINGS:

m) Thewindingsshallbeofhigh-conductivityelectrolyticcopper.n) Thetransformerwindingsshallhaveuniforminsulationasdefinedinthelatestrevisionof

IEC standard. The insulation of the coils shall be such as to develop the full electricalstrengthofthewindings.Allmaterialsusedintheinsulationandassemblyofthewindingsshall be insoluble, non-catalytic and chemically inactive in the hot transformer oil, andshallnotsoftenorotherwisebeadverselyaffectedundertheoperatingconditions.

o) Thetransformersshallbedesignedtowithstandtheimpulsevoltagelevelsandthepower

frequencyvoltagetestsspecifiedintheTechnicalSchedules.p) ThewindingshallbelocatedinamannerwhichwillensureandthattheyremainElectro-

staticallybalancedandthattheirmagneticcentersremaincoincidentunderallconditionsofoperation.


q) Thewindingshallalsobethoroughlyseasonedduringmanufacturebytheapplicationofaxial pressure at a high temperature for such length of time as will ensure that furthershrinkageisunlikelytooccurinservice.

r) Allelectricalconnectionswithinwindingsshallbebrazedtowithstandtheshocks,which

may occur through rough handling and vibration during transport switching and othertransientserviceconditions.

s) Coil clamping rings shall be of the on on-magnetic steel or insulating materials built up

fromflatlaminations.AuxiliarylaminatedmaterialotherthenBakelitepaperisnottobeused. Where Bakelite paper rings are used with the layers of paper lying in the axialdirection, the rings may be relied upon to provide the major insulation between thewindingsandframesubjecttotherebeingadequatecreepagedistance.Anymetalpiecesincontactwithlaminatedringsshallbedesignedandsecuredsothattheydonotweakentheelectricalorthemechanicalpropertiesoftherings.Ifthewindingisbuiltupofsectionorofdisc-coilsseparatedbyspacers,theclampingarrangementshallbeensurethatequalpressureareappliedtoallcolumnsofspacers

t) Thewindingshallbesodesignedthatallcoilassembliesofidenticalvoltageratingsshall

beinterchangeableandfieldrepairscanbereadilydone,withoutspecialequipment.Thecoilsshallbesupportedbetweenadjacentsectionsbyinsulatingspacersandthebarriers,bracingsandother insulationused in theassemblyof thewindingsshallbearrangedtoensureafreecirculationoftheoilandtoreducehotsportsinthewindings.Theinsulationpapershallbeofhighqualityandthevalueofdegreeofpolymerizationshallnotbelessthan 1200 Pv and the necessary test certificate shall be submitted along with the stageinspection report. Provision shall be made in the tank, for taking sample, in future, ofpaper for testing purpose and location shall be easily accessible and indicated on thetransformertankbyaffixingspecialcautionplate

7.4.6.20 CORE

Thecoreshallbeconstructedfromhighgradecoldrollednon-ageinggrainorientedsilicon steel laminations, M4 or Superior Grade. Only prime quality CRGO sheetsshould beused in the transformersand noSecond/Defective/Scrap CRGOfindswayintotransformers.Thereforeregardingqualitycontrolfollowingdocumentsaretobefurnishedwiththeinspectionreport.

1.Invoicesofsupplier2.Mill’stestcertificate3.Packinglist.4.Billoflading5.Billofentrycertificatebycustom6. Description of material, electrical analysis, Physical inspection, certificate forsurfacedefects,thicknessandwidthofthematerial.

Itistonotethat,usingseconds/defectiveCRGOsheetsorloadlossesfoundtobemorethanstipulatedlimit,heavypenaltywillbeimposedorthesupplierswillbeblacklisted.

7.4.6.20 INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENT: Allmetalpartsofthetransformerwiththeexceptionoftheindividualcore lamination,coreboltsandassociatedindividualclampingplates,shallbemaintainedatsomefixedpotential.Thetopmaincoreclampingstructureshallbeconnectedtothetankbodybyacopperstrapandthebottommaincoreclampingstructureshallbeearthenbyoneormoreofthefollowingmethods:- byconnectionthroughverticaltierodstothetopstructure.- by directmetal-to-metal contactwith the tankbase maintainedby theweightof the

coreandwindings.- by connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth

connectiontothetank.The magnetic circuit shall be earthed to the clamping structure at one point through aremovablelinkplacedinanaccessiblepositionjustbeneathaninspectionopeninginthetankcoverandwhich,bydisconnection,willenabletheinsulationbetweenthecoreandclampingplates,etc.tobetestedatvoltagesupto2KVforthepurposeofcheckingdeteriorationduring


service. The connection to the link shall be on the same side of the core as the main earthconnection.Theserequirementsaremandatory.MagneticcircuitshavinganinsulatedsectionalconstructionshallbeprovidedwithaseparatelinkforeachindividualsectionandthearrangementoftheconnectionsshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheEngineer.Whereoilductsorinsulatedbarriersparalleltotheplanethelaminationsdividethemagneticcircuitsintotwoormoreelectricallyseparatesparts,theductsandinsolatingbarrierswhichhave the thickness greater than 0.25, mm are to be bridged with tinned copper strips soinsertedastomaintainelectricalcontinuity.Wherecoil-clampingringsareofmetalateachpotential,eachringsshallbeconnectedtotheadjacent core clamping structure on the same side of the transformer as the main earthingconnection.Main earthing connections shall be a cross-sectional area of not less than 100mm2 butconnections inserted between laminations may have cross sectional areas reduced 20mm2wheninclosethermalcontactwiththecore.

7.4.6.21.0 TRANSFORMER TANK

TheTransformerTank shall be welded construction fabricated fromhigh tensile steel plate

andshallbedesignedtowithstandfullvacuum.Thetransformer shallhaveair seal typeoil

conservatortankatthetop.

u) The transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from good commercial grade low

carbonsteelsuitableforweldingandofadequatethickness.

v) Thetransformerstankshallbecapableofwithstandingfullvacuumwithoutdeflection.

w) Theplates(tank&Cover)shallhavethefollowingminimumthickness.

Length of Transformer Tank Minimum Thickness Side Plates Bottom Plates Lessthan2500mm Min6mm Min9mm

Greaterthan2500mm Min9mm Min12mm

x) The base of each track shall be so designed that it is possible to move the complete

transformer unit in any direction without injury when using rollers, plates or rails. A

design,whichrequiredthatsliderailsbeplacedinaparticularposition,isnottobeused.

10/13 MVA and lower rate transformers shall be provided with base plates having bi-

directionalwheelsforplacingonrails.

y) Aninspectionwindowwithaweldedflange&aboltedcovershallbeprovidedonthetankcover. The manhole shall be of a sufficient size to ease access to the lower ends of thebushings,terminalsetc.

z) Lifting eyes or lugs shall be provided on all parts of the transformers requiringindependenthandlingduringassemblyordismantling. Inaddition,thetransformertankshallbeprovidedwithliftinglugsandbossesproperlysecuredtothesidesofthetankforliftingthetransformerseitherbycraneorbyjacks. Thedesignofthetank,theliftinglugsand bosses shall be such that the complete transformer assembly filled with oil can beliftedwiththeuseofthoselugswithoutanydamageordistortions.

aa) Thetankshallbeprovidedwithtwosuitablecopperalloyoranyothersuitablemateriallugsforthepurposeofgrounding.

bb) Thetankshallbesodesignedthatwiththecoresandwindingsinpositionthereshallbeno possibility ofair or gas being trapped when filling the tank with oil.Likewise, watershallnotbetrappedontheexteriorofthetank.


cc) The tank shall be fitted with pockets for a thermometer and the bulb of a winding

temperatureindicatorandanoiltemperatureindicator.

dd) Necessarydrainvalves,filtervalves,valestotakeoilsampleetcshallbeprovided.

7.4.6.21.1 Conservator Tank

Aconservatortankshallbemountedabovethehighestpointoftheoilcirculatingsystemof

theequipment.Tanksshallbeformedofsubstantialsteelplate.Connectionsbetweenthemain

tankandtheconservatorshallbesuchthatairorgasisnotentrappedandtheBuchholzrelays

canbecorrectlyinstalled.Oneendoftheconservatorshallbefixedbyboltssothatitcanbe

removed to enable the tank to be cleaned. The capacity of each conservator tank shall be

adequatetoaccommodatetheexpansionandcontractionofoilinthewholesystem,overthe

extremerangepossibleinoperation,i.e.equipmentunenergisedinanambienttemperatureof

5deg.Ctotheconditioncorrespondingtomaximumoil temperaturerise.Conservatorshall

befittedwith:-

(a)Ahydrocompensatorforseparatingoilandair.Adehydratingbreathershallbeusedfor

theairintakeofthehydrocompensator.Alarmforleakofthehydrocompensatorshallalsobe

provided.

(b)Atleastonemagneticoillevelindicatortypevisiblefromgroundlevelandindicatingthe

oillevelsovertherangespecifiedabove.Theoillevelindicatorshallbemarkedtoindicatethe


temperaturemarkingsshallpreferablybeintegralwiththelevelindicatingdevicebutsubject

totheapprovaloftheAuthority.

(c)Lowoilalarminitiatingdevice.

7.4.6.21.2 Pressure Relief Device

Thetransformershallbefittedwithapressurereliefdevicedesignedtoprotectthetankfrom

damageandtocontroltheexpulsionofoilduringaninternalfault.Thepressurereliefdevice

shallbeofthespring-loadeddiaphragmtypecapableofopeningfullywithintwomilliseconds

ofdetectinganexcesspressure,andshallfullyresealafterreleaseoftheexceededpressure.

Corrosion resistant materials shall be used and a visual indication of operation shall be

provided.Twopairsofnormallyopencontactsandasuitableterminalboxshallbeprovided

forremoteelectricalindicationandtripping.

7.21.3 GASKET

Anygasketsprovidedwith the transformersshallbesuitableformakingoil tight joints,andthereshallbenodeleteriouseffectsofeithergasketsoroilwhenthegasketsarecontinuouslyincontactwithhotoil.Nogasketsshallbeused inwhichthematerialof thematerialof thegasketismountedonatextilebacking.Exteriorgasketsshallbeweatherproofandshallnotbeaffectedbystrongsunlight.

7.4.6.22 OIL

Alltransformersshallbefilledtotherequiredlevelwithnew,unused,clean,standardmineraloilaftertreatmentincompliancewithIEC60296&BS148.


7.4.6.23 ACCESSORIES

7.4.6.23.1 Winding Temperature Indicator

Thetransformershallbeprovidedwithawindingtemperatureindicatorandcombinedalarm

and trip relays of approved design. The alarm and trip settings shall be adjustable. The

windingTemperatureIndicatorshallalsobeprovidedwithbadditionalcontactsforautomatic

'start/stop'ofcoolingplant (fans). Itshallbe fittedwithdial indicatorcalibrated indegrees

Celsius and fitted with a hand reset pointer the highest temperature attained. The winding

temperature indicatorshallbesomounted in the transformermarshallingkiosksothat the

dialisnotmorethan1500mmfromgroundlevel.Thecovershallbeequippedwithaviewing

apertureofadequatesize,fittedwithclear,reinforcedglass.

7.4.6.23.2 Oil Temperature Indicators


incorporatingcontactsandrelay(s)forinitiatingalarmsandtrips.Theindicatorshallbefitted

with a dial calibrated in degrees Celsius, with a hand reset pointer to register the highest

temperatureattained.

Theoiltemperatureindicatorshallbemountedinthetransformermarshallingkiosksothat

thedialisnotmorethan1500mmfromthegroundlevelandthecovershallbeequippedwith

viewingaperatureofadequatesize,fittedwithclear,reinforcedglass.

7.4.6.23.3 Buchholz relay

ABuchholzrelaywithalarmandtrippingcontactstodetectaccumulationofgasandsudden

changesofoilpressures,completewithtwoshut-offvalvesandflangecouplingtopermiteasy

removalwithout loweringoil level inthe maintank,ableedvalve forgasventingandtest

valveshallbeprovided.Therelayshallbeprovidedwithatestcocksuitableforaflexiblepipe

connectionforcheckingitsoperation&takinggassample.

7.4.6.23.4 Breathers


completewithoilseal,oillevelindicationwindowandasightglassforinspectionofthesilica

gel.Duetotheclimaticconditionsatsite, this breathershallbe liberallysizedandonesize

largerthanwouldbefittedforuseinatemperateclimate.

Avisualindicationoftheextenttowhichthedryingagenthasabsorbedmoistureispreferred,

showinghowmuchactivematerialremainseffective.

7.4.6.23.4 Padlocks

Thesuppliershallprovidepadlockablehandlesandnon-ferrouspadlockswithduplicatekeys

for tap changer control panel and kiosks door to prevent all unauthorized access and

operation.

7.4.6.23.5 theotheraccessoriesshallbeprovidedislistedbelow

a)Ladderpermanentlyfixedwithtransformertank


b)DialThermometerwithpocketforoiltemperatureindicatorwithonesetofalarmandone

setoftripcontactsandmaximumreadingpointer.

7.4.6.24 Marshalling Kiosk (box):

Marshallingboxshallbeconnectedatonesideoftransformer.ItshallconsistofWTI(winding

temperatureindicator)andOTI(oiltemperatureindicator),magneticoilgaugeandBuchholz

relay and other control terminals. WTI are in two numbers, one for HV and other forLV. It

shall also consist of all auxiliary contactors as required in the order to make necessary

potential freecontacts forremotealarm andtripping, aheaterwhich isused toabsorb the

moisture in the box, SPN socket outlet, complete with switch and HRC fuse for hand lamp

connection.

7.4.6.25 Painting

Theminimumstandardsacceptableare:

i) cleaningbyshotblastingtoGradeSa2.5ofISO8501-1

j) All sheet steelwork shall be degreased, pickled and phsphated in accordance with IEC

60076.

k) Interiorsurfaceofmechanismchambers,boxesandkiosks,afterpreparation,cleaningand

primingshallbepaintedwithonecoatofzincchromateprimer,onecoatofphenolicbased

undercoating, followed by one coat of phenolic based finishing paint to white colour

followed ba a final coat of anti-condensation white paint of a type and make to the

approval of purchaser. A minimum overall paint film thickness of 150 micons shall be

maintainedthroughout.

l) Exteriorsteel workandmetalwork, afterpreparationand priming shallbepainted with

onecoatodxincchromateprimer,onecoatofphenolicbasedundercoatingandtwocoat

ofmicaceous iron oxidepaint, then painted with final coat of phenolic based hardgloss

finishingpaintof the lightgreyshadetoprovideanoverall minimumpaint thickness of

200microns.

7.26 Galvanising

Allgalvanizingshallbecarriedoutbythehotdipprocess,inaccordancewithspecification

ISO 1460. However, high tensile steel nuts, bolts and spring washers shall be electro

galvanized.Thezinccoatingshallbesmooth,continuousanduniform.Itshallbefreefrom

acidspotsandshallnotscale,blisterorberemovablebyhandlingorpacking.Thereshall

beoimpuritiesinthezincoradditiviestothegalvanicbathwhichcouldhaveadetrimental

effectonthedurabilityofthezinccoating.

Beforepickling,allwelding,drilling,cutting,grindingetcmustbecompleteandallgrease,

paint,varnish,oil,weldingslagetccompletelyremoved.

TheweightofzincdepositedshallbeinaccordancewiththestaedinBS729,ISO1460and

shallbenot lessthan0.61Kg/sq.mtr.withminimumthicknessof86micronsforitemsof


thicknessmorethan5mm,0.46Kg/sq.mtr.(64microns)foritemsthicknessbetween2mm

and5mmandminimum0.33kg/sqmm(47microns)fortheitemlessthan2mmthick.

Repairofgalvanizingonsitewillgenerallynotpermitted.

7.25 Terminal marking

Each terminal including the neutral shall be clearly marked on both the primary and

secondarysideinaccordancewiththediagramofconnectionsuppliedwiththetransformers.

Theterminalmarkingshallbeclearandpermanent.Paintedmarkingsarenotacceptable.the

windingshallbeleveledasfollows:

Highvoltage : 3phases ABC

Lowvoltage : 3phasesandneutral abcn

7.4.6.24 EVALUATION CRITERIA

a)TheTenderswillbeevaluatedonthebasisofthecapitalizedcostoftheTransformerlosses.b)Bidderwilldeclared/guaranteedNo-LoadlossandFullloadlossvalue,otherwisethebid

willberejected. c) Bidders declared/ guaranteed percentage impedance value shall be within the specifiedvalue,otherwisethebidwillberejected.

7.4.6.25 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA OF TRANSFORMER LOSS AND PERCENTAGE IMPEDANCE DURING FACTORY TEST Transformerwillbe testedduringorientation, training&acceptanceandwill beaccepted ifthe measured transformer losses are within the offered value or within the followingtolerancewithdeductionofmoneyfromthequoted/contractpricedasbelow:

i)Anycomponent loss(NoloadlossorFull loadloss)mayexceedupto15%oftheoffered

componentloss,providedthatthetotalloss((Noloadloss+Fullloadloss)doesnotexceed10%oftheofferedtotalloss.Ifanycomponentlossexceeds15%oftheofferedcomponentloss,thefullconsignmentwillberejected.

ii)Totalloss(Noloadloss+Fullloadloss)mayexceedupto10%oftheofferedtotalloss.Ifit

exceeds10%,thefullconsignmentwillberejected.iii) Percentage Impedance mayvary up to10% of thespecified value. If the value exceeds

thetolerance(10%),thefullconsignmentwillberejected.Transformer willbe testedduringfactory testwitness andwillbeaccepted if themeasuredtransformerlossesarewithintheofferedvalueorwithintheacceptablelimitasspecified in(i),(ii)&(iii)andprovidedanamountwillbedeductedfromtheContractPricefortheLoss(s0exceedingthespecifiedloss(s)accordingtotheformula:- AmounttobedeductedfromtheContractPrice =Contract PriceX

ThisformulaisapplicableforalltransformerstobesuppliedunderthisContract.7.4.6.26 OPTIONAL SPARE PARTS

TheSuppliershallprovideforeverythree transformersthefollowingmandatoryspares:•OneHVBushing•OneLVBushing•Onecompletesetofbi-metallicconnectorsforbothHV&LVbushings SilicaGelBreather. OneOTIandOneWTI.




hardcopyfortheapprovalofthepurchaserwithincommencementperiod.

FullTechnicalSpecificationandGuaranteedTechnicalParticulars

Max.Temp.RiseofWinding&Oilover400CambientsupportedbyLoadLossesandHeat

Dissipation by Radiator and also Short Circuit Calculation along with thermal &

mechanicalcalculationsonthebasisofproposedDesignData


accessorieswithdetailed dimensions.TheclearancesbetweenHV andLVterminalsand

groundshouldalsotobeshown.

Drawings of each type of bushings, lifting dimensions, clearance between HT and LT

terminalsand ground,quantityof insulatingoil,nameplatedetailsetc. showingvarious

weightsandratioofWT–CT,OT-CT,allbushingCTanddetailsofOLTC&RTCC.

Large scale drawings of high, medium and low-tension windings of the transformers

showingthenatureandarrangementofinsulatorsandterminalconnections.

Schematic control and annunciation wiring diagram for all auxiliary equipment

(temperatureindicator,alarmcircuits,Buchholzrelay,oilsurgerelay,PRV,MOG,WTI,OTI,

AVR relay, OLTC, cooling control etc, Schematic diagram showing the flow of oil in the

coolingsystem,Largescaledrawingofhighand lowtensionwindingofthetransformer

showingthenatureandarrangementofinsulationandterminalconnections

Drawing/ Wiring diagram showing construction and mounting details of marshalling

boxes.

OperationandmaintenanceguidefortransformerandOLTC.

DetailedloadingdrawingtoenablethePurchasertodesignandconstructfoundationsfor

thetransformer.

Installation,Operationandmaintenancemanualalongwithtroubleshootingprocedure.

SuccessfulBiddershallalsosubmitacopyofapprovalinSoftformat

NoworkshallbeperformedinconnectionwiththefabricationandmanufactureoftheTestingEquipmentuntilthetechnicaldataanddrawingshavebeenapproved.Themanufacturingoftheequipmentshallbestrictly inaccordancewiththeapproveddrawingsandnodeviationshallbepermittedwithoutthewrittenapprovalofthepurchaser.

Thecostofsupplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.

At the time of delivery of Equipment, the supplier shall supply three (3) sets of all approvedtechnicaldataanddrawingsinboundbookformalongwithmanufacturer’soriginalcatalogueoftheEquipmenttotheofficeofDirector,Design&Inspection-II,BPDB,9/B,MotijheelC/A,Dhaka,Bangladesh,Telephone#88-02-9550404.

7.4.6.28 TESTS AT MANUFACTURERS WORKS:

7.28.1 GENERAL

Functional electrical, material, mechanical and hydraulic tests shall be carried out atmanufacturers’premises.TheextentandmethodofrecordingtheresultsshallbeagreedbythePurchaserinampletimetoenabletheteststobesatisfactorily witnessedortomakeanychangestotheproposedprogramoftests.

7.28.2 MATERIAL TESTS:

Thesuppliershallprovidetestpiecesfreeofchargeasrequiredtoenablethequalityof thematerialtobedeterminedatthesupplier’sexpense.Purchasermayatitsowndiscretionand


byspecificarrangementacceptcertifiedparticularsoftestscarriedoutintheabsenceofhisauthorizedrepresentative.

7.28.3 TYPE TEST:

Type tests are required on all items to prove the general design of the goods offered. TheBidders shall submit the type test report of offered item from internationally reputedindependenttestinglaboratory.

7.28.4. ROUTINE TESTS:

All itemsshallbesubjectedtoroutinetestsinaccordancewiththerelevant latestversionofIEC,BS&BDSstandardsatthemanufacturersworksandshallinclude,butnotbelimitedto,anoperationaltest.



Acceptance Tests:-







9. Temperature rise test.

10. Separate source voltage withstand test.

11. Tap-changer operation test

12. Dimension and physical check.

The purchaser can carry out the testing of any no. of transformers during Quality Test Witness. But, the testing of transformers during Quality Test Witness will not be less than 10% at random basis of the transformer ready for inspection but in any case it will not be less than 3 nos. The manufacturer will provide all arrangements for the testing of transformers desired by the purchaser in his factory.

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice in writing of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready for testing as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place so named on date, which the supplier has stated in his notice, the supplier may proceed with the tests, which shall be deemed to have been made in the purchaser’s presence, and shall forth with forward to the purchaser duly certified copies of test readings. When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplier accordingly in writing, so that he can take action. The purchaser shall give the supplier timely notice in writing of his intention to attend the test. Where the supplier provides for tests on the premises of the supplier or of any manufacturer of the supplier, except where otherwise specified, shall provide free of charge such assistance, labor,


materials, electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be requisite and as may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall be performed as per relevant IEC/BS Standard or equivalent and only routine tests as agreed upon, will be performed. As and when the purchaser is satisfied that any materials/equipment shall have passes the tests referred to in this clause, purchaser shall notify the contractor in writing to that effect.

Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shall have the right to reject any of the item or complete batch if necessary. In that case Supplier have to replace the Equipment and to make good of them without any financial involvement to the Purchaser. In case any of the Equipment found not conforming with the specification at the time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from the responsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite the Equipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clause shall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under the contract.





(d) 33/.415KVA, 200KVA Station

Auxiliary Transformer


7.4.29 Technical Specification of 33/.415KVA, 200KVA Station Auxiliary Transformer GENERAL SPECIFICATION:

1. Installation Outdoor, Tropical, High Rainfall & Humidity

2. Type Core

3. Coolant Mineral oil

4. Method of Cooling ONAN

5. Phases 3 (Three)

6. Frequency 50 Hz.

7. Winding Two windings of high conductivity copper

8. KVA Rating 200 KVA

9. Rated Voltage at no-load 33/0.415 kV

10. Vector Group Dyn11

11. Percentage Impedance at 750C, % 4 %

12. No Load Loss Max 650 Watts

13. Load loss at 750 C Max 2910 Watts

14. Maximum Temperature Rise at full load Over 400C ambient temperature with tap changer in principal position.

a) 650C for Winding measured by Resistance Method.

b) 550C for Top Oil measured by Thermometer Method.

7.4.29.2 Major Components

H.T Winding :

Nominal rated voltage 33 kV

Maximum system voltage 36 kV

Basic insulation level (minimum) 170 kV

Tap Changer

+1x2.5%, 0, -3x2.5% of rated kV & all fully rated capacity. Tap Changer shall be off load type, manually operated from an external five-position mechanism.

Inter phase connection Delta

Bushings Porcelain, outdoors type with arcing horns of standard gap, mounted on top of tank. Quantity - 3 Nos.

Power frequency withstand voltage for one minute

70 kV

L.T Winding :

Nominal rated voltage 415 volts

Highest system voltage 457 volts

Inter phase connection Y (Wye) with neutral brought out.

Bushings Porcelain, outdoor type, mounted on the side of tank. (Longest side) Quantity – 4 nos.

Power frequency withstand voltage for one minute

2.5 kV


Transformer Oil :

Application Insulating mineral oil for Transformer. It will be free from PCB (Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl)

Grade of oil Class-1

a) Physical Properties

Appearance Liquid and free from suspended matter or sediment

Density at 200 C 0.895 g/cm3 (Maxm.)

Flash point (Closed cup) 1400 C (Minm.)

Kinematics Viscosity at -150 C 800 cSt. (Maxm.)

Kinematics Viscosity at 200 C 40 cSt. (Maxm.)

Pour point -300 C (Maxm.)

b) Electrical Properties

Dielectric Strength at 50 Hz (with 2.5 mm standard gap and 40 mm standard depth)

New untreated oil, shall go through filtration treatment before the oils are introduced into the apparatus or equipment. The break down voltage of this oil shall be more than 50 kV.

Loss tangent/Dielectric dissipation factor at temp. 900 C, stress 500V/mm to 1000 V/mm and frequency 40 Hz to 62 Hz.

0.005 (Maxm.)

c) Chemical Properties

Neutralization value 0.03 mg KOH/g (Maxm.)

Neutralization value after oxidation 0.40 mg KOH/g (Maxm.)

Total sludge after oxidation 0.10% weight (Maxm.)

PCB Content Free from PCB (Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl)

d) Standards Performance and testing of oil shall comply with the latest revision of the relevant standards BS 148 : 1972, IEC-60296 or latest revision there on.

7.4.29.3 Features and Accessories a) All bolts and nuts connected with transformer tank, conservator, radiator etc. shall be of non-

ferrous metal. If it is ferrous metal, it shall be hot dip galvanized as per standard ASTM A90/ BS EN ISO 1461:1999.

b) Lugs for lifting & towing complete unit. c) Facilities for lifting core & coil assembly. d) Base designed for platform mounting on poles. e) First filling of new oil shall comply to the latest revision of IEC-60296 standard or other equivalent

standards. f) Each H.T. bushing shall have bolted type bimetallic connector suitable for accommodating ACSR

conductor having Dia. range from 9mm to 14.5mm. g) Each L.T. bushing shall have bolted type bimetallic connector for accommodating copper/AAC of

area range 2x70mm2 to 2x120mm2 . h) The L.T. bushing shall be installed on the side/ top lengthwise of the transformer body. However

radiator shall be avoided on this side on the body. i) Dial thermometer for oil temperature mounted on L.T. side of the tank. j) Earthing terminals at the bottom corners of Tank. k) Name plate with transformer rating & winding diagram made of stainless steel shall have engraved

letters filled with black enamel. l) The tank & radiator or flanged radiator shall be painted with two coats of gray finishing paint on

suitable prime coats.


m) Transformer capacity with Sl.No. and BPDB Contract No. should be marked with emboss/ engrave on the transformer tank adjacent to name plate easily visible from ground.

n) HT and LT bushing shall be outdoor porcelain type o) Set of sundries such as similar wiring terminals boards and glands for multi-core 0.415KV Power

cables, 33KV terminal connectors suitable for ACSR etc. For Conservator Type : a) Transformer tank completes with covers, necessary openings & gaskets. b) Complete oil preservation system consisting of an oil conservator with shut-off valve oil level

gauge. The system shall have valve for filter press inlet & oil drain. The oil sampling valve & dehydrating breather shall be provided.

7.4.29.4 Acceptance Criteria of Transformer Loss and Percentage Impedance During Factory Test Witness Transformer will be tested during factory test witness and will be accepted if the measured transformer losses are within the specified value or within the following tolerance with deduction of money from the quoted/ contract price as below :

i) Each component loss (No load loss or Full load loss) may exceed up to 15% of the specified component loss, provided that the total losses cannot be exceeded 10% of the specified total losses. ii) Percentage Impedance may vary up to ± 10 % of the specified value. iii) The purchaser can carryout the testing of any no. of transformers during pre-delivery inspection. But, the testing of transformers during pre-delivery inspection will not be less than 10% at random basis of the transformer ready for inspection but in any case it will not be less than 3 nos. The manufacturer will provide all arrangements for the testing of transformers desired by the purchaser in his factory. iv) If the results of any transformer exceeds the specified losses and impedance (each component loss exceeds more than 15% or total loss exceeds more than 10% of the specified losses or percentage impedance exceeds 4±10% then the whole lot will be rejected or on request of the supplier/manufacturer every transformer may be tested (Transformer losses, percentage impedance, vector group test etc.) at his factory premises/CERS, BPDB by the BPDB inspection team. If the said transformers are tested by the BPDB inspection team at the manufacturers/suppliers premises, then the testing fees at the rate of Tk. 2000/-(Two thousand) per transformer shall be paid by the supplier through invoice in advance. If the said transformers are tested at CERS, BPDB all the expenditure for carrying, loading/unloading and testing fees fixed by the CERS are to be borne by the supplier in advance. After completion of the test, the transformer passes the test will be properly sealed by the inspection team. The supplier will be liable to protect those seal up to delivery to the BPDB’s designated Store(s). The transformers which pass the tests will be accepted by BPDB subject to fulfillment of the other qualification criteria as per contract. The remaining transformers failed to qualify the tests will be rejected. v) If the measured loss(es) (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) of the tested sample transformer(s) during factory test witness by the BPDB's inspection team and test performed by BUET/ DUET/ CUET/ KUET/ RUET exceed the specified loss (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) but remain within acceptable limit as specifiec in clause 7.11(i) & (ii), then an amount will be deducted from the Contract price for the loss(s) exceeding the specified loss(s) (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) according to the following formula :

Amount to be deducted from the Contract price = Contract Price x (Measured Loss - specified Loss) ÷ specified Loss x %MT

Where, Contract Price

= Total Contract Price

Measured Loss

= Measured Average No-load Loss* 1 + Measured Average Full Load Loss* 2.

Specified Loss

= Specified No Load Loss + Specified Full load loss


%MT (Percentage of Monitized Transformer) = % of the Monitized Transformer found during factory test witness by the BPDB's inspection team and test performed by BUET/ DUET/ CUET/ KUET/ RUET whose measured loss(es) (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) exceed the specified loss (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) but remain within acceptable limit. For example : If total no. of transformers to be inspected is 100 and the no. of selected transformers during pre-delivery inspection is 10, 8 nos. are found within the specified losses and 2 nos. are found exceeding the specified losses then the %MT will be (2/10)x100=20% * 1 Measured Average No Load Loss = [Sum of the measured No-load losses of the tested transformer(s) exceeding the specified No-load loss ÷ Nos. of tested transformer(s) which exceeds the specified No-load loss] * 2 Measured Average Full Load Loss = [Sum of the measured Full-load losses of the tested transformer(s) which exceeding the specified Full-load loss ÷ Nos. of tested transformer(s) which exceeds the specified Full-load loss] It is to be noted that if the measured value found less than or equal to specified value, no benefits will be given to the supplier/ manufacturer. In this case, the tested transformers whose loss (No load loss or Full load loss or Both) have not exceed the specified loss, will not be taken into account for averaging the measured loss for using the above formula. 7.4.29.5 Approval of Drawings Calculation for the Max. Temp. Rise of Winding & Oil over 400C ambient supported by Load Losses and Heat Dissipation by Radiator and also Short Circuit Calculation along with thermal & mechanical calculations on the basis of proposed Design Data. 7.4.29.6 Transformer Core and Coils Transformers core and coils must be new, unused, and clean. Supporting frames of the core and coils of transformers shall be designed to accommodate variations in tank height. The core and coil assembly shall have the core and coils rigidly connected to the tank and suitably closed lugs shall be provided for removing the core and coil assembly from the tank. Transformer Sl. no. should be marked with emboss on the Supporting frames of the core and coils of each transformers minimum in 2(two) places. 7.4.29.7 Transformer Sealing A satisfactory lid-sealing gasket shall be provided on each of these transformers to maintain the seal at extremes of operating temperature. A cold oil level (COL) mark shall be provided inside each transformer marked COL.


7.4.29.8 Finishes a) Painting Painting ferrous metal work is to be provided with an effective vapour sealing paint finish, applied generally in accordance with BS 5493 and /or other recognised international standard. Paint shall be applied to produce a uniform film. Edges corners, crevices, welds, bolts, and rivets shall receive special attention to maintain the required thickness.Before painting or filling with oil or compound, all un-galvanised parts shall be completely clean and free from rust, scale and grease and all external rough metal surfaces on the casting shall be filled. The paint system shall be in accordance with best practice for hot and humid locations in a highly aggressive environment. A description of the paint system to be used and the proposed method of application shall be fully described in the Tender.All external surfaces shall receive a minimum of three coats of paint. The primary coat shall contain an approved rust inhibitor and shall be applied as soon as possible after the completion of the surface preparation. The second coat shall be of oil and weather resisting nature and have a shade of colour easily distinguishable from the primary. The final coat shall be of oil and weather resisting and non-fading glossy paint of a colour agreed by the Engineer. b) Non-ferrous parts and Bright Steel parts All exposed metal liable iron corrosion during transport is to be appropriately protected by casting with an approved anti-rusting composition. Other non-ferrous parts shall be adequately protected against corrosion during shipment or in service. c) Galvanizing Galvanizing where applicable shall be applied by the hot dipped process generally in accordance with ASTM A90/ BS EN ISO 1461:1999 or equivalent standard of metal surface unless specified otherwise. The zinc coating shall be smooth clean and of uniform thickness and free from defects. The preparation of galvanizing itself shall not adversely affect the mechanical properties of the coated material. All drilling, punching, cutting, shaping and welding of parts shall be completed and all burrs shall be removed before the galvanizing process is applied. Surfaces that are in contact with oil shall not be galvanized or cadmium plated. 7.4.29.9 Rating Plate The following information is to be provided on the rating and diagram plate in the English language – clearly and indelibly marked. Transformer type ٭ Manufacture’s name ٭ Manufacturer’s serial number ٭ Year of Manufacture ٭ Number of phases ٭ Rated power ٭ Rated frequency ٭ Rated voltages ٭ Rated currents ٭ Connection symbol ٭ Impedance voltage at rated current ٭ Type of cooling ٭ Total mass ٭ Mass of insulating oil ٭ Insulation levels ٭ Details regarding tapings ٭


Each Transformer should be marked with emboss or welded on the body easily visible from the ground, with letters of size mentioned against each word(s)/ sentence(s) below: 7.4.29.10 Terminal Marking All transformers shall have the primary and secondary terminal markings plainly and indelibly marked on the transformer adjacent to the relevant terminal. These markings shall preferably be 25 mm in height. The terminal marking shall be embossed on the body of the Transformer with respective color code. 7.4.29.13 Bushings All bushings shall be porcelain clad, and shall be of the highest quality. They shall be sealed in a manner to prevent ingress of moisture and to facilitate removal. The neutral bushings and stems shall be identical to those provided for phase terminations. Bushing stems, nuts and washers shall be made of brass. 7.4.29.14 Earthing Connections Earthing connections shall be provided with connection facilities for 2x50 mm2 copper stranded conductor. The bolts shall be located on the lower side of the transformer and be of M12 size; each shall be clearly indicated with an engraved ‘earth symbol’. Two earthing connections are required on each transformer. 7.4.29.15 Gaskets Any gaskets provided with the transformers shall be suitable for making oil tight joints, and there shall be no deleterious effects of either gaskets or oil when the gaskets are continuously in contact with hot oil. No gaskets shall be used in which the material of the material of the gasket is mounted on a textile backing. Exterior gaskets shall be weatherproof and shall not be affected by strong sunlight. 7.4.29.16 Oil All transformers shall be filled to the required level with new, unused, clean, standard mineral oil after treatment in compliance with IEC 60296 & BS 148. 7.4.29.17 Tapings Five voltage tapings shall be provided on the primary side of each transformer and shall give: + 2.5%, 0,- 2.5%, – 5% and –7.5% steps of the primary nominal voltage. The tapings shall be selected by an ‘off load’ tapping switch with an external hand wheel with provision for looking onto a selected tapping. The switch shall have a positive action designed to eliminate the possibility of stopping in an intermediate position. The shaft shall be adequately sealed so that no seepage of oil occurs under all conditions of service. The voltage operating positions, together with tap change positions shall be clearly and indelibly mark.

BPDB (40 mm)

Contract No & Date: (20 mm)

Sl. No. :--------- of ------------KVA ---------- (20 mm)




Acceptance Tests:-







9. Temperature rise test. 10. Separate source voltage withstand test. 12. Tap changer operation test 13. Dimension and physical check.

The purchaser can carryout the testing of any no. of transformers during Quality Test Witness.

But, the testing of transformers during Quality Test Witness will not be less than 10% at random basis of the transformer ready for inspection but in any case it will not be less than 3 nos. The manufacturer will provide all arrangements for the testing of transformers desired by the purchaser in his factory.

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice in writing of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready for testing as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place so named on date, which the supplier has stated in his notice, the supplier may proceed with the tests, which shall be deemed to have been made in the purchaser’s presence, and shall forth with forward to the purchaser duly certified copies of test readings. When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplier accordingly in writing, so that he can take action. The purchaser shall give the supplier timely notice in writing of his intention to attend the test. Where the supplier provides for tests on the premises of the supplier or of any manufacturer of the supplier, except where otherwise specified, shall provide free of charge such assistance, labor, materials, electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be requisite and as may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall be performed as per relevant IEC/BS Standard or equivalent and only routine tests as agreed upon, will be performed. As and when the purchaser is satisfied that any materials/equipment shall have passes the tests referred to in this clause, purchaser shall notify the contractor in writing to that effect.

Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shall have the right to reject any of the item or complete batch if necessary. In that case Supplier have to replace the Equipment and to make good of them without any financial involvement to the Purchaser. In case any of the Equipment found not conforming with the specification at the time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from the responsibility of replacing


them on making them good at their own cost, despite the Equipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clause shall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under the contract.






POWER CABLES & CONDUCTOR


7.5.1.7 33 KV XLPE Cable

7.5.1.7.1 General

Thissectionofthedocumentincludesthedesign,manufacture,testing&inspectionof33KVXLPE

InsulatedCopperCablewithjointingKitsasspecified.

7.1.7.2 Standard:

The cable as specified in this Section shall be conforming to the latest edition of the followingstandards for operation under local ambient conditions. Design, Manufacture, Testing andPerformance of the cable shall be in accordance with the IEC 502-2, or equivalent Internationalstandards.

The recommendations and tests specified in the standards shall be adhered to. It shall be theresponsibility of the Contractor to demonstrate to the Employer that any proposed Standard isequal to or superior to the equivalent IEC or BS. All costs for proving such equivalence aredeemedincludedintheContractorsBidPrices.

Where any Standard referred to in this Specification has been superseded by a new standardprior to the date of the letter or invitation to Bid, the reference shall be deemed to be to suchsupersedingstandard.

DeviationsfromthisSpecificationorstandardsreferredtoaboveshallbementionedintheBidandshallbetakenintoconsiderationbytheEmployerbeforecontractplacement.

Strandedcompactedconductors,eitherroundorsectorshaped,musthavelugsandlinksfittedthataremanufacturedforthesamenominalcross-sectionalareaastheconductor.Forexample,a500mm² conductor must have a 500mm² lug or link fitted, and the correct dies, as stated by themanufacturer,usedtocompressit 7.5.1.7.3 Climatic Condition

The offered XLPE cables with jointing Kits must be suitable for working in the climateconditionsofBangladeshasdescribedbelow:

• Altitude : 0-300metersabovethesealevel• Maximumambienttemperature : 40°C• Minimumambienttemperature : 5°C

• Humidity : 98%• Meanannualrainfall : 1500-3000mm• No.ofannualrainydays : 80-120days• Averageisokerauniclevel : 80days/year• Pollutionofambientair : dust,salt,chemical.

7.5.1.7.3.1 Condition upon which Current Carrying Capacities are based:

Soilthermalresistivity:Groundtemperature :Airtemperature :Conductortemperature :Burialdepth AxialSpacingbetweenphasecables:AxialspacingbetweenCircuits:Typeofearthbonding :Protectioninground :

C.m/WCCCmmmmm

1.53040901.0Trefoiltouching850SolidRCCSlab


7.5.1.7.4 Technical Requirements:

General Construction :

Cross Link Polyethylene (XLPE) cables shall be suitable for operation at voltage of 33KVbetween phases at continuous maximum conductor temperatures of 90°C and applicableInsulationmaterialtemperatureforXLPEwillbe90°Cto250°C.The cable shallbe suitable in allrespect for use on 33KV system with a nominal three-phase fault level of31.5KA.Thecablesandassociated fittings, jointsandtermination shallbesodesigned to preventdamage to the cable orfittings, except in the immediate vicinity of the fault, in the event of an insulation failure at anypointwhichresultsinafaultcurrenttoearthof31.5KAfor1sec.

The required XLPE insulated cables shall be produced under clean room conditions and shall beusingthetripleextrusionprocessinwhichtheconductorscreen,insulationandinsulationscreenareextrudedsimultaneously throughasingleextrusionhead.Thesurfaceof the insulationshallneverexposed to the atmosphere or to any material other than the adjacent semiconductive screens,ensuringthattheinterfacesbetweenthematerialsarecompletelyfreeofvoidsandcontamination.The manufacturing process shall ensures that the dimensions of all layers are constant andconcentricthroughtheentirelengthofthecable. Thecross-linkingprocessshallbecarriedoutinatotallywater-freeenvironment,usinginertgasratherthansteamasthecuringmedium.

The core of P o w e r Cable shall b e comprise o f 500sq.mm, 400 sq.mm, 300 sq.mm, 240 sq.mm, or 3CX185 sq. mm Copper Conductor as specified as per IEC 60228 and shall be XLPEInsulated.

Copper screen shall comply with IEC 60502, except as modified or extended by therequirement of the specification. The length of cable on a drum shall be 500M continuous or asspecified by the Employer and it shall be shipped on standard non-returnable steel drum, eachdrum having stencilled on its side; size, type and length of cable, together with its grossweight,netweightandcontractnumber.

33KV, XLPE, 1Cx 500 mm2 Copper Cable

ItemNo.

Description of Items Unit Particulars

1 NominalSystemVoltage KV 332 RatedVoltage KV 18/30(36)3 CrosssectionalAreaof

Conductorsmm2

500

4 Insulationthickness mm Average thickness shall not be less than6.0 mm nominal value as per IEC 60502.However, thickness at any point may be lessthan nominal value provided that thedifference does not exceed 0.1mm + 10% ofnominalvalue.

5 ConductorMaterial Copper,GradecompatibletoIEC60228

6 ShapeofConductor CompactCircular7 TypeofConductor

Screen Semi-conductingXLPE

8 ConductorTemperatureatendofshortCircuit

°C 250


Cable Component detailed as follows:

7.5.1.7.4.1 Conductors

Allconductorsshall be stranded, circular,compactedand complywith IEC60228forConductors of insulated cables. Conductor shal l be made of Copper. This Copper conductor cablesshallbeconstructedwithcoreofsize.1Cx500sq.mm,1Cx400sq.mm,1Cx300sq.mm,1Cx240asspecified.7.5.1.7.4.2 Conductor Screening

The conductor shall be screened with an extruded layer of semi-conducting XLPEcompound,compatibleinallrespectswiththeconductorandinsulationmaterials.

Conductor screen shall be bounded to the insulation such that no voids or discontinuities arepresent. The bound shall be adequate to withstand the normal electrical and mechanicalstressesinservicewithoutdegradationorseparation.

Lappedsemi-conductingtapeshallnotbeusedforconductorscreens.

7.5.1.7.4.3 Insulation

The insulation shall consist of a clean, low density, high molecular weight cross-linkedpolyethylene ( X L P E ) tightly extruded over the conductorscreen.The insulation shall generallycomplywithIEC60502-2.

The highest possible purity of insulation material is required. The Bider shall confirm thatadequate precautions are taken to remove contaminants and to eliminate the introduction ofparticlesofcontaminantsduringmaterialhandlingorextrusionprocess.

TheCableshallbemanufacturedthroughCCV/VCVprocess.

The insulation material shall be cross-linked by a dry process. A cross-linking process usingsteamcuringwillnotbepermitted.

7.5.1.7.4.4 Insulation Thickness

The thickness of insulation shall be determined by taking the average of number ofmeasurementsandshallbenotlessthanthevaluestabulatedinIECPublication60502.

InsulationthicknessshallnotdepartfromthespecifiednominalvaluebyanamountexceedingthetolerancesspecifiedinIECPublication60502.

The thickness at any point, however, is less than the specified value, provided the differencedoesnotexceed10percentplus0.1mm.

Thethicknessof the semi conductingscreenson the conductorsand over the insulation shallnotbeincludedinthemeasurementofinsulationthickness.

7.5.1.7.4.5 Insulation Screening

The insulationscreen shall comprise non-metallicsemi-conducting polyethylene part(a layerofsemiconductive cross-linked polymeric material which adheres firmly to the insulation, yetremains readily strippable by hand for jointing and terminating) in combination with a metallicpart(metelicscreen).The non-metallic semi-conducting part shall be applied directly upon insulation of the core andshall comprise a layer of extruded semi-conducting polyethylene compound.This screen shall beformedinsuchawaythatitcanbereadilyremovedforjointing.The metallic part (metelicscreen) shall be a single layer of screen of plain annealed copperwireswhichhelicallyappliedoverthesemiconductiveinsulationscreen,ie,overthecoreofasinglecorecableoreachcoreofathreecorecable.Thisscreenactsasareturnpathforcapacitivechargingcurrent and induced circulating currents under normal operating conditions and also carry shortcircuitcurrentintheeventofanelectricalfaultinthecircuit.


The conductor screen, insulation and semi-conducting part of insulation screen layer shall beappliedtotheconductorincommonextrusionprocesswithdrycuringsystem.The insulation screen shall be capable of withstanding a fault current of 40 KA for 1 sec.withoutdamage. 7.5.1.7.4.6 SheathSeperation Sheath and Armour: A separation sheath of PVC is extruded over the core assembly followed by a layer of helicallyappliedaluminiumroundwireorgalvanisedmildsteelwiresandshouldcoveringthewholesurfaceareaofthemetallicscreenasperIECStandard. Outer/Over Sheath: ThecableshallbesheathedoverallwithaMediumDensityPolyethylene(MDPE)outersheath.The outer sheath shall be of smooth and uniform composition and free of holes, cracks, andbisectorsandexturdedoverthearmour.As a protection against termite attack, the outer covering shall contain the termite repellent

substanceofPbnapthanate.

The outer sheath shall have adequate strength and thickness to withstand the test voltage and

mechanicaltestsandbesuitableforambientconditionsatsite.

The outer sheath material shall be capable of withstanding the highest temperature achieved

withthecableatitsratedcurrentwithoutdamageordeformationatsiteambientconditions.

TheoutersurfaceofthepolyethyleneoutersheathshallbeasspecifiedinIEC60502.

7.5.1.7.4.7 Continuous Current Rating

The continuous current rating of the cable shall be calculated in accordance with the proceduredescribed in IEC 60287 based on the site ambient condition, with the insulation parameters asspecified. The Cable current ratings shall base on site ambient conditions, with the generalmethodsofinstallationandbonding.The maximum conductor temperature shall not exceed 90° C when carrying the ratedcurrentunderthemostoneroussiteconditions.7.5.1.7.4.8 Short Circuit Rating

The cable shall be capable of withstanding the specified maximum short circuit current for thespecifiedtimeswithoutdamageorpermanentdistortion.

The temperature of the conductor at maximum fault current for the specified time shall notexceed250°CasspecifiedinIEC60502.

7.5.1.7.4.9 Manufacturer Identification

Theexternalsurfaceofthecableshallbeprintedbythefollowingatanintervalofmin 200 mmwith20mmhighcharacterthroughoutthelengthofthecable:

i) "33KV,XLPE,Coresize”ii) “PDSDPCZ-BPDB”,“ManufacturersName”iii) "MeterMarking"

7.5.1.7.4.10 Sealing and Drumming Immediatelyaftertheworksandtests,bothendsofeverylengthofcableshallbesealedbymeansofheatshrinkableendcaps.

Cablesshallbewoundonmetallicdrums.AllthedrumsshallbearrangedtotakearoundspindleandislaggedwithstrongcloselyfittingwoodenbattenssoastopreventdamagetotheCable.

Eachdrumshallbearanidentificationnumberpermanentlystenciledorbrandedontheoutsideoftheflange.ParticularsoftheCablei.e.Voltagegrade,Size&lengthofcable,grossweight,netweight,


direction of rolling, Purchaser's name & contract number, name of manufacturer and year ofmanufactureetc.shallbeclearlymarkedononeflangeonthedrum.

Standarddrumlengthshallbenotless500meterinonelength.Atoleranceof±3%willbepermissibleonstandarddrumlength.However,exactdrumlengthshallbeadvisedtosuccessfulbidderafterawardofcontract. 7.5.1.7.5 Tests for Power Cable All type, routine and acceptance (special) tests shall be carried out as per IEC 60 502-2. Themanufacturer of cable must have at least ISO 9001 certified quality Assurance system in theirmanufacturingsystem. 7.5.1.7.5.1 GeneralThefollowingtestsshallbecarriedouttodemonstratedtheintegrityofthecable.Thefrequencyof

thealternatingcurrentsupplybebetween48Hzand52Hz.

7.1.7.5.2 Tests at Manufacturer’s EstablishmentTestsshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththerelevantIECandthefollowingtypetestsandroutingtestsshallbecarriedoutattheManufacturer’spremises. a) Type TestsTypetestfor33KVcablesshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththeIEC60540andIEC60502forsuitablelengthofcable.

i) Electrical Tests

1. InsulationResistanceMeasurementatroomtemperature2. PartialDischargetest(S).3.Bendingtest.4. Powerfactor/Highvoltagetest5. Powerfactor/temperaturetest6. InsulationResistancemeasurementatmax.ratedtemperature.7. Heatcycletest8. ImpulseVoltagewithstandtest9. HighvoltageAlternatingcurrenttest

ii) Non-Electrical Test

1. MeasurementofInsulationthickness2.Measurmentofthicknessofnon-metalicsheaths.3. Determinationofmechanicalpropertiesbeforeandafterageing.4. TestofDegreeofcross-linkedofinsulation5. Abrasion,Penetration,Bendingandsalinebathtestonanti-corrosionserving.

iii) Routine TestRouting tests shall be carried out by the manufacturer on all finished cables to demonstratetheirindividualintegrity.

1. MeasurementofElectricalResistanceofconducts.2. Highvoltagetest3. Partialdischargetest4. Capacitancetest5. Voltagetestoncableserving6. Conductorresistancetest.


7.5.1.7.6 General Requirement for Cable Kits:

The General requirements of 33KV, XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper Cable, indoor & outdoorterminationkitsandstraight-throughjointboxarestatedbelow. 7.5.1.7.6.1 Indoor Termination Kits for 33KV XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper cable

ItemNo.

DescriptionofItems

Particulars

i Application For33KV,XLPE,1Cx500mm2CopperConductors

ii Installation ForIndoorswitchgearterminationsiii System 33KV,effectivelyearthedsystem

iv Cableconductor 500mm2CopperConductorsv Kitcontent -Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingandnon-tracking

tubing-Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing-Stressrelievingmasticstrip-Truckresistantsealanttape-Cablepreparationkit-Solderlessearthconnectionkit-Compressionlugsfor500mm2CopperConductors-Misc.othermaterial- Installationinstructions

7.5.1.7.6.2 Outdoor Termination Kits for 33KV XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper cable:

Item

Description of Items

Particulars

i Application For33KV,XLPE,1Cx500mm2CopperConductorsii Installation ForOutdoorinstallationonpoles/structuresiii System 33KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 500mm2CopperConductorsv Kitcontent - Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingand

non-trackingtubing- Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing- Stressrelievingmasticstrip- Truckresistantsealanttape- Heatshrinkabletruckresistantrainskirt- Supportinsulator- Cablepreparationkit- Solderlessearthconnectionkit- Compressionlugsfor500mm2CopperConductors- SupportinsulatorsTeeBrackets

7.5.1.7.6.4 Straight-through joint box for 33KV XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper cable

Item


Particulars


ii Installation Forundergroundhorizontalmounting

iii System 33KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 500mm2CopperConductors

v Construction Thejointshallbeproofagainstingressofmoistureand


vi Kitcontent -Compressionferrules-Validfillingtape-Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing-Truckresistantsealanttape-Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingtape

-Heatshrinkableblack/reddualwall-Estomerictube-Rollspring-Heatshrinkableouterjackettube-Cablepreparationkit

7.5.1.7.6. 5 Information Required The Bidder/ Manufacturer as per tender requirements shall provide all information for 33KVPowerCable.Besidesthese,thefollowinginformationhastobesubmitted:a) Manufacturer’sPrintedCataloguedescribingspecificationandtechnicaldatab) OutlineandGeneralArrangementdrawings.c) The Bidder/ Manufacturer shall submit the list of available testing/ measuring equipment,

meters, etc., along with valid Calibration Certificate(s) from competent authority used inmanufacturer'slaboratoryforperformingRoutineTestasperIECstandard.

d) Manufacturer'sISO9001Certificate.7.5.1.7.6.5. .1 APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS Design,Drawingdiagrams,Manufacturer’sprintedcatalogue,SpecificationandTechnicalParticulars&Guaranteesetcof33KVcablesshallbesubmittedtotheEngineer,bytheBidderforapproval,priortothemanufacturingofthegoods.TheTenderershallhavetosubmit3(three)setsofthesameforapprovalwithin30(thirty)daysfromthedateofsigningContract.ThesubmittalshallincludedetaildesignCalculation.No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the TestingEquipment until the technical data and drawings have been approved. The cost of supplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.AtthetimeofdeliveryofEquipment,thesuppliershallsupplythree(5)setsofallapprovedtechnicaldata and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of theEquipmenttotheProjectofficewillapprovethesubmitteddesignanddrawingswithin15daysfromthe date of submission if the submitted design and drawings meets the technical specification andGTP.


7.5.1.8 11 KV XLPE Cable

7.5.1.8.1 General

Thissectionofthedocumentincludesthedesign,manufacture,testing&inspectionof11KVXLPE

InsulatedCopperCablewithjointingKitsasspecified.

7.1.8.2 Standard:

The cable as specified in this Section shall be conforming to the latest edition of the followingstandards for operation under local ambient conditions. Design, Manufacture, Testing andPerformance of the cable shall be in accordance with the IEC 502-2, or equivalent Internationalstandards.

The recommendations and tests specified in the standards shall be adhered to. It shall be theresponsibility of the Contractor to demonstrate to the Employer that any proposed Standard isequal to or superior to the equivalent IEC or BS. All costs for proving such equivalence aredeemedincludedintheContractorsBidPrices.

Where any Standard referred to in this Specification has been superseded by a new standardprior to the date of the letter or invitation to Bid, the reference shall be deemed to be to suchsupersedingstandard.

DeviationsfromthisSpecificationorstandardsreferredtoaboveshallbementionedintheBidandshallbetakenintoconsiderationbytheEmployerbeforecontractplacement.

Strandedcompactedconductors,eitherroundorsectorshaped,musthavelugsandlinksfittedthataremanufacturedforthesamenominalcross-sectionalareaastheconductor.Forexample,a500mm² conductor must have a 500mm² lug or link fitted, and the correct dies, as stated by themanufacturer,usedtocompressit 7.5.1.7.3 Climatic Condition

The offered XLPE cables with jointing Kits must be suitable for working in the climateconditionsofBangladeshasdescribedbelow:

• Altitude : 0-300metersabovethesealevel• Maximumambienttemperature : 40°C• Minimumambienttemperature : 5°C

• Humidity : 98%• Meanannualrainfall : 1500-3000mm• No.ofannualrainydays : 80-120days• Averageisokerauniclevel : 80days/year• Pollutionofambientair : dust,salt,chemical.

7.5.1.7.3.1 Condition upon which Current Carrying Capacities are based:

Soilthermalresistivity:Groundtemperature :Airtemperature :Conductortemperature :Burialdepth AxialSpacingbetweenphasecables:AxialspacingbetweenCircuits:Typeofearthbonding :Protectioninground :

C.m/WCCCmmmmm

1.53040901.0Trefoiltouching850SolidRCCSlab


7.5.1.8.4 Technical Requirements:

General Construction :

Cross Link Polyethylene (XLPE) cables shall be suitable for operation at voltage of 33KVbetween phases at continuous maximum conductor temperatures of 90°C and applicableInsulationmaterialtemperatureforXLPEwillbe90°Cto250°C.The cable shallbe suitable in allrespect for use on 1 1 KV system with a nominal three-phase fault level of25KA.Thecablesandassociated fittings, jointsandtermination shallbesodesigned to preventdamage to the cable orfittings, except in the immediate vicinity of the fault, in the event of an insulation failure at anypointwhichresultsinafaultcurrenttoearthof25KAfor1sec.

The required XLPE insulated cables shall be produced under clean room conditions and shall beusingthetripleextrusionprocessinwhichtheconductorscreen,insulationandinsulationscreenareextrudedsimultaneously throughasingleextrusionhead.Thesurfaceof the insulationshallneverexposed to the atmosphere or to any material other than the adjacent semiconductive screens,ensuringthattheinterfacesbetweenthematerialsarecompletelyfreeofvoidsandcontamination.The manufacturing process shall ensures that the dimensions of all layers are constant andconcentricthroughtheentirelengthofthecable. Thecross-linkingprocessshallbecarriedoutinatotallywater-freeenvironment,usinginertgasratherthansteamasthecuringmedium.

The core of P o w e r Cable shall b e comprise o f 500sq.mm, 400 sq.mm, 300 sq.mm, 240 sq.mm, or 3CX185 sq. mm Copper Conductor as specified as per IEC 60228 and shall be XLPEInsulated.

Copper screen shall comply with IEC 60502, except as modified or extended by therequirement of the specification. The length of cable on a drum shall be 500M continuous or asspecified by the Employer and it shall be shipped on standard non-returnable steel drum, eachdrum having stencilled on its side; size, type and length of cable, together with its grossweight,netweightandcontractnumber. General Specification:

For 11KV, XLPE, 1Cx 500 mm2 Copper Cable:

Item No.


1 SystemVoltage KV 11

2 RatedVoltage KV 6/10(12)

3CrosssectionalAreaofConductors

mm2 500

4 Insulationthickness Mm

Average thickness shall not be less than3.40 mm nominal value as per IEC 60502.However, thickness at any point may beless than nominal value provided that thedifferencedoesnotexceed0.1mm+10%ofnominalvalue.

5 Manufacturingprocess ManufacturedthroughVCV/CCV.

6 ConductorMaterial Copper

7 ShapeofConductor CompactCircular

8 TypeofConductorScreen Semi-conductingXLPE

9ConductorTemperatureatendofshortCircuit

C 250


For 11KV, XLPE, 1Cx 300 mm2 Copper Cable

Item No.





mm2 300








C 250

For 11KV, XLPE, 3Cx 185 mm2 Copper Cable

Item No.





mm2 185eachconductor








C 250


Cable Component detailed as follows:

7.5.1.8.4.1 Conductors

Allconductorsshall be stranded, circular,compactedand complywith IEC60228forConductors of insulated cables. Conductor shal l be made of Copper. This Copper conductor cablesshallbeconstructedwithcoreofsize.1Cx500sq.mm,1Cx400sq.mm,1Cx300sq.mm,3Cx185asspecified.7.5.1.8.4.2 Conductor Screening

The conductor shall be screened with an extruded layer of semi-conducting XLPEcompound,compatibleinallrespectswiththeconductorandinsulationmaterials.

Conductor screen shall be bounded to the insulation such that no voids or discontinuities arepresent. The bound shall be adequate to withstand the normal electrical and mechanicalstressesinservicewithoutdegradationorseparation.

Lappedsemi-conductingtapeshallnotbeusedforconductorscreens.

7.5.1.8.4.3 Insulation

The insulation shall consist of a clean, low density, high molecular weight cross-linkedpolyethylene ( X L P E ) tightly extruded over the conductorscreen.The insulation shall generallycomplywithIEC60502-2.

The highest possible purity of insulation material is required. The Bider shall confirm thatadequate precautions are taken to remove contaminants and to eliminate the introduction ofparticlesofcontaminantsduringmaterialhandlingorextrusionprocess.

TheCableshallbemanufacturedthroughCCV/VCVprocess.

The insulation material shall be cross-linked by a dry process. A cross-linking process usingsteamcuringwillnotbepermitted.

7.5.1.8.4.4 Insulation Thickness

The thickness of insulation shall be determined by taking the average of number ofmeasurementsandshallbenotlessthanthevaluestabulatedinIECPublication60502.

InsulationthicknessshallnotdepartfromthespecifiednominalvaluebyanamountexceedingthetolerancesspecifiedinIECPublication60502.

The thickness at any point, however, is less than the specified value, provided the differencedoesnotexceed10percentplus0.1mm.

Thethicknessof the semi conductingscreenson the conductorsand over the insulation shallnotbeincludedinthemeasurementofinsulationthickness.

7.5.1.8.4.5 Insulation Screening

The insulationscreen shall comprise non-metallicsemi-conducting polyethylene part(a layerofsemiconductive cross-linked polymeric material which adheres firmly to the insulation, yetremains readily strippable by hand for jointing and terminating) in combination with a metallicpart(metelicscreen).The non-metallic semi-conducting part shall be applied directly upon insulation of the core andshall comprise a layer of extruded semi-conducting polyethylene compound.This screen shall beformedinsuchawaythatitcanbereadilyremovedforjointing.The metallic part (metelicscreen) shall be a single layer of screen of plain annealed copperwireswhichhelicallyappliedoverthesemiconductiveinsulationscreen,ie,overthecoreofasinglecorecableoreachcoreofathreecorecable.Thisscreenactsasareturnpathforcapacitivechargingcurrent and induced circulating currents under normal operating conditions and also carry shortcircuitcurrentintheeventofanelectricalfaultinthecircuit.

The conductor screen, insulation and semi-conducting part of insulation screen layer shall be


appliedtotheconductorincommonextrusionprocesswithdrycuringsystem.The insulation screen shall be capable of withstanding a fault current of 2 5 KA for 1 sec.withoutdamage. 7.5.1.8.4.6 SheathSeperation Sheath and Armour: A separation sheath of PVC is extruded over the core assembly followed by a layer of helicallyappliedaluminiumroundwireorgalvanisedmildsteelwiresandshouldcoveringthewholesurfaceareaofthemetallicscreenasperIECStandard. Outer/Over Sheath: ThecableshallbesheathedoverallwithaMediumDensityPolyethylene(MDPE)outersheath.The outer sheath shall be of smooth and uniform composition and free of holes, cracks, andbisectorsandexturdedoverthearmour.As a protection against termite attack, the outer covering shall contain the termite repellent

substanceofPbnapthanate.

The outer sheath shall have adequate strength and thickness to withstand the test voltage and

mechanicaltestsandbesuitableforambientconditionsatsite.

The outer sheath material shall be capable of withstanding the highest temperature achieved

withthecableatitsratedcurrentwithoutdamageordeformationatsiteambientconditions.

TheoutersurfaceofthepolyethyleneoutersheathshallbeasspecifiedinIEC60502.

7.5.1.8.4.7 Continuous Current Rating

The continuous current rating of the cable shall be calculated in accordance with the proceduredescribed in IEC 60287 based on the site ambient condition, with the insulation parameters asspecified. The Cable current ratings shall base on site ambient conditions, with the generalmethodsofinstallationandbonding.The maximum conductor temperature shall not exceed 90° C when carrying the ratedcurrentunderthemostoneroussiteconditions.7.5.1.8.4.8 Short Circuit Rating

The cable shall be capable of withstanding the specified maximum short circuit current for thespecifiedtimeswithoutdamageorpermanentdistortion.

The temperature of the conductor at maximum fault current for the specified time shall notexceed250°CasspecifiedinIEC60502.

7.5.1.8.4.9 Manufacturer Identification

Theexternalsurfaceofthecableshallbeprintedbythefollowingatanintervalofmin 400 mmwith10mmhighcharacterthroughoutthelengthofthecable:

i) "11KV,XLPE,Coresize”ii) “PDSDPCZ-BPDB”,“ManufacturersName”iii) "MeterMarking"

7.5.1.8.4.10 Sealing and Drumming Immediatelyaftertheworksandtests,bothendsofeverylengthofcableshallbesealedbymeansofheatshrinkableendcaps.

Cablesshallbewoundonmetallicdrums.AllthedrumsshallbearrangedtotakearoundspindleandislaggedwithstrongcloselyfittingwoodenbattenssoastopreventdamagetotheCable.

Eachdrumshallbearanidentificationnumberpermanentlystenciledorbrandedontheoutsideoftheflange.ParticularsoftheCablei.e.Voltagegrade,Size&lengthofcable,grossweight,netweight,direction of rolling, Purchaser's name & contract number, name of manufacturer and year ofmanufactureetc.shallbeclearlymarkedononeflangeonthedrum.


Standarddrumlengthshallbenotless500meterinonelength.Atoleranceof±3%willbepermissibleonstandarddrumlength.However,exactdrumlengthshallbeadvisedtosuccessfulbidderafterawardofcontract. 7.8.1.7.5 Tests for Power Cable All type, routine and acceptance (special) tests shall be carried out as per IEC 60 502-2. Themanufacturer of cable must have at least ISO 9001 certified quality Assurance system in theirmanufacturingsystem. 7.5.1.8.5.1 GeneralThefollowingtestsshallbecarriedouttodemonstratedtheintegrityofthecable.Thefrequencyof

thealternatingcurrentsupplybebetween48Hzand52Hz.

7.1.7.8.2 Tests at Manufacturer’s EstablishmentTestsshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththerelevantIECandthefollowingtypetestsandroutingtestsshallbecarriedoutattheManufacturer’spremises. a) Type TestsTypetestfor11KVcablesshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththeIEC60540andIEC60502forsuitablelengthofcable.

i) Electrical Tests

1. InsulationResistanceMeasurementatroomtemperature2. PartialDischargetest(S).3.Bendingtest.4. Powerfactor/Highvoltagetest5. Powerfactor/temperaturetest6. InsulationResistancemeasurementatmax.ratedtemperature.7. Heatcycletest8. ImpulseVoltagewithstandtest9. HighvoltageAlternatingcurrenttest

ii) Non-Electrical Test

1. MeasurementofInsulationthickness2.Measurmentofthicknessofnon-metalicsheaths.3. Determinationofmechanicalpropertiesbeforeandafterageing.4. TestofDegreeofcross-linkedofinsulation5. Abrasion,Penetration,Bendingandsalinebathtestonanti-corrosionserving.

iii) Routine TestRouting tests shall be carried out by the manufacturer on all finished cables to demonstratetheirindividualintegrity.

1. MeasurementofElectricalResistanceofconducts.2. Highvoltagetest3. Partialdischargetest4. Capacitancetest5. Voltagetestoncableserving6. Conductorresistancetest.


7.5.1.8.6 General Requirement for Cable Kits:

The General requirements of 1 1 KV, XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper Cable, indoor & outdoorterminationkitsandstraight-throughjointboxarestatedbelow. 7.5.1.8.6.1 Indoor Termination Kits for 11KV XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper cable

ItemNo.

DescriptionofItems

Particulars


ii Installation ForIndoorswitchgearterminationsiii System 11KV,effectivelyearthedsystem

iv Cableconductor 500mm2CopperConductorsv Kitcontent -Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingandnon-tracking

tubing-Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing-Stressrelievingmasticstrip-Truckresistantsealanttape-Cablepreparationkit-Solderlessearthconnectionkit-Compressionlugsfor500mm2CopperConductors-Misc.othermaterial- Installationinstructions

7.5.1.8.6.2 Outdoor Termination Kits for 11KV XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper cable:

Item


Particulars

i Application For11KV,XLPE,1Cx500mm2CopperConductorsii Installation ForOutdoorinstallationonpoles/structuresiii System 11KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 500mm2CopperConductorsv Kitcontent - Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingand

non-trackingtubing- Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing- Stressrelievingmasticstrip- Truckresistantsealanttape- Heatshrinkabletruckresistantrainskirt- Supportinsulator- Cablepreparationkit- Solderlessearthconnectionkit- Compressionlugsfor500mm2CopperConductors- SupportinsulatorsTeeBrackets

7.5.1.8.6.4 Straight-through joint box for 11KV XLPE, 1Cx500 mm2 Copper cable

Item


Particulars


ii Installation Forundergroundhorizontalmounting

iii System 11KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 500mm2CopperConductors


v Construction Thejointshallbeproofagainstingressofmoistureandvi Kitcontent -Compressionferrules

-Validfillingtape-Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing-Truckresistantsealanttape-Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingtape

-Heatshrinkableblack/reddualwall-Estomerictube-Rollspring-Heatshrinkableouterjackettube-Cablepreparationkit

Indoor Termination Kits for 11KV XLPE, 3-Core, 185 mm2 Copper cable

i ApplicationFor11KV,3-core,XLPE185mm2CopperConductors

ii Installation ForIndoorswitchgearterminationsiii System 11KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 185mm2CopperConductorsv Kitcontent - Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingandnon-

trackingtubing- Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing- Stressrelievingmasticstrip- Truckresistantsealanttape- Cablepreparationkit- Solderlessearthconnectionkit- Compressionlugsfor185mm2CopperConductors- Installationinstructions

Outdoor Termination Kits for 11KV XLPE, 3-Core, 185 mm2 Copper cable


ii Installation Foroutdoorinstallationonpoles/structuresiii System 11KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 185mm2CopperConductorsv Kitcontent - Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingandnon-

trackingtubing- Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing- Stressrelievingmasticstrip- Truckresistantsealanttape- Heatshrinkabletruckresistantrainskirt- Supportinsulator- Cablepreparationkit- Solderlessearthconnectionkit- Compressionlugsfor185mm2CopperConductors- SupportinsulatorsTeeBrackets- Installationinstructions


Straight-through joint box for 11KV XLPE, 3-Core, 185 mm2 Copper cable


ii Installation Forundergroundhorizontalmountingiii System 11KV,effectivelyearthedsystemiv Cableconductor 185mm2CopperConductorsv Construction Thejointshallbeproofagainstingressofmoistureand

watervi Kitcontent - Compressionferrules

- Validfillingtape- Heatshrinkablestresscontroltubing- Truckresistantsealanttape- Heatshrinkablehighvoltageinsulatingtape- Heatshrinkableblack/reddualwall- Estomerictube- Rollspring- Heatshrinkableouterjackettube- Cablepreparationkit- Solderlessearthconnectionkit- Misc.othermaterial- Installationinstructions

7.5.1.8.6. 5 Information Required The Bidder/ Manufacturer as per tender requirements shall provide all information for 33KVPowerCable.Besidesthese,thefollowinginformationhastobesubmitted:a) Manufacturer’sPrintedCataloguedescribingspecificationandtechnicaldatab) OutlineandGeneralArrangementdrawings.c) The Bidder/ Manufacturer shall submit the list of available testing/ measuring equipment,

meters, etc., along with valid Calibration Certificate(s) from competent authority used inmanufacturer'slaboratoryforperformingRoutineTestasperIECstandard.

d) Manufacturer'sISO9001Certificate.7.5.1.8.6.5. .1 APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS Design,Drawingdiagrams,Manufacturer’sprintedcatalogue,SpecificationandTechnicalParticulars&Guaranteesetcof33KVcablesshallbesubmittedtotheEngineer,bytheBidderforapproval,priortothemanufacturingofthegoods.TheTenderershallhavetosubmit3(three)setsofthesameforapprovalwithin30(thirty)daysfromthedateofsigningContract.ThesubmittalshallincludedetaildesignCalculation.No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication and manufacture of the TestingEquipment until the technical data and drawings have been approved. The cost of supplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.AtthetimeofdeliveryofEquipment,thesuppliershallsupplythree(5)setsofallapprovedtechnicaldata and drawings in bound book form along with manufacturer’s original catalogue of theEquipmenttotheProjectofficewillapprovethesubmitteddesignanddrawingswithin15daysfromthe date of submission if the submitted design and drawings meets the technical specification andGTP.


7.5.4: 185 mm2 PVC Copper Cable

7.5.4.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS :

Thesesinglecorecablesshallbedesignedasperabovestandardsandsuitableforoperationatamaximumvoltageof1000Vlinetolineandsuitableforuseundergroundburiedinearthorinductsandabovegroundinairorinbuildingsunderlocalambientconditions.

Themaximumacceptable lengthofcableonadrumshallbe500Mandshallbesuppliedonstandard non-returnable treated wooden drum, each drum having stenciled on each side:drum number, code name of conductor, drum wound length together with gross and netweight, the manufacturer name, the purchaser's name and contract number with date. Thecoverofthedrumshouldbeofsametreatedwood.Cable construction shall be as per BS 6004:1994 or equivalent to any internationallyacceptablestandard. Conductorsshall be circularplain annealed copper inaccordance withIEC 60228. Thickness of insulation shall be in accordance with IEC 502-1. The over sheathshallbeanexternallayerofblackPVC.

Ameansof identifying thecablesizeandBPDBownershipshallbeinscribedthroughoutthelength of the Cable in a single line on the PVC Insulation. The letters shall be upright blockcharacters embossed on the surface; they are being not more than 300 mm between eachgroup. The manufacturer’s name with year of manufacture and Progressive Meter Markingshallbeprovidedthroughoutthelengthofthecable.

Drumwoundlengthofeachdrummayvaryupto±5%ofthetotaldrumlengthastolerance.However,thesumoftotaldrumlengthshallbeasperorderedquantity.Onlyoneshortlengthofconductoronadrumisconsideredforacceptance,ifnecessary.Fortheotherrequirements,thegivendatashallbeconsideredasminimumandmaximumwherenecessary.Nonegativetolerancesforthediameterandthicknessareacceptable.

Description Unit Requirements

CableSize mm2 1CX185Material PVCInsulated

plainannealedcopper.Numbers&Diameterofwires No/mm 19/2.52Maximumresistanceat30°C /KM 0.1964

Nominalthicknessofinsulation Mm 1.6Nominalthicknessofsheath Mm 1.8Colourofsheath BlackApproximateouterdiameter Mm 19.4Approximateweight Kg/KM 1129Continuouspermissibleservicevoltage V 600/1000Currentratingat30°CambienttemperatureU/G

Amps 270

Currentratingat35°Cambientinair Amps 300 7.5..4.3 FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES:

o Conductors shall be delivered on standard non-returnable strong wooden drum. The

central hole of the drum shall be reinforced to fit on axle size 95 mm diameter. Theinterior of the conductor drum shall be lined with bituminous paper to prevent theconductor from being in contact with timber or Aluminium water proof paper and feltliningshalloverlapatseamsbyatleast20mmandtheseamsshallbesealed.

o Drum shall be adequately protected by securely fastening substantial wooden battensaroundtheperiphery.Thesebattensshallbesecuredbymeansofhoopmetalbindings.


Conductor drum shall be treated in an approved manner to resist termite and fungusattacksand shallbesuitable foroutside storage foraminimumperiodof3years inanequatorialclimatewithoutunduedeterioration.

o ThePVCcoveringshallbecompletewithPVC/AforInsulationandPVC-ST2forSheathasperrequirementofIEC60502-1.

o Thereshallbeonlyonelengthofconductoronadrum.o Treatedwoodendrumstandard:AWPAC1–82,C2–83,C16–82,P5–83.

7.5.5 125 mm2 PVC Copper Cable:









Nominalthicknessofinsulation Mm 1.6Nominalthicknessofsheath Mm 1.8Colourofsheath BlackApproximateouterdiameter Mm 19.4Approximateweight Kg/KM 1129Continuouspermissibleservicevoltage V 600/1000Currentratingat30°CambienttemperatureU/G

Amps 270

Currentratingat35°Cambientinair Amps 300


7.5.4.4 FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES: o Conductors shall be delivered on standard non-returnable strong wooden drum. The


o Drum shall be adequately protected by securely fastening substantial wooden battensaroundtheperiphery.Thesebattensshallbesecuredbymeansofhoopmetalbindings.Conductor drum shall be treated in an approved manner to resist termite and fungusattacksand shallbesuitable foroutside storage foraminimumperiodof3years inanequatorialclimatewithoutunduedeterioration.



7.5.6 95 mm2 PVC Copper Cable:









Nominalthicknessofinsulation Mm 1.6


Nominalthicknessofsheath Mm 1.8Colourofsheath BlackApproximateouterdiameter Mm 19.4Approximateweight Kg/KM 1129Continuouspermissibleservicevoltage V 600/1000Currentratingat30°CambienttemperatureU/G

Amps 270

Currentratingat35°Cambientinair Amps 300 7.5.4.6 FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES:

o Conductors shall be delivered on standard non-returnable strong wooden drum. The


o Drum shall be adequately protected by securely fastening substantial wooden battensaroundtheperiphery.Thesebattensshallbesecuredbymeansofhoopmetalbindings.Conductor drum shall be treated in an approved manner to resist termite and fungusattacksand shallbesuitable foroutside storage foraminimumperiodof3years inanequatorialclimatewithoutunduedeterioration.



7.5.4.7 APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS Design, Drawing diagrams, Specification and Technical Particulars & Guarantees etc of ACSRConductorshallbesubmittedtotheEngineer,bytheBidderforapproval,priortothemanufacturingof the goods. The Tenderer shall have to submit 3 (three) sets of the same for approval within 30(thirty)daysfromthedateofsigningContract.ThesubmittalshallincludedetailsCalculation.NoworkshallbeperformedinconnectionwiththefabricationandmanufactureoftheTestingEquipmentuntilthetechnicaldataanddrawingshavebeenapproved.Thecostofsupplyingdrawingsandspecificationsshallbebornebythesupplier.AtthetimeofdeliveryofEquipment,thesuppliershallsupplythree(3)setsofallapprovedtechnicaldataanddrawingsinboundbookformalongwithmanufacturer’soriginalcatalogueoftheEquipmenttotheProjectofficewillapprovethesubmitteddesignanddrawingswithin15daysfromthedateofsubmieeionifthesubmitteddesignanddrawingsmeetsthetechnicalspecificationandGTP.

----



Supplementary Information


7.6.1 Project Requirement 7.6.1.1 Project Requirments

7.6.1.1 Restricted Working Period The Contractor shall obtain reliable information concerning the conditions appertaining totheworkingareascoveredbythisContractandshallplanhisworkinaccordancewithlocalconditions.7.6.1.2 System Electrical Parameters 7.6.1.2.1 33 kV Transmission System NormalServiceVoltage ... 33 kVRatedVoltage ... 36 kVImpulseVoltageWithstandLevel ... 170 kVNumberofPhase ... 3Frequency ... 50 HzSwitchgearSymmetricalBreakingCapacity ... 31.5 kA,3sec 7.6.1.2.2 11 KV Distribution Systems NormalServiceVoltage ... 11KVRatedVoltage ... 12KVImpulseVoltageWithstandLevel 75KV NumberofPhase ... 3Frequency ... 50 HzSwitchgearSymmetricalBreakingCapacity ... 25 kA,3secSystemearthing … SolidNormalSe 7.6.1.2.3 Low Voltage AC System NormalServiceVoltage ... 400/230 voltsRatedVoltage ... 415/240 voltsNumberofPhase ... 3phase4wireFrequency ... 50 HzSwitchgearSymmetricalBreakingCapacity ... 22 kA,3secSystemearthing … Solid7.6.1.2.4 D.C System ForD.C.motordrivenauxiliaries,tripping,indicatinglampsandcontrols.Normalbatteryvoltage ... 110Vnominalfornewsub-stations.Toleranceonratedvoltage ... +10%,-15%Voltageatvariousexistingsites 30V,48V,110V,220V,250V.For Supervisory and Telecommunications

NominalSystemVoltage ... 48VNormalfloatchargevoltage ... 53VToleranceonratedvoltage ... +1V,-7V Climatic Conditions

AllplantandequipmentsuppliedundertheContractshallbeentirelysuitablefortheclimaticconditionsprevailingatsite.Theareaisclosetosealevelandisinatropicalclimate.Theambienttemperaturevariationisbetween50Cand400Cwithperiodsofhighhumidity.Theareaisdesignatedazoneofmoderateintensityforearthquakes.Theseismicfactoris0.15g.Atmosphericpollutionismidlevelandspecialinsulatordesignorwashingisnotrequired.Theareaissubjecttohighwindsoftyphoonstrength.


Maximumambientshadetemperature ... 400CMinimumambientshadetemperature ... 50CMaximumdailyaveragetemperature ... 350CMaximumannualaveragetemperature ... 250CMaximumwindvelocity(3secondgust) ... 160Km/hMinimumwindvelocityforlineratingpurposes ... 1.6/3.2Km/h(33/132kV)Solarradiation ... 100mW/sq.cmRainfall ... 2.5m/annumRelativehumidity,maximum ... 100%average ... 80%Altitude ... lessthan150m(Noiceorsnowexpected)AtmosphericPollution ... midlevelSoil type ... alluvial

Soiltemperature(at1.1m) ... 300CSoilthermalresistivity ... 1.50Cm/wIsokeraunicLevel(Thunderstormdays) ... 80The information in this Clause is given solely for the general assistance of Biders and noresponsibilityforitwillbeacceptednorwillanyclaimsbasedonthisClausebeconsidered. 7.6.1.2 Facilities and Transportation to Site ChittagongistheprincipalportofentryformaterialtoBangladesh.InlandtransportfromChittagongtoProjectareacanbebybarge,railorroad;bargeandrailbeingthemoreusualmethodsemployed.

The Contractor is responsible for performing all unloading, inland transportation andobtainingallapprovalsand consentsetc. necessary for themovement of plant (substation)andcontractor'sequipmentfromtheporttothesite.Allnecessaryaccessroads,jettiesoroff-loadingpointsetc.requiredforthetransportoftheplantetc.tositewillbetheContractorsresponsibility.Where heavy loads are to be moved the Contractor shall be responsible for performingsurveysoftheroutestoensurethatallportionshaveadequateload-bearingcapacity.A comprehensive method statement shall be submitted to the Engineer detailing the proposedtransportroute(s) and requirements. Plans indicating allbridges,ducts, culverts, railway crossings,overhead lines, water mains etc. their load bearing capacity or clearances as appropriate shall begiven together with proposed means of achieving the transportation requirements. Anyreinforcement, strengthening, modifications or temporary works required to obtain the necessarycapacityshallbetheresponsibilityoftheContractor.ThecostoftheaboveistobeincludedintheBidprice.

NoplantistobeconsignedtoBangladeshbyairfreightwithoutthepriorwrittenapprovaloftheEmployer.

Shipping Schedule After factory material orders are placed the Contractor shall forward to the Engineer ashipping schedule and this schedule shall be continually updated in line with the currentmanufacturingandshippingprogrammersandshowsplannedandactualprogress.7.6.1.4 Standards and Code Not Specified Wherenotspecified,IECStandardandBangladeshNationalCode(BNBC)shallbeapplicable7.6.1.5 Units of Measurement Inallcorrespondence,inalltechnicalschedules,onalldrawingsandforallinstrumentscales,S.I.unitsofmeasurementaretobeemployed.Angularmeasurementshallbeindegreeswith90degreesformingarightangle.


7.6.1.6 Erection and Checking at Site

AseachpartoftheWorks iserectedtheContractorshallseektheEmployersapprovalthatthe works have been constructed in accordance with the specification and approveddrawings.Forpurposesofprogresspayments forsiteworkamonthlyandcumulativesystemof jointmeasurementofworkdoneforeachSectionofWorkshallbesetupbytheContractor inamannerapprovedbytheEmployer.Any works constructed prior to the issue of drawings approved by the Employer for theparticularworksmaynotbeincludedinthepercentagecompletionfigures.TheContractoristoprovidesuchprotectionandwatchmenashemayconsidernecessarytosafeguardhismaterialsandstores.TheEmployerwillnotacceptresponsibilitiesforanylossordamage,whichmayoccurduringtheexecutionofthecontract.Thecarryingoutofallthework includedintheContractshallbesupervisedbyasufficientnumberofqualifiedrepresentativesoftheContractor,andfullfacilitiesandassistanceshallbe provided to the Employer to check the Works. The Contractor shall obtain from theEmployerdetailsoftheworksthatheproposestoinspect,butsuchinspectionshallinnowayexonerate the Contractor from any of his obligations. The Contractor, if required by theEmployer,shallopenforinspectionbeforeerectionanyequipment,whichhasbeendeliveredtothesitepartlyassembled.On completion of the Works the Site shall be left clean and tidy to the satisfaction of theEmployer. Any damage done to buildings, structures, plant or property belonging to theEmployershallbemadegoodattheContractor'sexpense.The Contractor shall ensure the correctness of electrical and mechanical connections to allequipmentsuppliedundertheContractbeforesuchequipmentiscommissioned.During erection and commissioning the Contractor shall provide all temporary scaffolding, ladders,

platforms with toe boards and hand-rails essential for proper access of workmen and inspectors,

cover or rail off dangerous opening or holes in floors, and afford adequate protection against

materialsfallingfromahigherlevelonapersonbelow.

ThemaximumpersonalsafetymustbeaffordedtopersonneleitherdirectlyengagedonthisContract or who in the normal course of their occupations find it necessary to utilizetemporaryworkserectedbytheContractorortofrequenttheworkingarea.IneachandeverycaseinvolvingaconnectionbetweenthePlantsuppliedunderthisContractandanyotherexistingplantwhichmayormaynotbeinservice,theContractormustmakesuitable arrangements as regards the time and manner in which the connection is madesubjecttotheapprovalofEmployer’sRepresentativewhois inchargeof theexistingplant.Where cases arise involving the operation of the plant or work on plant in operation orwheneverrequiredbytheEmployer’sRepresentative,theContractormustobtainawritten“PermittoWork”signedbyapersondulyauthorizedbytheEmployer.7.6.1.7 Contractor’s Responsibilities

7.6.1.7.1 Planning of Works Within 30 days after acceptance of the Tender, the Contractor shall prepare, in an agreedform,adetailedManufacture,DeliveryandErectionProgramChartforthecompleteContractWorks,andshallsubmitthecharttotheEmployerforapproval.TheManufacture,DeliveryandErectionProgramChartshallindicateforeachmajoritemoftheContractthevariousphasesofworkfromthecommencementoftheContracttoitscompletion,e.g.,design,orderingofmaterials,manufacture,delivery,installationandcommissioning.TheprogramshallincludeafullycomprehensivedrawingsproductionprogramwhichshalldemonstratetheContractorsintendedissuedatesforapproval.

Thesepresentationsshallbeinbarchartandprecedencecriticalpathanalysisformat.


The program shall indicate percentage completion points of the various phases which canformthebasisofprogressreporting.Acash-flowforecastoftheestimatedmonthlyinvoicevaluesshallbeincludedintheprogram.This forecast shall take into account the terms of payment and indicate down-payments,release of retention’s, etc. Figures may be rounded to the nearest thousands of theappropriatecurrency.TheContractorshallindicateintheprogramthenumber,gradeanddisciplineofsupervisoryand managerial site staff proposed throughout the site construction periods. If specialisterectionandcommissioningstaffaretobeemployedbytheContractordetailsofthenumber,disciplineanddurationofvisitofthesestaffaretobeindicatedintheprogram.TheprovisionofthisinformationwillnotformanycontractuallimitonthenumberofstafftobeprovidedbytheContractortoensurethetimelycompletionofthecontract.Shouldanyincidentoccurwhich,intheopinionoftheContractorwillresultinanover-runofanysectionoftheWorksthisshallbeindicatedintheprogramandbroughttotheEmployersattention.If, at any time during the execution of the Contract, it is found necessary to modify theapprovedManufacture,DeliveryandErectionprogramChart,theContractorshallinformtheEmployer and submit a modified chart for his approval. The submission, and subsequentapproval, of a modified Manufacture, Delivery and Erection program Chart shall notnecessarily obviate or diminish the Contractor’s responsibilities and liabilities under theContract.TheChartshallbeupdatedatmonthlyintervalsandsubmittedtotheEmployernolaterthanthemiddleofeachcalendarmonth. 7.6.1.7.2 Progress Reports and Meetings At monthly intervals after approval of the Plant(substation) Manufacture, Delivery andErection Program Chart, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer updated bar chartprogramsandprecedencecriticalpathanalysisnetworksintriplicateinanapprovedformatindicating the stage reached in the design, ordering of material, manufacture, delivery anderection of all components of plant. In addition the Contractor will compile and submit “S-curves” based upon the approved program indicating programmed and actual percentagecompletionofthevariousstagesofdrawingapproval,manufacture,shipping,civilworksanderectionforeachsectionoftheworksplustheoverallcontract.An updated cash-flow forecast indicating previously forecast and actual, involving levelstogetherwithrevisedfuturerequirementsshallbesubmittedquarterly.Agraphicaldisplayin the form of an “S-curve” of the actual vs planned payment certification (on & offshore)shallbeprovidedbytheContractorintriplicateonaquarterlybasistosupplementthebasiccashflowinformation.If, during execution of the Contract, the Employer considers the progress position of anysectionoftheworktobeunsatisfactory,orforanyotherreasonrelatingtotheContract,hewill be at liberty to call meetings, either in his Head Office or at Site. If required by theEmployer, a responsible representative from the Contractor’s works is to attend at theContractor’sexpensesuchmeetingswithsufficientauthoritytoissueinstructionsoreffectanalterationintheworkstothesatisfactionoftheEmployer.Access to the Contractor’s and Sub-Contractor’s works is to be granted to the Employersrepresentativeatallreasonabletimesforthepurposeofascertainingprogress.7.6.1.8 Sub-contracts and Orders AssoonaspracticableafterenteringintoContracttheContractormay,havingobtainedtheEngineer’sconsent,enterintothesub-contractsheconsidersnecessary, forthesatisfactorycompletionoftheContractWorks.ThreeunpricedcopiesoftheContractor’ssub-ordersshallbesuppliedtotheEngineer.Onecopyofanydrawingswherethesub-ordershallrefershallalsobesubmitted.Eachsub-orderanddrawingshallcontainthefollowingreferenceandaninstructionthattheplantissubject to inspectionandtests to bewitnessedby theEngineerorhisagentwithsufficient


authoritytoissueinstructions,oreffectanalternationintheWorkstothesatisfactionoftheEngineer.Approval by the Engineer of Contractor’s sub-orders shall not relieve the Contractor of hisresponsibilitiesinmeetingthisspecification.ItistheContractor’sresponsibilitytoensurethatafullspecificationbasedontherelevantinformationinthecontractispassedtothesub-contractor.

TheContractorwillberesponsibleforprogressingtheSub-Contractor’sworksincludingvisitstotheworks to ensure the work as to programme, specification, quality and drawings and to witness allnecessaryroutine,sampleandtypetests.ThecostofthisContractcontrolisdeemedtobeincludedintheContractSum.

7.6.1.9 Training for Employer’s Staff The Contractor, without additional cost will train the Employer’s employees in the operation andmaintenanceoftheplant.

This local training is to be carried out in Project site as formal instruction courses on each of thevarious types of plant being provided. The attendance of BPDB staff during erection andcommissioningworkswillnotbeacceptableasanalternativetotheformaltrainingcourses.Coursenotesandhandbooksasappropriatearetobeissuedtoattendees,andfullreferenceistobemadetotheOperationandMaintenancemanualsissuedbytheContractor.

Importance shall be emphasized on the following particulars but not limited to duringtraining:-RoutineOperation,Maintenanceandtroubleshooting,TestingandRepairof:-SwitchgearandcontrolequipmentTransformers,includinguseofoiltreatmentplantControlequipment,meteringandalarmequipmentProtectionequipmentUndergroundcables,sheaths,etcEarthingSubstationAutomationSystemBuildingServicesDCandLVACsystems. The contractor shall provide comprehensive training to the Employer’s officer/staff who isnominated later intended to operate and maintain the equipment supplied under thisContractwithoutadditionalcost.(1)Thecontractorshallsetuptrainingclassroomsatsite,whereheshallprovidecompetenttraininginstructors,trainingmanuals,trainingsimulatorsifany,allnecessaryaidsmaterialsasrequiredforthetrainingcourse.(2)Thetrainingcourseshallbeconductedduring installationperiodandcompletedbeforethecommencementoftestingandcommissioning.Notrainingcourseshallbestartedbeforethecompletionofdesignphase.(3) The training instructors shall be qualified, competent, with sufficient years of practicalexperienceintherelevantfieldsandpossessesgoodcommunicationskillsandbeproficientinEnglishlanguage.(4) The training instructors shall be either the system designer or engineering staff of thecontractor,thecontractor’ssubcontractorsortheequipmentmanufactures.(5)ThecontractorshallsubmitthetrainingplantotheEmployerforreview.(6)ThenumberoftraineesshallbeTen.Officersandstaffsshallbedividedintotwoseparategroups.(7)Trainingperiodshallbetwoweeks.(8)Coursenotesshallbeissuestoattendeesinadvanceofthecourseofinstruction.


(9)Completionoftrainingshallbeanessentialrequirementbeforeataking-OverCertificateisissued.In addition full instruction is required in the stripping down, repair or replacement ofcomponents, reassembly, operation testing and re-commissioning of switchgear andtransformers.The contractor shall also to arrange another local training program on SubstationAutomationSystemandProtectionSchemeaswellasofferedProtectivedevicesforfive(05)BPDBengineersfor7(seven)days.Thisshouldincludetrainingonoperation&controloftheautomationsoftwareandprotectivedevicelikerelay,CBetc.TheContractoristoreportonthecapabilityandprogressofeachtraineeatthecompletionoftheirtrainingperiods.Allcostof local training including accommodation, transport and fooding will be bear by thecontractor.7.6.1.10 Packing and Erection Marks Eachitemistobeexportpackedandproperlyprotected forshipment,transportandstorage intheportareaandfortransporttoandstorageonSite.

AllPlantprovidedunderthisContractshallhavethepackingmarkedinthefollowingmanner.Agreenbandshallbepaintedallaroundeachpackage.Thebandshallbe8”wideor¼ofthelength of the packing whichever is the less. Each package should have the followinginformationprintedonitinboldletters:-

(a) PortofLoading(b) NameofConsignee(c) PurchaseOrderNumber(d) BriefdescriptionofStores(e) NumberofPackage(f) Gross,tareandnetweight(g) Measurements(h) ContractorsName(i) ContractTittle(j) ContractNumber(k) portofLanding

All members comprising multipart assembles, e.g. steel frameworks, are to be marked withdistinguishingnumbersand/orletterscorrespondingtothoseoftheapproveddrawingsormaterialslists.Colourbandingtoandapprovedcodeistobeemployedtoidentifymembersofsimilarshapeortype but of differing strengths or grades. Cases containing delicate items such as relays andinstrumentsshouldcarryaseparatemarking:Sensitive equipmentpackagesshallbe opened in thepresenceofarepresentativeoftheEmployer.

7.6.1.11 Spares The Contractor is to propose comprehensive schedules of spare parts requirement for 2yearsserviceofthePlant.ThoseSparePartsrequiredforroutinemaintenancearetobeprovidedunderthiscontract.TheContractorshallprovidedetailedschedulesofthoseemergencysparesheconsidersthatitwouldbeprudentfortheEmployertopurchaseinpriceschedule:Thelocalcurrencyelementshallincludeallhandling,localtransportanddeliverytoastoreorstoresnominatedbytheEmployer.SparesshallbehandedovertotheEmployerassoonastheyarriveonsite, and shall be checked in the presence of the Employer’s representative. The Contractor shallobtainareceiptforthematerialatthetimeofdeliverytotheEmployer’sstores.

Any spare material so ordered shall be strictly interchangeable with the parts which it isintendedtoreplace,packedandtreatedinsuchamannerastobesuitableforstorageinthe


climate at the Site for an indefinite period and each part shall be clearly marked foridentificationpurposes,outsidethepackagewhereapplicable.SchedulesofsparematerialsintriplicateshallbehandedovertotheEmployerarrangedforthe easy identification and checking of materials at the time of hand over. Prior to thehandingoverdateforContractorspares,theContractorshallberesponsibleforallsecurityarrangementsandthesafecustodyofthesparematerials.InadditiontothecontractspareslistedinScheduleofPrice/BOQtheContractorshallensurethat sufficient stocks of commissioning spares are available on site to enable the rapidcorrectionofanydefectdiscoveredduringsitetesting.TheprovisionofcommissioningsparesistheContractorsresponsibilityandthecostoftheseistobebornebytheContractor.Contractsparesarenotbeutilizedascommissioningspares.

TheContractorshallsubmittotheEmployersRepresentative,onamonthlybasis,acompletescheduleofthestockofcommissioningsparesavailableonsite.Inadditionthecontractorshallprovideamonthlyreturnonallitemswhichhaverequiredreplacementfromthecommissioningsparesstock.TheEmployerorhisRepresentativemayrequiretheContractortoreturnanyitemofdefectiveplanttothemanufacturerforareportonthecauseoffailure.

7.6.1.12 Contractor’s Local AgentTheBidershallstateinhisBidthenameandaddressinBangladeshofhislocalAgent,ifany.7.6.1.13 Civil Works 7.6.1.13.1 Removal, Transport and Relocation of Existing Equipment. Whereit isnecessarytomove,dismantle,relocate,adjust,orrehabilitateanyexistingequipment inordertoperformtheworkspecified,theContractorshallberesponsibleforperformingthisworkandthecostisdeemedtobeincludedintheContractSum.

Where existing equipment is surplus to requirements the Contractor shall be responsible for theremoval,dismantling,cleaning,coatingwith protective material totheEngineer’sapproval,packingandtransportingtheequipmenttotheEmployer’sstores.

Terminal PointsCables within sub-station PowerandMulti-coreCablingbetweenEquipmentwithinSub-stationi.e.33kV,11kV,LV,dc,etc.cablingbetweenequipmentwithinsub-stationsshallbeincludedinthisContract.

7.6.1.13.2 Civil and Building WorksThe civil works on this Contract shall include all demolishing, clearing, levelling, building, buildingservices(smallpower,lighting,fans,freshandfoulwateretc.)indoorandoutdoorplantfoundations,roads,concretecabletrenchesandcableductswithinthesiteboundaryrepairingatallroadstrenches.

7.6.1.14 Drawings, Diagrams and Calculations 7.6.1.14.1 General

Theterm“drawing”shallalsoincludediagrams,schedules,performancecurves,andcalculationsetc.,required for the comprehensive design of the works.The Contractor shall be responsible for theprovision of all drawings required for the various stages of the Contract. All drawings, apart fromworkshop drawings, shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval, in accordance with anapprovedprogramme.TheContractorshallensurethatdrawingsaresubmittedforapprovalingoodtime such that they may be approved within the specified period by the Engineer prior to themanufactureorconstructioncommencing.FurtheradequatetimemustbeallowedbytheContractorto permit any comments made by the Engineer to be incorporated. Any works performed prior toapproval of drawings by the Engineer will be entirely at the Contractor’s own risk including anydelaysthatmayresultfrommodificationsbeingfoundtobenecessarybytheEngineer.


The Contractor shall be fully responsible for obtaining any drawing or data of existing plant andinstallations that he requires in order to carry out the works, and shall also be responsible forverifying that any drawings of existing plant and installations are accurate. The Contractor shallprovide suitable drafting and other staff on site that he requires investigating and producing anydrawingsthatherequiresofexistingequipmentandinstallationsinordertocarryouttheworks.Anycostassociatedwiththeserequirementsisdeemedtobeincludedinthecontractprice.

Whereexisting installationshavebeenmodified orextendedtheContractorshallprovidecompletenewsetsofdrawings.InthisrespecttheContractorshallprovidedrawingsdetailingboththeexistingandnewworksandshallnotlimitthescopeofthedrawingstothenewworksonly.

7.6.1.14.2 Format Drawings are to be submitted for approval on paper prints, folded to A4 size with the project titleblockanddrawingnumbersfullyvisible.

All drawings are to be submitted on “A” series paper to ISO/5457. The maximum size ofdrawingsshallbeA1exceptforsitesurveyandlayoutdrawingswhichmaybesubmittedasA0sizesheets,ifnecessary,toaccommodatedetailsonascaleof1:100.SinglelinediagramsandschematicdrawingsshallpreferablybeonamaximumsheetsizeofA2.Alldimensionaldrawingsshallbetothefollowingscalesandfullydetailed.1:1,1:2,1:5,1:10andfactorsof10thereof.DrawingssymbolsshallbeinaccordancewithIEC117:2010.AlldrawingsaretobesubmittedinAutoCadformatinCDRDisk/Harddrive.Drawing titles shall clearly identify the specific function of the drawings and whereappropriatethenameofthesite(s)towhichthedrawingapplies. 7.6.1.14.3 Drawing Numbering and Revisions The Contractor shall be responsible for adding the Engineers drawing numbers to alldrawings prior to submittal. Following award of the contract the Engineer and Contractorwill review the numbering system, familiarize each other with requirements, and agree onthenumberingsystemtobeapplied.Comprehensive cross-reference are to be included on drawings and the Contractor shallincludetheEngineerdrawingnumberinthecross-references.Ateachandeveryissueofadrawingtherevisionshallberaised,anddetailsgiveninrevisionboxesonthedrawings.Comprehensivedetailsofrevisionsaretobegivenandphrasessuchas“REVISED”,“UPDATED”,“MODIFIED”orsimilararenotacceptable.

ReferencetoanydrawingincommunicationsshallincludetheEngineer’sdrawingnumber. 7.6.1.15 Operating and Maintenance Manuals 7.6.1.15.1 General The Contractor shall be responsible for compiling operation and maintenance (O&M)manualsforeachsectionoftheWorks.Drafts of the manuals are to be submitted to the Engineer at least six weeks prior to thecommencement of pre-energisation commissioning checks on Site. Following examination theEngineerwillforwardcopiesofhiscommentstotheContractortoactionpriortoissuingFinalO&Mmanuals.FinalO&MmanualsaretobeavailableonsitepriortotheissueofTakingoverCertificate.Handling,installation,storageandtransitinstructions,inaccordancewithClause7ofBS4884part1,whichshallformpartofthemanuals,aretobeavailableonsitepriortothearrivalofthePlant.

In addition to the compiled manuals, the contractor shall submit copies of brochures and otherexplanatory literaturewith drawings of the plant, which will assist the Engineer in approval of thedrawings.


7.6.1.15.2 Contents Operation and Maintenance manuals shall be prepared for the equipment supplied forsubstation.ThecontentandpresentationofthemanualsshallconforminfullwithBS4884parts1and2.TheO&Mmanualsarealsotocontainacompletedrawinglistappropriatetotheindividualsectionoftheworks.ThedrawinglistshallincludetheEngineer’sdrawingnumbers.Maintenance instructions for all plant shall cover preventive and corrective maintenanceprocedures. For electronic or solid state control, protection equipment etc. details shall beprovidedtoenableindividualcircuitcardstobecheckedforcorrectoperationandfaultstobetraced,andrepaired.The Contractor shall provide proformas of the required maintenance record sheets for allplant, which shall include cross-reference to the appropriate section of the O&M manualswhich detail how to perform the tasks required. Any other record sheets suitable for themonitoringoftheplantshallalsobedesignedandprovided.7.6.1.15.3 Binders, Presentation The information will be provided on A4 pages, with diagrams on throw-clear pages whererequiredtoenablethetextanddiagramstoberefereedtosimultaneously.Thefrontcoverandspineofthemanualsshallgivethefollowinginformation:ProjectTitleEmployer’snameContractnumberIdentificationoftheSectionoftheWorksVolumenumberandtotalnumberofvolumesapplicable(e.g.volume3of5volumes)Contractor’scompanylogoandnameTheabove shallalsobeprovidedona flysheet inside the frontcoverofeachvolume.DraftO&Mmanualsmaybepresentedinunprintedcovers.FourcopiesofdraftO&MmanualsaretobeprovidedtotheEngineer;followingapproval8copiesaretobeprovidedtotheEngineerorEngineer’ssiteRepresentativeforeachsectionoftheworks.7.6.1.16 Site Storage Facilities The Contractor shall provide lockable cabinets in each of the individual substations, which are tocontainthefollowing:

(a) Onesetofpaperprintsofthecompleterecorddrawingsforthesectionofthework.These shall be arranged in a logical sequence in accordance with the drawing listcontained in the O&M manuals. Record drawings are to be grouped into labeledpockets or binders to minimize disturbance in locating specific drawings. As-builtdrawingsaretobestoredintheselocationspriortotheissueofrecorddrawings.

(b) TwocompletesetsofO&Mmanuals(c) Volumesoffactoryandsitetestreports/certificates

(d)Copiesofmaintenancelogsheets,recordsheetsetc.

(e) Spaceforstationeryanoperators’logbooksThese cabinets shall match other furnishings being provided in the substation and thelocationassuchitemsistobeincludedinthedesignofthesubstationlayout. 7.6.1.19.3 Test Carried after erection

7.6.1.19.3 Electrical Equipment


7.6.1.19.3.1 GeneralAgeneralcheckofallthemainswitchgearandancillaryequipmentshallbemadeandshallincludeacheekofthecompleteness,correctnessandconditionofearthconnections, labeling,arcingringandhorngaps,clearances,paintedsurfaces,cables,wiring,pipework,valves,blankingplatesandallotherauxiliaryandancillaryitems.Checksshallbemadeforoilandgasleaksandthatinsulatorsarecleanandfreefromexternaldamage.Acheckshallbemadethatlooseitemswhicharetobehandedovertotheemployere.g.blankingplates,tools,spares,areinorderandarecorrectlystoredorhandedover.Thefollowinggeneraltestsaretobecarriedoutonelectricalequipmentafter erection at site:- RoutinehighvoltageteststotheappropriateIECStandard.Wherenorelevantstandardexists,testsshallbeagreedwiththeEngineer.Insulationresistancetestsonallelectricalequipment.Continuityandconductivityresistancetests.Testoperationofalarmandtripping,devicestolocalandremote.Rotationaltestsonallmotors.PolaritytestsonCTsandVTs.Oiltests.Groundingsystemandelectrodetests.Ratio,VectorGroupingandmagnetizingcurrenttestsoneachtransformer.Calibrationofwindingandoiltemperaturedevices.VectorgroupandphasingtestsonVTCircuits.Magnetizationcurrent/voltagetestsandwindingresistancetestsonallcurrenttransformers.Primaryandsecondaryinjectiontestsonrelays,protectiondevicesandequipment. 7.6.1.19.3.2 Circuit-Breakers Circuit-breakersshallbegivenavisualinspection.In the case ofgas typecircuit-breakers testing will be required on thegas system toprove the gaspressure,quantity,drynessanddielectricstrength.Contact resistance tests shall be carried out. In the case of multi-interrupter circuit-breakersresistance tests will be required at each interrupter or pair of interrupters as well as through theseriesofinterruptersoneachpole.Operational tests shall include local and remote trip/close. Timing tests shall be carried out on allcircuit-breakers,exceptthosewhicharebelow66kVandwhichareneitherassembledatSiteanorhavemechanicallygangedpoleoperation.Localaircomponentsassociatedwithpneumaticoperation,includingaircompressors,shallbetestedand air loss measurements and pressure and alarm settings checked. Tests shall be made also onmechanicalandhydraulicoperationsystems.


7.6.1.19.3.3 Disconnectors and Earth Switches Manualoperationofdisconnectorsandearthswitchesshallbesubjecttooperationalteststoconfirmcontactpressures,contactresistances,simultaneousoperationofallphasesandtheeaseofoperation.Motorised operation of disconnectors and earth switches shall be tested to prove the motoroperation, including local and remote operation, and timing tests shall also be carried out. Motorprotectionshallbetested.Checksshallbemadeoninterlocks,localandremoteindicationsandoperationofauxiliarycontacts.Earthswitchesshallbetestedtoconfirmtheopeningandclosingsequencesandchecksshallbemadeoninterlocks,indicationsandmanuallockingdevices.7.6.1.19.3.4 Busbars and ConnectionsFlexible busbars and connections shall be tested to ensure that the correct tensions, sags andclearanceswillbemaintainedovertherangeofenvironmentalconditionsandloadswithoutstresstootherequipment.Ifdynamometersareusedtocheckthesagsandtensions,theyshallbecheckedbothbeforeandafteruse.Rigidbusbarsandconnectionsshallbetestedtoensurethatthebusbarswillnotcauseoverloadingofthesupportinginsulatorsunderloadconditionsandundertherangeofclimaticvariationsapplicableto the site and that expansion and contraction of the equipment is fully accommodated by flexibleconnections.Conductivitytestsshallbecarriedoutonallconnectionsandjointswhicharemadeonsite,withoutexception. 7.6.1.19.3.5 Earthing SystemTestsshallbemadeontheeffectivenessofthebondingandearthingwhichwillincludeconductivitytests on selected joints, on the main earthing system, and at the connections to equipment andstructures.Checksshallalsobemadeonprecautionstakentoavoidcorrosionattackontheearthingsystem.Testprobesatapproximately300and600metersseparationwillnormallyberequiredtoeffectivelytest the earthing system. The use of transmission line conductorsmay bearranged tosimplify testtestingprocedures.Theearthresistanceshallbemeasuredduringtheinstallationandoncompletionasfollows:-ofeachearthrodafterdrivingoftheearthgridaftercompletionandback-fillingofthetrenchesof each group of earth rods or earth point after completion of the connection from the test linkterminal.OfthecompletedinstallationwithoutanyconnectionsoutsidethesubstationThetestsshallbecarriedoutbyamethodandwithequipmentapprovedbytheEngineer.Alltestsaretobewitnessedandtheequipmentandmethodusedrecordedwiththetestresults.TheContractormayalsobecalledupontoprovideassistanceinthemeasurementofearthresistanceafterearthconnectionstothesystemhavebeencompleted.7.6.1.19.3.6 Control Relays and metering Panels, Instruments and Protective Devices (a) Wiring


Aftercompleteerectionandcabling,allcircuitsshallbesubjectedtothehighvoltagetestspecifiedintherelevantIECorapprovedstandard.Theinsulationresistanceofallcircuitsshallbemeasuredbeforeandafteranyhighvoltagetests.ForACsecondaryinjectiontestsasubstantiallysinusoidaltestsupplyshallbeused.Theoperationandresettinglevel(currentand/orvoltage)andtimingofallrelaysshallbemeasuredoveranagreedrangeofsettingsforallrelays.For directional relays phase-shifting transformers shall be used to determine the maximum torqueangleandtheboundariesofoperation/restraint.Otherrelaysshallbefullytestedinaccordancewiththemanufacturer’srecommendations.AllDCelementsofprotectionrelaysshallbetestedforoperationat70%ratedvoltage.All d/c supplies shall bechecked for severity of current inrush when energizedby switching on orinsertingfusesorlinks.(b) Mechanical InspectionAllpanelequipmentistobeexaminedtoensurethatitisinproperworkingconditionandcorrectlyadjusted, correctly labeledandthatcases, covers, glass andgasketsare ingoodorderandproperlyfitting.(c) General Sufficienttestsshallbeperformedontherelaysandprotectionschemesto:Establishthattheequipmenthasnotsuffereddamageduringtransit.Establishthatthecorrectequipmenthasbeensuppliedandinstalled.Confirmthatthevariousitemsofequipmenthavebeencorrectlyinterconnected.Confirmperformanceofschemesdesignedonthebasesofcalculatione.g.differentialprotection.Toprovideasetoffiguresforcomparisonwithfuturemaintenancevaluesallowingtheconditionoftheequipmenttobedetermined. (d) Secondary InjectionSecondaryinfectionshallbecarriedoutonallACrelays,usingvoltageandcurrentofsinusoidalwaveformandratedpowerfrequencytoconfirmsatisfactoryoperationandrangeadjustment.The polar characteristic of all distance protections shall be recorded at a minimum of 30 degreeintervals.For circulatingcurrent protection employing high impedance voltageoperated relays, the pointsofinjectionforrelayvoltagesettingtestsshallbeacrosstherelayandstabilizingresistance.The fault setting for the type of protection is to be established by secondary injection, where it isimpracabletoascertainthisvaluebyprimaryinjection.Injectionistobemadeacrosstheappropriaterelaybuswireswithallassociatedrelays,settingresistors,andCT’sconnected.(e) Primary Injection


Allcurrentoperatedrelaysshallbetestedbyinjectionofprimarycurrenttorecordtheactualrelaysettingandasafinalproofoftheintegrityofallsecondaryconnections.Thestabilityofalldifferentialschemesshallbecheckedbyinjectionofprimarycurrent.PrimarycurrentinjectiontestsaretobecarriedoutbythecontractorandthemethodsemployedforaparticularinstallationaretobeagreedwiththeEngineer.Testsaretobecarriedoutasfollows:Local primary injection to establish the ratio and polarity of current transformers as a group, carebeingtakentoprovetheidentityofcurrenttransformersofsimilarratio.Overallprimaryinjectiontoprovecorrectinterconnectionbetweencurrenttransformergroupsandassociatedrelays.Faultsettingtests,wherepossible,toestablishthevalueofcurrentnecessarytoproduceoperationoftherelays.(f) DC OperationsTests are to be carried out to prove the correctness of all DC polarities, the operating levels of DCrelaysandthecorrect functioningofDCrelayschemes,selectionandcontrol switching, indicationsandalarms.Thecorrectfunctioningofallisolationlinksandfusesshallalsobechecked.(g) Tests on LoadTests on load shall also be done to demonstrate stability and operation of protection relays asrequiredbytheEngineer.Alltripping,control,alarmandinterlockingcircuitsshallbefunctionallytestedtoprovesatisfactoryand fullproof operation and/or resetting. The functional and safety aspectsof all shorting and/ orisolationlinks,fusesandswitchesdevicesshallbeproved.Thetotalburdensconnectedtoallvoltagetransformercircuitsshallbemeasuredandrecorded.Thetotalcapacitanceofallwiringandapparatusconnectedtothenegativepoleofeachmaintrippingbatteryshallbemeasuredandrecorded;thevalueshallnotexceed10microfarad.Thecontinuouscurrentdrainofalltripcircuitsupervisionrelaysshallbemeasuredandshallnotbegreater than half the minimum current required for tripping. The supervision current shall bemeasuredwiththecircuit-breaker(orotherdevice)bothopenandclosed.7.6.1.19.3.7 Batteries and ChargersTestsshallbecarriedoutonthebatteriesandchargerstoconfirmthechargerratingsandadjustment,thebatteryandchargeralarmsystemsandbatterycapacity.Theopen-circuitcellvoltagesofthebatterieswhenfullychargedshallberecorded.TheinsulationtoearthofthecompleteDCinstallationshallbetested. 7.61.19.3.8 Power CablesEachcompletedcircuitshallbetestedforcontinuityandinsulationresistance. 7.6.1.19.3.9 Current TransformersAMagnetizationcurveshallbeobtainedforeachcurrenttransformerinorderto:-


DetectdamageintransitorinstallationProvethatthecorrectcoreshavebeenwiredouttotherelevantterminalsForhighimpedancerelayschemes,toconfirmthatcorrectrelaysettingshavebeencalculated.The DC resistance of each current transformer secondary winding shall be measured and also thetransformersandconnectionleads,eachitembeingrecordedseparately.Theinsulationresistanceofallsecondarycircuitsshallbemeasuredat1000voltandrecorded.Primary current injection tests shall be conducted on all current transformers using adequateprimarycurrenttoprovecorrectratio,polarityand,fordifferentialprotectionschemes,toprovethecorrectrelativepolaritiesofallcurrenttransformersofeachscheme. 7.6.1.19.3.10 Voltage Transformers The transformer ratio and polarity shall be checked using a primary voltagehigh enough togive aclearly measurable secondary voltage or by using rated primary voltage and comparison with analreadyprovenvoltagetransformer.Thephasingandphaserotationshallbechecked.Forthreephasevoltage transformers a test shall be conducted to show that energizing each primary windingproducesanoutputfromonlythecorrectphasesecondarywinding.Theresidualvoltageofanyopendeltaorbrokendeltawindingshallbemeasuredwithratedprimaryvoltageapplied. 7.6.1.19.3.11 Control and Instrumentation Equipment Thefollowinggeneraltestsshallbeperformedoncontrolandinstrumentationequipmentatsite.Highvoltagetestingofallcircuits,asspecifiedintherelevantIECorapprovedstandard.Insulationresistancetestingofallcircuits.Functionaltestsforalltripping,control,alarmandinterlockingcircuits.Thetestingofallequipmentinaccordancewiththemanufacturer’sinstructionsorasadvisedbytheEngineer. 7.6.1.19.3.12 Transformers and Ancillary EquipmentThefollowingtestsshallbeperformed. Insulationresistancetestsonbushings.

Insulationresistancetestat500Vbetweencoreandcoreclampingstructure.

VoltagewithstandtestsoninsulationoiltoBS148.

Ratio.

Phaserelationship

Magnetizationcharacteristicsofcurrenttransformersofwindingtemperaturedevices.

Calibrationofwindingtemperaturedevices.

TapSelectorandDiverterSwitchalignment.


Calibrationofautomaticvoltagecontrolequipment.

Provingtestsasnecessaryoncontrolschemes.

Measurementofwindingresistanceonalltapsandphases.

WhereapplicabletheabovetestsshallalsobecarriedoutonEarthingTransformers. 7.6.1.20 Inspection Plan and Procedures 7.6.1.20.1Measuring and Testing Equipments At prescribed intervals, or prior to each use, all measuring and testing equipment used ininspectionshallbecalibratedandadjustedagainstcertifiedequipmenthavingaknownvalidrelationshiptonationallyrecognizedstandards.Wherenonationalstandardsexist,thebasisemployedforcalibrationshallbeapprovedbytheEngineer.The manufacturer shall prepare a calibration schedule showing equipment type,identificationnumber, location, frequencyofchecks,methodofcheckingandactiontotakewhenresultsareunsatisfactory.Eachpieceofequipmentshallbelabeledwithitsidentificationandcurrentcalibrationstatus.Calibration records for each piece of equipment shall be maintained at least for life of thatpieceofequipmentandshallbeavailableforexaminationbytheEngineer.7.6.1.20.2 Re-inspection Following Non-ConformanceIfanon-conformancereportisissuedasClause7.2.25.2aboveorplantrejectedasin7.2.26.2below,theContractorshallreimbursetheEngineerforallcosts(includingtimecosts,travel,accommodation etc.) for both attending discussions on remedial matters and any re-inspectionthattheEngineermaydeemtobenecessary.7.6.1.23 Site Pre-commissioning Checks and Commissioning Procedures. 7.6.1.23.1GeneralTheContractorshallberesponsibleforthesafeandefficientsettingtoworkofthewholeoftheplantandequipment.ThemethodsadoptedshallbetotheapprovaloftheEngineerorhisrepresentativeonSite,andshallbeinaccordancewithanysafetyandpermitregulationsinforcebytheEmployerontheSite.At least two months before commencing the commissioning of any plant(substation) orequipment, the Contractor shall submit for approval fully comprehensive schedules of pre-commissioningchecksasapplicabletoeachitemoftheplantandequipmentprovided.Theseschedules shall then be used during pre-commissioning as a guide to the methods to befollowed and to record the actual activities carried out with the appropriate date, togetherwithdetailsofallworkyettobecompleted,variationsandmodificationstodesignconditions.In addition the Contractor is to submitwith the schedules to the Engineer’s representativeproformatestsheets(tobeusedbytheContractorduringtestingandcommissioning)foralltestsheproposestocarryoutandthoserequiredbytheEngineer’sRepresentative.Each activity on the schedules, when completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer’sRepresentative, shall be signed and dated by the Contractor. The schedules shall becountersigned by the Engineer’s Representative as necessary. If during the performance ofthe pre-commissioning checks the Engineers representative considers that additional testsarenecessarytoprovethesystemorplanttheContractorshallperformsuchadditionalteststotheEngineer’ssatisfaction.The Contractor shall also submit for approval schedules of commissioning procedures thatthe proposes to follow when bringing into service groups of plant items during thecommissioning period. These schedules shall detail the tests necessary to ensure thecomplete and satisfactory commissioning of each section of plant and shall detail all


operational limitations.Theschedulesshallbeusedduringcommissioningwhichshallonlycommencewhentherelevantpre-commissioningcheckscheduleshavebeencompleted.Eachactivityonthecommissioningprocedurescheduleswhencompletedtothesatisfactionof the Engineer’s Representative, shall be signed and dated by the Contractor and shall becountersignedbytheEngineer’sRepresentativeasnecessary.The commissioning procedures shall ensure that the commissioning of any section of theWorksdoesnotinterruptthenormalcommercialoperationofanypreviouslycommissionedsection(s).21 days prior to commencing commissioning checks the Contractor is to agree with theEngineer’sRepresentativethemethodandsequenceofperformingthecommissioningtests.Following agreement the Contractor shall submit a detailed program indicating the testingsequencetopermitadvancenoticetobegiventotheEmployerinorderthattheEmployer’sRepresentativesmayalsowitnesstestingifsodesired.WhenthecommissioningofeachsectionoftheWorksiscompletetheContractorshallcarryoutsuchpreliminarytestsasarenecessarytoestablishthattheplantisfunctioningcorrectlyandefficiently,andshallmakeanyadjustmentsrequired.TheContractoristosupplyalltestequipment, tools,chemicals, lubricatingoilsandgreasesandothermaterialsrequiredfortheaforementionedoperations.ForthepurposesofthisContract, theprovisionsofthissectionwillapplytoplantsuppliedfromnominatedsubcontractors.7.6.1.23.2 Contractor’s Site Supervisory StaffDuring the commissioning and subsequent testing of any item of plant the Contractor is toprovidefortheservicesofanyspecialsupervisorystaffnecessaryforthepurposeofensuringpropercommissioningandthesatisfactorycompletionofalltests.ThecostofsuchservicesisdeemedtobepartoftheBidedpriceforErectionofPlant.7.6.1.23.3 Commissioning of Modified Circuits Wherethescopeofworkshasincludedthediversion,relocationorvariationofanyexistingcircuit the Contractor is deemed to have included for all pre-commissioning checks onexistingequipment.WherethisworkincludesoverheadlineorcablecircuitstheContractorisresponsibleforcarryingoutfullpre-commissioningandon-loadchecksattheremoteendofthecircuitincludingtheinjectiontestingandre-settingofrelaysifrequired.Allandanysuchworkassociatedwiththere-commissioningofexistingequipmentisdeemedtobeincludedinthecontractprice.

Test Equipment TheContractorisresponsibleforprovidingallequipment,power,etc.necessarytocarryoutalltestsonsite.FollowingawardofcontractthesuccessfulContractorshallsubmitadetailedscheduleofthetestequipmentetc.,heintendstoprovideforcarryingoutthisportionoftheWorks.ShouldtheEngineerrequireadditionaloralternativetestequipmenttobeprovidedto enable full site testing to be performed in accordance with the requirements of theSpecificationtheContractorshallsupplysuchequipmentatnoextracost.7.6.8 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT 7.6.8 General Technical Requirements 7.6.8 .2.1 Civil and Building Works Where items of mechanical plant are mounted on foundations, which are part of the civilengineering works, the Contractor shall carry out suitable leveling and adjustment of theplantonthefoundations,beforetheplantissecuredinposition.TheContractorshallcheckthe alignment, leveling or positioning of the mechanical plant in question, before and aftergrooving. The Contractor shall make records of the alignment, leveling or positionalmeasurementandshallmaintainsuchrecordsuntilhisactivitiesatsiteareconcluded.


Thebuildingsteelworkshallbedesignedtocarrytheloads/forcesimposedbypipework,cablesandassociatedfittingswhichalsoformpartoftheworks,andallnecessarysupportsandfixingshallbeshownontherelevantdrawings.

Suchsupportsandfixingsmaybesecuredtothesteelworkbyboltingweldingorclamping.

No other supports or fixings shall be subsequently attached to the steel work nor may any otherdrilling,cuttingorweldingbecarriedoutwithoutthepriorpermissionoftheEngineer.

7.6.8 .2.2 Design and Construction Requirements and Interchangeability

7.6.8 .2.2.1 General Requirements

TheWorksshallbedesignedtooperatesafely,reliablyandefficientlyinaccordancewiththeDesignandOperatingRequirementsstatedinthisSpecification.No departure from the Specification shall be made subsequent to the Contract without thewrittenapprovaloftheEmployer.Thedesignshallconformtothebestcurrentengineeringpractice.Eachoftheseveralpartsofthe Plant shall be of the maker’s standard design, provided that this design is in generalaccordancewiththeSpecification.Thedesign,dimensionsandmaterialsofallpartsshallbesuchthattheywillnotsufferdamageasaresultofstressesunderthemostsevereserviceconditions.ThematerialsusedintheconstructionofthePlantshallbeofthehighestqualityandselectedparticularlytomeetthedutiesrequiredofthem.Theplantshallbedesignedandconstructedtominimizecorrection.Workmanshipandgeneralfinishshallbeofthehighestclassthroughout.

All plant items and corresponding parts forming similar duties shall be interchangeable inordertominimizethestockofspareparts.Allequipmentshallbedesignedtominimizetheriskoffireanddamagewhichmaybecausedintheeventoffire.7.6.8 .2.2.2 Specific Requirements Thechoiceofplantanddesignoftheinstallationistomeetthefollowingcriteria.Sub-stationlayoutsaretoutilizetheminimumoflandarea.All equipment is to facilitate the installation of all circuits indicated as “future” with theminimumofdisruption.Allcablingschemes,D.C.andA.C.equipmentetc.shallbedesignedtoaccommodateallsuchfuturecircuits,loads,etc.Theplantandinstallationshallbedesignedforaminimumservicelifeof25years.All plant is to have a minimum of 2 years satisfactory and proven service record of highdurabilityandreliability inasimilarenvironment.Documentaryevidence in supportof thechoiceofanyitemofplantwillbeprovidedbytheContractorifrequestedbytheEngineer.Eachsub-stationistobedesignedsuchthatthefailureorremovalofanyoneitemofplantformaintenanceorrepairshallnotimpairtheoperationalintegrityofthesub-station.Thedesignandlayoutofthesub-stationsshallensurethesafetyofpersonnelconcernedwiththeoperationandmaintenanceoftheplant.7.6.8 .2.3 Units of Measurement The Contract shall be conducted in the Systems International ’Units (SI) system of units inaccordancewiththeprovisionsofISO31andISO1000.


7.6.8 .2.4 Plant and Equipment Identification 7.6.8 .2.4.1 Identification on Drawings The Contractor shall prepare comprehensive Plant or Equipment identification Schedules.The Schedules shall include the respective flow sheet or Drawing/Diagram identificationNumbers.7.6.8 .2.4.2 Labels and Nameplates The Contractor shall supply and install all labels, ratings, instruction and warning platesnecessaryfortheidentificationandsafeoperationoftheWorks.Nameplates of labels shall be non-hygroscopic material with engraved lettering of a contrastingcolour or, alternatively in the case of indoor circuit-breakers, starters, etc. of plastic material withsuitablycolouredletteringengravedthereon.

Alltheabovelabelsandplatesshallbesecurelyfixedtoitemsofplantandequipmentwithstainless steel rivets, plated self tapping screws or other approved means. The use ofadhesiveswillnotbepermitted.Thelanguageoflabels,platesandnoticesshallcomplywiththerequirementsoftheContract.Individual plant items and all relevant areas within the contract works where a danger topersonnelexistsshallbeprovidedwithplentiful,prominentandclearwarningnotices.Thesewarning notices shall drawattention to thedangeror riskwithwordswhichattractattention and summarize the type of risk or danger. The notices shall also carry a largesymbolwhichgraphicallydepictsthetypeofrisk.Allequipmentwithinpanelsanddesksshallbeindividuallyidentified.Theidentificationshallcorrespondtothatusedinschematicandwiringdiagrams.Each circuit breaker panel, electrical control panel, relay panel etc., shall have circuitdesignationlabelmountedonthefrontandrear.Corridortypepanelsshalladditionallyhavecircuitdesignationlabelswithinthepanels.All equipment and apparatus mounted there on shall be clearly labeled in an approvedmanner. The function of each relay, control switch, indicating lamp, MCB, link etc. shall beseparatelylabeled.TheContractorshallberesponsiblefortherelocation,orreplacementofalllabelsonexistingplant,whichbecameinaccurateasaconsequenceofthecontractworks.7.6.8 .2.5.0 Safety and Security 7.6.8 .2.5.1 Interlocks A complete system of interlocks and safety devices shall be provided so that the followingrequirementsandanyotherconditionnecessaryforthesafeandcontinuousoperationoftheplantareprovided:Safetyofpersonnelengagedonoperationalandmaintenanceworkontheplant.Correctsequenceofoperationoftheplantduringstartingupandshuttingdownperiods.Safetyoftheplantwhenoperatingundernormaloremergencyconditions.Interlocksshallbepreventive,asdistinctfromcorrectiveinoperation.WhereplantsuppliedunderthisContractformsthewholeorapartofasystemforwhichoneof more interlocking schemes are required, the Contractor shall be responsible for allinterlocking schemes for the Engineer’s approval. General descriptions of interlockingrequirements are given in the Specifications but the Contractor shall include for any otherinterlocksheconsidersnecessary.7.6.8 .2.5.2 Locks, Padlocks, and Key Cabinets The Contractor shall provide padlocks, locks, chains or other locking devices for the locking of allequipmentcubicles,electricalisolatingswitches,selectorswitches,valves,etc.totheapprovaloftheEngineer.

All locking devices and chains shall be manufactured from corrosion resistant material. Allmechanismsshallbeprovidedwithacovertominimizeentryofwaterordust.Locks shall conform to a master keying feature system to be agreed with the Engineer forgroupsofequipment.


Alllocksshallhaveindividualhighintegritylocksandshallbeprovidedwith(two)keys.Eachkeyshallbeprovidedwithalabelasspecified.TheContractorwillsupplyandfitkeycabinetsequippedwithlabelledhooks,eachIdentifiedwith its appropriate key. Every cabinet shall be provided with a nameplate identifying thecabinetwithitsrespectiveitemoritemsofplant.SufficientcabinetswillbeprovidedtostoreallkeyssuppliedunderthisContractandcaterforfutureextensions.The Contractor shall provide comprehensive lock and key schedules to readily permitidentificationwithequipmentanddoors.Suchschedulesarenotrequiredforloosepadlocks.Where modifications are performed to existing sites the Contractor shall provide a systemidenticaltothatexisting. 7.6.8 .2.6 Spare Parts 7.6.8 .2.6.1 Commissioning SparesinadditiontothesparepartsbeingprovidedfortheEmployer,theContractorisresponsibleforensuringthathehasaccesstoastockofcommissioningspares.SparesprovidedfortheEmployerarenottobeutilizedascommissioningspares,withoutwrittenapproval,inwhichcasetheContractorshallimmediatelyreplacethecontractspareathisownexpense.AllcommissioningsparesareconsideredasContractorsequipment.7.6.8 .2.7 Consumable Items 7.6.8 .2.7.1Chemicals and other Consumable The Contract includes for the provision of all chemicals, resins, and other consumablesrequiredfortesting,commissioningandsettingtoworkofeachsectionoftheworks.Unless other wise stated, the Contractor shall provide all such chemicals and otherconsumablesrequiredfortheefficientoperationandmaintenanceoftheplantatfullload24hoursperdayforaperiodof12monthsforeachsectionoftheworks fromthedateofthefinalcertificate.TheContractorshallpreparealistoftheseconsumablesgivingquantitiesnecessaryforeachsectionoftheworksandtherecommendedsuppliers. 7.6.8 .2.8 Painting and Cleaning ImmediatelyfollowingtheawardofaContract,theContractorshallsubmitthenamesoftheproposed paint supplier and applicator together with a quality assurance program forapproval.AllpaintsforacontractshallbeprovidedbyonemanufacturerandpreferablyshallbemanufacturedinonecountrytoensurecompatibilityThepainting of the plant shallbecarriedout inaccordance with theappropriate schedule.Theworkisgenerallycoveredbytheschedulesbutwhereparticularitemsarenotreferredtospecifically,theyshallbetreatedinamannersimilartoothercomparableitemsasagreedwiththeEngineer.The schedule indicate standards of surface preparation and painting which is intended togive a minimum service life of 10 years in a coastal industrial environment, with need forminorremedialworkonlyduringtheinterveningperiod.Steel sections and plate shall be free from surface flaws and laminations prior to blastcleaningandshallnotbeinworseconditionthanPictorialStandardB,SwedishStandardSIS055900.TheEngineerispreparedtoconsideralternativepaintschemestomeettherequirementsoffabrication using modern automated materials handling systems, provided they offer thesamestandardsofsurfaceprotectionandservicelifeasthoseintendedbytheschedules.All paints shall be applied by brush or spray in accordance with the schedule, except forprimingcoatsforsteelfloors,galleriesandstairwayswheredippingispermitted.Where paint is to be applied by spray, the applicator shall demonstrate that the spraytechniqueemployeddoesnotproducepaintfilmscontainingvacuoles.


Where paint coatings are proposed for the protection of surfaces of equipment exposed tocorrosiveconditions,suchasplantitemsexposedtobrinesorseawaterimmersioninliquid,orwetgases,thecoatingsshallbeformulatedtothesuitablycorrosionresistantandshallbehighvoltagesparktestedatworksand/oratSitepriortocommissioning.Thetestprocedureshallbebasedontheuseofahighvoltagedirectcurrent.Thevoltageusedshallbe75%ofthe breakdown voltage of the coating. This breakdown voltage shall first be separatelydeterminedusingtestplatescoatedwiththespecifiedcoatingformulationandthickness.Thecoatingonthetestplateshallalsobemicro-sectionedbytheapplicatortoshowthatitisfreefromvacuolesandotherdefectslikelytoinvalidatethetestprocedure.If the defects revealed by the above test procedure do not exceed one per 5 m2 of coatingsurface,thecoatingneednotbere-testedafterthedefectshavebeenrepaired.Ifthedefectsexceed one per 5 m2 of coating surface, the repairs shall be resettled after any curing iscompleted,andthisprocedureshallberepeateduntilthedefectsarelessthanoneper5m2of coating surface. After repair of these defects, the equipment can be placed in servicewithoutfurthertesting.All coating proposed for the internal protection of domestic water storage tanks andBPDBlinationplantsshallbecertifiedbyanapprovedindependentAuthorityassuitableforuseinpotablewaterinstallationsandshallmeetthenon-paintingrequirementsofBS3416.All plainshed and bright parts shall be coated with grease, oil or other approved rustpreventivebeforedispatchandduringerectionandthiscoatingshallbecleanedoffandthepartspolishedbeforebeinghandedover.Where lapped or butted joints form part of an assembly which is assembled or partassembled prior to final painting, the jointed surfaces shall be cleaned free from all scales,looserust,dirtandgreaseandgivenonebrushappliedcoatofzincphosphateprimerbeforeassembly.Paint shall not be applied to surfaces which are superficially or structurally damp andcondensationmustbeabsentbeforetheapplicationofeachcoat.Paintingshallnotbecarriedoutunderadverseweatherconditions,suchaslowtemperature(below40C)orabove90%relativehumidityorduringrainorfog,orwhenthesurfacesarelessthan30Cabovedewpoint,excepttotheapprovaloftheEngineerorhisdulyappointedrepresentative.Priming coats of paint should not be applied until the surfaces have been inspected andpreparatoryworkhasbeenapprovedbytheEngineerorhisdulyappointedrepresentative.No consecutive coats of paint, except in the case of white, should be of the same shade.ThinnersshallnotbeusedexceptwiththewrittenagreementoftheEngineer.Onshelteredorunventilatedhorizontalsurfacesonwhichdewmaylingermoreprotectionisneededandtoachievethisadditionaltopcoatofpaintshallbeapplied.The schedules differentiate between ‘Treatment at Maker’s Works’ and ‘Treatment at SiteafterCompletionofErection’butthelocationsatwhichdifferentstagesofthetreatmentsarecarriedoutmaybe modifiedalwaysproviding thateach change is specificallyagreed tobytheEngineerandthepaintingisfinishedatSitetotheEngineer’ssatisfaction.Allpaintfilmthicknessquotedareminimumandrefertothedryfilmcondition.Allthicknessshall be determined by the correct use of approved commercial paint film thicknessmeasuringmeters.The Contractor shall ensure that precautions are taken in packing and crating to avoiddamagetotheprotectivetreatmentappliedbeforeshipment,duringtransporttothesite.Structural bolts shall be galvanized, sheradised or cadmium plated and painted as foradjacentsteelwork.Allstructuraltimberthatdoesnotrequiretobepainted(timberjoists,flooring,etc)shallbetreatedwithtwocoatsexteriorgradeapprovedtimberpreservative.Therequirementsofthisclauseandtheschedulesshallbeinterpretedinaccordancewiththerequirements and recommendations of BS 5493 and CP 231, 3012 and the paintmanufacturer’sspecialinstructionswhereapplicable.


ColourshallbeinaccordancewithBS1710andBS4800orequivalentmaterialstandards. 7.6.8 .2.9 Galvanized Work All galvanizing shall be carried out by the hot dip process (and unless otherwise specified, shallconforminallrespectswithIEC’s).

Attention shall be paid to the detail of members, (in accordance with IEC’s). Adequateprovisionforfillingventinganddrainingshallbemadeforassembliesfabricatedformhollowsections.Ventholesshallbesuitablypluggedaftergalvanizing.Allsurfacedefectsinthesteel, includingcracks, surface laminations, lapsandfoldsshallberemoved (in accordance with IEC’s). All drilling cutting, welding, forming and finalfabrications of unit members and assemblies shall be completed before the structures aregalvanized. The surface of the steelwork to be galvanized shall be free from welding slag,paint,oil,greaseandsimilarcontaminants.ThecoatingshallbeasspecifiedinBS720orequivalentNationalstandard.StructuralsteelitemsshallinitiallygritblastedtoBS4232,secondquality(SA2.5)andtheminimumaveragecoatingweightonsteelsections5mmthickandovershallbeasspecifiedinthetablebelow:Withintermediatevalueson aproratabasis.Onremovalfromthegalvanizingbaththeresultantcoatingshallbesmooth,continuous,freefrom gross surface imperfections such as bare stops, lumps, blisters and inclusions of flux,ashordross.Galvanized contact surfaces to be jointed by high strength friction grip bolts shall beroughenedbeforeassemblysothattherequiredslipfactor(definedinBS3294.PartBS4606part1andI)isachieved,careshallbetakentoensurethattherougheningisconfinedtotheareaofthefayingsurface.Bolts,nutsandwashers,includinggeneralgradehighstrengthfrictiongripbolts(referredtoin BS 3139 and BS 4395 part 1) shall be hot dip galvanized and subsequently centrifuged(accordingtoBS729).Nutsshallbetappedupto0.4mmoversizeaftergalvanizingandthethreadsoiledtopermitthenutstobefingerturnedontheboltforthefulldepthofthenut.Nolubricant,appliedtotheprojectingthreadsofagalvanizedhighstrengthfrictiongripboltafterthebolthasbeeninsertedthroughthesteelworkshallbeallowedtocomeintocontactwiththefayingsurfaces.Duringoff-loading and erection, nylon slings shallbeused. Galvanized work which is to bestoredinworksonsiteshallbestackedsoastoprovidedadequateventilationtoallsurfacestoavoidwetstoragestaining(withrust).SmallareasofthegalvanizedcoatingdamagedinanywayshallbebroughttotheattentionoftheEngineerwhoshallauthorizerepairby:Cleaningtheareaofanyweldslugandthoughwirebrushingtogiveacleansurface.Theapplicationoftwocoatsofzincrichpaintortheapplicationoflowmeltingpointzincalloyrepairrodorpowertothedamagearea,whichisheatedto300---C.

Afterfixing,boltheads,washesandnutsshallreceivetwocoatszincrichpaint.

THICKNESSOFSTEEL

SECTIONmm

THICKNESSOFSIZECOATINGmicrons

MINIMUMAVERAGECOATINGWEIGHT

g/m²

5 600 80–90 10 750 100–120 20 900 120–150


7.6.8 .2.10 Mechanical Items AllscrewthreadsshallbeoftheISOmetricformandthediametersandpitchofthreadforallboltsstudsandnutsshallconformtotheISOStandardsasstatedinBS3692orBS4190orequivalentNationalStandard.It is recognized that in a number of applications such as instrument, machine componentsandpipe,otherthreadformsmaybeused.7.6.8 .2.10.1Pipe work Allpipingshallbedesigned,manufacturedandtestedinaccordancewithBritishStandardsorequivalent Nationals Standards approved by the Engineer. In particular, pipework shouldmeet the requirements of the following standards or their equivalents. Dimensions shallcomplywithTable1ofBS1600.TheminimumwallthicknessofcarbonsteelpipesexcludinganyallowanceforcorrosionshallbeasshowninBritishStandards:

DIAMETER MINIMUMWALTHICKNESS

0-100mmTable2BS1387:1967

150-200mm4.87mm

250-600mm6.35mmDrainsandairventsshallbeprovidedasrequiredbythephysicalarrangementofthepipeworkandshall be via valves with the drain and vent pipe work led to drain points to the approval of theEngineer.

Screwed pipe work systems shall be provided with adequate unions to enable valves andfittingstoberemovedifrequiredwithminimumdisturbancetotherestofthepipesystem. 76..8 .2.10.2 Bolts, Studs, Nuts and Washers Allbolts,andnutsshallconformdimensionallytotherequirementsofBS3092orBS4190orequivalentNationalStandard.TheMaterialofallbolts,studsandnutsforpipingsystemsshallconformtotherequirementsofBS4505orequivalentNationalStandard.Thethreadedportionofanyboltorstudshallnotprotrudemorethan1.5threadsabovethesurfaceofitsmatingnut.Whenfittedboltsareusedtheyshallbeadequatelymarkedtoensurecorrectassembly.Bolts, nuts, studs and washers in contact with sea water or used on pipe work systemscontainingseawatershallbeofthesamematerialasflangesetc.The use of slotted screws shall be avoided; hexagon socket screws or recessed type headsbeingpreferred.76.8 .2.11 Metal Clad Bus-Bars and Connections Bus-barsandconnectionsshallcomplywithBS159andshallbeelectrolyticcopper,unlessotherwiseagreedwiththeEngineer.The bus-bars, assembles and connections of equipment for services up to 33 kV shall be of a typewhich does not rely solely on air for insulation purposes. The covering material shall be non-deteriorating at the rated short-time maximum temperature of the bus-bars and shall have suchthickness as is required to withstand rated line to line voltage between bus-bar and a conductingobjectontheexteriorofthecoveringmaterialforaperiodofnotlessthan60seconds.

Thebus-barsandtheirconnections,andinsulationmaterialsasappropriateshallbecapableof withstanding, without damage, the thermal and mechanical effects of a through faultcurrentequivalenttotheshort-timeratingoftheswitchgear.


Facilities to the approval of the Engineer shall be provided to accommodate thermalextension of the bus-bars and associated components including the insulating medium ifappropriate.Bus-bars shall be contained in a separate compartment within the general casing ofswitchgear. Bus-bars barriers shall be provided between switchgear equipment to preventthespreadingofionizedgasesintheeventofafault.Accesstobus-barsandtheconnectionsdirectlyconnectedtheretoshallbegainedonlybytheremoval of covers secured by bolts or screws. Such covers shall be clearly and indeliblymarked“DANGER-BUSBARS”.Bus-bars shall be extensible at both ends, such extension shall entail the minimumdisturbancestobus-barcompartments.Bus-barsshallbeofuniformcross-sectionalareathroughouttheirlength. 7.6.8 .2.12 Insulators and Bushings PorcelainorglassinsulatorsandbushingsshallcomplywiththerequirementsofIEC168,IEC137,IEC305,IEC273,IEC433andIEC815.Porcelain for insulating purposes shall comply with the requirements of BS 1598. Eachporcelain insulator shall bear themanufacturersmark and batch identification,whichshallbeappliedbeforefiring.Theclampingsurfacesofallporcelaininsulatorsshallbeaccuratelygroundedandshallbefreeofglaze.InsulatorsandbushingsshallsatisfythetestrequirementsofIEC168-Post,IEC233-Hollow,IEC 383-Overhead Line. The design of insulators shall be such as to minimize radiointerference(RFI),and testswillberequired asproposed in IEC437orequivalent to limitRFItoCISPRorCCITTrecommendedlimits,orequivalentNationalStandardsorRegulations.Insulatorsandbushingsoforganicmouldedorresin-bondedmaterialshallcomplywiththerequirementsof IEC660asappropriate.Theyshallhaveadurablenon-hygroscopesurfacefinish with a high anti-tracking index. Precautions shall be taken during manufacture andassemblyofinsulatorsofthistypetoexcludeallmoisture.The Comparative Tracking Index (C.T.I.) shall be determined on all organic materialinsulators,andotherinsulatingmaterialasdirectedbytheEngineer.Thetestmethodonanyelectrical materials intended for use outdoors or in servers ambient conditions shall be inaccordance with IEC 587, and materials not exposed to such conditions shall be tested inaccordancewithIEC112.Insulator and bushings of moulded or resin bonded material shall be identified with themanufacturers mark and batch identification. Such marking shall not impair the electricalpropertiesofthesurfacefinish.Insulatorsandbushings,shallbemounted,andthemethodofattachingconnectionsbesuch,thatthereisnolikelihoodoftheirbeingmechanicallyoverstressedduringnormaltighteningof the mounting and connection fixings. Similar provision shall be made to accommodateexpansionandcontractionoftheconnectionshavingregard inthetemperaturelikelytobeattained during fault conditions. Mountings shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity towithstand the forces created by the passage of maximum prospective short-circuit currentwith full asymmetry, without permanent damage or permanent deflection sufficient toreduceelectricalperformanceofinsulationstrength.7.6.8 .2.13 Electrical Insulation Insulatingmaterialsshallbesuitablyfinishedsoastopreventdeteriorationoftheirqualitiesunder the specified working conditions. Account shall be taken of the IEC 85 and IEC 505recommendations.Ebonite, synthetic resin-bonded laminated material and bituminized asbestos cement-bonded panels shall be of suitable quality selected from the grades or types in theappropriateBritish,IEC,orapprovedNationalStandard.Allcutormachinedsurfacesandedgesofresin-bondedlaminatedmaterialsshallbecleanedandthensealedwithanapprovedvarnishassoonaspossibleaftercutting.


Linseedoilanduntreatedmaterialsoffiber,leatheroid,presspahn,asbestosorothersimilarhygroscopetypesofmaterialsshallnotbeusedforinsulationpurposes.Untreatedleatheroidandpresspahnmaybeusedformechanicalprotectionofwindinginsulation.Wherever practicable, instrument, apparatus and machine coil windings, including wirewound resistors, with the exception of those immersed in oil or compound, shall bethoroughly dried in a vacuum or by other approved means and shall then be insulatingvarnish.Varnishwithalinseedoilbaseshallnotbeused.No material of a hygroscope nature shall be used for covering coils. Where inter-leavingbetweenwindingsincoilsisnecessary,onlythebestmanilapaper,thoroughlydried,whichpermitspenetrationbytheinsulatingvarnishorwax,shallbeused.7.6.8 .2.14 Insulating Oil InsulatingoilshallcomplywiththerequirementsofIEC296.InsulatingoilshallbeprovidedbytheContractorforalloil-filledapparatusand10%excessshallbeprovidedfortoppinguppurposes in sealed drums. The Contractor shall satisfy himself that suitable oil treatmentfacilities are available at Site for his use. If the Contractor is unable to obtain writtenassurancestothiseffectheshallprovidesuchoiltreatmentfacilitiesasrequiredtomeetthespecification,atnoadditionalcost. 7.6.8 .2.15 L.V. Circuit Protection Fuses are not to be used for protection of circuits below 1000V phase-to-phase, (LowVoltage).All low voltage and dc circuit protection is to be provided by moulded case, or miniaturecircuitbreakers.Linkcarriersandbasesshallbeofanapprovedmanufactureandofsuchformandmaterialsoastoprotect persons fromshockand burns innormalserviceand maintenance.Links,andfixedcontactsshallbeshieldedtopreventinadvertentcontactwithlivemetalwhilstthelinkisbeinginsertedorwithdrawn.The labeling of carriers and bases shall comply with IEC 269 Identification labels fixed topanels,boardsanddesksforMCBsandlinksshalldescribetheirduty,voltageandrating.7.6.8 .2.15.1 Miniature Circuit Breakers All miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) shall comply with IEC 157 and be fitted with over-current releases of both the thermal and instantaneous type. All MCBs supplied on thiscontractshallbetoshortcircuitcategoryP2ofIEC157.Single,twoorthreepolebreakersmaybeusedwhereappropriateandatripofonepoleshallcauseacomplete trip ofallassociated poles. In addition therating given ofMCBs suppliedshallbeconfirmedasthatappropriatetotheenclosureprovided.The Contractor shall ensure satisfactory time and current grading with other associatedminiaturecircuitbreakersorMCCBs. 7.6.8 .2.15.2 Distribution Boards And Isolators Distributionboardsshallbeprovidedthroughouttheplantforlocaldistributionof lighting,smallpowerandairconditioningsupplies.The lightingandsmallpowercircuitsmayuseacommondistributionboard.Distribution boards shall be of 1 kV a.c., 1.2 kV d.c. rating and conform to IEC 439. Alldistributionboardsshallbeoftheweatherproofenclosuretypeandshallbearrangedsothatthedoororcovercanbelockedintheclosedposition.All triplepoleandneutralboardsshallprovidesatisfactorycableentry forallcableswhichcouldberequiredforthenumberofcircuitfacilitiesprovidedandshallhavetheneutralbardrilledforthefullnumbersinglephaseways.Each distribution board supplied from a remote location shall have a load breaking/faultmaking incoming isolatingswitchmountedadjacent tooraspartof thedistributionboard.Eachdistributionboardshallhaveremovabletopandbottom(undrilled)glandplates.


Each circuit in every distribution board shall be numbered and identified by means of aschedule attached to the interior of the door or cover of the board. The schedule shall belegibleanddurabletotheEngineer'’approval.7.6.8 .2.16 Electrical Equipment, Instruments and Meters Allinstrumentsandmetersshallbefittedwithglassesoflowreflectivityandshallnotcausepointerdeflectionduetoelectro-staticchargingthroughfriction.AllindicatinginstrumentsshallbeoftheflushmountedpatternwithdustandmoistureproofcasescomplyingwithBS.2011,Classification00/50/04,andshallcomplywithBS.89:1977orIEC.51.Unlessotherwisespecified,all indicatinginstrumentsshallhave95mmsquarecasestoDINstandardorequivalentcircularcases.Instrument dials in general should be white with black markings and should preferably bereversiblewheredoublescaleinstrumentsarespecified.Scalesshallbeofsuchmaterialthatnopeelingordiscolorationwilltakeplacewithageunderhumidtropicalconditions.Themovementsofallinstrumentsshallbeofthedeadbeattype.Instrumentsshallbeprovidedwithareadilyaccessiblezeroadjustments.Themountingheightofthecentreofallindicatinginstrumentsshallnotexceed2000mm.A.C. ammeters for transformer, feeder or inter connector circuits, and D.C ammeter for allloadcircuitsexceptmotors,shallhavelinearscalescommencingatzero.A.C and D.C ammeters for motor circuits shall have scales commencing at zero and with acompressedoverloadportionforreadingoftheassociatedminorstartingcurrent.D.C.ammetersforthemainbatterycircuitofD.Csystemsshallhavescaleswithpositiveandnegativeranges,labeledchargeanddischargerespectively.Voltmeters for feeders and transformer circuits shall have expanded scales to display thenominalservicevoltage±20%.Wattmeterforfeedersshallhavelinearpositiveandnegativereadingscalestobeapproved.Varmeters for all circuits shall have linear positive and negative reading scales to beapproved.Frequencymetersshallbeofthepointertype,scaledapproximately45-55Hz,andbiasedtoswingtooneendofthescaleonlossofvoltage.Synchronizingvoltmetersshallbescaledinperunitvaluesonly,tocorrespondtotheaboveexpandedvoltmeterscales.Synchroscopesshouldbecontinuouslyrated,butifnotthenatleast30minuteratedwithanindividualon/offswitch.Thesynchroscopesshall indicatesynchronism betweentwocircuitswiththepointerat the“12’0’clock”positiononly,andshallhavearrowsonthefacetoshowthatthefrequencyofthe“incoming” supply is fast or slow with respect to the “running” supply. The synchroscopeswitch shall disconnect both supplies to the instrument and the instrument pointer shallmoveat least450 from theverticalpositionwheneitherorbothsuppliesareremovedandshallthenremainstationarywithoutanytendencytocreep.In addition all synchroscopes shall include two synchronizing lamps. These lamps shall be“bright”forsynchronizedconditions,butaretoactsolelyasasupplementaryindicationthatmaybeusedbytheoperationwithcautionintheeventoffailureofthesynchroscope.Integratingmeteringshallbeprovidedwhereindicatedonthespecificationdrawings.Thesemetersshallbeofthewithdrawableflushmountedtypeandcomplywiththerelevantpartsof IEC 521 and BS 5685, Class 1.0 accuracy and BS 37, Part 9. The meters shall includecyclometerdialtyperegisters.Approved test terminal blocks of the three-phase type shall be provided for connecting incircuitwitheachmeteraportabletestingmeter.


Recording instruments shall be of an approved type, and unless otherwise specified, shallhavetwochartspeedsof25mmand50mmperhouravailableforselectionbymeansotherthan changing connections. They shall be complete with sufficient charts and inks for twoyears’working.All instruments,meters,recordersandapparatusshallbecapableofcarryingtheirfullloadcurrentswithoutundueheating.Theyshallnotbedamagedbythepassageoffaultcurrentswithintheratingoftheassociatedswitchgearthroughtheprimariesof theircorrespondinginstrumenttransformers.Allinstruments,motorsandapparatusshallbebackconnectedandthemetalcasesshallbeearthed.Allvoltagecircuitstoinstrumentsshallbeprotectedbyafuseineachunearthedphaseofthecircuitplacedascloseaspracticabletothemainconnection.Allpower-factorindicatorsin3-phasecircuitsshallhavethestarpointoftheircurrentcoilsbrought out to a separate terminal which shall be connected to the star point of theinstrumentcurrenttransformersecondarywindings.All instruments and meters associated with multi-ratio CT’s shall be provided with sets ofscales etc. appropriate to each CT ratio. It shall be possible to replace the scales ofinstruments without dismantling the instruments or interfering with any tropicalizationfinish.The Contractor shall provide electrical instrument and meter schedules to include,manufacturer, type, designation, current and voltage rating, accuracy class and circuitdesignation. 7.6.8 .2.17 Control and Selector Switches Control switchesshallbeof thethree-positiontypewithaspring returnactiontoacentralposition(andwithoutalockingfeature).Circuitbreakersshallhavecontrolswitcheswhichshallbe labeledopen/N/closeor(O/N/Iand arranged to operate clockwise when closing the circuit breakers and anti-clockwisewhenopeningthem,andshallbeofthepistolgriptype.Controlswitchesofthediscrepancytypeshallbeprovidedwherespecified,i.e.mimicpanel.Suchdiscrepancycontrolswitchesshallbearrangedinthelinesofthemimicdiagram.Suchswitches shall include lamps and be of the manually operated pattern, spring loaded suchthatitisnecessarytopushandtwisttheswitchpastitsindicatingpositionforoperation.Thelamp shall be incorporated in the switch base and shall flash whenever the position of thecircuitbreakerisatvariancewiththepositionindicatedbythecontrolswitch.Handdressingofthecontrolswitchtothecorrectpositionshallcausethelamptoextinguish.Selectorswitchesshallbeofthetwoormorepositiontypeasrequired,andhaveastay-putaction to remain in any selected position which shall be lockable (separate padlocks eachwith duplicate keys should be provided). Each position of the selector switches shall besuitablylabeledtosignifytheirfunction.TheswitchhandleshallbeofthepistolgriptypetotheapprovaloftheEngineer.Itshallnotbepossibleatanytimetooperateanyswitchgearequipmentsfrommorethanonelocation simultaneously, and suitable lockable selector switches shall be provided to meetthisrequirement.Thecontactsofallcontrolandselectorswitchesshallbeshroudedtominimizetheingressofdustandaccidentalcontact,andshallbeamplyratedforvoltageandcurrentforthecircuitsinwhichtheyareused.7.6.8 .2.18 Auxiliary Switches Auxiliaryswitchesshallbetoapprovalandcontactsshallhaveapositivewipingactionwhenclosing.Allauxiliaryswitches,whetherinserviceornotinthefirstinstance,shallbewireduptoaterminalboardandshallbearrangedinthesamesequenceonsimilarequipments.


Auxiliary switches mechanically operated by the circuit breakers, contactors, isolators, etc.shall be to approval and contacts mounted in accessible positions clear of the operatingmechanism of the circuit breaker, contactor, isolator, etc., and they shall be adequatelyprotectedagainstaccidentalelectricalshock.Auxiliaryswitchesshallbeprovidedtointerruptthesupplyofcurrenttothetripcoilofeachcircuit breaker and contactor immediately the breaker or contactor has opened. Theseauxiliaryswitchesshallmakebeforethemaincontacts,duringaclosingoperation.7.6.8 .2.19 Transistorized Electronic Equipment Transistorised electronic equipment shall comply with the BS 9000 series or equipmentNationalspecificationandbeadequatelysizedandderatedtosuitthelocalclimaticcondition.Wiring boards shall comply with BS 4584 part 2. Unless otherwise approved, epoxy resin-bondedfiberglassboardsshallbeused.Theconductorsshallbenotlessthan0.4mmwide.

Externalconnectionsfromtheboardsshallbesoldered,crimpedorthroughplugandsocketconnectionstoapproval.TheidentificationofcomponentsinboardsshallcomplywithBS9000orequivalentNationalspecificationandtheidentificationofindividualboardsshallbeagreedwiththeEngineer.Where boards are mounted in racks they shall conform to 483 mm wide module unlessotherwise agree. The location of individual boards within the racks shall follow a logicalpattern,boardsforsimilardutiesbeingarrangedinsimilarorder. 7.6.8 .2.20 Alarm Equipment Whereanalarmsystemisspecified,itshallconsistofaninitiatingdevice,adisplayunitandpush buttons mounted on the front of the appropriate control panel, together with acontinuouslyratedaudiblewarningdeviceflasherunitandrelays.Therelaysshallwhereverpossible, be mounted inside the same panel; where the number of alarms to be displayedmakesthisimpracticable,aseparatealarmrelaycubicleorcubicleswillbeconsideredasanalternative.Whereitisnecessarytodifferentiatebetweentheurgencyofalarmsthenvariousapprovedalarm tone devices shall be provided in this Contract. In addition and where specified analarmbeacontotheapprovaloftheEngineershallbeprovided.Thedisplayunitshallconsistofarectangularframeorbezelenclosingtherequirednumberofindividualfacias,eachofwhichshallbepreferablyapproximately32mmx25mminsize.Eachfaciashallbeintheformofawindowinscribedwiththespecifiedlegend,describingthefaultconditiontobeindicated.Lampsshallnotilluminateadjacentwindows.Atleast3sparewaysshallbeprovidedoneachdisplayunit.Allunusedwaysinadisplayunitshallbefullyequippedandthealarmsystemdesignedtoenablethesewaystobeutilizedatafuturedate.Alarmrelays shall beofa type to theapproval of theEngineer,arranged to plug into fixedbases,eithersingly or ingroupsandhavepositivemeansof retaining themsecurely in theserviceposition,thebasesbeingmountedonracksorframeswhichshallbehingedtoallowthemtobeswungclearofthesidesofthepanelorcubicleinwhichtheyareinstalledinordertoprovidereadyaccess.Thetypeofwiringusedfor internalconnections betweenalarmfaciasand theirrelaysandbetweenrelaysandterminalblocks,shallgenerallycomplywiththeserequirementswiththefollowingexceptions:-(i) Single-strandwire,notlessthan0.85mmindiametermaybeused.SolderedterminationswillbeacceptableExternal connections foralarmcircuitswill in general berun inmulti-corecableshaving alargercoresize than thatreferred toabove.Thiswillnecessitatespecial terminalblocks, ifsolderedterminationsareused,inwhichcasetheinternalandexternalterminationsofeach


pairshallbejoinedbyaremovablelink.SamplesofthetypeofwireandterminalblocktobeusedforalarmconnectionsshallbesubmittedfortheEngineer’sapproval.Theoperationofthealarmsystemshallbeasfollows:-Whenanexternalalarmindicatingcontactclosestheaudiblewarningshallsoundcontinuouslyandthe appropriate facia shall be illuminated by a flashing light at a frequency which allows theinscriptiontobeeasilyroad.

An‘Accept’push-buttonshallbeprovidedonornearthedisplayunit,whichwhenpressed,shallsilencetheaudiblesignalandcausethefaciatoremainilluminatedsteadily.The alarm circuit shall be designed to retain the indication after the re-opening of theinitiatingcontact,requiringaseparate‘Reset’pushbuttontobepressedbeforethealarmiscancelled.A ‘Test’pushbuttonshallbefittedclosetothe ‘Accept’and‘Reset’buttons,toilluminateallthefaciasontheassociateddisplayunitforaslongasthe‘Test’buttonishelddepressed.The operation of the ‘Accept’ button shall not preclude the receipt of further indicationsgivingmoreaudiblealarmandvisualindicationsastheresultoftheoperationofothersetsofalarmcontacts.Relaysshallnotbecontinuouslyenergizedwhenthealarmsystemisatrest.Forallalarmindicationinitiatingdeviceasparesetofvoltage-freecontactsshallbeprovided(thismay beby theuseof auxiliaryrelays)andconnected bycabletoasuitable,approvedmarshalling cubicle. These spare contacts will provide for the transmission of the alarmindicationsignalstotheremoteGridControlCentre.The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all the alarms required for the safe andefficientoperationoftheplant.Generaldescriptionsofalarmsrequirementsaregiveninthespecification,andtheContractorshallincludeanyotheralarmsthatarenecessaryduetothetypeofequipmentanddesignoftheplanttotheEngineer’sapproval.7.6.8 .2.21Current Transformers (CTs). The current transformer rated current ratio shall match the connected load circuit andsecondarycircuitrequirements.Currenttransformersshallbecapableofwithstandingwithoutdamagethefullload,peakandratedshorttimecurrentsoftheirassociatedequipment.Wherespacewithinacurrenttransformerchamberpermitsdedicatedcurrenttransformersshallbeusedforprotection,instrumentationandmetering.

Currenttransformersforprotectiveandprotective/indicationpurposesshallbedesignedtosuit the particular requirements of the associated protection, which in general shall be inaccordancewiththerecommendationsgiveninBS3938orapprovedequivalent.Class5pcurrenttransformersshallbeusedforinversetimeover-currentand/orearthfaultprotection.Theratedaccuracylimitcurrentshallbeequivalenttothemaximumsymmetricalthreephasefaultcurrentorearth faultcurrentof theprotectedcircuitorequivalenttotheswitchgear breaking capacity unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The currenttransformers shall be capable of meeting the 5p error classification at rated accuracy limitcurrentoverthefullrangeofrelaysettings,unlessotherwiseapprovedbytheEngineer.Currenttransformersusedforindication/meteringpurposesshallbedesignedtosaturateatavalueofprimarycurrentsufficientlylowtoprotectthesecondarycircuitfromdamageatallpossible values of primary fault current up to the associated primary short time thermalrating.Current transformers for protection using high impedance relays shall be of the lowreactancetypeandtheirperformanceshallbestatedintermsoftheClassXparametersofBS1938.(Lowreactancecurrent transformersmaybeshowntobe lowreactancebyvirtueoftheirconstructionofBS3938.Ifall theconstructionalrequirementsarenotmetthentypetestswillberequiredtoprovethat the current transformers are low reactance; the primary test current shall not be lessthanthethroughfault(stability)currentoftheprotectionscheme.


The rated volt-amp output of each current transformer shall not be less than 110% of theconnected burden as installed in service, the burden of cable connections being taken intoaccount.The secondary windings of each set of current transformers shall be earthed at one pointonlyviaanaccessiblebolteddisconnectinglink,preferablylocatedwithintherelaycubicle.Wheredouble-ratiosecondarywindingsare specifiedprovideda labelshallbeprovidedatthe secondary terminals of the current transformer indicating clearly the connectionsrequired for either tap. The connections and the ratio in use shall be indicated on allconnectiondiagrams.Designmagnetizationcurvesandd.cresistancevaluesshallbesubmittedbeforemanufactureforeachcurrenttransformerusedforprotectivepurposesandshallbesubsequentlyverifiedbyworksroutinetestsandalsobysitecommissioningtests.Where current transformers have to operate or be mounted on apparatus provided underother contracts, the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring design and installationcompatibilitywithotherContractorsandforkeepingtheEngineerinformed.Metal cladswitchgear current transformers shall be locatedon the non-bus-bar sideof thecircuitbreakerexceptwherecurrenttransformersareprovidedonbothsidesofthecircuitbreakerforprotectionzoneoverlap.Theprimaryconductorsshallbeaccessibleforprimarycurrentinjectiontreatingonsite.7.6.8 .2.22 Voltage Transformers (VTs) Voltage transformers shall comply with the requirements of IEC 60044-2 with amendments andsupplementsandshallbeof:-

Class3paccuracyforprotection/indicatinginstrumentsClass0.2accuracyfortariffmeteringoracceptanceefficiencytesting.For tariff metering voltage transformers the Contractor shall check the total installedsecondary burden and if necessary shall install dummy burdens to achieve the calibratedaccuracy.Voltagetransformersecondarycircuitshallbeearthedatonepointonlyandmetalcasesshallbe separately earthed. The transformers core, where accessible, shall also be separatelyearthed.Allvoltagetransformers inthesystematagivenvoltage levelshallbeearthed inthesamemanner.Where it is required to earth the primary neutral of a metal clad three- phase voltagetransformer, the neutral earthing connection shall be insulated and brought out separatelyfrom the tan earthing connection. Means shall be provided to maintain the tank earthingconnectionwhilethevoltagetransformerisbeingwithdrawn.Where three single-phase voltage transformers are supplied for protection purposes, starconnectedsecondarywindingsshallhavethestarpointformedbyinsulatedconnectionsandshallbeearthedatacommonpoint.Where possible primary windings shall be connected through fuses with current limitingfeatures.Secondary MCB’s shall be provided as close as possible to each voltage transformer andlabeledtoshowtheir functionandphasecolour.Thesecondarycircuitsshallbemonitoredindividuallytodetectandalarmindividual fuse failureorMCBtripandtoblockprotectionoperationifrequired.Voltage transformers shall be designed that saturation of their cores does not occur when1.732timesnormalvoltageisappliedtoeachwinding.Magnetizationcurvesshallbesubmittedforapprovalforeachtypeofvoltagetransformer.The standard secondary voltage between phases shall be 110 volts unless specialcircumstancesdictateotherwise,andareapprovedbytheEngineer.


Secondary circuits from different voltage transformers, or separate windings of the sametransformer,shallnotbeconnectedinparallel.Voltage transformers shall be connected on the non-busbar side of circuit breakers unlessotherwiseapprovedbytheEngineer.7.6.8 .2.23 Panels, Desks, Kiosks and Cubicles 7.6.8 .2.23.1 General RequirementsUnless otherwise specified, panels, desks and cubicles, shall be of floor-mounted and free-standing construction and be in accordance with the specified enclosure classification. Allcontrolandinstrumentationpanelsshallbeidenticalinappearanceandconstruction.Panelsshallberigidlyconstructedfromfoldedsheetsteelofadequatethicknesstosupportthe equipment mounted thereon, above a channel base frame to provide a toe recess.Alternativelyaseparatekickingplateshallbeprovided.Overallheight,excludingcableboxes,shallnotexceed2.5m.operatinghandlessandlockingdevicesshallbelocatedwithintheoperatinglimitsof0.95mand1.8mabovefloorlevel.Allpanels shall be fitted with padlocks. The minimum height for indicating instruments andmetersshallbe1.5munlessotherwisespecified.Allpanels'desksandcubiclesshallbeverminandinsectproof.Allcableentriestoequipmentshallbesealedagainstverminassoonaspossibleafterinstallationandconnecting-upofthecablestotheapprovaloftheEngineer.Ventilation shall be provided for natural air circulation. All control equipment shall bedesignedtooperatewithoutforcedventilation.Foroutdoorequipment,metaltometaljointsshallnotbepermittedandallexternalboltsorscrewsshallbeprovidedwithblindtapedwhereathroughholewouldpermittheingressofmoisture. All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and particular care taken duringpaintingtoensurethatbothinternallyandexternallyafirstclasscoverandfinishisachieved.Forharshenvironments,allnuts,boltsandwashersshallbeplated.Doorsealingmaterialsshallbeprovidedsuitableforthespecifiedsiteconditions.Doorsshallbefittedwithhandlesandlocks.Thedoorsshallbecapableofbeingopenedfromwithinthepanelwithouttheaidofakeyaftertheyhavebeenlockedfromtheoutside.Hingesshallbeofthelife-offtype.Sealsshallbecontinuousorwithonlyonejoint.Thebottom and/ortopofallpanelsshallbesealedbymeansofremovablegaskettedsteelglandplatesandallnecessaryglandsshallbesuppliedandfittedwithintheContract.Panels shall be suitably designed to permit future extension wherever appropriate orspecifiedwithouttheneedtodismantletheexistingpanels.Each panel shall include rear access doors and door-operated interior lamp, and be clearlylabeled with the circuit titled at front and rear, with an additional label inside the panel.Panelssectionsaccommodatingequipmentatvoltageshigherthan110Vshallbepartitionedoff and the voltage clearly labeled. Each relay and electronic card within panels shall beidentified by labels permanently attached to the panel and adjacent to the equipmentconcerned.Whereinstrumentsareterminatedinaplugandsockettypeconnectionboththeplugandthesocketshallhavepermanentlyattachedidentifyinglabels.Instrumentandcontroldevicesshallbeeasilyaccessibleandcapableofbeingremovedfromthepanelsformaintenancepurposes.Forsuitesofpanelsinter-panelbuswiringshallberoutedthroughaperturesinthesidesofpanelsandnotviaexternalmulti-corecablingbetweenthepanels.All panels, whether individually mounted or forming part of a suit, shall incorporate acommoninternalcopperearthingbarontowhichallpanelearthconnectionsshallbemade.Suitable studs of holes to the Engineer’s approval shall be left at each end of the bar forconnectiontothemainstationearthingsystem.Earthconnectionbetweenadjacentpanelsshallbeachievedbyextendingthebarthroughthepanelsidesandnotbyinterconnectingexternalcabling.


Cubiclesandcubicledoorsshallberigidlyconstructedsuchthat,forexample,doormountedemergency trip contacts can be set so that mal-operation will not be possible due to anyvibrationsorimpactsasmayreasonablybeexpectedundernormalworkingconditions.7.6.8.2.23.2 Indicating Lamps All new indicators shallhave a minimum continuous burning guaranteed life of10000 hrs, at theirratedvoltage.

Indicatorsshallbeofthefilamentlamp,LEDorpreferablyNeontypeandshallbeapprovedbytheEmployer.Indicators shall be easily replaceable from the front of the panel and. shall be adequatelyventilated.LEDindicatorsshalloperateatnotlessthan20mAandredLEDindicatorsshallbeofthehighbrightnesstypes.The lamps shall be clear and shall fit into a standard form of lamp holder. The rated lampvoltage should be ten percent in excess of the auxiliary supply voltage, whether AC or DC.Alternatively, low voltage lamps with series resistors will be acceptable, however resistorsshallbedimensionedtoavoiddamageduetoheat.ThelampglassesshallcomplywithBS.1376andBS.4099orequivalentNationalStandardandshallbeinstandardcolours,red,green,blue,whiteandamber.Thecolourshallbeintheglass and not an applied coating and the different coloured glasses shall not beinterchangeable.Transparentsyntheticmaterialsmaybeusedinsteadofglass,providedsuchmaterialshavefastcoloursandarecompletelysuitableforuseintropicalclimates.Normally energized indicating lamps, if employed, shall in general be energized from thestationLVACsupply.Lamps and relays incorporated in alarm facia equipment shall be arranged for normaloperationfromthestationbattery,subjecttotheapprovaloftheEngineer.Lamp test facilities shall be provided so that all lamps on one panel can be testedsimultaneouslybyoperationofacommonpush-button.Wherealarmfaciasarespecified,allalarm and monitoring indications (apart from circuit-breaker and disconnector positionindications)shallbeincorporatedinthefacia.Where specified every circuit breaker panel shall be equipped withone red and one greenindicatorlamp,indicatingrespectivelycircuitclosedandcircuitopenandanamberlampforindicating ‘auto-trip’.Wherespecified inthe linesofmimic diagrams, indicating lampsmaybeofthethree-lampsingle-aspecttype.Alllampsshallberenewablefromthefrontofpanelswithouttheuseofspecialtools.The variety of indicating lamps provided shall be rationalized to reduce maintenance andsparesrequirements.7.6.8 .2.23.3 Anti-Condensation Heaters Allswitchboards,panels,cubicles,motorcontrolcentreandthelikeshallincorporateelectricheaterscapableofprovidingmovementofsufficientheatedairtoavoidcondensation.Thepowersupplytotheheatersshallbemanuallyswitchedbyatwopoleswitchwithredlamp.Allheatersonmulti-panelequipmentshallbecontrolledfromasinglepoint.Therelatedequipmentshallbedesignedtoaccepttheresultingheatinput.

Buswiringshallbeincorporatedinswitchboardsforsupplyingtheheaters.7.6.8 .2.24 Panel Wiring and Terminal Boards 7.6.8 .2.24.1 General All electrical equipment mounted in or on switchgear, panels, kiosks, and desks, etc. shallhavereadilyaccessibleconnectionsandshallbewiredtoterminalblocksforthereceptionofexternalcabling.Allwiringshallbeofadequatecross-sectionalareatocarryprospectiveshort-circuitcurrentswithoutriskofdamagetoconductors,insulationorjoints.Allcablingshallbeof typeCRorCK toBS6231unlessthedesignof theplantrequiresthecabling to withstand more onerous operating conditions in which case cabling shall be


suitablefortheseconditions.Theminimumcrosssectionofwireshallbe2.5sq.mm.forallsecondarywiringassociatedwithcurrenttransformersofnominalsecondaryratingof0.5Aor greater. The size of wiring for circuits other than CT secondary wiring shall be not lessthan1.5sq.mm.Cross-sectionalarea,saveaspermittedinthespecification.Theminimumstranddiameterofcopperortinnedcopper flexibleconductorsshallbe0.20mmforflexible and the minimum cross-sectional area shall be 0.5 sq.mm. for all cables. For wiring withinpanels on circuits not directly associated with circuit breaker protection and control, and having acontinuousorintermittent,loadcurrentoflessthan1amp,theuseofsmallerlinedownto0.25sq.mm.willbepermittedsubjecttoEngineer’sApproval.

Where an overall screen is used, this shall be metallic screen or low resistance tape, withdrainwireasabove.Wiring shall be supported using an insulated system which allows easy access for faultfindingandfacilitatestherapidinstallationofadditionalcables.Smallwiringpassingbetweencompartmentswhichmaybeseparatedfortransportshallbetakeninterminalblocksmountednearthetopofeachcompartment,separatelyfromthoseforexternalcableconnections.BothendsofeverywireshallbefittedwithferrulesofinsulatingmaterialcomplyingwithBS3858 or equivalent National Standard and engraved in black. The identification numberingsystemusedfortheferrulesshallbetotheapprovaloftheEngineer.Wherenewequipmentmust interface with existing equipment double ferruling shall be employed if the twonumberingsystemarenotcompatible.Connectionstoapparatusmountedondoors,orbetweenpointssubjecttorelativemovement,shall be made in cable type CK to BS 6231, arranged so that they are subjected to torsionratherthanbending. 7.6.8 .2.24.2 Identification of Cable Cores Whereawireamulti-corecablepassesfromonepieceofequipmenttoanother,e.g.fromacircuitbreakertoaremotecontrolpanel,theContractorshallensurethattheidentityofthewire is apparent at both ends and intermediate marshalling points by the use of ferrules,whichshallpermitidentificationofthecableinaccordancewiththeschematicdiagrams.TheferrulingsystemtobeadoptedshallbeacompositemarkingmethodtoIEC391andBS3858asappropriate,givingbothfunctionalinformationonthepurposeoftheindividualconductorplusdependantboth-endmarking.ShouldtheContractorsnormalpracticebeatvariancewiththerequirementsofthisClausehe may submit details of the scheme proposed for consideration by the Engineer. TheengineerisnotobligedtoaccepttheContractorsproposal.Eachcoreofmulti-pairwiringshallbeidentifiedbycolourandterminalblockidentificationtogetherwithanidentificationtracerperbundle.Permanent identificationofallterminals,wiresandterminalblocksshallbeprovided.Eachindividual terminal block shall have independent terminals for incoming and outgoingcabling.7.6.8 .2.24.3 Terminals and Terminal Boards TerminalAssembliesshallbeoftheunitformsuitableformountingonastandardassemblyrail,togivetherequirednumberofways.Theunitsshallbespringretainedontheassemblyfail.Eachindividualterminalblockshallhaveindependentterminalsandoutgoingcabling.Endbarriersorshieldsshallbeprovidedforopensidedpatterns.

It shall be possible to replace any unit in an assembly without dismantling adjacent units.Moulding shall be mechanically robust and withstand the maximum possible operatingtemperatures and torque which may be applied to terminal screw. All live parts shall berecessedinthemouldingtopreventaccidentalcontact.Terminals shall be of the screw clamp type for lower current rating which compress theconductororterminationbetweentwoplatesbymeansofacaptiveterminalscrew.Contact


pressureofscrewclampterminationsshallbeindependentofeachother.Forhighercurrentratingsboltedtypeterminalsarepermitted.Currentcarryingpartsshallbenon-ferrousandplated.Allterminalsfor‘incoming’cablingshallhavetestingfacilities,whichpermittheexaminationof thestateof thecircuit withoutdisconnecting theassociatedcabling.Terminal blocks forcurrenttransformersecondaryshallbefittedwithshorting/disconnectfacilities.Terminalblocksforvoltagetransformerssecondariesshallbeisolatable.Terminalblocksintelemetrymarshallingcubiclesshallbeisolatable.Themeansofisolationshallbefixedandgivevisualidentificationofthestatusoftheterminal.Notmorethan1wireshallbeconnectedtoeachterminalandcross-connectionfacilitiesshallbeprovidedwherenumerouscoresaretoconnectedtogether.Each terminal block, and every individual terminal shall be identified. The terminalidentificationnumbershallbeincludedonassociatedschematicandwiringdiagrams.Themountingrailmayonlybeusedtoprovideanearthconnection,whenfirmlybondedtotheearthbarandtobeapprovedbytheEmployer.The Contractor shall submit samples of the terminal blocks/mounting rail assembliestogether with details of his proposed cabling/termination system to the Engineer forapproval.Adjacentterminalstowhichwiresofdifferentvoltage,polarityorphaseareconnectedshallbe separated by a protruding insulating barrier; this requirement also applies to terminalscarryingwiresofthesamevoltagebutoriginatingfromdifferentsources.Wiresshallbegroundedontheterminalboardsaccordingtotheirfunctions.Terminalblocksforconnectionsexceeding110Vshallbefittedwithinsultingcovers.Terminalblocksshallbemountednot less than150mm fromtheglandplates,and spacednotlessthan100mmapart,onthesideoftheenclosure.Sufficientterminalsshallbeprovidedtopermitallcoresonmulticorecablestobeterminated.Terminalsforsparecoresshallbenumberedandbelocatedatsuchpositionaswillprovidethemaximumlengthofsparecore.Atleast10%spareterminalsshallbeprovidedinallcases.The tails of multi-core cables shall be bound and routed so that each tail may be tracedwithoutdifficultytoitsassociatedcable.Allsparecoresshallbemadeofftoterminals.Whentwolengthsofscreenedcablearetobeconnectedataterminalblock(i.e.junctionbox)aseparateterminalshallbeprovidedtomaintainscreencontinuity.Shouldtheterminalblockmanufacturerrecommendthatspecifictypesofterminaltoolsareused(egparallelsidedscrew/drivers)theContractorshallprovidethreesetsoftheseateachsub-stationsite. InadditiontheContractorshallprovide8numbers, test leadsofminimum1500mmlengthwhichcanbeinsertedintothetestterminalsoftheterminalblocks,ateachsub-station.Thetestleadsshallbecapableofbeing‘jumpered’togetherformulti-instrumentuse.Theuseofpre-formed factory testedcableconnectionsto fieldmountedmarshallingboxesshallbetotheEngineer’sapproval. 7.6.8 .2.25 Cable Boxes and Glands Electrical equipment supplied under this Contract shall be fitted with all necessary cableboxes and glands which shall be complete with all required fittings. Boxes shall be ofadequate proportions to accommodate all cable fittings, including stress cones or othermeansofcableinsulationgrading,anddesignedinsuchamannerthattheycanbeopenedforinspectionwhereappropriatewithoutdisturbingtheglandplateofincomingcable.Glandsforterminationofcablestooutdoorequipmentorindoorareasliabletowaterspray,hosingorfloodingshallincorporateprovisionforsealingagainstingressofmoistureordust,andshallcomplywiththerequirementsofBS6121forsealing.Removablegaskettedsteelglandplatesshallbeprovidedformulti-corecablesandshallbesupported from the sides of the enclosures, as near to the floor or roof as possible whileallowingadequatespaceboth aboveand belowtheplate formanipulationof the cable and


gland.Gland plates formarshallingboxes shallbe in the formof removablegasketted steelplate,formingpartoftheundersideofthebox.Theterminals for3phasecablesshallbeclearlymarkedwiththephasecolours(approveddesignations)toenablethecablestobeterminatedinthecorrectsequence.Fillingandventingplugswhererequired,shallbepositionedsoastoavoidthepossibilityofair being trapped internally and adequate arrangements shall be made for expansion ofcompoundetc.Thereshallbenopossibilityofoilenteringthecableboxfromanassociatedoilfilledcompartment.Cablesealingends,shallbearrangedtoprojectatleast25mmabovetheglandplatetoavoidmoisturecollectinginthecrutch.Any chamber which is to be compound filled, shall be clean and dry and at such atemperature before filling that the compound does not solidify during the filling process.Fillingorificesshallbesufficientlylargetopermiteasyandrapidfilling.Allcableboxesshallbedesignedtowithstandthehighvoltaged.c.cabletestsprescribedinBS6346,BS6480andIEC55asappropriate.Cableboxesforpaper-insulatedcablesshallbecompletewithuniversaltaperedbrassglands(insulated from the box in an approved manner and including an island layer for testingpurposes.Evensinglecorecablesareused,particularlyforcurrentsinexcessof500A,adequatestepsmust be taken to minimize the effects of eddy currents in the gland and bushing-mountedplate.Cableglands forextruded soliddielectric insulatedcables (PVC,EPR,andXLPE)shallbeofthecompressiontypeandasspecifiedinBS6121.ApprovedglandsshallbeusedonMICCcablesGlandsforarmoredorscreenedcablesabove240sq.mm.shallbeprovidedwithanintegralheavydutyearthinglugcapableofcarryingthefullearth faultcurrentforaperiodnotlessthan1secondwithoutdeterioration.Cable lugs and terminations for the receipt of all power control and instrumentation cablecoresshallbeprovided.Cable boxes for the termination of elastomeric cables up in 33 kV nominal service voltageshallbedesignedanddimensionedtoprovideadequateinsulationinairforcables.Clearanceand creepage distances shall be adequate to withstand the specified alternating currentvoltages and impulse voltages for service under the prevailing site conditions. Theperformanceistobemetwithouttheuseofinsulating‘boots’shroudsoranyothermaterialfittedoverorbetweenthecableterminationsapartfrompermanentlyfittedbarriersformingpartoftheswitchgearorcablebox.Means shall be provided for preventing accumulation of dirt, dust, moisture, vermin orinsects such as to maintain the anticipated life of the equipment. The Contractor shallascertainthemeansbywhichelastomericcablesaretobeterminatedandshallprovidesuchinformationorinstructionsasnecessarytoanyothercontractororsub-contractortoensurecompliancewiththisClause.The cable crutch within a cable box or equipment panel shall be protected by the use of aheat-shrinkplastic‘udder’placesovertheconductorsandcrutch.7.6.8 .2.26 Joints and Gaskets All joint faces are to be flat and parallel to the approval of the Engineer and arranged topreventtheingressofwateror leakageofoilwithaminimumofgasketsurfaceexposedtotheactionofoilorair.Oil-resistingsyntheticrubbergasketsarenotpermissible,unlessthedegreeofcompressionisaccuratelycontrolled.Forgasketsofcorkorsimilar,oilresistingsyntheticrubbermaybeusedasabondingmedium.7.6.8 .2.27 Junction, Termination Marshalling Boxes, Operating Cubicles etc. All junctions, termination and marshalling boxes shall be of substantial sheet steelconstruction, having enclosure classification in accordance with Section 4.4.17.9 and fitted


with external fixing lugs and finished in accordance with this Specification for cleaning,paintingandfinishing.Theboxesshallallowampleroomforwiring,withparticularregardtothedeploymentofwiresfromthepointofentry.

Outdoor boxes shall have internal anti-condensation heaters and stay bars fitted to doors.Indoorboxesshallbedesignedsuchthatanycondensedwatercannotaffecttheinsulationofthe terminal boards or cables. No cables shall be terminated into the top of outdoor boxesunlessspecificallyapprovedbytheEngineer.Eachboxshallbecompletewithsuitablyinscribedidentificationlabels.Anyoutdoorboxes,cubiclesetccontaininginstrumentsormetersshallhaveglazingsuitabletopermitthevisualexaminationofthese.Coversshallbearrangedforpadlockingandpadlockswithkeysshallbesupplied.Castironboxesshallhaveboltedlidsrequiringtheuseofspecialkeysorspannersforremoval.Allboxesshallbeprovidedwithadequateearthingbarsandterminals.Notwithstanding information supplied by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, as each box iscompleted or at intervals as requested by the Engineer, supply to the Engineer copies ofaccurateterminationordestinationchartsshowingtheas-fittedarrangementofcablesandcores in each box. The Contractor shall, following the Engineer’s approval, fit one plasticlaminatedcopyoftheappropriatecharttotheinteriorofeachbox.7.6.8.2.28 Conduit and Accessories Conduit, accessories and trunking installation shall comply with the latest issue of theInstitution of Electrical Engineers Regulations for the Electrical Equipment of Buildings,unlessotherwiseapprovedbytheEngineer.Inadditioninstallationshallalsocomplywithalllocalelectricityregulations.Unless otherwise approved, all conduit and conduit fittings shall be galvanized, of heavygaugesteel,screwed,soliddrawnorweldtypecomplyingwithIEC423andIEC614.Noconduitsmallerthan19mmoutsidediametershallbeused.Standard circular boxes or machined face heavy-duty steel adaptable boxes with machinedheavytypelidsshallbeusedthroughout.Foroutdoormountingallboxesshallbegalvanized,weatherproofandfittedwithexternalfixinglugs.Conduitterminationsshallbefittedwithbrassbushes.Theuseofrunningthreads,solidelbowsandsolidteeswillnotbepermitted.Conduitendsshallbecarefullyreamedtoremoveburrs.Draw-inboxesshallbeprovidedatintervalsnotexceeding10minstraight-throughruns.Conduitrunsshallbeineithertheverticalorhorizontaldirectionunlessotherwiseapprovedandshallbearrangedtominimizeaccumulationofmoisture.Provisionfordrainageshallbemadeatthelowestpointsofeachrun.Conduitsshallbesupportedonheavygalvanizedspacersaddlessoastostandoffatleast6mmfromthefixingsurface.Provisionshallbemadeforthesupportofinternalconductorsininstanceswherethelengthoftheverticalrunexceeds5m.Allconduitsruninanycircuitaretobecompletedbeforeanycablesarepulledin.Flexible metallic conduit shall be used where relative movement is required between theconduit and connected apparatus, and a separate copper connection provided to maintainearthcontinuity.ThemaximumnumberofcablesinanyconduitshallbeinaccordancewiththelatestissueoftheIEERegulationsfortheElectricalEquipmentofBuildings. 7.6.8 .2.29 Trunking


Steeltrunkingetc.maybeusedforrunningnumbersof insulatedcablesorwires incertainpositions to theapproval of theEngineer.The trunking thickness shallnotbe less than1.2mm.

7.6.8 .2.30 Push-Buttons and Separately Mounted Push-Button Stations.Push-buttons shall be shrouded or well recessed in their housings in such a way as tominimizetheriskofinadvertentoperation.Thecolourofpush-buttonsshallbeblackunlessotherwiserequiredbytheEngineer.Push-button stations supplied as loose equipment shall be of the metal clad weatherprooftypesuitableforwallorbracketmounting.Each push-button station shall be clearly labeled showing the duty or drive to which it isapplicable.

7.6.8 .2.31Standards

InthetechnicalspecificationreferencehavebeenmadetovariousclausesofIEC;BS;ISOandASTMstandards. Where any standard referred to in this specification has been superseded by a newstandard the reference shall be deemed to be to such superseding standards. Notwithstanding thestandardnumbersmentionedinthetechnicalspecificationtheBidersaredirectedtoapplythelatestpublishededitionsofthesestandards.

Deviations from thespecifiedstandardsreferredtoaboveshall begiven in theSchedule ofProposed Standards at section – 7 and shall have to be accepted by the Engineer beforecontractplacement.7.6.8 .2.32 Nominal Safety Clearance Nominalvoltagesbetweenphases 33kv 11kvMinimumclerancebetweenlivePartandearth 381 200MinimumclerancebetweenliveFixedmetalofdifferentphases 432 250MinimumtotalairgapbetweenTerminalofthesamepoleofDisconnectors 432 250MinimumsafetyclearancebetweenLivemetalandpositionstowhichAccessispermissiblewithotherEquipmentalive 2740 2590ClearancefromgroundtonearestPartnotatearthpotentialofanInsulatorsupportingliveConductor 2440 244



CIVIL WORKS


CIVIL AND ARCHITECTURE GENERAL PROVISION FOR GIS SUB-STATION WITH OFFICE BUILDING

7.81 References 7.8.1.1 General The design and construction shall conform to the latest edition of the relevant codes andstandards.AnyproposedsubstitutionforthelistedstandardsbyanequivalentstandardwillbesubjecttoapprovalbytheEngineer.Relevantstandardsinclude.7.8.1.2 Design and Construction Standards BS12 PortlandCement BSEN124 GullyandManholetopsforvehicularandpedestrianareas BS812 TestingAggregates BS882 Aggregatesfromnaturalsourcesforconcrete BS1377 MethodsoftestforsoilforcivilEngineeringpurposes BS1722:Part10 Anti-intruderfences BS1881 Testingconcrete BS2853 Designandtestingofoverheadrunwaybeams BS3148 Methodsoftestforwaterformakingconcrete BS3921 Claybricks BS4449 Steelbarsforthereinforcementofconcrete BS5262 Externalrenderings BS5395 Stairs,laddersandwalkways BS5572 Sanitarypipeworks BS5628 Codeofpracticeforuseofmasonry BS5930 Codeofpracticeforsiteinvestigations BS6031 Codeofpracticeforearthworks BS6367 Codeofpracticefordrainageofroofsandpavedareas BS6399:Part1 Codeofpracticefordeadandimposedloads BS6399:Part2 Codeofpracticeforwindloads BS6465 Sanitaryinstallations BS6651 Codeofpracticeforprotectionofstructuresagainst lightning BS6700 Design, installation, testing and maintenance of services

supplyingwaterfordomesticuse. BS8004 Codeofpracticeforfoundations BS8005 Sewerage BS8100 Latticetowersandmasts BS8102 Code practice of protection of structures against water the

groundstructuraluseofconcrete. BS8110 Structuraluseofconcrete BS820 Lightningofbuildings BS8215 Codepracticefordesignandinstallationofdamp-proofcourses

inmasonry BS8290 Suspendedceilings Bs8301 CodeofpracticeforBuildingdrainage

7.8.2 Design BothArchitecturalandStructuralDesignshallbesubmittedbythecontractortotheemployerforapproval.7.8.2.1 Architectural and structural Requirements of Buildings


The details Architectural, Structural & other related drawing and design with Green Buildingconceptshallbesubmittedbythecontractortoemployerforapproval.

1. Structure : Modern Architectural designed R.C.CGreen Building Technology.

2. Partition Wall :

For all Exterior wall thickness should be 10 (ten) inches and interior wall thickness should be 5 (five) inches and to be used 1st Class Bricks.

All Brick wall should be plastered both sides as per standard (Except where Fare-Facing Treatment to be used)

In case of R.C.C. works 20mm down graded Stone chips should be used.

3. Covered Area : Minimum required area in Building are included with service areas &

Other

Specific Functions - Control Room, Battery room, Cable Trench, Store, Office Rooms, Residential Accommodation, walkway, open Space & stair case etc.

4. Foundation : When Considering 04 storied building (no Basement) (G+3)

Plinth Level at +3ft above from Ground Level Ground Floor clear height min of 24’-6” /ft or as per Power

Transformer Installation Height. 1st Floor clear height 9’-6” ft for Cable Trench & Ancillary Facility 2nd Floor clear height 14’-6” ft for Control Room 2nd Floor clear height 10’-6” ft for SBA/ Office room

When Considering Single storied building (no Basement) (G+3)

Plinth Level at +3ft above from Ground Level Ground Floor clear height 14’-6” /ft for control room, Cable Trench

& Ancillary Facility, Office room

5. Floor/Roof Finish : To be used 36 inch x 36inch size European standard Mirror Polished Homogeneous tiles for 1st & 2nd Floor. Standard Quality Tiles for walk way or other common space.

6. Toilet/ Sanitary:

Floor and full height wall of the Toilet should be furnished by European

Standard Tiles with decorative boarder. To be used European Standard Commode, Basin and others Sanitary

Fittings & Fixtures (such as Pillar Cock, Bib Cock, Push Shower etc.) should be European Standard as well as approved sample and design.

To be Constructed 50 users septic tank, inspection pit, sewerage line, apron, drain etc.

To be provided water supply system with Deep Tube well & over head water tank.


7. Electrical Fittings & Fixture :

Concealed Electrical wiring by Eastern/BRB/Paradise Fire Resistant Cable European Made MK type Gang switch, socket MCB

etc Provision for Internet facilities system, Dish Line,

Telephone & Intercom wiring. Sufficient Earthling facilities. To be used LED Light To be provided sufficient Air Conditioner To be provided sufficient Ceiling Fan

8. Interior Wall Finishing : Smooth Finished & soft colored Plastic paint should be used over the Plastering work of interior wall and ceiling.

9. Exterior Wall : Smooth Finished & Architectural approved colored weather coat

should be used over the Plastering work of Exterior wall. Some where should be used Ceramic Facing brick / Rustic Tiles

10. Window : Window should be made Standard Quality Thai Aluminum frame

and minimum 5mm thickness glass.

11. Door : Door Frame and Shutter should be made by solid wood such as

Burma Teak, Teak Chambal, Chapalish etc. which shall be approved by the owner's engineer.

12. Stair Railing : Should be used approved designed SS Railing in the Stair case.

13. Sign, Signal & Annotation : Integrated Design of Different kind of Indicators like-

Acrylic Sign Board, LED Sign Board, Neon Sign Board, Reception Sign Board, Safety Sign, PVC Letters, Glow

Sign Board, Customized Display Boards, Overhead Signage, Metal Nameplates, Commercial Sign Boards, Outdoor Signs, Electronic Sign Boards etc. should be provided in the design & construction.

Digital LED Signboard with the features of- Excellent visibility (even in daylight); Good quality at reasonable price and light weight; Simple installation, Safe to touch and clean; Changing color for attracting attention; Extremely low power consumption.

Should be provided the Accessories like Adaptor and chains etc.


14. Approval & Test : Over all Approval should be taken from concern office of the

BPDB.

Materials & Item (if required) should be tested from any authorized Institutions of Bangladesh furnished by the Contractor.

Thecolumnsofthegroundstoryshallbeextendedaboveroofleveltopermitstarterbarstobeleft in place for a future story. An external concreteopen staircaseshall beprovidedup to theroof.TheroofshallbeaRCCslabdesigned for5kN/m2liveloadforallfloorasperBNBC.Ifafuturestoryisnotrequired,afixedladderofgalvanizedsteelshallbeprovideduptotherooforprovidetemporaryCIsheetshadeoverthestaircaseasperdirectionoftheemployer.The main entrance to all buildings shall be shaded, either by a projection of the roof over theentrance verandah or by a separate roof at a lower level. This area of roof shall also be limeterracedanddrainedbyrainwaterpipes.Theheadofeachdownpipeshallbefittedwithanenlargedhopperandpurposemadecastirongrillsetintorecessintheroofprojection.Windowopeningsshallbe fittedwithprotrudingconcretesunshadesaboveandat thesidesoftheopenings.

All external walls shall be 250 mm first class brick work also provide 237.5mm x 68.75mm x12.5mm(9.5”x2.75”x0.5”)oranyotherstandardsizesofMirpurceramicsfacingbricksorsimilarapproved,orrenderedRusticTilesasrequiredbythearchitecturalplan.Theinternalwallsshallbe generally of 125 mm thick first class brick work. Internal walls shall all be rendered andreceiveonesealercoatplustwofinishingcoatsofPlasticemulsionpaint.AllbrickworkshallbetiedintotheRCCframebygalvanizedties.

Externally, rendered walls shall receive primer plus two finishing coats of PEP acrylic externalqualitypaintorsimilarapproved.

Theheightofcontrolroomsshallbeprovidedabout1(One)meterclearanceoverthetopofthecabinetstotheundersideofthefalseceiling.Intheswitchgearrooms,about1meterclearanceshallbeprovidedovertheswitchgeartotheundersideroofslabbuttheContractorshallprovideagreaterclearanceif it isrequiredtoremoveequipment.Theclearancemaybereducedbelowdownstandbeamsprovidednoequipmentisrequiredtoberemovedfromthetopoftheswitchgear.Allroomsinanybuildingshallbeoneheight.

Controlbuildingshousing switchgearandcontrolequipmentshall includeacablebasementtofacilitates connection to the equipment. Basements shall be constructed so as to protect thebuildingsubstructurefromwaterinaccordancewithBS8102.

7.8.2.2 Ground conditions, Foundations and Site Investigation

(a)FillSitesOnfillsiteswherethedepthoffillexceeds3metersthecontractassumespiledfoundationsshallbe installed belowbuildings. Ifplacedfoundationsare foundtobeunnecessary in the finalsiteinvestigationreport,areductionincontractvalueshallbeagreedonthebasisofschedulerates.Pilesshallbeconcrete(castinsituorpre-cast)complyingwithBS8004.Wheretimberpilesareused,adequatestripfootingsshallbeprovidedtosupportthebuildingafterthetimberpileshavedeterioratedbywhichtimesettlementwillbecomplete.


On every fill site the Contractor shall prove that his switchyard foundation will not suffersettlement greater than 20mmby constructing a foundation and load testing this to twice thedesignbearingpressureforaminimumof20days.

Outdoorequipmentshallbeprovidedwithspreadfootings.TheContractorwillbeprovidedbythe Employer with a survey of soil levels prior to filling. The Contractor shall impose the sitelayoutonthesurveytocheck forunevendepth of fillbelowany foundation andwhereunevendepthoffillexistshisfoundationproposalsshallrestrictfinaldifferentialsettlementtoa1in400slopes.

Ifafillsitehasnotbeenexposedtoonewetseasonbeforefoundationworkstarts,theContractorshall flood the site to a depth of 50 mm for 10 days (Not required on hydraulic fill site). Thisrequirement is because silty sands will generally compact to a denser condition on first timeflooding.

On all fill sites the Contractor shall pipe rainwater from pipes down to paddy level and shallpreventwaterpondinopenfoundationsandbackfillallfoundationsassoonaspossible.

The Contractor shall monitor settlement of the fill (by placing concrete posts 50x50x750 mmdeepona10metergridandtakingreadings)at30dayintervalsfromthetimeheisgivenaccesstoeachfillsite.

When a fill site is handed over to the Contractor, The Contractor shall become responsible formaintainingtheentirelyofthefillingoodcondition,includingallbatterslopes.(b)UnfilledSites

Originaldeltalevelsaregenerally4metersbelowroadlevel.Thereforemostsitesarehistoricallyfillsitesbutfillsettlementcansensiblybeconsideredcomplete,wherefillisover3yearsold.

(c) Site Investigation TheContractormayappointasubcontractortocarryoutthesiteinvestigationsbutallworkandalllabworkshallbewitnessedbyoneofhisownstaffwhoshallcountersignallrecordeddata.Thesiteinvestigationsandanalysisof thedatainafinal reportgivingfulldetailsof foundationproposalsshallbecompletedateachsitebytheprogrammeddate.Boreholesshallbetakenona25metergridwithatleastthreeadditionalboreholesbesideeachbuilding.Additionalboreholesmayalsoberequiredwhereunevenfilldepthisencountered.Theboreholesshallbelocatedtoanaccuracyof±0.5mandshallbelocatedtositelayout.Boreholesshallbeaminimumof20metersdepthortwicebuildingfootingwidth,whicheverisgreateroraspersitecondition&decisionoftheemployer.Allboreholesshallbebackfilledwithcompactedsand.Ineachboreholethefollowingtestsshallbecarriedout:Standardpenetrationtestsat1.5meterintervals.Undisturbedsamplesshallbetakenataround1.5metersdepthand3metersdepthandtestedbyunconfinedcompressiontests.Onedimensional consolidationtestsshallbecarried outonundisturbedsamplestakenat1,5,3and4.5metersdepth.Thesamplesshallbesaturatedandtherangeofappliedpressureshallfullyreflected the in situ conditions. Graphs showing void ratio(e) and applied pressure shall besubmittedalongwiththecoefficientofcompressibility fortherangeof loadinganticipated.Mvshallbeinm2/MNandshallberecordedateachstressincrement.Thecoefficientofconsolidation,cv,shallbegiveninm2/year.Particlesizeanalysisshallbecarriedoutforeachstratumandspecifiedgravity,moisturecontent,liquidlimitandplasticlimitdetermined.


Ground water level shall be determined by dipping the boreholes. Where collapse of theboreholesoccurs,casingshallbeusedandleftinuntilthewater levelremainsconstantfortwodays.IncohesivesoilsavanetesttoBS1377:part9shallbecarriedoutatthreedifferentdepths.TheContractorshallchecktheaggressivelyofsoilandgroundwaterateachsitetoconcreteandtakeallmeasuresnecessarytoensurethelongtermdurabilityofconcrete.(d)SiteInvestigationReport

Thereportshallbesubmittedbythekeydateateachsitegivenintheprogram.TheContractorshall submit 2 copies of the report to the Engineer. The report shall propose full details offoundationsandloadingthereonandshallprovideestimatesoflikelysettlementsanddifferentialsettlements.ThereportshallbetheworkoftheContractor’sownfoundationEngineers.IftheContractorusesalocalsiteinvestigationcontractor,heshallappointoneofhisownstafftooverseetheentireoperationandeachpieceofdatashallbecountersignedbythisperson. TheContractorshallsupply,installandtestatleastoneofthetypesofPileinaccordancewiththeapproved design and the drawing showing the Piling arrangement. Each Pile shall be suiteexistingthesub-strataatthesite. (e)Foundations

Theminimumdepthofallfoundationsshallbe: (i) Transformerbasesbound 0.9m (ii) Allotherswitchyardfoundations 1.1m (iii) Controlbuildingfoundations, 1.5m includingallwallfoundations andinternalwallfoundations

(iv) Boundarywallfoundations 1.1mAllformationsshallbehandrammedormechanicallycompactedbeforeplacing70mmminimumthicknessofClassBconcreteblinding,within24hoursofbottomingexcavation,whichblindingshallproject300mmminimumdistancebeyondall footings.Eachfootingshallbeinspectedbythe Engineer. Where soil condition is poor (on fill sites or already filled sites) or where theContractor leaves foundations exposed and soil conditions deteriorate, one of the followingmeasuresshallbecarriedoutasagreedwiththeengineer. (i) Blindingdepthandprojectionshallbeincreased (ii)Softsoilshallberemovedandreplacedwithcompactedvitisandwiththetop200

mmconsistingofvitisandandbrickchips.ThecostofthisworkshallbebornebytheContractor.Betweencolumnfootingsallwalls,includingallinternalwallshallbeprovidedwithareinforcedconcretestripfootingofminimumdimension800mmwideby250mmdeepplacedatthesamelevelascolumnfootingsandlinkedstructurallytothefootings.Inadditioncolumnfootingsshallbe tied at foundation level and also floor level by beams to every adjacent column in bothorthogonal directions. These beam shall be designed to resist 1 in 200 differential settlementwithoutdistressandshallbecapableofresistingtheearthquakeloadofChittagongregionasperBNBC2012Thedeepestpartsofanyfoundationsshallbecompletedfirst.Allfoundationsshallbecompletedandbackfilled,includingallcabletunnelandcabletrenchworkinsidebuildings,beforewallsare


raisedabove floor levels. All other foundations shall be back filled within 7days ofcompletingconcerning.All exposed concrete and outer surfaces of cable trenches and cable tunnels shall receive twocoatsofbitumasticpaintbeforebackfillingtoreduceingressofwater.TheConcretesurfaceshallbegroundsmoothandallairholesetc.filled(rubbeddownwithacementslurry)beforepainting.TheContractorshallmonitorsettlementofallfoundationseachmonthandreportthissettlementtotheEngineeruntilsettlementhasreducedtolessthan1.5mmin3months.Thetopsofallfoundationsshallterminate1000mmabovesiteaveragefinishedsurfacelevel.Allexposededgesshallhave20mmx20mmchamfers.Excavation shall only be carried out when the ground water table at least 1000mm belowfoundation level. The excavation shall bekept dry during theconstruction period by providingsumps and pumps as required. During the rain season, shelters shall be erected over all openexcavations.AnyoverexcavationshallbefilledwithClassBconcrete.Allbackfillshallbecompletedto95%maximumdrydensityasdefinedbyBS1377testmethod.2.5Kgrammer.Before starting foundation work the Contractor shall clear all sites of trees, tree roots shrubs,debris,surplussoil,andanybuildings.Foundationsshallbedesignedtoresistuplift,assumingthewatertableisatgroundlevelandtheweightofsoilrestingonafoundationisthatincludedwithina150frustum.On fill sites where the depth of fill exceeds 3 meters, the Contractor shall provide piledfoundationsinaccordancewithBS8004forcontrolbuildings.Iftimberpilesareused,adequatestripfootingsshallbeprovidedtosupportthestructureafterthetimberpilehasdeteriorated,bywhichtimethe fillwill be fully consolidated.Oneworkingpilechosen bytheEngineershallbeloadtestedateachsiteto150%ofdesignloadinaccordancewithBS8004. 7.8.2.3 Drainage The entire surface within boundary walls shall be of uniform sloping site, sloping at q in 150minimumslopetoopenchannelsaroundtheentireperimeter.Thesechannelsshallbedesignedfor a rainfall intensity of 60 mm per hour. Out side the boundary wall the contractor shall beresponsiblefordrainageupto20metersfromthewallandwillatsomesitesneedtoconstructoutletswithsuitableerosionprotectiondowntopaddylevel.The concrete wall of cable trenches shall project at least 70 mm above brick paving level topreventrunoffenteringthecabletrench.Thefloorsofallcabletrenches/tunnelsshallbeslopedtosoakways.Thecabletrenchesshallbefreefromsurfacewaterdrainage.Ifthecutoffareaexceeds30m2itshall be drained by a 200 mm minimum diameter concrete pipe to the boundary drain. TheContractor’s drainage design shall avoid all pond water to avoid forming a mosquito breedingground.Alldrainagepipeworkwithinbuildingsshallbeductileiron,generallyof100mmdiameter.Floordrainsshallbeplacedineachbatteryroomandtoilet.ExternalPipeworkshallbe150mmminimumdiameterconcretepipesataminimumdepthofinvert of 700 mm. Where pipes, including existing pipes along with site, are less than 400 mmaboveadjacentfoundationstheyshallbesurroundedinconcrete.Whererequired,drainagepipesshallbekeptbelowcables,allowing1.1mcovertotopofpipes.


Manholes shall be of brick construction with 600mm x 600mm clear openings and air tightductileironcoverstoBSEN124.Manholesshallbelocatedateachchangeofdirection.Minimumfallonallpipelinesshallbe1in80.Manholeshallnotbelocatedinroads.The Contractor shall be responsible for all negotiations with local authority WASA where aconnectiontoapublicsewer isproposed.Wherehighwater levels inpublicsewersmaycauseeffluenttobackupintoasite,nonreturnvalvesshallbefitted.TheContractorshallprovideallprotection required to existing sewers and shall deepen foundations, including boundary wallfoundations, where required all foundations are below adjacent sewers. The Contractor shalldrawlongitudinalsectionsofallpipelines.Eachcontrolbuildingshallbeprovidedwithaseptictankdesignedfor10usersandasoakawayofopenbrickconstruction11mdeepby2.2mdiameterfilledwithbrokenbricks.Theseptictankshall be located at least 15 meters from buildings. Other buildings shall have septic tanksdesigned for the required number of users. All foul drains shall ventedby avent pipi to aboveroof level. The inner surface od all manholes and septic tanks shall be painted with 2 coats ofbitumastic paint to protect it against sulphate attack. The septic tank shall have access holesdirectly over the inlet pipes and outlet pipes. Where public sewers exist alongside a site, theContractorshallconnectdirectlytothefoulsewer,providedeffluentfromtheseweristreated.TheContractorshallconstructthedrainagefirsttoensurethatatnostageisrainwaterpondedon any part of the site. All rainwater shall be able to run off the site or shall be immediatelypumped off site by the Contractor. The Contractor shall complete all necessary drains beforecastinganyroofandlargeconcreteareawhichwillcreatelargerunoff.Thecondensatedrainsfortheairconditioningshallalsobeconnectedtothedrainage.Twoventsofminimumheight2.2mshallbeprovidedoneachseptictank.

Ifa town’swater supply isunreliable, theroof rainwatershall becollected in anundergroundtankofstandardEmployer’sdesign.ScopeofthisworkshallbeagreedatBidstage.7.8.3 Earth Work 7.8.3.1 Scope Thisclausecoverstheperformanceofallworksinconnectionwiththerequiredexcavationforthevarioustypeoffoundationsandequipment,asshowninthedrawing,oranyotherexcavationandbankingthatmaybenecessaryduringtheprogressofworksincluding theremoval,useordisposalofallexcavatedmaterials.

7.8.3.2 Clearing

(1)Clearingshallmeanincludetheremoveoftreesandshrubs,stumpsandotherobjectionablemattersfromtheareanecessaryfortheworks.ThecontractorshallcutandremovethemfromtheprojectareaorturnthemasapprovedbytheEngineer.

(2) Bynomeansshallthecontractorfellanytreesoutsidethepremiseoftheconstructionsitewithout permission of the parties concerned even if such trees cause obstacle againstsmoothexecutionofthework.Therefore,anysuchtreesshallbefelleduponnegotiationwithandpermissionofthepossessor.

7.8.3.3 Excavation

(1) Excavation under this section shall consist of the removal, hauling, dumping andsatisfactorydisposalofallmaterialsfromrequiredexcavations.

(2) The excavated slope surface shall be protected against any erosion due to heavy rainsduring construction period. Should any damage be caused on any face of slope, thecontractorshallimmediatelyrepairanysuchdamageathisexpense.

(3) Excavationshallbecarriedoutbyadoptingasuitableexcavationforthegroundsoasnotto loosen the ground outside the excavation. If necessary, temporary sheeting shall beconstructed.


(4) During excavation, work shall be performed carefully so as not to cause any damage toadjacentstructuresandburiedstructures.

(5) Iftheexcavatedmaterialistobetemporarilystockpiled,designatedspacesshallbekeptfrom the shoulder of the road while considering the earth pressure at the excavatedsurfaceandtheworkingspace.Temporarysheetingorothersuchstructures,ifnecessary,shallbeconstructedsothatthestockpilecanbeprotectedfromdamageorbeingwashedaway.

(6) Excavation of road, if any, shall be done in such a manner as not to hamper vehiculartraffic.Ifexcavationistobeperformedinthevicinityofresidences,appropriatecareshallbetakensoasnottohinderthepassageofresidents.

Spoils,materialsandequipmentshallbecarefullyhandled.(7) After completion of excavation, excavated widths and bottoms shall be subject to

inspectionbytheengineer.

(8) Blastingshallnotbeemployedduringexcavation.

(9) Any and all excess excavation for the convenience of the contractor or over-excavationperformedbythecontractorforanypurposeorreason,exceptmaybeorderedinwritingby the engineer, and whether or not due to the fault of the contractor, shall be at theexpenseofthecontractor.Allsuchexcessexcavationandotherexcavationshallbefiledattheexpensebythecontractorwithmaterialsapprovedbytheengineer.

(10) The contractor shall be entitled to request the engineer in writing to change theexcavationlineasrequiredaccordingtothesoilconditionsofthefoundationfollowingtheprogressofexcavation.Insuchacase,uponexcavationuptothelaidexcavationline,thecontractorshallpreparethedetaileddesigndrawingofthesaidfoundationandsubmitittotheengineerforhisapproval.

(11) All objectionable materials such as, oil, mud, rock fragments, loose rock, chips, mortar,organicmattersandstagnantwater,shallberemovedfromthesurfaceofthefoundation.

7.8.3.4 Sheeting

(1) Sheeting shall be of the type that is suitable to the condition of foundation and Groundwaterandshallhaveasafestructure.

(2) If sheet piles on retaining piles are to be driven at the piling location in the vicinity ofburied structures, where they shall be investigated and confirmed by manual trenchexcavation etc. prior to piling in order to protect these structures from being damagedwhen piles are to be pulled out, carefulness shall be taken into account to cause nodamagetotheburiedstructures.

7.8.3.5 Banking

Foundationofbankingshallbetreatedasfollows:

(1) Anymaterialhavingaharmfuleffectonbankingshallberemoved.(a)Where inflow of ground water is expected, it shall be treated so as not to cause

inundation.(b)In case of sloped ground with unfavorable conditions, such as unsuitable soil, poor

drainage,etc,amethod,suchasexcavatingthegroundintostepsinadvanceinordertoincreaseitsstability,shallbeplannedandreportedtotheEngineer.

(2) Unlessotherwisespecified,settlement allowanceshallbe3percentof theheightof the

bankingandthesurfaceshallbegradedevenlywithin=5cm.(3) Materialsforbankingshallnotincludeanyharmfulmaterials,suchasfertilesoilorpieces

sowood.(4) Materialsforbankingshallnotbeofanextremelyswellingnature.


(5) Impermeableclayshallnotbeusedforback-fillingofastructurewhichissusceptibletoearthpressure.

(6) Banking shall be formed by spreading soil of less than 50 cm in thickness and by

sufficientlycompactingeachlayer.(7) Thetypeofcompactorshallbeonethatissuitableorbandingmaterials.(8) Materialsforbankingshallbesotreatedastohaveoptimumwatercontentinpercentof

dryweight.(9) Rocksshallbespreadoutevenlysoasnottoformanyvoidspace.(10) Temporary facilities shall not be buried in banking. If it becomes inevitable to do so, it

shall be reported to the engineer and shall be approved by the engineer, upon whichappropriatemeasuresshallbetakentopreventanyunfavorableeffectonthebanking.

(11) Asastandard,extentofsatisfactorycompactionshallbeasfollows: K75=1.5Kg./cm3ormore Where:K75isacoefficientofbearingcapacitydeterminedbytheplateloadtest. When required by the engineer, the contractor shall perform in-sity tests and

penetrationtesttoconfirmtheextentofcompactionandtheresultshallbesubmittedtotheengineer.

(12) AnybankingworkonrainydayshallbecarriedtouponapprovaloftheEngineer.7.8.3.6 Back-Filling(1) Backfillingshallbeexecutedasconstructionproceedsalongwiththeremovalofshoring

andothermaterialsatthebackfillingsite. Whensheetingis tobe leftandburiedinordertopreventshearfailureofsoilor

duetosomeotherinevitablereasons,itshallbedonesoaccordingtothedirectionoftheengineer.

(2) Exceptthosewhicharespecifiedinthespecificationsorthedrawings,allthematerialsfor

backfillingshallbeinaccordancewiththeclausesof“Banking”2.5ofthesespecifications.(3) Iftheinflowofwaterexistsatthesiteofbackfillingitshallbeappropriatelytreated.(4) Inbackfilling,thelayerofspreadingshallbearound50cmorlessperlift,anditshallbe

gradedashorizontallyaspossible,andshallbesufficientlycompactedbyhydraulicfillingorbyuseofanappropriatecompactorsuchasarammer.

(5) Extentofcompactionshallbesuchthatitwillpreventfuturesettlementandsuchthatthedesignatedbearingcapacitycanbeobtained.Ifnecessary,theextentofcompactionshallbe measured by a cone penetrometer etc. and the record shall be submitted to theengineer.

(6) Ifthereisanysurfaceorburiedstructureownedbythepublicorthethirdpartyatthesite

of back filling, care shall be taken so as to cause no harmful effect to them, and theexecutionoftheworkshallbecarriedoutfollowingdirectionbytheengineerandinthepresenceofrelevantadministrators.

(7) Forbackfillingadjacenttoastructure,compactionandbackfillingshallbecarriedoutin

suchamannerthatwillpreventdamagetothestructure.


Nostonesorthelikeshallbeusedforbackfilling.7.8.3.7 Disposal of Excavated Materials(1) Spoilsproducedbyexcavationshallbepiled,graded,slopedordisposedofatthelocations

specifiedbytheBoardorEngineeranditshallbesubjecttoinspectionbytheengineer.

Spoil,whosedisposalareasarenotspecifiedbytheengineer,shallbedisposedofbythecontractorathisresponsibility.

(2) In transporting the spoils, care shall be taken so as to neither hamper traffic nor cause

troubletothethirdpartybyscatteringthespoilovertheroad.7.8.3.8 Gravel Layer

(1) Gravelandrubbleproducedlocallyshallbeused.Gravellayershall,inprinciple,belaidinasinglelayerwithnolargegaps,standonendandintersticesshallbefilledwithgranulargravel.

(2) Thecompactionshallbeexecutedbyacompactionmachine(rammers,etc.)(3) Gravel layer shall be well compacted together with covering gravel and shall be graded

andfinishedtothedesignatedlevel.7.8.4 Piling 7.8.4.1 Pile Driving(1) Pilesshallbedrivenbyapiledriver,suitableforthetypeandsizeofthepiles,geological

conditions and construction environment, and in such a manner as to cause no publicnuisance,suchasnoise,tothethirdparty.

(2) The method for construction joint of pilesshall be submitted in writing to theengineer

andshallbesubjectforapprovalbytheengineer.(3) Records shall be kept during the poling operation and these shall be submitted to the

engineer.(4) Piles shallbe driven vertically and at the exact locations indicated in the drawings, and

piledrivingshallbecontinuouswithoutinterruptiontoavoiddeviationofpilehead.(5) Capsandothersuitablematerialsshallbeusedasacushiontoprotecttheheadofpiles.(6) Towardtheendofdrivingtheamountofpenetrationshallbemeasuredforeachpoleas

directedbytheengineer.(7) Shoulditbedifficulttodriveanypileuptothespecifieddepth,thecontractorshallcarry

outsuchpillingworkinaccordancewiththeinstructionsoftheengineer.(8) Method and equipment of pile driving to be employed for construction works shall be

subjecttoapprovaloftheengineerpriortoexecution.(9) When driving agroup ofpiles, driving shall begin from the centerandgradually moved

outward.(10) When eccentricerror exceedstheallowablevaluesshown in the table beloworwhen a

pile isdamagedor creaked during piling operation, it shall be reported to theengineer,andthepileshallbereplacedoranadditionalpileshallbedriven.


TypeofFoundation Allowance RemarksAllfoundations 10cmorless

(11) Upon completion of piling, any void portions inside piles shall be filled back with soil

obtainedfromatsiteexcavation.7.8.4.2 Field Joining of Piles(1) Fieldjoiningofpilesshallbecarriedoutbyarcwelding.(2) Weldersshallhavenot lessthan6monthscontinuousexperienceinweldingofpile,and

shall be qualified by JIS Z-3801, “Standard Qualification Procedures for weldingTechnique”,orequivalent.

(3) AreweldingrodsshallbestandarditemsspecifiedinIETC(InternationalElectrotechnical

Commission)orequivqlent“CoveredElectrodesforMildSteel”,orequivalent. Weldingrodsshallbecompletelydrypriortouse.(4) Theweldingsurfaceofparentmetalshallbecarefullycleanedofslag,moisture,dust,rust,

oil,paintorotherforeignmatter.(5) Therootfaceofsteelpipepileshallbe2mm,(6) Welding shall be performed carefully by selecting welding current and welding speed

whichensurecompletepenetrationofweldingroodtoavoidcracksinanyportionoftheweld.

(7) Weldingshallnotbeperformedwhentheparentmetaliswetfromrainfallorwhenstrong

winds are blowing. However, when the portion to be welded in suitable protected,weldingmaybeperformeduponapprovaloftheengineer.

(8) If harmful defects or cracks have been found in the weld, the deposited metal shall be

carefullychippedoffandtheaffected part shallbere-weldedandthen inspectedbytheengineer.

7.8.4.3 Treatment of Pile head(1) Theheadofthepilesshallbecuttothedesignatedlevelandshallbeembeddedintothe

footing.(2) Thesteelpipepilesshallbeanchoredintothefootingbyamethodspecifiedotherwise. 7.8.4.4 Transportation and Handling Careshallbetakenintransportationadhandlingofpolesoastopreventdamagetothem.If thepile is damagedor deformed to theextent that it is impractical for the intended use, thecontractorshallrepairitpriortodriving,anditshallbeinspectedandapprovedbytheengineer.7.8.5 Reinforced Concrete Work 7.8.5.1 General(1) This clause covers the performance of all reinforced of all reinforced concrete work for

permanentstructuresinaccordancewiththedrawingsandthesespecifications.


(2) Thecontractorshallfurnishallmaterialsandequipmentfortheperformanceofconcretework.

(3) Reinforced concrete work and plain concrete work shall comply with ACI (American

ConcreteInstitute),BNBC(BangladeshNationalBuildingCode)orequivalentstandard.(4) Covering (a)Thecoveringshallbeatleastonediameterofthereinforcement. (b)Ingeneral,thecoveringshallbeatleastthoseshowninTable-1.

Table-1 : Minimum Covering (mm)

Conditions Slabs Beams Columns Whennotdirectlyexposedtorainorwind 20 40 40 Largeandimportantstructure,orwhenexposedtoRainorwind

25 40 65

When effective coating is not applied on theportion Which may be subjected to injuriouschemicalreaction

Duetosmoke,acid,oil,salts,etc. 37.5 50 75

(c) Incaseoffootingsandimportantmembersofastructureitisrecommendedthatthecoveringbeatlest7.5cmwhenconcreteisplaceddirectlyfacingtheground,andatleast 5 cm for bars with diameter of more than 16cm and 4 cm for bars with thediameter of less than 16 mm when the concrete is buried and directly facing thegroundorwhenitissubjectedtosevereweatherconditions.However,thecoveringatthebottomsideofslabsmaybeatleast2.5cmeveniftheportionofitissubjectedtoextremeweathercondition.

(d) The covering in structures which are required to be especially fire-proof shall bedetermined based on the temperature of the fire, duration, characteristics ofaggregatetobeused,etc.

7.8.5.2 Quality of Concrete

(1) GeneralConcrete shall have the uniform quality with the required strength, durability, water

tightnessetc.

(2) Strength

(a) Thestrengthofconcreteshallgenerallybebasedon28dayscompressivestrength.

(b) CompressiontestsforconcreteshallbeperformedinaccordancewithACI,BNBCorequivalentstandard.

7.8.5.3 Materials

Materialsusedfor theconstructionofbuildingsshallconformtostandardspecificationslisted inthispartoftheCode.Anydeviation fromthetypedesignorarchitecturaldetailfromthosespecifiedinthesestandardsmaybeacceptedbytheBuildingOfficialaslongasthematerialsstandardsspecifiedthereinareconformedwith.

7.8.5.3.1 CementCement for shall be Ordinary Portland Cement complies with the standards listed as

follows:BDS232:1974,PortlandCement(OrdinaryandRapidHardening)orASTMC150,PortlandCement;ASTMC91,MasonryCement;ASTMC595,BlendedHydraulicCements.Cement for other than masonry shall conform to the following standards: BDS 232,PortlandCement(OrdinaryandRapidHardening);BDS612,SulphateResistingPortlandCement-TypeA;ASTMC150,PortlandCement;ASTMC595,BlendedHydraulicCements;andtoothersuchcementslistedinACI318.


7.8.5.3.2 Water

(1) Watershallbefreefrominjuriousamountsofoils,acids,salts,organicmaterialsorothermaterialsthatmaybedeterioustoconcrete.

(2) Seawatershallnotbeusedinmixingconcreteforreinforcedconcrete.

7.8.5.3.3 Fine Aggregate

(1) General Fineaggregateshallbeclean,strong,hard,durable,suitablygradedandfreefrom

injuriousamountsofdust,mud,organicimpurities,saltsetc. Beachsandshallnotusedforconcrete.

(2) Grading

Fine aggregate shall consist of large and small particles suitably mixed, and itsgradingshall,asastandard,bewithintherangeshownintable2.

Table-2 : Standard Grading of Fine Aggregate

NominalSizeof

Sieve(mm) Weightpercentageofthosepassingasieve

Nominalsizeofsieve(mm)

Weightpercentageofthosepassionasieve

10 100 0.6 25–65 5 90–100 0.3 10–35

2.5 80–100 0.15 2–10 1.2 50–90

SieveanalysisshallbeinaccordancewithJISA1102,orequivalentBDstandard.

7.8.5.4 Coarse Aggregate

(1) General Coarseaggregateshallclear,strong,hard,durable,suitablygradedandfreefrominjurious

amountofflakes,elongatedpieces,organicimpurities,saltsetc.(2) Grading Coarseaggregateshallconsistoflargeandsmallparticlessuitablymixed,anditsgrading

shallbewithintherangeshowninTable3asastandard. Sieve analysis shall be performed in accordance with JIS A 1102, or equivalent BD

standard.

Table-3 : Standard Grading of Coarse Aggregate SS(mm) Weightpercentageofthosepassingasieve

SA(mm) 50 40 30 25 20 15 10 5 2.5

95 40 10 0

40 100

100 65 30 5

95 30 0 0

25 100

100 70 10 5

SS :NominalSizeofSieve SA :SizeofAggregate


7.8.5.5 Reinforcement

Reinforcement in masonry shall conform to the standards listed as follows: ASTM A82,Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement; ASTM A615M, Deformed and PlainBilletSteelBars; ASTMA616M,Rail-SteelDeformedandPlainBars;ASTMA617M, Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars; ASTM A706M, Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars; ASTMA767M, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars; and ASTM A775M, Epoxy - CoatedReinforcingSteelBars.

7.8.5.6 Crushed Stones CrushedStonetobeusedascoarseaggregateshallconformtothefollowingstandards: BDS 243 : 1963, Coarse and Fine Aggregates from Natural Sources for Concrete; ASTM

C33, Concrete Aggregates; ASTM C330, Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete;ASTM C637, Aggregates for Radiation-Shielding Concrete; ASTM C332 , LightweightAggregateforInsulatingConcrete;IS:9142ArtificialLightweightAggregatesforConcreteMasonryUnits.

7.8.5.7 Admixture

Admixtures to be used in concrete shall be subject to prior approval by the BuildingOfficialandshallcomplywithSec.2.4.5.1through2.4.5.5.

Chloride : Calcium chloride or admixtures containing chloride from admixture

ingredients shall not be used in prestressed concrete, concrete containing

embeddedaluminuminconcretecastagainstpermanentgalvanizedmetalforms,

orinconcreteexposedtosevereorveryseveresulphate-containingsolutions(see

Sec5.5.2.1ofPart6).

Standards : Air-entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260. Water-

reducing admixtures, retarding admixtures, accelerating admixtures, water-

reducing and retarding admixtures, and water-reducing and accelerating

admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, or

ASTMC1017,ChemicalAdmixturesforUseinProducingFlowingConcrete.

Pozzolanas : Flyash(PulverizedFuelAsh)orotherpozzolansusedasadmixtures

shallconformtoASTMC618.

Blast Furnace Slag : Groundgranulatedblast-furnaceslagusedasanadmixture

shallconformtoASTMC989.

Pigment for Coloured Concrete :Pigment for integrallycolouredconcreteshall

conformtoASTMC979.

7.8.6 Storage of Materials

7.8.6.1 Storage of Cement

(1) Cementshallbestoredseparatelyforeachtypeineithersilosordamp-proofwarehouses.(2) Silos tostorecementshallbebuiltorequippedwithsuitablemeanssothatcementwill

notberetainedatthebottomwithoutbeingconveyedout. Incaseofsackedcement,itshallbestackedonthefloorrisingatleast30cmfrom

thesurfaceortheground,andshallbestoredinsuchamannerastofacilitateconveyanceandinspection.Heightofeachstackshallbeatmost13sacks.

(3) Any portion of Cement which has hardened during its storage shall not be used at all.Cementstoredforlongperiodshallbetestedforitsqualitypriortoitsuse.

(4) Cement with excessively high temperature shall be used only after lowering the

temperature.

7.8.6.2 Storage of Aggregate


(1) Fineaggregate,coarseaggregateandotheraggregateofdifferent typeand gradingshallbeseparatelystoredbetweeneach.

(2) When receiving, storing and handling aggregate, facilities shall be well maintained, and

handlingshallbecarefullyperformedsothatnosegregationoflargeparticlesfromsmallonesmayoccur,noforeignmaterialsmaybecomemixed,orincaseofcoarseaggregate,noparticlesmaybecrushed.

(3) Storagefacilityofaggregateshallbeequippedwithasuitabledrainagesystem,andshallhave a suitable capacity so that the aggregate with uniform surface water may be usedandtheaggregatereceivedmaybeusedafterbeingtested.

(4) Inhotweather,aggregateshallbestoredinaplacewithafacilitytoavoiddirectexposuretothesunetc.sothatextremedryingortemperatureriseintheaggregatedoesnotoccur.

7.8.6.3 Storage of Reinforcement

Reinforcementshallnotbedirectlyplacedontheground,anditshallbestoredinawarehouseoraplacewithsuitablecover.7.8.6.4 Storage of Admixture(1) Admixtureshallbestoredsoastobefreefromdustsandotherimpurities.Admixturein

powerformshallbestoredinsuchamannerthatabsorptionofwaterandhardeningareprevented,andadmixtureinliquidformshallbestoredinsuchamannerthatsegregationandchangeinqualityareprevented.

(2) Admixturematerialsshallbecarefullyhandledsoasnottobescattered.(3) Admixture material shall be stored in silos or warehouses which are desirably damp-

proofandshallbeusedinthesameorderastheyarereceived.(4) Admixturestoredfora long periodof foundtohavechangedshall betestedprior to its

use. Should it be found in the test that the admixture does not possess the requiredcharacteristics,itsuseshallnotbeallowed.

7.8.7 Testing of Materials(1) The all materials (cement, water, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, reinforcement,

admixture,etc.)tobeusedshallbeapprovedbytheengineerafterthecontractorsubmitstheresultsoftests.

(2) ThetestingmethodshallcomplywiththevariouscodesofASTM,ACI,BNBCorequivalent

standard.7.8.8 Mix Proportions 7.8.8.1 General (1) Mixproportionforconcreteshallbedeterminedinsuchamannerthattheunitquantityof

water is minimized while the required strength, durability, water tightness and theworkabilitysuitablefortheworkaresecured.

(2) Mix proportion for concrete and results of test mixing shall be determined so as toprovidetherequiredstrength,workability,uniformityanddurability.Theschemeofmixproportion shall be submitted to the engineer for approval, The attached form ofsubmission shall be used. The design strengths of the concrete shall be the classesindicatedbelow.

4Fc = 210kg/cm2 ForArchitectureandSwitchyard 4Fc = 180kg/cm2 ForTransmission 4Fc = 120kg/cm2 ForlevelingConcrete


Where4Fcmeansconcretecompressivestrengthattheageof28days. Basicdesigndateformixingareindicatedinthetableherein.

Table – 4 : Basic Mix Data

Class Designstrength4Fc(kg/cm2)

Maximumsizeof

aggregate(mm)

Slump(cm)

Airentertainment

(%)

E 210 25 10–15 41 ArchitectureSwitchyard

B 180 40 10–15 41 Transmission C 120 40 10–15 41 LevelingConcrete

Note :1. Specificgravityindesign Cement–3.15,FineAggregate–2.62,COARSEAggregateandCrushedStones–2.622. RelationshipbetweenC/W(Cementwater ratio)andmaximumcompressivestrengthat

28days. ø28 = 210+215C/W

Concrete Mix Design Report Quantity(permixed1m3)(kg/m3)

Maximumsizeoraggregat

e(mm)

Slum Airentrain-ment

(%)

Maximum

water/cement

W/c(%)

Sandpercen-tageS/a(%)

WaterW

CementC

Fi Coarseaggreg

ate

Admixtures

mm-mm

mm-mm

7.8.9 Batching and Mixing 7.8.9.1 Batching (1) General Eachmaterialtobeusedinconcreteisobtained.(2) BatchingEquipment

(a) Batching methodandbatching equipment foreach material shall be subject to theapprovaloftheengineerinadvance.

(b) Batchingequipmentforeachmaterialshallbeinspectedandadjusted,ifnecessary,

prior to the commencement of the construction work and periodically during theconstruction.

(3) Batchingofmaterials

(a) Batchingshallbemadeinaccordancewiththejobmix.Testforsurfacewateroftheaggregate shall be in accordance with ASTM or equivalent or as directed by the


engineer.Testforthequantityoftheeffectiveabsorptionofwater, incaseofdriedeffectiveabsorptionofwater,shallbeasdirectedbytheengineer.

(b) Volumeofonebatchshallbedeterminedasdirectedbytheengineer.(c) Each material shall be batched by weight for each batch except the water and the

solutionofadmixture,whichmaybemeasuredbyvolume.(d) ErrorinthemeasurementineachbatchshallbeatmostthevaluesgiveninTable5.

Table-5 : Allowable Error in Measurements

TypeofMaterials PermissibleError(%)

Water 1 Cement&AdmixtureMaterial 2 Aggregate 3 SolutionofAdmixtureAgent 3

7.8.9.2 Mixing

Allconcreteshallbemixedthoroughlyuntilthereisauniformdistributionof materialsandshallbedischargedcompletelybeforethemixerisrecharged.

Readymixedconcreteshallbemixedanddeliveredinaccordancewiththerequirementsof "Specification for Ready Mixed Concrete" (ASTM C94) or "Specification for ConcreteMadebyVolumetricBatchingandContinuousMixing"(ASTMC685).

Jobmixedconcreteshallbemixedinaccordancewiththefollowing: a) Mixingshallbedoneinabatchmixerofapprovedtype. b) Mixershallberotatedataspeedrecommendedbythemanufacturer. c) Mixingshallbecontinuedfor at least90secondsafterallmaterialsare in thedrum,

unless a shorter time is shown to be satisfactory by the mixing uniformity tests of"SpecificationforReadyMixedConcrete"(ASTMC94).

d) Materialshandling,batching,andmixingshallconformtotheapplicableprovisionsof"SpecificationforReadyMixedConcrete"(ASTMC94).

e) Adetailedrecordshallbekepttoidentify: i) numberofbatchesproduced;

ii) proportionsofmaterialsused;

iii) approximatelocationoffinaldepositinstructure;

iv) timeanddateofmixingandplacing.

(1) General Materials for concrete shall be thoroughly mixed until the mixed concrete becomes

uniforminquality.

(2) Mixers

(a) Mixersshallbeeithertiltingbatchmixersorforcedbatchmixers.(b) Anyconcretemixerstobeusedunderthisprojectshallbesubjecttoapprovalofthe

engineer.(c) Mixersshallbesuchthattheywillnotcauseanyseparationofmaterialsatthetime

ofdischarging.(3) Mixing

(a) When charging a mixer, all the materials shall be charged uniformly andsimultaneouslyinprinciple.


(b) Mixingtimeshall,inprinciple,bedeterminedbasedontests.Asastandard,itshallbeat least1minuteand30secondsfortiltingtypemisersand1minuteforforcedmixers.

(c) Mixingshallnotbecontinuedformorethanthreetimesthespecifiedmixingtime.(d) Materialsfornewbatchshallnotbechargedintothemixeruntilalltheconcretein

themixerisdischarged.(e) Mixersshallbethoroughlycleanedbeforeandaftertheiruse.(f) Concreteleftasmixedandcommencedsettingshallnotbeusedafterre-tempering.

7.8.10 Conveying and Placing (1) Prior to the commencement of the construction work, a plan of conveying and placing

shallbemadeandthisshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer.(2) Concrete shall be conveyed by methods which will minimize separation and loss of

materials, shall be placed immediately and then shall be thoroughly compacted. Evenwhenitisimpossibletoplacetheconcreteimmediatelyduetosomespecialreasons,thetimebetweenmixingandthecompletionofplacingshallnotexceed45minutes.

Duringthewaitingperiod,theconcreteshallbeprotectedagainstdirectexposuretothesun,windandrain,andtheconcreteleftforarelativelylongtimeshallbere-mixedwithout adding my water. No portion of concrete which has started to harden shall beused.

(3) Whenextremeseparationisobservedinconcreteduringitsdeliveryorplacement,itshall

bemadeuniforminqualitybyre-mixing.7.8.10.1 Conveying (1) Conveying Equipment to be used in conveying concrete shall be those which can easily

deposit.Shouldthedeliverydistancebelong,theyshallbeequippedwithsuchfacilityasanagitator.

(2) Buckets Structure of buckets shall be such that they will not cause any separation of

materialswhenchargingordischargingconcreteandthattheconcretecanbeeasilyandswiftlydepositedfromthem.

(3) BeltConveyors Shouldbeltconveyorsbeused, theyshallbesuitably located sothat theywillbe

suitablylocatedsothattheywillnotimpairthequalityoftheconcreteandtheendofthelineshallbeprovidedwithbaffleplates andan elephant trunksothat theseparationofmaterialscanbeprevented.

(4) BuggiesandTrolleys Shouldbuggiesortrolleysbeused,alevelrunwayorpathshallbeconstructedso

thatseparationofmaterialswillnotoccurinconveyingconcrete.(5) Chutes


(a) Shouldanychutebeused,itshallbeadropchuteinprinciple.Thedropchuteshall

beconnectedtoanelephanttrunksothattheseparationofmaterialsisminimized.(b) Open chutes may be used, only when approved by the Engineer. Each open chute

shallbeinclinedatuniformangleallalongitslength,andtheslopeshallbesuchthatit will not cause any separation of materials of the concrete to be placed. Thedistancebetweenthebottomendofthechuteandthesurfaceonwhichconcreteistobedepositedshallbeatmost1.5m.thedischargingendshallbeequippedwithasuitableelephanttrunk.

7.8.10.2 Placing(1) Preparation

(a) Prior to the placement, the arrangement of reinforcement, forms etc. shall beapprovedbytheengineer.

(b) Prior tothecommencementof theplacement, it shallbecertifiedthat conveying

equipment and placing equipment are in conformance to the plan of placingspecifiedinClause-______

(c) Priortotheplacement,conveyingequipment,placingequipmentandtheinsideof

formsshallbethoroughlycleanedtopreventforeignmaterialsfrombeingmixedintotheconcrete.Portionsexpectedtofaceconcreteandtoabsorbwatershallbemoistenedinadvance.

(d) Waterinpitsandsumpsshallberemovedpriortotheplacementoftheconcrete.

Suitableprotectivemeasuresshallbetakensothatwaterrunninginto thesepitsandsumpswillnotwashtheconcretejustplaced.

(2) Placing

(a) ConcreteshallbeplacedinaccordancewiththeplanofplacingspecifiedinClause-_____should it be inevitable to change the placing method, it shall be so done asdirectedbytheEngineer.

(b) When concerning is done in hot weather, special attention shall be given to the

materials,placement,curingetc.(c) Portions such as the ground and foundations which may absorb the water in

concreteshallbethoroughlywettedpriortotheplacementofconcrete.(d) Temperatureinconcreteatthetimeofplacingshallbeatmost35oC.(e) Conveying equipment for concrete shall be such that they will protect concrete

frombeingdriedorheated.(f) Concreteshallbeprotectedassoonastheplacementiscompletedorinterrupted.

Specialcareshallbeexercisedtokeepthesurfaceoftheconcretemoist.(g) During the concerning operation, attention shall be paid not to disturb the

arrangementofthereinforcement.


(h) Concrete shall be embedded into concrete with abundant mortar. Should anynotableseparationofmaterialsbeobservedduringconcerning,theconcreteshallbe remised to obtain the uniform quality and necessary measures to preventseparationshallbetakenbeforetheplacingoperationisresumed.

(i) Concreteforonesectionshallbeplacedcontinuouslyuntilitiscompleted.(j) Concrete shall, in principle, be placed in such a manner that the surface of the

placedconcretewillbehorizontalwithinthesection.Oneliftinplacementshallbeatmost40cm,inprinciple.

(k) Should concrete be placed in layers, each succeeding layer shall be placed while

theonebelowitisstillplastic.Shoulditbecomenecessarytoplaceconcreteontopofalayerwhichhasstartedsetting,itshallbedoneinaccordancewithClause4.10.

(l) When height of the form work is great, it shall be provided with openings for

concrete placing, or the placement shall be done using from chutes in order topreventtheconcretefrombeingsegregatedorfromadheringtothereinforcementortotheformsabovethelayertobeplaced.

(m) Theheightoftheendofbucketsandhoppersshallbeatmost1.5mabovethelevel

ofplacement.(n) Shouldtherebyanywatercomingoutandaccumulatedduringtheplacement,the

concreteshallnotbeplacedfurtheruntilthewaterisremovedbyasuitablemeans.(o) When concerning high structures such as walls and columns continuously, the

consistency of the concrete and the rate of lifting shall be controlled in such amanner thatseparationofmaterialsduringthe placementandthecompaction isminimized.

7.8.11 Compaction(1) Inprinciple,internalvibratorsshallbeusedtocompacttheconcrete.Whenitisdifficultto

useinternalvibratorsinthecaseofthinwalls,formvibrationshallbeused.(2) Vibratorstobeusedshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer.(3) Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted immediately after placement and shall be

thoroughly worked around the reinforcement and into the corners of the form. Whereconditions takecompactiondifficult,batchesof mortarcontainingthesameproportionsof cement, sandandwater as used in theconcrete shall first bedeposited tocertify thecompaction.

(4) When compaction is achieved by vibrators, it shall be inserted into the layer below the

one justplacedbyabout10cm.Thevibrators shall bepulledoutvery slowlysothatnoholewillformintheconcrete.

(5) When concerning is to be compacted by internal vibrators, the spacing and the time of

theirapplicationshallbeasdirectedbytheengineer. 7.8.12 Additional PlacingShouldadditionalplacingbemadeontopofalayerwhichhasalreadystartedtoharden,itshallbethoroughlyandcarefullyworkedonasdirectedbytheengineersothatthetopandthelowerlayerbecomesmonolithic.


(1) WetCuring.

(a) Concrete, after being placed, shall be sufficiently cured without being subjected toinjuriouseffectscausedbylowtemperature,drying,suddenchangeintemperature,etc.

Thecontractorshallreportthesaidmethodtotheengineerandobtainhisapproval.(b) Concreteshallbeprotectedfromvibrations,impactsandloadswhileitishardening.

(2) WetCuring

(a) Concrete being placed and compacted shall be protected from the sun, wind,showersetc.

(b) Anyexposedsurfaceofconcretewhichhashardenedtoadegreethatworkscanbe

donewithoutimpairingitshallbeeithercoveredwithwetmats,canvas,sandetc.ordirectlywatered,andshallbekeptmoistenedcontinuallyforatleast5daysaftertheplacementincaseordinaryPortlandcementisused.

(c) Whensheathingboardsareexpectedtobecomedry,theyshallbewatered.

7.8.13 Joints (1) General

(a) Location and structure of joints as shown and specified in the drawings shall beobserved.

(b) Should any joint not specified in the design be made, its location, direction and

methodofconstructionshallbedeterminedintheplanofconstructionsothatitwillnotimpairthestrengthandtheappearanceofthestructure,andthisshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer.

(2) ConstructionJoints

(a) Construction joints shall be located where the shear acting there is as small aspossible, and with their face in perpendicular, in principle, to the direction ofcompressioninthemember.

(b) Shoulditbeunavoidabletomakeaconstructionjointatalocationwherelargeshear

isaction,itshallbereinforcedbyformingtenorsorgrooves,orembeddingsuitablesteel.

(3) ConstructionofHorizontalConstructionJoints

(a) Sidedofthesurfaceofahorizontalconstructionjointintersectingtheformsshallbekeptashorizontalandstraightaspossible.

(b) Whennewconcreteisplaced,thesurfaceoftheoldconcreteshallberemovedofall

laitance,interiorconcrete,loosenedaggregate,etc.andshallbethoroughlywetted.(c) Prior to the placement of new concrete, the forms shall be tightened, and either

cement paste or mortar with the same mix proportions as in concrete shall beappliedonthesurfaceoftheoldconcrete.


Theconcreteshall then beplaced immediatelyandshallbecompactedso that iswillbeintightcontactwiththeoldconcrete.

(4) ConstructionmethodforVerticalConstructionJoints

(a) When a vertical construction joint is to be made, the forms at the joint shall berigidlysupported, and the concrete in the vicinity of thepoint shall be thoroughlycompactedbyvibrators.

(b) Freshconcreteshall beplaced after thesurfaceof theaged concreteat the joint is

removedofthesurfacefilmorisroughenedandthoroughlywetted,followedbytheapplicationofcementpasteormortar,orafterthesurfaceistreatedasdirectedbytheengineer.

(c) Freshconcreteshallbethoroughlycompactedat thetimeofplacementsothatthe

freshandtheagedconcreteisintightcontactwitheachother. Itisrecommendedthatthenewconcretebecompactedagainafterasuitabledelay

byapplyingvibration.

7.8.14 Reinforcement Works 7.8.14.1 Processing of Reinforcement (1) Reinforcement shall be processed to the shape and the dimension as shown in the

drawingsbyamethodwhichwillnotimpairthequalityofthematerial.(2) Reinforcementshallbeprocessedinordinarytemperature.Whenitisunavoidabletoheat

forprocessing,thewholeprocessshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer. 7.8.14.2 Fabrication of Reinforcement(1) Prior to fabrication, reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned and free from looserust

and any other material which may impair the bond between the reinforcement and theconcrete.

(2) Reinforcementshallbeplacedtothedesignatedposition,andshallfirmlybefabricatedso

thatitwillnotbedislocatedruiningtheplacementofconcrete.Erectionbars,ifrequired,shallbeusedforthispurpose.

Importantcrossingsofreinforcementshallbefastenedbyeitherannealedwireof

atleast0.9mmindiameter.(3) Clearance between reinforcement andsheathing board shall be maintained correctly by

useofspacers.(4) Reinforcement shall be always inspected by the engineer after the completion of

fabrication. 7.8.14.3 Joints of Reinforcement(1) Lapjointsofreinforcementshallbemadeby lappingtherequired lengthsandfastening

themtogetheratseveralpointswithannealedwireofatleast0.9mmindiameter.(2) Reinforcement projecting form the structure and exposed for future jointing shall be

protectedfromdamage,corrosion,etc.


7.8.15 Forms and TimberingFormsandtimberingshallbesodesignedandconstructedastohavetherequiredstrengthandrigidity, to secure correct position, shape and dimension of the structure and to secure thesatisfactoryqualityinconcrete. 7.8.15.1 MaterialsMaterials to be used for the form and the timbering shall be selected based on the strength,rigidity,durabilityworkability,effectontheconcretetobeplaced.7.8.15.2 Design of Forms(1) Forms shall be those which can easily be fabricated and stripped; joints of sheathing

boards and panels shall be forced in parallel with or perpendicular to the axis of themembersothatitwillhaveastructurewhichistightagainstmortar.

(2) The structure of form shall be such that the corners of concrete can be moulded even

whenitisnotparticularlyspecified.(3) Temporaryopenings,ifnecessary,shallbemadeatsuitablelocationstofacilitatecleaning

andinspectionoftheformsandtheplacingofconcrete.

7.8.15.3 Design of Timbering

(1) Suitable types of timbering shall be selected and the load carried by them shall becorrectlytransferredtothefoundationbyappropriatemeans.

(2) Asforthetimberingforimportantstructures,designdrawingsshallbepreparedbytheyshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer.

7.8.15.4 Construction of Forms

Strippingagentsshallbeappliedontheinsideofthesheathingboard. 7.8.15.5 Construction of Timbering(1) Timberingshallbeconstructedsoastohavesufficientstrengthandstability.(2) Anamountofthesettlementoftheformwordsduetotheweightoftheplacedconcrete

shallbeestimatedandachambershallbeintroduced,ifnecessary,intheshoring.7.8.15.6 Inspection of Forms and Timbering(1) Forms and timbering shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to the placement of

contents.(2) Conditionofformsandtimberingshallbeinspectedduringtheplacementofconcrete. 7.8.5.7 Removal of Forms and Timbering(1) Formsandtimberingshallnotberemoveduntiltheconcretereachesastrengthrequired

tocarrytheconcreteweightandtheloadappliedduringtheconstructionwork.(2) Time and sequence of the removal of the removal of the forms and timbering shall be

subjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer. 7.8.15.8 Loading on a Structure Immediately After Removal of Forms and Timbering


Loadingonastructureimmediatelyaftertheremovaloftheformsandtimberingshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheengineer.7.8.16 Finishing 7.8.16.1 General When the uniform appearance should be obtained on the exposed surface, specialattentionshallbegiventoplacetheconcreteforthepredeterminedsectioncontinuouslywithoutchangingthematerials,proportionsandthemethodoftheplacement. 7.8.16.2 Surface Not Facing Sheeting Boards(1) Surface of the concrete compacted and approximately leveled to the required level and

shapeshallnotbefinisheduntilthewatercomingoutceasesorisremoved.(2) Cracks formed after finishing but before hardening shall be removed by tamping or re-

finishing.7.8.6.3 Surface Facing Sheathing Boards(1) Concretewhichwillbeexposedshallbeplacedandcompactedinsuchamannerthatthe

surfacesolelycomposedofmortarwillbesecured.(2) Projections and lines formed on the surface of concrete shall be removed to ensure

surface flatness. Honeycombs and chipped places shall be removedand the surface andthesurfaceshallbemoistenedandpatchedwithappropriatelyproportionedconcreteormortartobefinishedflat.

(3) Cracks formedafter theremovalof the formsdue temperaturestress, dryingshrinkage,

etc.shallberepairedasdirectedbytheEngineer.7.8.17 Quality Control and Inspection 7.8.17.1 GeneralMaterialsofconcrete,reinforcement,equipment’sandworkmanshipshallbecontrolledproducereinforcedconcreteoftherequiredqualityeconomically.

7.8.17.2 Tests of Concrete

(1) Duringconstruction,thefollowingtestsshallbecarriedoutasdirectedbytheEngineer.(2) Airtest(3) Compressiontestofconcrete.(4) Others 7.8.17.3 Inspection of Forms and Timbering (1) Forms and timbering shall be inspected by the Engineer Prior to the placement of

contents.(2) Conditionofformsandtimberingshallbeinspectedduringtheplacementofconcrete.7.8.17.8 Removal of Forms Timbering


(1) Formsandtimberingshallnotberemoveduntiltheconcretereachesastrengthrequired

tocarrytheconcreteweightandtheloadappliedduringtheconstructionwork.(2) Time and sequence of the removal of the forms and timbering shall be subject to the

approvaloftheEngineer. 7.8.17.5 Loading on All Structure Immediately after Removal of Forms and Timbering

LoadingonastructureimmediatelyaftertheremovaloftheformsandtimberingshallbesubjecttotheapprovaloftheEngineer.

7.8.18 Finishing

7.8.18.1 General When the uniform appearance should be obtained on the exposed surface, specialattention shall be govern to place the concrete for the predetermined section continuouslywithoutchangingthematerials,proportionsandmethodoftheplacement.7.8.18.2 Surface Not Facing Sheathing Boards (1) Surface of the concrete completed and approximately leveled to the required level and

shapershallnotbefinisheduntilthewatercomingoutceasesorisremoved.(2) In order to determine the suitability of the curing method and the time to remove the

forms,andinordertocertifythesafetyforearlyloading,strengthtestsshallbepreformedonspecimenscuredundertheconditionsassimilaraspossibletothoseoftheconcreteatthesite.

Shouldtheresultofthetestindicatethattheobtainedstrengthofthespecimenis

muchsmallerthanthatofthespecimenscuredunderthecontrolcondition,themethodofcuringatthesiteshallbechangedasdirectedbytheEngineer.

(3) For Compression test of concrete, six (6) test specimens shall be required for each

concrete.Three(3)specimensshallbetestedforseven(7)orfourteen(14)daysstrength,theremainedthree(3)specimensshallbetestedfortwenty-eight(28)daysstrength.

Theexpensefortheabovetestsshallbeincludedistheunitprices.(4) Should it become necessary after the completion of the work, non- destructive test of

concreteortestsonconcretespecimenscutfromthestructureshallbecarriedout.7.8.18.3 Test of Reinforcement Bars Inthecasewherethereisnotestcertificateofreinforcementbars(millsheet)orincasethe Engineer deems necessary, the contractor shall carry out the characteristics test ofreinforcementbarsandobtainanapprovaloftheEngineer.7.8.18.4 Test Method TestmethodshallconformthethosespecifiedinASTM, ACI,BNBCorequivalent,unlessdirectedotherwisebytheEngineer.7.8.18.5 ReportTheresultofthetestsshallbereportedtotheEngineerwithoutdelay. 7.8.18.6 Control of Concrete by Compressive Strength


(1) Control of concrete by compressive strength shall generally be based on 28 dayscompressivestrength.Specimens, inthiscase,shallbetakeninsuchamannerthat theywillrepresenttheconcreteofthestructure.

(2) Testresultsofcompressivestrengthtobeusedforthecontrolofconcreteshallgenerally

beobtainedbyaveragingthecompressivestrengthspecimenstakenfromthesamebatch.(3) Shouldthequalityofconcretebecontrolledbythetestresults,itshallbeusethecontrol

test.7.8.18.7 Inspection of Quality of Concrete(1) ThecontractorshallsubmittotheEngineertheresultsofInspectionofQualityofconcrete

obtained according to the quality control test in the preceding Paragraph 8.16.6 andobtainandapprovaloftheEngineer.

(2) Should it be found in the inspection that the quality of the concrete is not suitable,

remedial measures such as modifying the mix proportions, performance tests ofequipment’s and facilities, improvement of the working method, etc. shall be taken. Theconcreteplacedinthestructureshallbecheckedifitcanperformthedesignatedfunctionandthesuitablemeasures,shoulditbecomenecessaryasdirectedbytheEngineer.

7.8.19 Inspection of StructuresStructuresshallbeinspectedaftertheircompletionasdirectedbytheengineer. • Brick Masonry Work Prior tocommencing thebrick masonrywork, the surface of brick shall thoroughly be cleanedandsufficientlymoistenedinordertoensuresmoothadherenceofmortartothebricksurface. 7.8.20 Road Work TheConstructionworkofroadsshallbecarriedoutinaccordancewiththeDrawing. However,demolitionandrestorationofthepublicroads(includingprivateroads)shallbecarriedoutaccordingtothespecificationsdesignatedtheofficialinchargeofroadmanagementnotwithstandingtheprovisionsdescribedinthespecificationsandtheDrawing.7.8.20.1 Road Work Inside The Premises(1) Sub–grade

a) Any excavation and banking work required for sub-grade construction shall becarried out in accordance with the respective provisions in General ProvisionSECTION-2:EARTHWORKS.

b) The material required for banking and displacement shall be so placed that thefinishedthicknessofonelayeraftercompactionwillbecome20cmorless.

c) The sub-grade surface shall be finished by proof- rolling in order to obtain the

contact pressure sufficient to permit smooth traffic of vehicles of 8 tons or overshouldanydefectsbedetectedasaresultofproof-rooling,suchdetectivesub-gradesurfaceshallbefinishedagaintothesatisfactionoftheEngineer.

d) Thefinishedsub-gradesurfaceshallbewithin+5cmofthedesignelevation.

(2) SubbaseCourse


(a) The materials to be used for sub base course shall be in accordance with the

specification described in the Drawing. The Contractor shall submit a reportconcerningthequalityofmaterialsandthemethodsofsamplingtotheEngineerforapproval.

(b) Thefinishedsurfaceofsubbasecourseshallbewithin–10mmand+5mmofthe

designelevation.

(3) SurfaceCourse(Asphaltpavement)

(a) Priortocommencingpavement,thesidesofconcretesidewalk,manhole,etc.shallbecleaned,andmoltenasphalt,etc.shallbecoatedoverthesides.

(b) Thesurfacetobeseal-coatedandprime-coatedshallbefinishedintoevenlevel,andafter perfecting removing any bloc, dust and other foreign matters, such surfaceshallbecuredanddried.

(c) The mixtures shall be spread uniformly, rolled and finished into the specifiedthickness.Then,thefinishedsurfaceshallbemeasuredinparalleltothecenterlineofthe loadbyusinga3mstraight lineruler. In thiscase,thedepthofanyconcisesectionsshallnotexceed5mm.

(d) The Contractor shall submit a report on the materials to be used for pavement ofsurfacecourseandmethodthereforetotheEngineertotheEngineerforapproval.

(4) Inspection

TheContractorshall receive inspectionof theEngineer during thecourseandaftercompletionofsubbasecourseandsurfacecourseworks.

7.8.20.2 Public Road (Including Private Road)

(1) DemolitionofPavement Demolition ofPavement for publicroads including private roadsshallbecarried

out so carefully as not to cause any hazardous effect upon the surrounding portions ofcement,concreteorpavement.

(2) RoadKeepingandRestoration

(a) The road keeping shall be of a construction applicable to the prevailing site

conditionsandsoprovidedasnottocauseanydangerortroubleagainsttraffic.(b) The contractor shall submit the drawings for road keeping to the Engineer for

approval.(c) The Contractor shall constantly patrol any spots of road keeping and exert his

utmosteffortsperformmaintenanceandrepairofsuchroadsinordertoeliminateanytroubleagainstsmoothtraffic.

(d) The Contractor shall carry out maintenance and repair of any pertinent roads so

carefullyasnottocauseanytroubleagainstsmoothtrafficuntilthesaidroadshavebeenrestoredandtakenovertotheofficialinchargeofroadmanagement.

7.8.21 Drainage Work

(a) The drainage work shall be as described in the Drawing and carried out inaccordance with General Provision SECTION-2 : EARTH WORK AND SECTION-3 :REINFORCEDCONCRETEWORK.


(b) Thewater–plumbingfacilityfordrainageshallbeofsuchaconstructionasnottocauseanytroubleagainst thesurroundingareaandstructure.Thecontractorshallsubmit the design and execution schedule for the water plumbing work to theEngineerforapproval.

7.8.22 Painting Work 7.8.22.1 General Thisclausecoversallpaintingappliedtosurfaceofplasterwood,andmetalindicatedintheDrawing.Nopaintingshallbeappliedtosurfacesofstainlesssteelcopper,bronze,brassorany/all steel in contact with concrete. Painting work shall be performed by skilled workmen.SelectionofcolorshallbeasdeterminedbytheEngineer,unlessotherwisespecified. 7.8.23 Materials and Painting Coat 7.8.23.1 MaterialsMaterials to be used in this clause shall be as follows and shall conform PAINTS AND VARNISHES

Water Based Paints

Waterbasedpaintsshallconformtothefollowingstandards: BDS 500:1965 SpecificationforDistemperDry(underrevision); BDS 1097:1984 SpecificationforPlasticEmulsionPaint. PartIforInteriorUse; Part2forExteriorUse; IS 5410-1969 SpecificationforCementPaint,ColourasRequired; IS 428-1969 SpecificationforDistemper,OilEmulsion,ColourasRequired

Ready Mixed Paint and Enamels

Readymixedpaintsandenamelsshallconformtothefollowingstandards: BDS13:1960 Specification for Ready Mixed Paints, Varnish, Lacquers and

RelatedProducts(underrevision); BDS14:1960 SpecificationforBlackBituminousPaint,BrushingforGeneral

Purposes(underrevision); BDS 397:1964 SpecificationforReadyMixedPaint,Brushing,RedOxideZinc

Chrome,Priming(underrevision); BDS398:1964 SpecificationforReadyMixedPaint,Spraying,RedOxideZinc

Chrome,Priming(underrevision); BDS 399:1964 Specification for Aluminum Paint, Spraying for General

Purposes,inDualContainer(underrevision); BDS400:1964 Specification for Aluminium Paint, Brushing, for General

PurposesinDualContainer(underrevision); BDS401:1964 Specification for Varnish, Finishing, Exterior, Type-I,

(Synthetic)(Tentative)(underrevision); BDS 402:1989 Specification for Ready Mixed Paint, Brushing, Finishing,

Semigloss,forGeneralPurposes(FirstRevision); BDS 499:1965 Specification for Ready Mixed Paints, Brushing, for Road

Marking(white,yellowandblack)(underrevision); BDS616:1966 Specification forEnamel,Brushing,Exterior (i) Undercoating,

(ii)Finishing,ColourasRequired(underrevision); BDS 617:1966 Specification for Enamel, Brushing, Interior (i) Undercoating,

(ii)Finishing,ColourasRequired(underrevision); BDS 926:1980 SpecificationforReadyMixedPaint,Brushing,PetrolResisting,

Air Drying, for Exterior Painting of Containers, Colour asRequired;


BDS 927:1980 SpecificationforReadyMixedPaint,Brushing,PetrolResisting,AirDrying,forInteriorPaintingofTanksandContainers,RedOxide(colourunspecified);

BDS 928:1980 Specification forReadyMixedPaint,Brushing, AcidResisting,forProtectionAgainstAcidFumes,ColourasRequired;

BDS 973:1981 SpecificationforSpecificationandMethodsofTestforLinseedStandOilforPaintsandVarnishes;

BDS974:1981 SpecificationandMethodsofTestforRawTungOilsforPaintsandVarnishes;

BDS 1005:1981 Specification for Ready Mixed Paint, Brushing, Finishing,Stoving,Enamel,ColourasRequired;

BDS1141:1986 Specification for Ready Mixed Aluminium Priming Paints forWoodwork;

BDS1151:1986 SpecificationforPavementMarkingPaints.7.14.3 Thinners and Solvents Theseshallconformtothefollowingstandards: IS 324-1959 SpecificationforOrdinaryDenaturedSpirit(revised); IS 533-1973 SpecificationforGumSpiritofTurpentine(OilofTurpentine)

(FirstRevision); IS 82-1973 Methods of Sampling and Test for Thinners and Solvents for

Paints(FirstRevision). Varnishes and Lacquers

Thesematerialsshallconformtothefollowingstandards: BDS401:1964 Specification for Varnish, Finishing, Exterior, Type-I,

(synthetic)(underrevision); BDS1064:1983 SpecificationforVarnish,Staving; BDS1065:1983 SpecificationforVarnish,AcidResisting; BDS1066:1983 SpecificationforVarnish,Finishing,Interior; IS 197-1969 Methods of sampling and Test for Varnishes and Lacquers

(FirstRevision); IS340-1978 SpecificationforVarnish,Mixing(FirstRevision); IS346-1952 SpecificationforVarnish,Spirit,Clear,Hard; IS347-1975 Specification for Varnish, Shellac for general purposes (First

Revision); IS 348-1968 SpecificationforFrenchPolish(FirstRevision); 7.8.23.2 Painting Coat Numberofcoatsshallbeasindicatedinthetablebelow.

Numberofcoats Materialtobepainted Primary Secondary FinishingSteel Outdoor 2 21 Indoor 2 1 1WoodOutdoor 1 21 Indoor 1 1ConcretePlasterOutdoor 1 21andboardIndoor1 11Acid–proofIndoor 1 3 1GalvanizedsteelOutdoor 2 1 1 Indoor 11Touch–upofgalvanizedsteel1 11


7.4.23.3 Workmanship

(1) SmoothFinished&softcoloredPlasticpaintshouldbeusedoverthePlasteringworkof

interiorwallandceiling.(2) Smooth Finished & Architectural approved colored weather coat should be used over the

PlasteringworkofExteriorwall.SomewhereshouldbeusedCeramicFacingbrick(Strip)/RusticTilesasperdirection/decisionof Architectureorapproved3Dview.

(3) Paintingshallbeappliedbyspraying,brushingorrolling.(4) Surfacestobepaintedshallbesmooth,dryandfreefromdirt,loosemillscale,rust,grease,

orotherdeleteriousmaterial(5) The contractor shall submit the samples and catalogue of paint of the Engineer for

approval. 7.8.23.4 ProtectionDropclothesshallbefurnishedandplacetofullyprotectallpartsorworkduringexecutionofthecontract.TheContractorshallbeheldresponsibleforpaintdroppingsoncementfloorandbase.Paintdroppingsshallbeentirelyremoved,anddamagedsurfacesshallberepairedinamannersatisfactorytotheEngineer.No work shall be accepted which shows laps. Stains, flat or glossy spots or imperfections insurfaceoverwhichpaintorotherfinishisapplied.Allrubbish,waste,orsurplusmaterialsshallberemovedfromtimetotime,andallwoodwork,hardware,floorsorotheradjacentworkshallbecleaned.Allglassthroughoutthebuildingshallhaveallpaintorvarnishsportsandbrushmarksremoved,anduponcompletionofthepaintingwork,allglassthatisscratchedordamagedbythepainter’swork,shallbereplacedatthecontractor’sresponsibility.Hardwareandotherunpaintedmetalsurfacesshallbecleaned.CONTROL BUILDING 7.8.24 Temporary Work, Earth Work and Piling Work 7.8.24.1 General Theworkoftheaboveitemsshallbespecifiedinclauses“TEMPORARYWORK”,“EARTHWORK”and“PILINGWORK”inSection1“GENERALPROVISIONS”,unlessotherwisespecified.7.8.24.2 Materials of PileThepiletobeusedforControlBuildingshallbesteelpipepile(406.4x6.4) 7.8.25 Concrete Work 7.8.25.1 General Concrete work shall be as specified in Clause “CONCRETE WORK” in SECTION 1“GENERALPROVISIONS”,unlessotherwisespecified.7.8.25.2 Classification of Materials to Be Used for Buildings


7.8.25.2.1 Concrete Theclassificationtobeusedforstructuralconcreteshallbe4Fc=210kg/cm2concrete.(classE210-10-25) Theclassificationtobeusedforlevelingconcreteshallbe4Fc=120kg/cm2concrete.(classC120-10-40) 7.8.25.2.2 Reinforcing Bar

Reinforcementandweldingofreinforcementtobeplacedinconcreteshallconformtotherequirementsofthissection.a) DeformedReinforcement : Deformedreinforcingbarsshall conformto the following

standards;BDS1313, Steel BarsandWires for Reinforcement ofConcrete;BDS580,

Rolled Deformed Steel Bars (intermediate grade) for Concrete Reinforcement;

Reinforcement conforming to the ASTM, Standards: A615M, Deformed and Plain

Billet-Steel Bars; A616M, Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars; A617M, Axle-Steel

Deformed and Plain Bars; A706M, Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars; A767M, Zinc

Coated(Galvanized)SteelBars;andA775M,Epoxy-CoatedReinforcingSteel.

b) Deformedreinforcingbarswithaspecifiedyieldstrength

f y exceeding410MPamay

beused,provided f y shallbethestresscorrespondingtoastrainof0.35percentand

the bars otherwise conform to ASTM standards noted above. Fabricated deformed

steelbarmatsconformingtoASTMA184Manddeformedsteelwirecomplyingwith

ASTM A496 may be used. Deformed wire for concrete reinforcement shall not be

smaller than size D4 (Nominal diameter : 5.72 mm), and for wire with a specified

yieldstrength f y ,exceeding410MPa

f y shallbethestresscorrespondingtoastrain

of0.35percent.

WeldeddeformedsteelwirefabricconformingtoASTMA497maybeused;forawire

with a specified yield strength

f y exceeding 410 MPa, f y shall be the stress

correspondingtoastrainof 0.35percent.Weldedintersectionsshallnotbespacedfartherapartthan400mmindirectionofcalculatedstress,exceptforwirefabricusedasstirrups.

7.3.25.2.3 Form 7.8.25.2.3.1 Form OilFormoilshallbelightcoloredparaffinoilorotheracceptablenon-stainingmaterial. Form incontactwithconcreteshallbegivenauniformlightspraycoatingofthespecifiedformoilcoatingin accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Form coating shall be applied to theformsbeforetheyareset. 7.8.25.2.3.2 Form Ties Formtiesshallhavesufficientstrength,stiffnessandrigiditytosupportandmaintaintheforminproperpositionandalignmentwithouttheuseofauxiliaryspreaders.Thetypeof formtiesusedshallbesubmittedtotheEngineerforapproval.


7.8.26 Steel Reinforcement 7.8.26.1 Lapped Splices in Reinforcement Splices at points of great stress shall be avoided wherever possible, and care shall beexercisedtoavoidconcentrationofsplicesatoneplace.a) LengthofLap The lengths of laps in lapped splices shall be in accordance with the Drawings and

indicatedbelow. 40d withouthook 35dwithhook The length of lap in a lapped splice of reinforcing bars of different diameters shall be

basedonthenominaldiameterofsmallerbar. 7.8.26.2 Anchorage of Reinforcement

Thelengthofanchorageofreinforcementshallbedeterminedinaccordancewiththetypeof reinforcing bar, thegrade of concreteand type of stressacting on the reinforcement,andshallbeasindicatedinthetablebelow,unlessotherwiseindicated.

LengthofAnchorageofReinforcement

Re-Bar StrengthofConcreteOrdinaryConcrete

LengthofAnchorageLower

BarBeam

Floor,Roof

SD30 210kg/mc2 35dor25dwithhook 25dor15dwith

hook 10dand15cmormore

Note :“d”denotesnominaldiameterofreinforcingbar.7.8.26.3 Dowels Dowelsshallbeinstalledatrightanglestoconstructionjoints.Dowelsshallbeaccurately

aligned parallel to the finished surface and shall be rigidly held in place and supportedduringplacingoftheconcrete.

7.8.26.4 Concrete Protection for Reinforcement The thickness of concrete cover for reinforcement shall be determined to provide

necessary fire resistance, durability and bearing strength of the member. Minimumconcretecovershallbeprovidedinaccordancewiththetablebelow.

Table:MinimumThicknessofConcreteCoverforReinforcement

Item Structure Element Covering Thickness (cm) Floor,Wall Coveredfinish 2

Uncovered 3

Interiorfinish 3

Partnot Uncovered 3

Contacting Column,BeamwallGround

Exterior,coveredfinish

3

Uncovered 4

Bearingwall 4


Table:MinimumThicknessofConcreteCoverforReinforcement(Cont’d)

Item Structure Element Covering Thickness (cm)

Wall,Column,beam,floor 4

Partcontactingground Foundation,retainingwall 6

7.8.26.5 Concrete TestThetestofconcreteshallbeexecutedasfollows:a) Theconcretetests,necessarytomaintainthequalitycontrolofconcrete,shallbeexecuted

andtheirtestresultsshallbesubmittedtotheEngineer.b) Forconcretecompressivetests,six(6)testspecimensshallberequiredforeachconcrete

placement.c) Three (3) specimens shall be tested for seven (7) or fourteen (14) days strength, the

remainedthree(3)specimensshallbetesttestedfortwenty-eight(28)daysstrength.d) The test of concrete shall be executed once for each 150m 3 or less of concrete to be

pouredonthesameday.Theexpensefortheabovetestsshallbeincludedintheunitprices. 7.8.26.6 Tolerances for Concrete Construction Concretestructureshallbeconstructedtothelineshowninthedrawings.

Any structure which does not conform to such lines within the tolerances listed belowshallberepaired,removedandmadeanewbythecontractor.

Tolerances limits of concrete structure shall, as a standard, be in accordance with thetablebelow.

Tolerance Limited

Type Item Tolerances against base line (mm)

Column,wall A.Form Architecturallyformed

3

Others 5

B,Concretesurface 7

Beam,slab A.Form 1

B.Deflection 3

C.Concretesurface 7

A.Columnline 3

7.8.26.7 Steel Thrown Finish

After the placing of concrete has been completed, steel trowel finish shall beapplied tointeriorconcretefloors,suchasbedofvinylasbestostileandexposedsteeltrowelfinishfloorasindicatedinthedrawings.


The finished floor surfaces shall be true plane surfaces with no deviation in excess of3.0mmwhentestedwitha300mm.

Surfacesshallbepitchedtodrainswhereindicatedinthedrawings.

Insteadofhandfinishing,thecontractorsmayuseanapprovedpowerfinishingmachineprovidedthatthefinishedsurfacesarefreeofmachinemarksorridges.

7.8.26.8 Concrete Surfaces to Be ExposedFormsurfacesthatwillbeincontactshallbeofmaterialthatisnon-reactivewithconcreteandthat willproduceconcretesurfacesequivalent insmoothnessandappearanceto thatproducedbynewplywoodpanels.Smallersizepanelsshallbeusedonlywhererequiredbyopeningsorjointdetails,witheacharealessthan120cmwideformedwithasinglepanelaccuratelycuttotherequireddimensions.

Cut surfaces shall be smooth and treated with form coating. Panel joints that will be incontactwithconcreteshallbesmoothandfreeofoffset.

Formmaterialswithdefectsthatwillimpairthetextureandappearanceoffinishsurfacesshallnotbeused.

Columnformsshallbemadewithaminimumnumberofjoints.7.8.27 Masonry Work 7.8.27.1 Concrete Block Masonry 7.8.27.1.1 General

Thisclausecoverswalls,partitionsandlintelsconstructedwithpre-castconcretehollowblocksreinforcedwithsteelbars.

7.8.27.1.2 Materials 1) Cementsandaggregate Cement and aggregates to be used in the concrete hollow block shall be as

specified in the clause “REINFORCED CONCRETE WORK”. Coarse aggregate for blocksshallnotbelargerthanone-fifth(1/5)ofthenarrowestwithofhollowblocksection.

2) Cementmortarandconcrete Reinforcingbarsshallbeasspecifiedintheclause“REINFORCEDCONCRETEWORK”3) Cementmortarandconcrete Standardmixproportionshallbeasfollows,unlessotherwiseshown:

Work Mixproportion(byvolume)Cement:(slakedlime):sand

FormasonryJoint 1:3

Cementmortar ForTamping 1:3 Forpaintedjoint 1:3

Concrete ForTamping 1:(2.5):3.5

7.8.27.1.3 Working Drawings

Workingdrawingsoftheblocklayingplanincludingreinforcingforarrangementsandtheplacesofanchorboltsshallbesubmittedtotheengineerforapproval.


7.8.27.1.4 Application Method

1) ReinforcingBars Unlessotherwisespecified,reinforcingbarsshallbeofD10,andshallbeplacedat

three(3)blockintervalshorizontallyandtwo(2)blockintervalsvertically. Intersectionofthebarsshallbesecurelytiedwithwire.Theextrareinforcingbars

tobeusedfortheperimetersoftheopeningshallbeofD13.2) Laying The concrete surface to receive blocks shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted

priortolayingthemasonryunits.Allmasonryunitsshallbecleanandfreefromsurfacedustbeforelaying,andshallbelaidbysuingcementmortar.

Fractional parts of units will not be permitted where whole units can be used.Jointsshallbe10mmthick,andasuniformaspossible.

Allexposedjointsshallberaked10mmdeepandtooledfirmlysoastoproduceasmooth, tightsurface.Allcellwherereinforcingbarsareinsertedandblocksare jointedshallbecompactlyfilledwithspecifiedmortar(tampingmortar).

Layingofblocksshallnotexceed1.2metersperdayinheight. Pipesandconduitstobeinsertedintheconcretehollowblockwallsshallbeembeddedin

suchamannerasnottocauseanydamagetotheblock.Thecontractorshallcoordinateplacing of all items embedded in masonry, and shall be responsible for any changes inpositions.

7.8.28 Lintel Lintels for opening shall be of reinforced concrete and extended to a length of at least20mmintotheadjoiningwalls. Allcellsoftheblocksdirectlybelowtheextendedlintelsshallbefilledwithmortar.7.8.29 Bond Beam When the height of concrete block wall exceeds 30 times the wall thickness, reinforcedpre-castorpour inplaceconcretebondbeamshallbeprovidedateach30timesexceedingthewallthickness.7.8.30 Precast Concrete Block 7.8.30.1 General

Materials, such as cement, aggregate, reinforcing bars, etc. shall be as specified in theClause“REINFORCEDCONCRETEWORK”

Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be less than 5mm. Specific gravity of coarseaggregateshallbe2.7ormore,unlessotherwisespecified.

Mixproportionofcement,sand:coarseaggregateshallbe1:2:4,respectively. 7.8.30.2 Lightweight Concrete Block for RoofingSpecificgravityofcoarseaggregateforlightweightconcreteshallbe1.7.-1.9.7.8.31 Water Proofing Work


7.8.31.1 GeneralThisclausecoversallwaterproofing,builtuproofingandmortarwaterproof.7.8.31.1.1 Built Up Roofing 7.8.31.1.2 Materials (1) AsphaltPrimer Asphaltprimershallbeappliedbysprayingorbrushing.Thequalityofmaterialshallbein

accordancewiththetablebelow:

DryingTime Notlessthan8hours

Remainderafterdrying Notlessthan35%

SpecificGravity Lessthan1.0

TestmethodfortheaboveshallcomplywithJISK5400.(2) AsphaltCompoundThe quality of materials shall conform to ASTM, and shall in accordance with the table

below.

AsphaltCompound

Penetration(25oC,100gr,5sec.) 20–30(2.0~3.0mm) SofteningPointoC Notlessthan90oC Carbondisulfide Notlessthan97% Matteability(25oC) Notlessthan2.5mm VolumeofEvaporation Lessthan0.5% Penetrationafterevaporation Notlessthat70%

FlashingPoint(opencupmethod) Notlessthan230oC SpecificGravity 1.01-1.04

(3) AsphaltRoofing

AsphaltroofingshallcomplywithJISA6006(AsphaltRoofingFelts),orequivalentandshallbe45kg.–item(21.0mx1.0mperroll) The Contractor shall submit sample of asphalt roofing to the engineeringforapproval.(i) Specific roofing shall, in principle, consist of copper mesh (#38) or glass-fiber

(#23)coatedwithasphalt,andtheweightofstandarditemshallbe55kg.(ii) PerforatedRoofing QualityofmaterialshallcomplywithJISA6006. TheContractorshallsubmitthesampletotheengineerforapproval.

7.8.31.1.3 Grades of Water Proofing

Working Process Class – A Class - B 1 AsphaltPrimer(0.31/m2) AsphaltPrimer(0.31/m2)


2 Perforatedroofingwithinlayerofsand

Asphalt(0.1kg/m2)

3 Asphalt(1.2kg/m2) AsphaltRoofing 4 Specialroofing Asphalt(1.0kg/m2) 5 Asphalt(1.0kg/m2) Specialroofing 6 Specialroofing Asphalt(1.0kg/m2) 7 Asphalt(1.0kg/m2) Asphaltroofing 8 Asphaltroofing

9 Asphalt(2.0kg/m2)

Class–Ashallbeappliedfortheroof. Class–Bshallbeappliedforthelavatory. Inclinationofthebaseconcreteshallbe,inprinciple,morethan1/100. 7.8.31.1.4 Application Method

Asphalt primershall beevenlysprayedover thebaseconcreteorroof insulation board.Asphalt compound shall then be vinyl poured and spread over the asphalt primer.Compoundheatedtoatemperatureexceeding230oCshallnotbeused.

In the case of class – A, perforated roofing shall be laid between asphalt primer andasphaltcompound.

Asphalt felt, roofing and special roofing shall be flatly laid over each respective asphaltcompound.Thesidesandendsofthesesheetsshallbeprovidedwithanoverlapofatleast9centimeters.Thejointsshallbecompletelywatertightandnotbeconcentrated.

Careshallbeexercisedfortheroofingworkssurroundinganchorbolts,parapetsandroofdrainstopreventanyleakage.

7.8.32 Mortar Waterproofing Thewaterproofingagentshallbeusedformortarwaterproofingofroofandbalcony.

Cementandsandtobeusedforwaterproofingmortarshallbeasspecifiedintheclause“PLASTERWORK”

ThecatalogueandmixproportionshallbesubmittedtotheEngineerforapproval. Theapplicationmethodofmortarshallbeasspecifiedintheclause“PLASTERWORK”7.8.32.1 Caulking 7.8.32.2 General

TheContractorshallfurnishallmaterials,laborandequipmentnecessarytocompletetheworkasspecifiedorasdirectedbytheengineer.

The contractor shall submit the catalogues and work procedures to the engineer forapproval. 7.8.32.3 Material

(1) Oil caulking compound shall conform to JIS A 5751 (Oil Based Caulking compoundsBuildings)orequivalent.


(2) ThiokolcaulkingshallconformtoJISA5754(PolysulfideSealingcompoundforBuildings)

orequivalent.(3) Thiokolcaulkingshallbeusedasjointforallsurroundingsofexteriordoors,windowsand

concretepanels. 7.8.32.4 Workmanship

All jointsurfacestobefilledshallbesound,cleananddry.Allconcretesurfacesshallbefullycuredbeforeapplicationofcaulking.

Jointsurfacestobefilledshallbeprimedwiththemanufacturer’srecommendedprimer,compatiblewiththeThiokolbasesealingcompoundandappropriate for thesurfacestobesealed.

Mixingandapplicationoffillingcompoundshallbeinaccordancewiththemanufacturer’srecommendations,andshallbesubmittedtotheengineerforapproval.

Allfillerworkshallbedonebyskilledworkmen.7.8.33 Control Joint For Roof

Controljointshallbeprovidedbetweenmortarfinishandlightweightconcreteblockandatabout4.0mmofintervalsinlightweightconcreteblockareaofroof.

Controljointshallconsistsofelastightandasphaltmortar. 7.8.34 Tile Work 7.8.34.1 GeneralThisclausecoversallworksrequiredformosaictile,ceramictileandothersappliedonfloorsandwall. Workingdrawingsshallbesubmittedtotheengineerforapproval. Prior to starting work, the contractor shall submit samples of tile to the Engineer forapprovals.7.8.34.2 Materials 7.8.34.2.1 Floor Finish To be used 900mmx900mm (36 inch x 36inch) size European standard Mirror Polished Homogeneoustilesfor1stto6thFloor. For Ground/UndergroundFloor finish tobe usedas per Transformerbased design suchasusedrygravelsforbottomoftheTransformerandRusticTilesforwalkwayorcommonspace. Materialstobeusedintheworksshallbehighquality,highgradeandgoodappearance.7.8.34.2.2 Ceramic Tile for Interior Wall Finish (GWI) for Bath room’s wall SpecialcolorandsizeofEuropeanstandardCeramicTilewithdecorativeBoardershallbeusedinBathrooms&othernecessaryinteriorwalls.Materialstobeusedintheworkshallbehighquality,highgradeandgoodappearance.


7.8.34.2.3 Ceramic Tile for Exterior Wall Finish

Ceramic tile for exterior wall finish shall be of 60mm x 227mm, colored, glazed andmanufacturedbyqualifiedmanufacturerasapprovedbytheengineer.(ifrequired)

Thecoloroftileshallbedesignatedbytheengineer.7.8.34.2.4 Setting Materials

(1)Cement,sandtobeusedformortarbedshallbeasspecifiedintheclause“REINFORCEDCONCRETEWORK”

(2)BeddingmortarshallbemixedwithonepartPortlandCementandthreepartssand.

7.8.34.3 Setting(1) MosaicTile Themortarsettingbedshallbefloatedtoauniformplumbandlevelsurfacetobringthe

finishsurfacetotherequiredplane. Thicknessofmortarshallbeabout10millimeters. Mosaicsheetsshall beplaced in positions onthepurecoatandfreshly combed intothe

mortarsetting bed withtrowel. Sheetsshall be tampedfirmly into placeandmade trueandevenwiththefinishedsurfacelineorplane.

Expansionjointsorcontroljointsat6metersoncentershallcontinuethroughthemortar

bed and mosaic tile and shall be kept free from mortar and grout. Those shall be filledwithanapprovedcaulkingcompoundandshallbeascloseaspossibletothecolorofthegrout mortar. All joints, after removal of the paper, shall be grouted leaving thencompletely and uniformly filled. At no time shall sandor any abrasive be used that willdamagethenaturalsheenofthemosaictile. Allexcess groutandglueshallberemovedfromthefaceofthetileleavingthefinishedsurfaceclean.

(2) CeramicTile Layingofceramictileshallcomplywiththespecificationsfor“MosaicTile”forfloors,tile

layoutworkshallbeginfromthecenterlinesofareastoeliminateuseofhalftiles. Forwalls,tilelayoutworkshallbeginfromthetopofthewallandproceeddownward. Tile shall be soaked in clean water for at least one hour prior to setting and applied to

settingbedswithinfiveminutesaftersoaking.(3) Protection Thecontractorshallprovideandinstallbarriersorotherformsofprotectionandcovering

topreventdamages.(4) Cleaning Tilesshallbethoroughlycleanedaftergroutingandpaintinghassufficientlyset.A;;traces

ofcementorforeignmattershallberemovedfromtiles.Exposedhardwareandplumbingtrim shall be covered with baseline during tile setting. Base line shall be removed andmetalshallbecleanedandpolished.


7.8.34.4 Gun Sprayed Tile Gunsprayedtileshallbeappliedonthesurfaceofconcreteasindicatedinthedrawings. GunsprayedtileshallconformtoJISA6910-Corequivalent. Sealer shall be applied on the concrete surface so as to prevent moisture from mainmaterialandtoincreaseadhesionofmainmaterial. MainmaterialshallconsistofwhitePortlandCement,dolomiteplasterandcoloringagent.ThecolorshallbedesignatedbytheEngineer. 7.8.35 Metal Works 7.8.35.1 GeneralThisclausecoversallmetalworksforflooring, siding,walling, flushing,railings,roofing,raiser,plumbing,and other pertinent fixtures. The contractor shall submit fabrication and installationdrawingstotheengineerforapproval.7.8.35.2 Handrails 7.8.35.2.1 Steel Railings ForStaircaserailingtobeusedStainlessSteelPipe,SquareBox&otherdecorativepostasperdrawingtotheengineerforapproval.Steelrailings,includingpipeinsertstobeembeddedinconcreteshallconformtoJISG3452andshallbegalvanized,unlessotherwisespecified.SquarepipeshallbeofthesizeindicatedintheDrawings.Galvanizingcoatdamagedbybolting,weldingandotherfieldworksshallberepairedandpaintedwithtwocoatsofsilverzincpaint.7.8.35.2.2 Fabrication

Miteredandweldedjointsshallbemadebyfittingposttotoprailandintermediaterailtopostmiteringcomers,grooveweldingjoints,andgrindingsmooth.Railings may be bentat comers instead of jointed, provided that thebendsaremade insuitablejigsandthatthepipeisnotcrushedordamage.

Edgeoftherailingsshallbecoveredwithsteelplates.7.8.35.2.3 Installation

Railsshallbeinstalledbymeansofsteelsleeveinsertswhichshallbeseatandanchoredintheconcrete.

Portsshallbeinsertedintothegalvanizedsteelsleevesembeddedinconcreteorshallbeweldedtothestringer,beamortoeplatemadelevel,perpendicularandaligned.

Thespacebetweenpipepostsandpipssleeveinsertsexceptthosemarked“Removablehandrail” as indicated in the drawings shall be filled solid with molten lead or shall bewelded.

7.8.35.3 Steel Ladders MaterialstobeusedforsteelladdersshallconformtoJISG3101–SS41orequivalent.


Steelladdersshallbefabricatedofl-65x6steelanglestringersand19mmdiametersteelbarrungs.Rungsshallbespaced350mmapartandshallbeinsertedintothestringersandweldedthereto.

Theladders,includingweldedonbracket,shallbepointed. 7.8.35.4 Corner Guards

Comerguardsforjamps,wheredirectedbytheengineerandsillsofopeningandedgesofconcretecolumnandwallshallbeofsteelanglesorsteelplates,conformingtoJISG3101-SS 41 or equivalent, anchored into concrete with welded steel straps or end weld studanchors.

7.8.35.5 Stair Safety Nosing for Concrete StairStairsafetynosingshallbeofextrudedbronzeorstainlesssteelwithcrosshatchednosing.Safetynosingshallbeprovidedwithintegrallycastorbentanchorsforembeddingintoconcrete. 7.8.35.6 Divider Strips

Divider strips shall be half hard brass and shall be placed between different types offlooringsasindicated.Dividerstripsshallbesecuredtofloorsbystripanchorsorbyflatheadcountersunkbrassscrewssetinleadplugs.

7.8.35.7 Roof Drain

RoofdrainsshallbeofcastironbakedwithrefinedtarandshallconformtoJISA5511,orequivalent,Thesizeshallbeinaccordancewiththedrawings.

7.8.35.8 Corner Bead

Corner bead shall be half hard brass, and shall be placed at edges of columns and wallwheremortarorplasterisapplied.

7.8.35.9 Blind Box

Blindboxesshallbeprovidedaboveallwindowsfacedtooutdoor,exceptingforlavatory,storage,janitorial,kitchenandroomswhichlocatedonthefirstfloor.

Theyshallbeconstructedof1.6mmthicksteelplateconformingtoJISG3131,JISG3141orequivalentandshallbepainted.

Hangerbracketforinstallationoftheblindboxshallbegalvanized6mmthicknessflatbarconforming to JIS G 3101 SS 41 and shall be installed at spacing of 90cm diameterexpansionblots.

Connectionbetweenblindboxandhangerbracketshallbe6mmdiameterboltsandnuts. 7.8.35.10 DoorsillPriortocommencementoffloorfinishwork,doorsillshallbeprovidedinplacebetweendifferenttypes of flooring, unless other wise indicated, and shall be stainless steel conforming to JIS G4305–SUS304orequivalent.7.8.35.11 Flashing Plate


FlashingPlatesshallbeof2.3mmgalvanizedsteelplateconformingtoJISG3131,G2341orequivalent.

Flashingplatesshallbeprovidedatwallandroofopeningforpipingandatsurroundingareasof windows,louversrollingdoorsanddoorsfacingoutdoors.7.8.35.1 2 Embedded Plate, Hook and Sleeve The contractor shall provide plates, hooks and sleeves to be embedded in concrete asrequired.

Embedded plates, hooks and sleeves shall have sufficient thickness, diameter andanchorageinordertofixequipment,pipingandothernecessaryitems.Paintingshallbeappliedontheplatesandhooksafterfixingtheequipmentandpiping.

Thematerialstobeusedforplates,hooksandsleevesshallconformtoJISG3101SS41orequivalent.

7.8.35.13 Joiner

Joiners shall be provided at surrounding space of suspended ceilings and shall be ofaluminumconformingtoJISH4000orequivalent.

Smallscrewsshallbeofstainlesssteelorofhighstrengthaluminumalloy.7.8.35.14 Down Spout Downspouts to be used for drains shall be steel pipe conforming to JIS G 3442 orequivalent. Metalbracketshallbeof50mmx4.5mmsteelplateconformingtoJISG3101SS41orequivalentandgalvanized. Downspoutsshallbefixedwithmetalbracketsatmaximumof2.0mperspace.7.8.36 Plaster Work 7.8.36.1 General 7.8.36.1.1 Treatment of Bed(1) Concretesurfaceswhicharetoosmoothtoreceiveplasteringshallberoughenedbefore

handwithchisels.(2) Where wall and floors of concrete, concrete block, etc. aredistorted or uneven, the bed

shallberepairedwithmortar. 7.8.36.1.2 Cleaning and Wetting of Bed The bed, scratch coat, and treated surface of bed shall be cleaned and suitably wettedbeforeapplicationofthefollowingcoat. Portions of the base or coated surface which are not bonded shall be immediatelyrepaired. 7.8.36.1.3 Curing


Inordertopreventsoilingandprematuredryingofplasteredsurface,windowanddoorworkshall becompletedprior tocommencementof theplasterworksheetcoverings providedandsprinklingofwaterperformed. In order to prevent the soiling of neighboring members and other finished surface,suitable protection shall be provided using paper, boarding, tarpauling sheet or other suitablemeans.7.8.37 Mortar Plastering 7.8.37.1 Materials(1) Cement shall conform to JIS R 5210 ordinary Portland Cement or locally produced

equivalent.(2) Sand shall be of good quality free of salts, mud, trash and /or organic matters. The

gradationshallbeinaccordancewiththetablebelow.

Table Gradation of Sand Gradation(byweight) Type of MortarPlastering Passing5mmsieve…………..100% Firstcoatadsecondcoat Passing0.15mmsieve………notmorethan10% Passing2.5mmsieve…………100% Finishcoat Passing0.15mmsieve………..notmorethan10% Watershallbecleanandfreeofsales,iron,sulfurand/ororganicmatter,asspecifiedinheclause“CONCRETEWORK”.7.8.37.2 Mixing The mix proportions of mortar shall be of standard type in accordance with the tablebelow.

Table Mix Proportion (by Volume)

Base Portion to be Plastered First Coat

Second Coat

Finish Coat

C:S C:S C:S SlakedLime

Floor 1:2

InteriorWall 1:2 1:3 1:3:0.3

Concrete Ceiling 1:2 1:3:0.3

ConcreteBlock ExteriorWallandothers 1:2 1:3 1:3

Wirelath InteriorWall 1:3 1:3 1:3:0.3

MetalLath Ceiling 1:2 1:3 1:3:0.3

Exteriorwallandothers 1:3 1:3 1:3

Intheabovetable,abbreviatedCandSmeancementandsand,respectively.


7.8.37.3 Plastering Thickness The thickness of application shall be in accordance with the standards indicated in thetablebelow.

Table Plastering Thickness

PlasteringThickness(mm)

Bed Portiontobeplastered

Firstcoat DubbingCoat

SecondCoat

FinishCoat Total

Floor - - - 30 30

Concrete Interiorwall 6 5 6 3 20 ConcreteBlock Exteriorwall 6 7 6 6 25

Ceiling,others 4.5 - 4.5 3 12

Interiorwall 7.5 - 7.5 3 18

WireLath Exteriorwall 6 - 7.5 3 18 MetalLath Ceiling,waves 4.5 - 4.5 3 12

7.8.37.8 Application Method (1) First Coat and Dubbing Out Mortarshallbetrawledonadequatelytoleaveonconspicuoushollow.Thesurfaceofthefirstcoatshallberoughenedwithtoolssuchasmetalcombs. Thefirstcoatshallbeleftstandingfornotlessthen10daysallowingcrackstobefullydevelopedbeforeapplyingthenextcoat. Dubbing out for concrete and concrete block shall be performed by rougheningwithtoolssuchasmetalcombsandshallbeleftstandingfornotlessthen5days. (2) Second Coat Forthesecondcoat,arulershallbeprovidedatexternalcorners,internalcornersandedgesappliedonordertoattainanevenfinish. (3) Finish Coat Thefinishcoatshallbeappliedinamannersoastobeblemishfreebywatchingthedegreeofdryingofthebrowncoatandbypayingspecialattentiontothesurface,anglesandedges. Thefinishshallbeeithersteeltoweled,woodtroweled orbrushedasdirectedbytheengineer. Fortheexteriorwall,themortarshallfirstbetroweledonwithawoodtravel,thenfurnishedwithasteeltrowelandfinallybrushedavoidinguseofwaterasmuchaspossible. (4) Floor Mortaring Inthecaseofconcretewhichisseveraldaysold,concretepasteshallbebutteredon in adequate quantity and spread out with brooms and the like after which application ofmortarshallbestarted. Applicationofmortarshallbeperformedusingstiffmortarcontainingaminimumof water and themortar shall be tamped tobring moisture to thesurface. Themortar shall bescreenedwhilepayingattentiontothegradeuponandthenshallbetroweledsmooth.


Thecrackcontroljointshouldbeprovidedatintervalsofapproximately3.0m.Thejointsshallbetooled. (5) Base for Tile Fixing Inthecaseofusingadhesivesofwalltileormosaictile,mortarapplicationshallbetothesecondcoat.7.8.38 Plastering 7.8.38.1 Materials Plaster shall comply with JIS A6904 (Gypsum Plaster) or equivalent. Cement which ismorethansix(6)monthsagedshallnotbeused.7.8.38.2 Mix Proportion Themixproportionsshallbeasfollows:

Plaster Applied

Thickness

Bed Layer For

Finish ForBed

Sand WhiteFiber

(g)/25kg Ceiling Wall

Concreteand

concreteblock

2ndcoat - 1 2.0 250 6.0 7.5

Finishcoat 1 - - - 1.5 1.5 7.8.38.3 Application Method Thesurfacetoreceivegypsumplasteringshallbeleveledwithacoatofcementmortarofwhich themix proportion of cement andsand is 1:2prior to theapplication of plaster and theleveledsurfaceshallbescratchedtoinsuresatisfactoryadhesionoftheplaster. Beforeapplyingplaster, thereceivingsurfaceshallbepreparedbyremovingall foreignsubstancesandshallbedampened.7.8.39 Doors, Windows and Louvers 7.8.39.1 Wooden Doors and Frames 7.8.39.1.1 General Thisclausecoverswoodendoorsandwoodenframes,includingfinishhardware,suchasbutts,hinges,locks,knobs,stops,strikes,holders,doorchainsandclosures. 7.8.39.1.2 Materials All doors shall be flush type, of sizes as shown in the drawings. Materials shall be, inprinciple, locally principle, locally produced. Standard flush doors be double paneled door of6mmthickplywoodandshallhavestiffeningribsspacedatintervalsof15cm.Plywoodshallbebended to the frames with a suitable adhesives which shall conform JIS K 6801 and 6803 orequivalent.


Waterproofedplywoodshallbeusedforwoodendoorsforthelavatory. Thewaterproofedplywoodshallbeof6mmthicknessfive(5)playandtheweightshallbe4.79kg/m2. Theeachlayershallbecompletelypressedandadheredbyusingphoneticresinadhesivesandtheplywoodshallbepassedaboilingtestandadryandwetrepeatingtest. All wooden doors and frames shall be painted as specified in clause “PAINTING” unlessotherwisespecified.7.8.39.1.3 Shop Drawings Thecontractorshallsubmitstopdrawingsoffabricateditemstotheengineerforapproval.The shop drawings shall clearly show the details of fabrication, installation, sizes, operation,methodsofanchoringandanyotherpertinentdetailsrequiredfortheinstallationthereof.7.8.39.1.4 Wooden Door FramesAllframesshallbeaccuratelyset,plumb,levelandshallbesecurelynailedtothewoodenblocksembeddedintheconcreteormortar.DoorFrameandShuttershouldbemadebysolidwoodsuchasBurmaTeakasperdirection/decisionoftheemployer7.8.39.1.5 Installation Each door shall be accurately cut, trimmed and fitted to its frame and hardware withallowanceforpaintfinishandpossibleswellingorshrinkage.Theclearanceatthetopshallnotexceed6mm.7.8.39.1.6 Hardware for Wooden Doors Hardware for wooden doors shall in principle be stainless steel conforming to The

applicablestandardsarelistedbelow: BDS 113:1986 SpecificationforLatchesandLocksforDoorsinBuildings; IS 204-78 SpecificationforTowerBolts; PartIFerrousMetals(FourthRevision); PartIINonferrousmetals(FourthRevision); IS205-1978 Specification for Nonferrous Metal Butt Hinges (Third

Revision); IS206-1981 SpecificationforTeeandStrapHinges(ThirdRevision); IS208-1979 SpecificationforDoorHandles(ThirdRevision); IS281-1973 Specification for Mild Steel Sliding Door Bolts for Use with

Padlock(SecondRevision); IS362-1982 SpecificationforParliamentHinges(FourthRevision); IS363-1976 SpecificationforHaspsandStaples(ThirdRevision); IS 364-1970 SpecificationforFanlightCatch(SecondRevision); IS 452-1973 SpecificationforDoorSprings,Rat-tailType(SecondRevision); IS453-1973 Specification for Double Acting Spring Hinges (Second

Revision); IS 729-1979 SpecificationforDrawerLocks,CupboardLocksandBoxLocks

(ThirdRevision); IS 1019-1974 SpecificationforRimLatches(SecondRevision); IS 1341-1981 SpecificationforSteelButtHinges(FourthRevision); IS1823-1980 SpecificationforFloorDoorStoppers(ThirdRevision); IS1837-1966 SpecificationforFanlightPivots(FirstRevision); IS2209-1976 SpecificationforMorticeLocks(verticaltype)(ThirdRevision); IS2681-1979 Specification for Nonferrous Metal Sliding Door Bolts forUse

withPadlocks(SecondRevision);


IS3564-1975 Specification for Door Closers (hydraulically regulated)(SecondRevision);

IS3818-1971 SpecificationforContinuous(piano)Hinges(FirstRevision); IS3828-1966 SpecificationforVentilatorChains; IS3843-1966 SpecificationforSteelBackflapHinges; IS3847-1966 SpecificationforMorticeNightLatches; IS4621-1975 Specification for Indicating Bolts for use in Public Baths and

Lavatories(FirstRevision); IS 4948-1974 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for General Use

(FirstRevision); IS 4992-1975 SpecificationforDoorHandlesforMorticeLocks(verticaltype)

(FirstRevision); IS5187-1972 SpecificationforFlushBolts(FirstRevision); IS5899-1970 SpecificationforBathroomLatches; IS5930-1970 SpecificationforMorticeLatch(verticaltype); IS6315-1971 Specification for Floor Springs (hydraulically regulated) for

HeavyDoors; IS6318-1971 SpecificationforPlasticWindowStaysandFasteners; IS6343-1982 Specification for Door Closers (pneumatically regulated) for

LightDoorsWeighingupto40kg(FirstRevision); IS6602-1972 SpecificationforVentilatorPoles; IS6607-1972 SpecificationforRebatedMorticeLocks(verticaltype); IS7196-1974 SpecificationforHoldFast; IS7197-1974 Specification for Double Action Floor Springs (without oil

check)forHeavyDoors; IS 7534-1974 Specification for Mild Steel Locking Bolts with Holes for

Padlocks; IS 7540-1974 SpecificationforMorticeDeadLocks; IS 8756-1978 SpecificationforBallCatchesforuseinWoodenAlmirah; IS 8760-1978 Specification for Mortice Sliding Door Locks, with Lever

Mechanism; IS 9106-1979 SpecificationforRisingButtHinges; IS 9131-1979 SpecificationforRimLocks; IS 9460-1980 SpecificationFlushDropHandleforDrawer; IS 9899-1981 SpecificationforHat,CoatandWardrobeHooks; IS 10019-1981 SpecificationforSteelWindowStaysandFasteners; IS 10090-1982 SpecificationforNumericals; IS 10342-1982 SpecificationforCurtainRailSystem orequivalent.7.8.40 Steel Fittings 7.8.40.1 General This clause covers steel fittings, including finish hardware, such as butts, hinges, locks,knobs,stops,strikes,holders,doorchainsandclosures.7.8.40.2 Materials SteelsheetshallconformtoJISG3131,G3141orequivalent. Thethicknessofsteelplatesshallbeasdesignatedbelow,unlessotherwisespecified. DoorFrame 1.6mm Architrave 1.2mm Threshold 2.3mm DoorLeaf Frameandflushplate 1.6mm


Stiffenerandanchorplate 2.3mm

MachinescrewsandrivetsshallconformtoJISB1101-1106,JISB1201-1205andJISB1131-1133orequivalent.

7.8.40.3 Steel Doors Steeldoorsshallbesingleordoublehollowcore,singleordoubleswigtypeorslidingtypeandwithdimensionandlocationasindicatedinthedrawings.Alldoorsshallbecompletewithdoorframes,hardwaresandany/allnecessaryaccessories. Shop fabricated frames without threshold shall be provided with temporary spreads atbottomtopreservepropershapeduringtransportationanderection. Allmetalsurfacesshallbethoroughlycleanedandgiventwocostsorrustinhibitivepaintafterbeingzincplatedinshop. Fieldpaintforfinishshallbeprovidedasspecifiedintheclause“PAINTING”7.8.40.4 Steel Louver Steellouversshallbeof45oslitsand100mmthicklouversandframeassembly. Thesizesshallbeindicatedinthedrawings.7.8.40.5 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of fabricated items to the engineer forapproval. The shop drawings shall clearly show the details of fabrication, installations,dimensions,sizes,operation,methodsofanchoringandanyotherpertinentdetailsrequiredforsatisfactoryinstallation.7.8.40.6 Installation Allframesshallbeerectedplumb,squareandtruetolineandlevel,withsecurefatteningtostructuresandanchors. Doorframes shall be installed by authorized representatives of the manufacturer, butbeforeallplasteringworksarecompleted. 7.8.41 Aluminum Fitting 7.8.41.1 General

This clause covers all types of aluminum door, window, casements, and swing, sliding,pivoted,projected,firedandcombinationdoorsandwindows,includingoperationhardware.7.8.41.2 MaterialsExtruded aluminum shape and sheet shall conform to JIS H 4100 and H 4000 respectively orequivalent. Reinforcing strips, reinforcing struts anchors, etc. shall be of zinc plated steel plateconformG310-SS41.


Small screws shall be of stainless steel conforming to JIS G 5121 SUS 304or of highstrengthaluminumalloyconformingtoJISH4040orequivalent.7.8.41.3 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of fabricated items to the engineer forapproval. Theshopdrawingsshallclearlyshow thedetailsof fabrication, installation,dimensions,sizes,operation,methodsofanchoringandanyotherpertinentdetails requiredforsatisfactoryinstallation.7.8.41.4 Installation All aluminum windows shall be installed by the manufacturer or his authorizedrepresentativeandshallbesetplumb,square,levelandtruetoline. Framesshallbesetandsecurelyanchoredtothestructure. Aluminum surface in contact or other masonry materials shall be provided one heavybrush coat of bituminous paint. Upon completion of the work the contractor shall remove andcleanallsurplusmaterialsfromtheseareas.

7.8.42 Glass And Glazing

7.8.42.1 General

The contractor shall furnish and install all glass required in doors and windows inaccordancewiththedrawingsandanydirectionoftheengineer.Theapplicablestandardsforglassandglazingarelistedbelow: ASTM C1036-90 SpecificationforFlatGlass; ASTM C1044-90 Specification of Heat-Treated Flast Glass Kind HS, Kind FT

CoatedandUncoatedGlass; ANSI Z97.1 Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Tests for

TransportSafetyGlazingMaterialsUsedinBuilding; CPSC 16CFR SafetyStandardforArchitecturalGlazingMaterials.7.8.42.2 Materials(1) OrdinarysheetglassshallconformtoJISR3201(SheetGlass)orequivalent.(2) PolishedplateglassshallconformtoJISR3202(PolishedplateGlass)orequivalent.(3) FiguredglassshallconformtoJISR3203(FiguredGlass)orequivalent.(4) WiredglassshallmeetconformtoJISR3204(WiredGlass)orequivalent.(5) LaminatedglassshallconformtoJISR3205(LaminatedGlass)orequivalent.(6) TemperedglassshallconformtoJISR3026(TemperedGlass)orequivalent.(7) MultipleglassshallconformtoJISR3209(MultipleGlass)orequivalent.(8) PuttyshallconformtoJISA5752(PuttyforMetalSashGlazing)andJISA5753(Puttyfor

woodenFittings). Putty for steel fittings, the quality shall be class 1, for aluminum fittings, class 2 as

specifiedinJISA5752.


(9) Thethicknessofsheetglassandpolishedplateglassshallbe3.0mmforfiguredglass4.0mmandforwiredglass6.8mmunlessotherwisespecifiedinthedrawings.

7.8.42.3 Workmanship Noglazingworkshallbecarriedoutduringrainorwhentheframesorglassiswet. Framesshallbethoroughlycleanedbeforeapplicationofglazingcompound. Allglassinwindowsanddoors,exceptwoodendoors,shallbeset infullbedsofglazingcompoundandpressedtoafirmandevenbearingwithoutspringingorforcing.Glassinwindowsshallbeheldfirmlyinplacewithsnaptypeglazingbeadsandindoorswithglazingchannelsorbeads.Uponcompletionofconstructionwork,alldirt,stainsandmis-appliedglazingcompoundshallberemoved,andallglassshallbethoroughlycleanedonbothfaces. 7.8.43 Painting Work 7.8.43.1 General Painting work shall be specified in clause “PAINTING WORK” in SECTION 1 “GENERALPROVISIONS”,unlessotherwisespecified.7.8.44 Interior Finish Work 7.8.44.1 General Thisclausecoverstheperformanceofallworksinconnectionwiththefollowing. 1) Vinylasbestostile 2) Acidproofvinyltile 3) Vinylbase 4) Asbestoscementboard 5) Acousticboard 6) Suspendedceiling 7) CeilingAccess 8) Insulation 9) Nameplateforrooms 10) Accordionpartition 11) ToiletPartition

Prior to starting work, samples of interior finish materials and shop drawings shall besubmittedtotheengineerforapproval.

Typesandsizesofnails,screws,boltsandqualityofadhesivesforfixingofinteriorfinishshallcorrespondandmatchtocharacteristicsoftheinteriorfinishmaterialsandshallbesubmittedtotheengineerforapproval.

7.8.44.2 Fixing Fixingshallnotcommenceuntilafterdryingandcleaningofthebase. Fixing method of specified materials shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’sspecificationandshallbesubmittedtotheengineerforapproval. Inperformingfixing,adequateprecautionsshallbeprovidedtoavoidoffset,gapand/orunevenness.


Suitable protection measures shall be provided on the interior finish until all finishingworksarecompleted.7.8.44.3 Vinyl Asbestos Tile For Floor Finish

Sizes of vinylasbestos tile shall be300mmx 300mm x 3mm thick conforming to JIS A5705orequivalent.

-Thetilesshallberesistanttoalkali,greaseoroils. -Thevinyltilesshallbebondedwithasphaltadhesives.7.8.44.4 Acid-Proof Vinyl Tile

Thetilesshallbeofacidprooftypevinyltile.Theshapeanddimensionsshallbethesameasthoseofvinylasbestostile.

7.8.44.5 Vinyl Base Vinylbaseshallconformtothemanufacturer’srecommendationofvinylasbestostileforflooringunlessotherwiseindicated,theheightofthebaseshallbe100mm. 7.8.44.6 Asbestos Cement Board Materialsshallconformto “ FlexibleBoard” in JIS A5403 (AsbestosCementSheets) orequivalent. When necessary, chamfering shall be carried out so as to facilitate the making of jointsandpreventtheirirregularity. Hardwarefixingsshallbecountersunkscrewsofstainlesssteel.7.8.44.7 Acoustic Board For Ceiling(1) Thematerialshallbeofincombustiblerockwoolandperforated.Thethicknessofboard

shallbe12mm. Acousticboardsshallbefixedonthebaseboardwithsuitableadhesivesornailsso

astofacilitatethemakingofjointsandpreventtheirirregularity.(2) BaseBoardforCeiling Base Board shall be plaster boards conforming to JIS A 6901 (Gypsum Board)

Grade2orequivalent. Thethicknessofboardshallbe9mm.7.8.44.8 Suspended Ceiling TheContractorshallprovidealightweightsuspensionsystem. Thesystemshallhavethemeanstoproperlysupporttheentireceilingwhenitisinplace.7.8.44.8.1 Main Runner

Mainrunnersforallsuspensionsystem,unlessotherwisespecified,shallbeofcoldrolledzincbondedlightchannelsteel(-38mmx15mmx1.6mm)conformingtoJISG3350.


The channel runner shall be installed 90cm on centers and suspended by steel bars of6mmdia.Hangerswithleveladjustablenutsat90cmintervals.

Thegridshallbeleveledtowithin1/500.7.8.44.8.2 Cross Furring Crossfurringforceilingshallbeofcoldrolledzincbondedsteel(M-23-mmx23mm).

TheM-furringshallbeinstalled30cmoncentersandatrightanglestothemainrunnerbywire clips. All M-furring shall be straight in alignment and hold so as to enable levelplacementofplasterboardonthesuspensionsystem.

7.8.44.8.3 Workmanship

The installation and workmanshipshall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer’sspecificationsandshallbemadebyskilledworkmen.

7.8.44.8.4 Insulation Thecontractorshallprovideinsulationboardsundertheroofslab.

Theinsulationboardsshallbeof25mmthicknesscementedexcelsiorboardsconformingtoJISA5404orequivalent.

Theinsulationboardsshallbefixedtoformsofslabconcretebyusingnail. 7.8.44.9 Ceiling Access

Ceilingaccessesshallbelocatedatsuitableplacesformaintenanceofthelightingsystemandairconditioningductsandshallbethesizeof600mx600mm.

Thematerialsoftheframeforreinforcementofaccessboardshallbemadeofthesamematerialsastheceiling,shallbeofaluminumconformingtoJISG4100.

7.8.44.10 Nameplate For Rooms

Nameplatesshallbeprovidedonalldoorsofroomsfacingoutdoors,corridorsandotherrooms.

Thesize,materialsandnameontheplatesshallbedesignatedbytheengineer.7.8.44.11 Accordion Partition Accordionpartitionshallbeprovidedasindicatedinthedrawings.

Accordionpartitionshallbeofvinylchlorideleather,runner,hingeplate(JISG3141Spec.1.2mmgalvanized),wirerods(JISG3505orequivalent)hangerrail(JISH4100-6063,T5orequivalent)frames,(HISH4100-6063,T5orequivalent)magnet,cushionrubbersandframeholderweightofpartition1m2shallbe7Kgorless.

Panelshallbeofplasticlaminatedboardorsteelandpaperhoneycomb.

DoorsshallbeofthesamematerialsaspanelsanddoorframesshallbeofAluminumAlloyExtrudedshapes.


7.8.44.12 Toilet PartitionsIn Case of common toilet:

Melaminecoatedplywoodtoiletpartitionsshallbefurnishedandinstalledatthelocationsindicatedinthedrawingsandasdescribedherein.

Toiletpartitionsshallsupportedbystainlessstandingsupportersanchoredintothefloorandyheadconnection(galvanizedsquaretubing).

Partitions shall be flush type, consisting of two sheets of waterproof plywood. Theplywoodshallbecoatedwithmelamine.Allpartitionsandscreenshallbeerectedplumb,levelandinperfectalignment,withhardwarefullyequippedforproperoperation.

7.8.45 Sodding And Planting 7.8.45.1 Sodding 7.8.45.1.1 General

TheContractorshallfurnishallworkincludinglaborequipment,materials,construction,etc.,inconnectionwithsoddingwork.

7.8.45.1.2 Top Soil with Fertilizer

Stones, leaves, pieces of wood and all foreign matter shall be cleared away beforeplacementofthetopsoil.

Topsoilshallbeapprovedbytheengineer.Thesoilshallbehauledandplacedwhenitissufficientlydryforspreading.

Manurefertilizershall bewell rotted,unleashed,andfreefromsawdust,shaving,refuseand/orharmfulchemicals.

All manure delivered shall be free from any degree of fly manifestation. All manurefertilizershallbespreadandmixedwiththetopsoilwithin48hoursafterarrivalonthesite. Fly breeding prevention shall be by the use of insecticides and / or larvaecides asapprovedbytheengineer.

Areas to be sodded shall be prepared by placing top soil in the areas to the requiredthickness.

Thecentralpartofsuchareasshallbemadehigherincomparisontothesurroundingstoensureproperdrained.

7.8.45.1.3 Sod Planting

Sodplantingshallbecarriedoutwhereindicatedinthedrawings.Sodshallbeplantedinfirmcontactwiththebed,andplantingworkshallbecarriedoutbyskilledworkmen.

Density ofsodplantingshallbe70% ormoreofthearea. After fixingthesheetsof turf,sandysoilshallbespreadattherateof0.01-0.02m3persquaremeterbyusingasieve.

7.8.45.1.4 Leveling of Ground

Before planting the sod, the contractor shall remove all foreign matter, such as weeds,stones and pieces of wood and level the ground. The cost of the leveling of the groundshallbeincludedinthepriceofthegrassplanting.


7.8.45.1.5 Watering Wateringequipmentofthetypewhichpreventsdamagetofinishedsurfacesshallbeused. Shouldthesodbecomedry,itshallbewateredsoastowetthetransplantedsodthroughtot hebottomandthroughtoatleast5cmofthesodbedaswell. Additionalwateringshallbemadeasdirectedbytheengineer.7.8.45.1.6 Protection

Protection of seeded beds against traffic, human or otherwise, shall be provided byerecting barricades immediately after work is completed and by placing warring signs,markersetc.asdirectedbytheengineer.

7.8.45.1.7 Maintenance Sodden areasshall be maintained (watering, cutting,etc.) by thecontractor until takingover.7.8.45.1.8 Clean Up

After theturningoperationhasbeencompleted,thesurfaceshallbeclearedofall toneslarger than 2cm in diameter and of all roots, brush, trash or other matter that mayinterferewithmaintenanceoperations.

Anypavedareaoverwhichhaulingoperationisconductedshallbekeptcleanandanytopsoilorothermaterialswhichmaylieuponthepavedsurfaceshallbepromptlyremoved.

7.8.45.2 Planting7.8.45.2.1 General

TheContractorshallfurnishallworkincludinglabor,equipment,materials,constructionetc.inconnectionwithplantingwork.

The Contractor shall submit colored pictures of all varieties of trees and flowers to beplantedtotheengineerforapproval.

7.8.45.2.2 Planting Concept Thenumberofplantingsandspecieoftreesandshrubberyshallbeasfollows. Trees : 25trees Shuddery : 38m2 Notes : Tree………………around4.0m Shrubbery…………lessthan1.0m Treesshallbeplantedsoastoprovidesuitableshade.

The contractor shall survey the soil condition of the site for planting of the trees andshrubberystatedaboveandshallthencarryinsoilsuitableforthesaidplants.

7.8.45.2.3 Workmanship


Beforeplantsarecarriedtothesite,thecontractorshallpruneone-fifthofthetreesleafareasbutshallretainthenaturalform.Sprayshallnotcausewiltingoftheleaves.Plantingdetailsareshowninthenextsheets.

GroundLinetobethe Sameasatthenursery Drawings Surveyor’s Flagging Tape(white) Fixingwire Spread120oApart 50x100x900Stake ConstructEarthSaucerwith 100mmhigh BackfillwithFertilizer

SHRUB PLANTING DETAILS

7.8.46 Plumbing Equipment Work 7.8.46.1 General

Thisclause coversthe performanceofallwater supply,sewageandsanitaryequipmentworkstobeexecutedaccordingtothedrawingsandthesespecifications.(1) WaterSupplyEquipment(2) SewageandAirVentEquipment(3) SanitaryEquipment(4) ClarificationTankEquipment

The contractor shall submit shop drawings of the fabricated items to the engineer forapproval. The shop drawings shall clearly show the details of fabrication, installations,dimensions, sizes, operation, methods of anchoring and any other pertinent detailsrequiredforsatisfactoryinstallationandthecontractorshallsubmittheresultoftestsatdesignateddatespecifiedhere-in-after.The contractor shall provide the spare parts for three years normal operation, unlessotherwisespecified.

7.8.46.2 Equipment and Material

Theequipment,materialsandaccessoriesasspecifiedhereinshallbefurnishedtogetherwithsparepartsforthree(3)yearsnormaloperationexceptasindicatedotherwise.

7.8.46.2.1 Drinking Water Tank (1) TypeofDrinkingWaterTank

Drinkingwatertanksshallbeofearthquakeproofconstructionandconsistofasandwichconstructionpanelwithfacingmaterialscomprisingfiberglassreinforcedpolyester(F.R.P.)madfromunsaturatedpolyesterresinandglass fiberof whichthecoreshall be formedplastic.

(2) Materials


Theunsaturatedpolyesterresintobeusedforthefacingmaterialshallbewaterproofandweatherproofandharmlesstohumanehealth.

ThefiberglassshallbemadefromnonalkalifiberglassasstipulatedinJISR346~3417. Thefoamedplasticmaterialstobeusedformthecoreshallberigidandclosedcell. Anyfillersandcoloringagentsshallbeharmlesstohumanheath. (3) Accessories Thedrinkingwatertankshallbeprovidedwiththefollowingaccessories. (a) Waterinletpipeconnections(F.R.P.) 1set (b) Wateroutletpileconnections(F.R.P) 1set (c) Drainagepipeconnections(F.R.P) 1set (d) Connectionsforoverflowholeandoverflow Withinsecticidenets(Theinsecticidenetsshall bemadeofplasticandtheconnectionsshallbe madeofF.R.P) 1set (e) Airpassageandairventwithinsecticidenets (Theinsecticidenetsshallbemakeofplasticand thepassageadventshallbemadeofF.R.P) 1set (f) Lockingtypemanhole(PlasticDiameter:more than500mm) 1set (g) Reinforcingmaterials,supportmetalsandstands forelevatedwatertank. 1set (Rolledsteelhavingpropertiesinaccordancewith JISG3101andwithdimensionsandshapesin accordancewithJISG3192) (h) Steelladder 1set (i) Electrodemount (j) Breakwatercover 1set (4) Shapes,DimensionsandPerformance

Theshapesand dimensionsof theelevatedwaterthankshall be in accordancewith themanufacturer’s specifications, and the performance shall be as specified in “ List ofEquipment”intheDesignDrawing.

7.8.46.2.2 Hot Water Storage Facility (1) Type

Thehotwaterstoragefacilityshallconsistofahotwaterstoragetankandanelectricheatbuiltinawallhangingtypecasingmadeofstainlesssteel.

(2) Materials Thehotwaterstoragetankandthecasingshallbemadeofstainlesssteel.


(3) PowerSource SinglePhase220V,50Hz (4) Accessories Thehotwaterstorageheatershallbeprovidedwiththefollowingaccessories: (a) BallTap(15mm) 1set (b) Drainagehole 1set (c) Waterlevel(MadeofglasswithProtectivemetal) 1set (d) Thermometer 1set (e) OverflowHole1set (f) Thermostat 1set (5) Shapes,DimensionsandPerformance

The shapes, dimensions and performance of the hot water storage heater shall be inaccordancewiththemanufacturer’sspecifications.

7.8.46.2.3 Pressure Pump Unit (1) Type Pressurepumpunitshallbefactorybuiltandfactorytestedproduct.

The unit is consist of two pumps, small pressure tank, control panel, necessary pipes,cableandpressuregaugethesecomponentsarearrangedonthecommonsteelframe.

(2) SystemOperations

(a) Ininitialoperation,onepumpstartsbypushbuttonprovidedoncontrolpaneland starts to supply water in the pressure tank. The pump stops when thepressureriseofthepressuretank.

(b) When by consumed water in the pressure tank the pressure in the pressure

tankfalltheotherpumpstartstorunandsupplywatertopressuretank.(c) All the signal of pumps START-STOP are controlled by a pressure switch

providedonpressuretank.(d) Specifications

Quantity 1set Dischargebore40mm TankCapacity30liters PumpQuantity2set/unit Type Endsectioncentrifugalmotorclosedcoupledtype EndsectioncentrifugalmotorclosedcoupledtypePumpSpeed3,000rpm. MaterialsCasingCastIron Shaft StainlessSteel Impeller Bronze MotorType Drip-proof,squirrelcageraptor Voltage 400V


Frequency 50Hz. InsulationClassE(4) AccessoriesCheckValveJIS10kg/cm250-2piecesGateValveJS10kg/cm250–4pieces

7.8.46.2.4 Water Supply Pump(1) Type Water supply pump shall be submergible pump, using of submerged motor and

multistagecentrifugalpump.(2) Specifications Liquid Freshwaterorequivalent Temperature 0-40oC Impeller Multistagecentrifugal ShaftSeal OilSeal Bearing Sleevebearing Cashing CastIron. Impeller Bronze Shaft StainlessSteel FlangeStandard 10kg/cm2thintype Motor Submergedcannedtype MotorInsulationClass E(3) Accessories10meterswaterproofcable 7.8.46.2.5 Sterilizing Equipment (1) Type The sterilizing equipment shall be chlorine sterilizing type, including of sterilizing

chemicaltankchemicalfeedpump,flowsensor,necessarypipesandcables.(2)Operation Theequipmentshallbedesignedtoinjectthechemicalinproportiontotheflowrateof

drinkingwater,usingadiaphragmpump.(3) Specification

(a)SterilizingChemicalTank Material : Polyethylene Volume : 50liter(b)ChemicalFeedPumpTypeDischargevariablediaphragmtype


Output : 0.025KW Phase : 1ø Frequency : 50Hz Voltage : AC220V(c) FlowSensor Flowsensorshalldistributeelectricpulseinproportiontotheflowrate.

(4)Accessories (a)Chemicalfeedpipe;highpressurebladehose6mmø;3mlength (b) Chemicalsuctionpipe;vinylpipe5mmø;1mlength (c) Pumpbase;1set(includinganchorbolts) (d) Injectionvalve;madeofPVC;1set (e) Cable;CVV2mm2–2C;3m (d) SterilizingChemical;1set 7.8.46.2.6 Water Filter (1) Type Up-lightcasing,cartridgefilteringelementtype(2) MaterialsandSpecification Casing–stainlesssteel Normalusemaximumpressure–stainlesssteel Filtering element – exchangeable plastic cartridge (reusable by water washing

type)(3) Accessories Sparefilteringelement - 1set DrainCock - 1set AirCock - 1set Hole-in-anchor - 1set7.8.46.2.7 Sanitary Equipment and Accessories 7.8.46.2.7.1 General(1) All sanitary wares shall be of European standard high quality or equivalent to JIS A

5207.(2) All fittings for sanitary wares shall be in accordance with European standard high

qualityJISA5514orequivalent(3) Allaccessoriesandvisiblesanitarywaressuchasfaucets,flushvalvesandflushingpipes

shallbenickelchromiumplated. 7.8.46.2.7.2 Water Closet (Western/European Style)

AllSanitaryFittings&FixturesshouldbeEuropeanMadeaswellasapprovedsample anddesign.


7.8.46.2.7.8 Wash Basing (For Lavatory) (1) WashBasin V.C.,6.5&wallhangingtype (2) Accessories (a) Pillarcock(13mm) (b) Angletypestopcock(13mm) (c) Washerbasintrap (d) Backhanger (e) Liquidsoapholder(Verticaltype350cc)7.8.46.2.7.5 Wash Basin (For Battery Room) (1) WashBasin V.C.,9.5& (2) Accessories (a) Pillarcock(13mm) (b) Eyebath (Verticalflexibletype,13mm) (c) Angletypestopcock(13mm) withwatersupplypipe (d) Washbasingtrap (e) Backhanger (f) Liquidsoapholder(pushbuttontype,360cc) 7.8.46.2.7.6 Service Sink (1) V.C.withBack (2) Accessories (a) Sinkfaucet(20mmwithfeedseat) : (b) Trap(Stype) : (c) Trapconnectionfixtures : (d) Chainandstopper : (e) Backhanger : (f) Rimcover : 7.8.46.2.7.7 MirrorThemirrorshallbeframe-lessandmoistureproof,andtheglass formirrorshallbe5mmthickand 360x455 mm in size, and in accordance with JISD 3202 (Float, Polished Plate Glass) orequivalentBDSstandard.7.8.46.2.7.8 Water Cock and Similar ItemsThe main structures constituting the septic tank shall be made of FRP (fiberglass reinforcedplastic)havingappropriateshape,dimensionsandcapacity.Thestructuresshallhavesufficient


strengthagainstsoilpressure,waterpressure,loadetc.andshallbeofaconstructionpermittingeasyinspectionandcleaning.Thefunctionalrequirementsshallbeasfollows.(1)TreatmentCapacity (a) Accommodationtreatmentfor : 5persons(b)Estimateddailyaveragevolumeofwaste:1m3/day(c)BODconcentrationindischargewater:90ppm.(2)TankEquipmentThe septic tank shall consists of blower unit, pre treatment tank and main tank and theequipmentrequiredforthetankshallbeofthefollowingspecifications.BlowerMotor: 0.04m3/min,0.2KW,threePhase,415V,50Hzx1set Accessories : Distributionboardandcable,airpipingandrequiredpertinent.(3)AccessoriesSterilizationChemical : 1set

Sanitaryappliancesshallconformtothefollowingstandards: BDS 1162:1987 SpecificationforCeramicWashBasinsandPedestals; BDS 1163:1987 SpecificationforVitreousSanitaryAppliances, Part-1,GeneralRequirements; Part-2,SpecificRequirementsforWaterClosets; Part-3,SpecificationRequirementsforUrinal(Bowltype); Part-4,SpecificRequirementsforFootRest; Part-5,SpecificRequirementsforIntegratedSquattingPans. ASHRA E90A-80 EnergyConservationinNewBuildingDesign; ASHRA E90B-75 EnergyConservationinNewBuildingDesign; AWWA C700-77 ColdWaterMeterDisplacementType; AWWA C701-78 ColdWaterMeterTurbineTypeClass-I; AWWA C702-78 ColdWaterMeterTurbineTypeClass-II; AWWA C702-78 ColdWaterMeterCompoundType, BS1125:1987 Specification for WC Flushing Cisterns (Including Dual Flash

CisternsandFlushPipes); BS1244 MetalSinkforDomesticPurposes; BS1254:1981 SpecificationforCSeats(Plastics); BS1329:1974 SpecificationforMetalHandRinseBasins; BS1876:1992(1977) SpecificationforAutomaticFlushingCisternforUrinals

TREATMENT PROCESS

OF SEPTIC TANK

7.8.46.2.8 Piping Materials and Pipe Fittings 7.8.46.2.8.1 Pipe(1) WaterSupplyPipes Thewater supply pipeshall be the steel pipe linedwith rigid PVC in accordance

withJWWA-K66.


(2) DrainageandAirVentPipes The drainage and air vent pipes shall be the galvanized steel pipe in accordance

withJISG3442,tar-epoxycoatingsteelpipeinaccordancewithJISG3443andHASS-210,and/orthecentrifugalreinforcedconcretepipeasspecifiedinJISA5303.

7.8.46.2.8.2 Pipe Joint(1) WaterSupplyPipeJoints Thewatersupplypipejointsshallcomprisescrewedtypeandflangetype.Screwed

typepipejointsshallbemalleablecastironpipejointscoatedwithplasticin`accordancewithJISB2301.TheflangetypepipejointsshallbemadbyweldingtheflangetotheendsurfaceofthesteelmadejointsasstipulatedinJISB2211orJISB2212,andfurtherbyliningtheinternalsurfacewithrigidPVCofthesamespecificationasthatusedforliningforliningofthesteelpipe.

(2) DrainageandAirVentPipeJoints The drainage and air vent pipe joints shall be malleable cast iron pipe joint in

accordance with JIS B2301, screwed type drainage pipe joint in accordance with JISB23.3andrigidPVCpipejointaccordancewithJISK6739.

7.8.46.2.8.3 Gate ValvesThegatevalveshallbethe10kg.Cm2bronzescrewedorflangedtypegatevalveasstipulatedinJISB2023,andB2044.7.8.46.2.8.4 Check ValvesThe check valve shall be the 10 kg /cm2 bronze screwed or flanged swing check valve asstipulated.7.8.46.2.8.5 Flexible JointsThe flexible joint shall be of a bellows type and shall have sufficient flexibility and resistanceagainst pressure. The bellows and protective steel band shall be make of cold rolled stainlesssteelplate/sheet(SUS–304)asstipulatedinJISG4305.Thelengthofoneflexiblesectionshallbe400mm.7.8.46.2.8.6 StrainersThestrainershallbeofaYtype.Thecasethenominaldiameteris50mmmorless,thestrainershallbeofascrewedtypemadeofbronze,butincasethediameteris65mmorover,thestrainershallbeofaflangedtypemadeofcastiron.The clean out plug shall be make of brass, and the strainer element shall be made of stainlesssteel,onesparestrainerelementshallbefurnished.7.8.46.2.8.7 Drainage Pipe Fitting(1) General

(a) Thewatersealingdepthoftrapshallbe50mmormore,andtheeffectiveareaofthedrainage hole for strainer shall not be less than the sectional area of the drainagepipe.


b) Thenickelchromiumplatedsectionofthedrainagepipefittingsshallbeequivalent

toorhigherthanClass1orGrade2inJISH8617(ElectroplatedcoatingofNickelandChromium).

(2) FloorDrainTrap

Thefloordraintrapshallbemadeofcastironandthestrainershallbenickelchromiumplated brass. The floor drain trap for asphalt waterproofed floor shall be of awaterproofingtype,butthatforotherfloorsshallbeofanordinarytype.

(3) FloorCleanoutThe floor clean out shall be of a screwed type made of brass having anickel chromiumplating finish. The floor clean out for asphalt waterproofed floor shall be of awaterproofingtype,butthatforothertypesoffloorsshallbeofanordinarytype.

(4) UnderfloorCleanout Theunderfloorcleanoutshallbeofascrewedtypemadeofbras.(5) DrainagePipeFittings

Thedrainagepipefittingsshallbemakeofbrasshavinganickelchromiumplatingfinishandthechainandstoppershallbemadeofstainlesssteel.

7.8.46.2.8.8 Pipe Washers Thepipewashershallbemadeofnickelchromiumcoatedbrassorstainlesssteel.7.8.46.2.8.9 Pipe Sleeves

The pipe sleeve shall be made of steel pipe or steel plate with a thickness of 0.4mm orover(0.7mmorover incasethenominaldiameterexceeds200mm).However, thenon-waterproofedfloorpopesleevetobeusedindoorsshallbemadeoflaminatedcardboard.

7.8.46.2.8.10 Pipe Support Fittings(a) Thepipesupportfittingsshallresistanttocontractionandexpansion,rollingetc.ofpipe

and be of a construction having sufficient bearing strength against load of pipe whenliquidiscontainedinside.ThematerialstobeusedshallbeinaccordancewithJISG3101(RollSteelforGeneralStructure).

Allsteelfittingsshallbefinishedbygalvanizing. (b) The inserts shall have sufficient strength for supporting the pipe and shall have a

constructionhavingsuitableforconnectinghangersetc.All insertsshallbemadeofcastiron,pressformedmalleablecastironorsteelplate.

7.8.46.2.8.11 Cementing /Bonding Materials(1) ThreadSealingMaterials

(a) The threat sealing tapes shall be in accordance with JIS K6885 (unsinteredpolytetrafluoroethylene tapes for thread sealing (raw tapes) , and shall neither behazardoustohumanhealthnorcauseadverseeffectsupondrinkingwater.


b) Thepastesealingagentshallnotbeaffectedbytheliquidinpipeandshallconsistofcontents applicable to the purpose of use. In case the agent is used for sealing ofpipingfordrinkingwater,itshallnotbehazardoustohealthnorcauseanyadverseeffectupondrinkingwater.

(2) Packing(s)

The packing shall be in accordance with JIS K6353 (Rubber Goods for Water WorksService) JIS R3453 (Compressed Asbestos Sheets) etc. and have sufficient durabilityapplicabletotherespectivequalityofwater,waterpressure,temperatureetc.

(3) CaulkingLead

Thecaulkingleadshall,inprinciplebethe5thClassofthosestipulatedinJISH2110(PigLead).

(4) CaulkingHemp

The caulking hemp shall in principle be the jute of #130 single threadwhich,tiedinabundlehasadiameterorabout25mm.

7.8.46.2.8.12 Basin and Basin Cover(1) General

(a) The materials for iron castings shall be equivalent to of higher than Grade 3 asstipulatedinJISG5501(GrayIronCastings)

b) The iron castings shall be baked with refined tars in accordance with JIS K 2473

(ProcessedTars)towhichmorethan2%oflinseedoilordryingoilismixed,orshallbecoldpaintedwithrefinedbituminousmaterialstowhichsyntheticresinfinishesadded.

(2) InvertBasin

(a) Theinvertbasingshallbeofaconcreteconstructionandallvisibleportionsshallbefinishedbymortar,thebasinshallbefurnishedwithacoverandaninvertapplicabletothepiperdiametershallbeprovidedonthebottomofthebasin.

(b) Thecovershallbemakeofcastironwithchain,andshallbeofandoorprooftype

abletowithstandtheweightof2,500kg.(3) DrainageBasin

(a) Thedrainagebasinshallbeaconcreteconstructionandallvisibleportionsshallbefinishedbymortarcoating.Moreover,thebasinshallbefurnishedwithacover.

(b) Thecovershallbemadeofcast ironwithchainandshallbeofandoorproof type

abletowithstandtheweightof2,500kg.7.8.46.3 Execution 7.8.46.3.1 Foundation Works(1) Thefoundationshallbeofreinforcedconcreteconstructionabletowithstandtheweight

ofequipmentandexternalforcesandhavingsufficientbearingsurfaceforinstallationofequipment.Thefoundationshallbebuiltonthefloororgroundhavingsufficientbearingcapacity.

(2) Cement to beused shall be theordinary Portlandcement in accordance with JISR5210(PortlandCement).


(3) Regardingthesizesofaggregate,thesizeofgravelshallbe25mmorlessthatofcrushed

stoneshallbe20mmorlessandthatofsandshallbe2.5mmorless.7.8.46.3.2 Erection Works 7.8.46.3.2.1 Drinking Water Tank(1) Thedrinkingwatertankshallbefirmlyfixedwithanchorboltsshavingsufficientstrength

so that the tank will not slide laterally nor move in any way due to horizontal seismicforce.

(2) Thedrinkingwatertankshallbeinstalledonahorizontalplaneonthefoundationhaving

asteelmadebaseandthefoundationshallhaveanevenbearingsurfaceagainsttheload.Thetankandthesteelbaseshallbefixedfirmlywithanchorbolts.

(3) Afterinstallation,thetankshallbecleanedandwashedwithwater.Then,thetankshallbe

sterilizedbyusingsolutionofhypochlorousacid,etc.(4) The piping related to the tank shall be so supported that weight of the pipes not be

appliedtothetank.Flexiblejointsshallbeprovidedforallrespectiveconnectingpipestothewatertankexceptforthedrainpipeandairventpipe.7.8.46.3.2.2 Wall Hanging Type Electric Water HeaterThe wall hanging type electric water heater shall be set firmly on the wall by using expansionjoints.7.8.46.3.2.3 Sanitary Ware, Accessories and Fittings (1) General

(a) In case wall hanging fittings are fixed on a concrete wall or brick wall, expansionboltsshall,inprinciplebeused.

(b) In casea metal panel or lightweight steel framedboardwall is set, steel plateand

worked angle materials or hard wood patch shall be fixed to the sanitary ware inadvance.

(c) In case a part of the sanitary ware is embedded in concrete, the portion of the

sanitarywarethatcomesintocontactwithconcreteormortarshallbecoveredwithasphalthavingathicknessof3mmorover.However,thebottomcontactsurfaceofsanitaryware,shallbefilledwithsand.

(2) WaterCloset(Western/EuropeanStyle)

(a) Theupperendofthestoolshallbesethorizontallyinplaceafterdecidingtheprecisesettingpositions.

(b) Prior to connecting the stool to thedrain lead pipe theconnecting end of the lead

pipeshallbeflareduptothediameteroftheflange,andafterinsertingthenondrinksealingmaterialsbetweentheexternalsurfaceoftheflangeandconnectingendthestoolshallbeconnectedtothedrainleadpipebynutsfastenedfromabovebyflangefittingsandbolts.Theplatethicknessoftheexternalendoftheflaredleadpipeshallnotbelessthan2mm.


Moreover, the end of the flange for the lead pipe to be connected to the stool shall besupportedsufficientlywithhangersetc.sothatnoloadofdrainpipe,etc,willactdirectlyonthestool.

(3) WashBasin

(a) Thebracketorbackhanger/sshallbefirmlysetinplace,andthesashbasinsshallbefixedcarefullysothattheuppersurfaceofthebasingwillbekepthorizontalwithoutexhibiting looseness. In order to eliminate leakage of water, heat resistant nondryingsealingmaterialsshallbefilledarounddrainholesofthebasinsandaroundopeningsbetweenthedrainpipefittings.

b) The setting height of the basins shall be 800mm (approximate) from the floor

surfacetotheupperfrontendofthebasins.(4) ServiceSink

Thetrapshallbesetinplacewithoutanymisalignment,andtheconnectionofthesinktothedrain pipeshall be carried out in accordance with theprocedures for connection ofstoolin(2).Settingofbackhanger(s)andconnectionbetweendrainholesoftheSINKanddrainpipefittingsshallcarriedoutIaccordancewiththeproceduresfortheabovewashbasinsin(4).

(5) WaterCock

Thewatercockshallbefixedfirmlyafterprecisecenteringbyfullytakingintoaccounttheconvenienceofuseandharmonywittythesurroundingfacilities.Asufficientspacefor thespoutshallbeprovidedbetweentheendofthespoutofwatercockandthefloodlevelrimofthedrainreceptacle.

(6) Mirror Thesettingheightoftheupperendofthemirrorshall1,800mmformthefloorsurface. 7.8.46.3.2.4 Septic Tank

Reinforcedconcretefoundationshallbeprovidedandthetankshallbefirmlyfixedtothefoundationsoastowithstandupwardwaterpressure.

7.8.46.3.3 Piping 7.8.46.3.3.1 Water Supply And Water Hydrant Piping(1) General

(a) Priortoexecutionofpipingwork,detailedstudyshallbemadeontherelationshipbetween other piping and equipment, and all positions for pipe laying shall bedecidedbytakingintoaccountthepreciseslopeoftherespectivepiping.

Inthecasewherepipingislaidinsideabuilding,settingofthepipesupportfittings

and embedding of pipe sleeves shall be carried out without any delay and inaccordancewithprogressofthework.

(b) The flange joints shall be inserted for all main piping at appropriate intervals in

ordertoensureeasyremovalofsuchpiping.


(c) Inthecasewhereanypipingisbranchedfromthemainpiping,T-jointsshallbeused.(d) Asairreleasevalveshallbeprovidedatthedeadairspaceportioninpiping,anda

mud discharge valve shall be provided at the portion where mud is collected. Thesizeofthemuddischargevalveshall bethediameterof therelatedpipe,providedthat the size of the valve shall be 25mm in case the nominal diameter of the pipeexceeds25mm.

(e) In case any anti-sweat covering is not provided for piping, pipe washers shall be

fixedtoallportionsofpipingthatpenetratethroughceiling,floors,wallsetcandisvisiblefromtheoutside.

(f) Anyopeningsbetweenthepipingthatpenetratesthroughfireserviceareasetc.shall

befilledwithrock-woolheatinsulationorothernon-combustiblematerials.(g) Incasewhereapipesleeveisusedataplacerequiringwatertightness,leadcaulking

shallbeprovidedintheopeningbetweenthesleeveandpipe.(h) In the case where any steel pipe and similar materials are laid under the ground,

suchpipeshallbeprotectedagainstcorrosionbyeitheradoublecoatingofcoattartoradoublewindingofcorrosionproofvinyltapes(JISZ1901“ProtectivePolyvinylChlorideTapes).

(i) Any repair of steel pipe, cast iron pipe and lead pipe with caulking shall be

prohibited.(j) Aftercompletionofpipingwork, the insideofthepipingshall becleanedbywater

pressureon theoccasion ofhydrostatic testof thepiping. In thecaseofpiping fordrinkingwater.Thepipingshallbesterilizeduntil freeresidualchlorineof1.2ppmoroverhasbeendetectedattheendofthepiping.

(2)Gradient

Inthecaseofhorizontallyrunningpipe,theupfeedpipeshallhaveanupwardslopeandthedownfeedpipeshallhaveadownwardslope.Inprinciple,thegradientshallbe1/250.

(3) SupportPitch

(a) The support pitch of the horizontally running pipes shall, in principle, be inaccordancewiththevaluesinthefollowingtableand,wherevernecessary,allbentsectionsandbranchingsectionsshallbesupported.Inthecasewheresteelpipesorsimilar pipes aresupportedwith hangers, asteady rest shall be provided for eachhorizontallyrunningpipeinordertoavoidloosenessofthepipeduetomovementatthetimeofearthquake.

(b) Asteadyrestshallbeprovidedforindoorverticalpipeatleastatonespotonevery

floor.

Table-12.1 : Maximum Support Pitch of Water Supply Pipe Nominalpipediameter 20orless 25–40 50–80 100–150 200ormore

Supportpitch 1.8 2.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 7.8.46.3.3.2 Drainage and Air Vent Pipe(1) General


(a) Allhorizontallybrancheddrainagepipes,etc.shallbecombinednearlyhorizontallyatanacuteangeloflessthan45o.

(b) In case bent lead pipe is used, the pipe shall be carefully fabricated so as not to

impairitsroundness,andnobranchdrainagepipeshallbetakenforprotection.(c) Nowastewatershallbedischargeddirectlyformtheformthefollowingequipment. - Airconditioners - Drinkingwatertank - Pumps(d) Indirectdrainagepipeshallbeopenedwhilemaintainingaspaceofovertwicethe

diameter of the pipe from the drain receptacle and flood level rim. In case anobstacleisforeseeninprovidingtheaboveopening,appropriatemeasuresshallbetakenforprotection.

(e) Thelowestportionoftheverticaldrainagepipeshallbefixedwithasupportstandwherenecessary.

(f) Anyairventpipeshallberunoutverticallyoratanangleoflessthan45ofromthehorizontally branched drainage pipe and in no case shall the pipe be run outhorizontally.

(g) Inthecasewhereairventpipesonfloorsareconnectedtoverticalairventpipes,the

saidpipesshallbeconnectedattheplaceover150mmfromthefloodlevelrimoftherelatedequipment.Verticalairventvalvesshallbeconnectedtothestackventsinaccordancewiththeaboveprocedures.

(h) Incaseahumppipeisburied,apitshallbeexcavatedfromtheloweradofthepipe

todepthofabout100mmincasethenominaldiameterofthepipeis300mm.Afterunscrewed crushed stone, unscreened gravel or pike sand has been laid andcompacted,thepipeshallbelaid.However,theportionswherejointsareprovidedshallbeexcavatedfurtherifnecessary.

Initialbackfilling ofpipeshallbecarriedoutupto thecenter lineof thepipeto

ensureimmovability,andaftersufficientcompaction,thepipeshallfinallybeburied. Provisions other than those described in this paragraph shall be in accordance

withthegeneralprovisionsin12.3.4.1.

(2) GradientThegradientofhorizontallyrunningdrainagepipessaidinsideabuildingshallbe1/100.All air vent pipes shall have an upward slope facing the vertical pipes and shall be freefromreverseslopeandunevenness.

(3) SupportPitch

(a) The support pitch of steel pipes shall be in accordance with the applicableprovisionsinTable12.1.

(b) Horizontallyrunningcastironpipesshallbesupportedatapitchoflessthan1.6m,

and the deformed fittings to be connected shall be supported at a pit of less tan0.6m,respectively.

7.8.46.3.3.3 (1)ConnectionofPipes


(a) Allpipesshallbecarefullycutatarightangleagainsttheaxialcenterofthepipessoastoavoidanydeformationofthesections,andthecutendshallbefinishedsmoothly.(b) Allpipesshallbeconnectedafterremovinganychips,dustandotherforeignmatter

andafterconfirmingthatallsuchforeignmatterhasbeencompletelyremovedforminsidethepipes.

(c) In case piping work is temporarily suspended, all pipes shall be sufficientlyprotectedtoavoidentryofanyforeignmatter.

(2) WaterSupplyPiping

(a) No water supply piping shall in principle, be connected according to an insertionsystemunlessspecifiedotherwise.

(b) Epoxyresinorsyntheticrubberrustinhibitorsshallbesufficientlycoatedovertheendfaceofthreadedportionsandthebottomofthreadedportionsofjoints.Allrustinhibitors to be applied for any drinking water piping shall be applied for anydrinkingwaterpipingshallbeharmlesstohumanhealthandshallcausenoharmfuleffecttothequalityofdrinkingwater.

(3) DrainageandAirVentPiping

(a) Priortoconnectingthegalvanizedsteelpipes,thepipesshallbecorrectlythreadedsothataslightclearanceisprovidedbetweentheendfaceofpipesandtherecessofjoints in order to obtain the tapered threaded pipe portion. Then, the steel pipesshallbescrewedtightlyintothejoints.

(b) Allcaseironpipesshallbeconnectedbyusing rubberrings.In thiscase, thepipes

shallbeinsertedintotherubberringsuntiltheendofspigotcomesintocontactwiththebottomofsocket.Then,therubberringsthathavebeeninsertedintoapositionneartheendofspigotinadvanceshallbeinsertedintothepipescarefullysothatnotwistingwilloccur intheopeningbetweenthesocketandspigot.Then,therubberrings shall be set in closecontact with the pipes whileuniformly fastening the tapboltsandnutsusingajunkring.

(c) AlrigidPVCpipeshallbecarefullyconnectedbyacoldworkingmethodsothatno

stepwilloccurbetweentheconnectedpipes.Theflowofwaterinthepipingshallbesmoothanduninterrupted.

(d) Allcentrifugalreinforcedconcretepipesshallbeconnectedbyusingcollars. After both ends of the pipes have achieved tight contact with each other at the

centralpartofthecollarandcarefullysetinplacetoensureproperalignmentinthesurrounding opening, stiff consistency mortar shall be placed into the opening. Inthiscase,allcementandwaterinsidethepipesshallbethoroughlyremoved.Incaseoneendofapipeismadeintoasocketformafterconnectingacollartotheendwithmortar,mortarshallbeplacedabout10mmawayfromthepipeend.

7.8.46.3.4 Antisweat Covering 7.8.46.3.4.1 MaterialsTheantisweatcoveringmaterials,exteriorandauxiliarymaterialsshallbeasspecifiedinTablebelow.

Table - 12.2.1 : Antisweat Covering Materials, Exterior and Auxiliary Materials (1/2) Classificationofmaterials : Specifications


HeatinsulationmaterialsGlasswoolheatmaterials :Theglasswoolheatinsulationtubesshallbeinaccordance

with JIS A9505 (Glass wool heat insulation materials) orequivalent

ExteriorMaterialsGalvanizedSheets :Thegalvanizedsheetsshallbeinaccordancewithgrade2

in JIS G3302 (Galvanized Sheets.) The standard thicknessoforiginalsheetshallbe0.3mmwhenthesheetisusedforinsulating pipes, valves, etc. with an outside diameter of250mm or less, but in other cases, the thickness shall be0.4mm.

CottonCloth :Theweightofcottonclothshallbe115gormoreper1m2

In case, the cloth is used for pipe, etc. it shall be cut intoappropriatewidthsofatapeform.

GlassCloth : The glass cloth shall be non-alkali plain glass sloth

obtainedbyprocessingEP211Cintoanon-frayingtypeasstipulatedinJISR3414(GlassCloth).

PVCType(VinylTape) :ThePVCtapeshallbenon-tackytapeofmediumglosswith

a thickness of 1.2mm in accordance with JIS Z1901(ProtectivePolyvinylChlorideTapes).

WaterproofingTempcloth(Linen) :The waterproofing linen shall be Hossian cloth No. 7 as

stipulated in JIS L 2405, over one side of which blownasphalt, as stimulated in JIS K2207 (Petroleum Asphalt),hasbeencoated.Thelinenshallbecutintoatapeformofanappropriatewidthincaseitisusedforwaterproofingofpipesetc.

Table -12.2.2 : Antisweat Covering Materials, Exterior and Auxiliary Materials (2/2)Classificationofmaterials : SpecificationsAuxiliaryMaterials Moldingbasepaper :Thebasepapershallbemoldingbasepaperof370gmore

perm2.Asphaltroofing : The asphalt roofing shall be the one manufactured in

accordancewithJIS A6006(AsphaltRoofingFelts)(FiberBase) (Self-Finished Bitumen Felts), and more than 17kgperroll(21m2).

IronWire : TheironwireshallbetheoneasstipulatedinJIS G3532

(BarbedWires)whichhasbeengalvanized.SteelFrame :Inprinciple,thesteelframeshallbetheonemadeofsteel

sheet with a standard thickness of the original sheet of0.4mm or more as stipulated in JIS G 3302 (GalvanizedSheets)


AdhesivePVCTape : The adhesive PVC tape shall be in accordance with JISZ1525 (Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Polyvinyl ChlorideTapes)withathicknessof0.2mm.

Bandandtoothedlockwasher :The band toothed lock washer shall have a thickness of

1.2mm or more, and shall be made from the materials inaccordance with JIS G4305 (Cold Rolled Stainless SteelStrips), or JIS H3201 (Brass Plates). However, the onesmade from brass shall be finished by nickel chromiumPlating.

Thewidthofbandshallbe20mm.Adhesive :In principle, acrylic emulsion adhesive shall be used for

adhesion of glass cloth, glass filament mat and aluminumglands cloth. Vinyl acetate adhesive shall be used foradhesionofformedpolystyreneheat insulationmaterials,andthechloroprenerubberadhesiveforadhesionofrivets.

7.8.46.3.4.2 Execution (1)General

(a)Thethicknessofinsulationshallbethatofthemaininsulationmaterialandshallnotincludethethicknessofexteriormaterialsandauxiliarymaterials.

(b)Theclearancebetweenmutual insulationmaterialsshallbeassmallaspossible,and

innocaseshalljointsforoverlappingsectionsbeprovidedonthesameline.(c) Band and tube shaped covering shall be tightly bound with galvanized wire. Bands

shallbeboundata50mmpitchandtubesshallhavetwowindingsatleastthreeplacespertube.Alloverlappingportionsandjointsoftubesshallbejoinedtogetherbyusingadhesivetapes.

(d)In principle, the width of tape winding shall be 15mm or more, and taint of other

overlapping portions shall be 35mm or more. In the case of water-proof linenwrapping,galvanizedwireshall bewoundtwiceover thewrappingatan intervalof2m,thenasphaltprimershallbecoatedtwiceofthewindings.

(e)Tapesshallbewoundedstarting formthe lowerpartandthenproceed totheupper

partofpiping.Shouldtherebeanypossibilityofdeviationincaseofpolyvinylchloridetape,etc.,suchdeviationshallbeeliminatedbyusingadhesivetapesetc.

(f) Thelaggingplateovertheinsulationofthepipeshallecarriedoutinabedoverform,

andthatoftheventsectionshallbecarriedoutintoafanform.(g)Shake-proof washers shall be attached to the ends of heat insulation sections for

indoorpiping,andbandsshallbeattachedtobranchandbentsectionsofthepiping.(h)The ends of heat insulation sections shall be protected as required depending upon

thetypesandpurposesofheatinsulationmaterialstobeused.(2) MaterialsandSequenceofWorksaccordingtothetypesofheatinsulation Thematerialsandthesequenceofworkaccordingtothetypesofheatinsulation

areasindicatedinTable12.3.

Table - 12.3


TypeofCoveringWork MaterialsandSequenceofwork Remarks (I)GlasswoolheatinsulationmaterialsA 1.HeatInsulationtube Outdoorexposedpiping 2.GalvanizedWire 3.RoughPaper 4.CottonClothB 1.HeatInsulationTube InsideCeilingand pipeShaft 2.GalvanizedWire 3.PVCTape(3)ThicknessoftheHeatInsulation(Coverings)ThethicknessoftheinsulationshallbeasindicationinTable12.4.

Table - 12.4 : Thickness of Insulation (Unit: mm)Nominaldia.Type 1020253240 50 65 80 100RemarksIwatersupplydrainagepiping202020202020202025GlassWool(4) HeatInsulation(Coverings)forwatersupplypipes(includingjointsandvalves)

(a) The materials and sequence of works according to the types of work shall be inaccordancewithTable12.3.

(b) ThethicknessofinsulationshallbeinaccordancewithTable-12.4.

Table 12.5

Placeofapplication Materials and sequence ofwork

ThicknessofInsulation

Indoorexposedpiping a I Piping inside ceiling and pipeshaft

a I

(5) AntisweatCovering

(a) Thematerialsand thesequenceofworkaccordingtothetypesofworkshallbeinaccordancewithTable12.3.

(b) Thethicknessoftheinsulation(Covering)shallbeinaccordancewithTable12.4.

Table - 12.6

Placeofapplication Materialsandsequenceofwork Thicknessofinsulation Indoorexposedpiping a I Piping inside ceiling and pipeshaft

b I


(6) Noinsulationshallbeprovidedforthefollowingpipes,valvesandflanges. (a) Devices and piping 9including drainage pipe on the floor below sink) which are

consideredaccessoriesforsanitarywares. (b) Pipingforwatersupplyanddrainageundergroundorinsideconcrete. (c) Watersupplypipinglaidindoors(excludingthepipingtobelaidinsideceilingsand

highlyhumidareas). (d) Hotwatersupplypipingvalvesandflanges. (e) Outdoorexposeddrainagepiping. (f) Airventpiping(excludingtheportionof100mmfromthebranchpointofdrainage

pipe). (g) Overflowpipesanddrainpipesforvarioustanksandsimilarequipment.7.8.46.3.5 Painting Work(1) General

Allrespectiveequipmentandmaterials,exceptthefollowing,shallbepainted.Equipmentandmaterials,exceptthoserequiringcorrosionproofpaintingtobeburied.

(2) Painting

Thetypesofpaintsandfrequencyofpaintingofportionstobepaintedshall,inprinciple,beasspecifiedinTable12.7.

7.8.46.3.6 Civil Works

Items other than those specified in the following shall be in accordance with thespecification/sfor“ReinforcedConcreteWorks”

(1) Thepitforpipingunderthegroundshallbesoexcavatedthattherequiredgradient

canbekeptpreciselyandthepipingcanbeconnectedeasily.(2) The foundation and pit for tanks, etc. shall be excavated sufficiently taking into

accountthespaceforassemblyandremovalofforms.Table - 12.7.1 : Types of Paints and Frequency of Painting of Respective Portions (1/2)

Portionstobepainted Frequencyofpainting Remarks Equipmentandmembers

Conditions PrimerPainting

InterCoating

FaceCoating


Supports,racksandsimilarfittings(Otherthangalvanizedmaterials

Exposed Ready-mixedpaintoraluminumpaint

2 1 1 The primer coatingshall be anti-corrosivepain

Canceled Anti-corrosive

1 - 1

Heat-insulateexterior(cottonandcloth)

Exposed Ready-mixedpaint

1 1 1 The primer coatingshallbesealercoating

Canceled Sealercoat

1 - 1

Hear-insulatedexterior(Glasscloth)

Canceled Syntheticresinemulsionpaint

1 1 1 After the glass clothhas been preciselybonded and madesufficiently dry,synthetic resinemulsion paint asstipulated in JIS K5663shallbeused.

Exposed Polyvinylchlorideresinenamel

1 1 1 After the glass clothhas been preciselybonded and madesufficiently dry,emulsion putty shallbe applied twice andafter surface finishwith paper file, resinenamel shall beapplied.

Table - 12.7.2 : Types of Paints and Frequency of Painting of Respective Portions (2/2)

Portionstobepainted Frequencyofpainting Remarks Typesofpaints

Equipment andmembers

Conditions Primerpainting

Intercanting

FaceCoating

Heat-insulateexterior(Galvanizedironplate/board)

Exposed Ready-mixedpaint

1 1 1 The primercoating shall beanti-corrosivepaint

2nd

Coating

Lined steel pipesand coated steelpipes includingjoints

Exposed Ready-mixed

2 1 1 The primercoating shallanti-corrosivepaint.

Canceled Anti-corrosivepaint

1 - 1 Excluding resin-coatingjoints.


7.8.46.4 Test 7.8.46.4.1 Hot Water Storage TankThehydrostatictestshallbecarriedoutfortheinstantaneoustypeelectricwaterheater.Thehydrostatictestpressureshallbe17.5kg/cm2(shortest)7.8.46.4.2 Water Supply Pipes

The hydrostatic test of water supply pipes shall be carried out prior to coating workduringpipingworkorpriortoshieldingandbackfillingoraftercompletionofpiping.Theminimumpressureretentiontimeshallbe60minutes.

The test pressure of piping below elevated water tanks shall be twice the pressureequivalenttothestatichead.

7.8.46.4.3 Drainage Pipes

The water filling test of the drainage pipes shall be carried out prior to coating workduringpipingworkorpriorshieldingandbackfillingoraftercompletionofpiping.Thewater passage test of sanitary drain pipes shall be carried out after sanitary wares etc.havebeenattached.Theminimumwaterretentiontimeincaseofwaterfillingtestshallbe 30minutes or more and that in case of the water passage test shall e 15 minutes ormore.

7.8.46.4.4 Test of Raw Water

Afterthecompletionofthewaterreceivingtankandwatersuctionpump,thecontractorshalltestthequantityandqualityoftherawwatercollectedformthewell.

Thetestshallbeinaccordancewitharticle4(WaterQualityStandard)ofwaterservicelawofJapan.

Thetestitemsshallbeasfollows:

- Cyanide - Mercury - OrganismMercury - OrganismPhosphorus - Lead - Chromium - Arsenic - Fluorine - Cadmium - Nitrogenofnitricacid - Colonbacilli’s

TheresultsofthetestsshallbesubmittedtotheEngineer.7.8.46.4.5 Test of Treated Water


Afterthecompletionofdrinkingwatersystem,thecontractorshalltestthequalityofthetreated water collected from the cocks. The test shall be in accordance with article 4(WaterQualityStandard)ofwaterServiceLawofJapan.

Thetestitemsshallbeasfollows:

- Turgidity - Chromatizitat - Stench - Taste - Potentialofhydrogen - Organicmatter - Nitrogenofammonia - ChlorineIron - Evaporation - Solvablematerial - Totalhardness - Iron - Manganese - Copper - Zinc

TheresultofthetestshallbesubmittedtotheEngineer.7.8.47 Air Conditioning and Ventilation Equipment Work 7.8.47.1 General 7.8.47.1.1 Scope

This clause covers the performance of all air conditioning and ventilation equipmentworksinaccordancewiththedrawingsandthesespecifications.

(1) AirConditioningEquipment(2) VentilationEquipment

The contractor shall submit shop drawings of fabricated items to the engineer forapproval. The shop drawings shall clearly show the details of fabrication, installations,dimensions, sizes, operation, methods of anchoring and any other pertinent detailsrequired for satisfactory installation. The contractor shall submit the result of tests atdesignateddatespecified.

7.8.47.1.2 Design Basis of Air Conditioning and Ventilation System (1) Outdoor MaximumTemperature 36oC DryBulb MinimumTemperature 28oC Wetbulb MinimumTemperature 12oC Drybulb(2) IndoorTemperature 25oC Drybulb Controlroom 27oC Drybulb Otherm rooms(summer) 22oC Drybulb Otherrooms(winter)


Humidity 60% Controlroom(Relativehumidity) Otherrooms7.8.47.2 Equipment And Materials

Theequipment,materialsandaccessoriesasspecifiedhereinshallbefurnishedtogetherwithsparepartsforthree(3)yearsnormaloperationexceptasindicateotherwise.

7.8.47.2.1 Package Air Conditioning Units

(1) TheContractorshallfurnishandinstallthepackageairconditioningunitsasshowninthedrawings.Packageairconditioningunitsshallbefactorybuiltandfactorytestedproducts.

(2) Inthiswork,towtypesofpackageairconditioningunitsshallbeinstalled.(3) Airheatsourceheatpumppackageairconditioner.

(a) Type Lightweight,uprightfloorstandingtype.(b) Cabinet Syntheticresinpaintbakedonfinishedplates.(c)Insulation Insulationshallbeinstalledtopreventsweatingandtomufflesound,

usingglasswoolonpolywretenform.(d) Condenser Airsourceheatpumpcondenser.(e)Compressor Compressor (s) shall be serviceable hermetic type equipped with

suitable rubber vibration isolators crank case heaters, liquid linestrainerandsuctionanddischargeshutoffvalues.

(f) AirFilter Permanentwashablepolyvinylchloride.(g) HeatExchanger Multipasscrossfinedtube.(h) Connections Withflarenutorcompanionflangeforfieldpiping.(i) OutdoorFan PropellerFan.(j) Evaporator Multipasscrossfinnedtube(k) EvaporatorFan Multi-bradecentrifugalFan AC-1(seedrawings)directdrive AC-2(seedrawings)beltdrive(l) Applicablepowersupplies AC3-phase400V50Hz.(m) Operationswitch 3-position push button types and cooling heating selection switch (Ventilating

operation,coolingoperationorheatingoperation.(n) HighPressureSwitch This switch cuts out the operation of compressor when the discharge pressure

exceedsthesetting.


(o) Accessories SpareParts Refrigerant -for1change V.belt -1each

7.8.47.2.2 Fans(1) TheContractorshallfurnishandinstallthefansasshowninthedrawings.Fansshallbe

factorytestedproducts.(2) The capacities of the fans shall be in accordance with fan schedules as shown. Unless

otherwisedirected,thefansshallconformtothelayoutsasshownthedrawings.(3) All fans shallbestatisticallyanddynamicallybalancedtoavoidvibrationand shall have

bladestosecurequietefficientoperation.7.8.47.2.3 Ducts Ductmaterialsshallconformtothefollowings: Galvanizedsteelironsheet ShapeSteel Bolt Nut Gasketforflange 7.8.47.2.4 Refrigerant Pipe Materials and Accessories(1) Thepipesshallbeofcopper.ThematerialshallbeasspecifiedinJISH3603(Phosphorus

deoxidizedcopperseamlesspipesandtubes)andthedimensionsshallbeasspecifiedinASTMB8858L(Hardmaterials).

(2) The jointsshall bemoldedproducts made from theabovematerialsandtheyshallpass

the manufacturer’s standards. In locations where removal is required, flair or flangedjointsshallbeprovided.

7.8.47.3 Installation Work

7.8.47.3.1 Foundation Work

(a) Foundationshallbeofreinforcedconcreteconstructionandshallbeabletowithstandthe

weightofequipmentandexternalforcesbyhavingsufficientbearingface.Moreover,thefoundationshallbeconstructedonfloororgroundhavingsufficientbearingcapacity.

(b) Cement to be used for foundation shall be the standard Portland Portland cement inaccordancewithBDS232(PortlandCement).

(c) Inprinciple,thesizeofaggregateshallbethefollowingvalues

Gravel : 25mmorless GrousedStone : 20mmorless Sand : 2.5mmorless


Provisionsotherthanthosespecifiedaboveshallbeinaccordancewiththespecificationsfor“ReinforcedConcreteWork”

7.8.47.3.2 Installation Work for Equipment(S)

Allequipment’sshallbefirmlysecuredtothefloorsothattheequipmentwillomoveorbedamagedduetoearthquakes,etc.

7.8.47.3.3 Duct Work

(1) TheContractorshallfurnishandinstallallsheetmetalductsforsupply,return,freshairandexhaustsystemsasshowninthedrawings.

(2) DuctsshallbeconstructedtostandardsoutlinedinthelatestHASSGuide.Ductsshallbe

constructedofgalvanizedsteelgaugesasshownTable13.1.

Table - 13.1

Duct Size Metal Gauge Thickness Lessthan450 #26 0.5mm 455~750 #24 0.6mm 755~1500 #22 0.8mm 1501~2250 #20 1.0mm Morethan2260 #18 1.2mm

(3) Thecontractorshallcleanalldirtandrubbishfromtheinteriorandexteriorofallductsandotheraccessoriespriortoerection.

(4) A flexibleconnection shall bemade between the fandischarge and the adjoining duct

work.(5) Low-velocityductsshallbeinstalledasfollows:

Table - 13.2 : Duct Flanges

Bolt Rivet

Thickness Shape Steel

Max. Pitch Dia. Pitch Dia. Pitch

0.5mm 25x25x3 3.6m 8.0mm 100mm 4.5mm 65mm 0.6 25x25x3 3.6 8.0 100 4.5 65 0.8 30x30x3 2.7 8.0 100 4.5 65 1.0 40x40x3 1.8 8.0 100 4.5 65 1.2 40x40x5 1.8 8.0 100 4.5 65

Table - 13.4 : Duct Hangers

Thickness Shape Steel Steel Rod Dia. Max. Pitch 0.5mm 25x25x3 9mm 3.0m

0.6 25x25x3 9 3.0 0.8 30x30x3 9 3.0 1.0 40x40x3 9 3.0 1.2 40x40x5 9 3.0

(6) SpiralDuct


(a) The straight portion of the spiral duct shall be fabricated, using a strip of thegalvanized steel sheet. The nominal size of the spiral duct shall be based on theinsidediameter.Thetoleranceininsidediametershallbe+0~+2mminreferencetothenominalsize.ThethicknessoftheironstripstobeusedshallbeasindicatedinTable13.5.

Table - 13.5 : Thickness of Spiral Duct

AirDuctDiameter(mm) Thickness(GaugeNo.)ofironstrips Below200 0.5mm(#26) Over200,butbelow600 0.6mm(#24) Over600,butbelow800 0.8mm(#22) Over800,butbelow1,000 1.0mm(#20)

ThepitchofthesideseamingatthestraightportionofthespiralductshallbeasindicatedinTable13.6andthefoldingwidthshallbeover6mm.

Table - 13.6 : Side Seaming pitch of spiral Ducts

Air Duct diameter (mm) Seam Pitch (mm)

Below100 Below100 Below1,000 Below150

(b) Thejointingofonespiralducttoanothershallbepreformedbyapplyingasmany

side seaming as required, using galvanized steel strips or welding as many steelstripsarrangedproperlybetweenspiraljoints.

Thegalvanizedsteelstripsshallbeapplied,inadvance,withrustpreventivepaintonbothinnerandoutersides.

Thenominalsizeofspiralductjointsshallbebasedontheoutsidediameterofthe

spiralductjoints,andthetoleranceinnominalsizeshallbeasindicatedinTable13.7.

Table - 13.7 : Tolerance in spiral duct Joint Diameter

Nominal Size (mm) Tolerance (mm)

Below600 -1.5-2.5 Over600,butbelow1,00 -2.0-4.0

ThethicknessofthegalvanizedsteelstripstobeusedforthejointbetweenspiralairductsshallbeasindicatedinTable13.8.

Table - 13.8 : Thickness of Galvanized iron Strips and Steel Strips

Nominal Size (mm) Thickness (Gauge No)

Below200 0.6mm(#24) Over200,butbelow600 0.8mm(#22) Over600,butbelow800 1.0mm(#20) Over800,butbelow1,000 1.2mm(#18)

Theoverlappingwidthbetweensteelstripsusedforthespiralduct jointshallbeasindicateinTable13.9.

Table : 13.9 : Overlapping width between iron strips or steel strips

Nominal Size (mm) Overlapping Width (mm)


Below125 60 Over125,butbelow300 80 Over300,butbelow1,000 100

(c) Spiralductreinforcement

ThereinforcementforspiralductsshallbeasperTable13.10.

Table : 13.10 : Reinforcement for Spiral ducts

Rivet

AirDuctDiameter(mm) Reinforcinganglesteel

MountingInterval(mm)

Dia.(mm) Pitch(mm)

Over600,butbelow750 30x30x3 Below2,400 4.5 65 Over 750, but below1.200

30x30x3 Below1,800 4.5 65

Over1,210 40x40x3 Below1,200 4.5 65

(7) Airductsupport

(a) Thehangersandsupportsfortherectangularairductshallbemadeofshapesteelorgar steel. The shapes and dimensions of the hangers and supports shall be as perTable13.4

(b) ThehangersandthesupportsforthecircularshangershallbeasperTable13.12.

Table - 13.12 : Shape and dimensions of the hangers and supports for the circular air duct

Hanger

Support

Dia. Of circularairduct

Flat steel(mm)

Max. mountinginterval

Flat Steel(mm)

Max.mountingInterval(mm)

Below1,500 25x3 Bar steel with asize of 25x3 or9mmøbarsteel

2,700 25x3 2,700

Over1,500 30x3 Bar steel with asize of 30x3 or12mmøbarsteel

2,700 30x3 2.700

(8) Acanvassheetshallbeusedfortheconnectionbetweentheairductandtheairbloweror

betweentheairductandtheairexhaustersothatthevibrationsfromtheairblowerortheairexhaustermaynotpropagatetoothers.

(9) Wheretheairduct is installpenetrating throughawall,a throughpartbothonthewas

sideandtheductsideshallbefinishedtoagoodappearance.(10) Thecheckingaccessportshallbesuchaswillallowthecaseofopeningandclosingandas

willpermitair leakage.Theaccessportcovershallbemadeofthegalvanizedsheetironhavingthesamethicknessasthatofthesheetironfortheairduct.Particularly,theaccessportcoveratalocationwheretheairfromtheairconditionerflowsshallhaveinsulatingmaterialtothethicknessofmorethan25mm.


(11) After,theinstallation,theinterioroftheairductshallbecleanedthoroughlyandcheckifthereisnointerferenceintheairflow.

(12) Outdoorairintakeandexhaustlouver The outdoor intake louver and exhaust louvershall bemadeof the stainless steel sheet

havingthethicknessofmorethanno.20gauge. Theeffectiveareaofthelouversshallbeover40%,andthoselouvers,whichareinstalled

at such locations where they are exposed to weathers, shall be designed andmanufacturedtobeofsuchaconstructionaswillpreventrainwaterfromgettinginside.

(13) Diffusers

(a) Thediffuserstobeusedshallhaveagoodappearance,andtheyshallbynomeansbeallowedtogeneratenoisesduringsystemoperation.Inaddition,thediffusersshallbedesignedtobecapableofprovidingnormalperformance.

(b) UniversalTypediffuser Themounting frameof thediffusersof this typeshall be fabricatedwith steel or

iron plate having a thickness of more than 1.0mm, and it shall have such aconstructionastheframecanbemountedtotheairductbymeansofbolts.

Thediffuserbladesshallpermitthecaseofadjustment. The shutter to be employed to the universal type diffuser shall be of the double

accessdoortype. Unless otherwise specified, the diffuser of any type shall be made of galvanized

steelsheetandshallbe finishedwithmelamineresinbakedonthesurfaceofeachdiffuserunit.

(c) The anemodiffusers to be used shall be used shall have sufficient air diffusing

performance and they shall be provide with a damper and an air flow informingdevice.

7.8.47.3.4 Piping (1) Coolingmediumpiping

(a) Theinsidesofthepipesshallbethoroughlycleanedanddriedbeforeuse. Aftercleaningtheends of thepipesshall besealed by anappropriatemethodto

preventanforeignmatterfromenteringduringthepipingwork.(b) Thepipesshallbenormallycutperpendiculartothepipecenter.Thecuttingshallbe

suchthatthepipediameterisnotdecreased.Theoutersurfacesofconnectingpipesandtheinnersurfacesof jointsshallbepolishedsufficientlywithafluxbrush,etc.After the outer surface of the pipes is coated with flux, they shall be carefullyinsertedinthejointsandfitperfectlywhileheating.

(c) Thedischargeandintakegastubesshallhaveaminimumdownwardgradientofat

least1.200.(d) Thepipingshallbeperformedinconsiderationofexpansionandcontraction.


(e) Inflanged joints,apackingofathicknesswithin1.5mmasspecifiedinJIS R3453(Compressedasbestossheet)shallbeused.

(f) Aby- passbetweenthepipediameterand thesamediametershallbeprovidedin

coolingmediumfilters,automaticexpansionvalves,coolingmediumsolenoidvalves,etc.

(g) Thepitchforhoistandsupportfixture’sshallbeasshownintable13.3.4.

Table - 13.13 : Copper Pipe support pitch

PipesupportpitchNominalDiameter 68121620253240506575100BMax. 1.01.01.01.01.51.51.52.02.52.53.03.0Pitch(m)

(h) To prevent the transmission of vibrations, anti-vibration joints, and anti vibration

hoistandsupportfixturesshallbeused. 7.8.47.3.5 Insulation Work 7.8.47.3.5.1 Materials(a) The contractor shall furnish and install all insulation materials required for ductwork as

shownintheDrawings.(b) Specificationsforheatinsulationcoverings.

Table - 13.14

Classification of heat insulation covering

Specifications

Heat insulationmaterials

Glass wool heatinsulation

The glass wool heat insulation board shall beshall be No. 2 40K stipulated in JIS A 9505(GlassWoolHeatInsulationMaterial).

Exteriormaterials Glasscloth The glass clothes shall be the non-alkali plainweaveclothesstipulatedinEP21CinJISR3414(Glassclothes)whichhavebeenmadefreefromfraying.

Aluminum Theglassclothesshallbetheflatweaveclothesmadeof aluminumfoil with a thickness of 0.02mmoroverstipulatedinJISH4160(Aluminumand aluminum Alloy foils), to which the plainweaveclothesmadeof13micronglassyarnand200 single filament yarns according to JISR3414withaunitacrylicresinadhesive.

Table - 13.15


Classification of heat insulation coverings

Specifications

Auxiliary GlassfilamentRivet

Theglassfilamentmatshallbemadeofglassyarnofmaterials 18micron of less according to JIS R 3413and have a unit mat weight of 45 g of over per m2.The rivet shall be made of the washer made ofgalvanizedsteelplatetowhichanailwithalengthtobe changed depending upon the thickness of heatinsulation materials is built in, or the copper platednailforspotwelding,andhaveastrengthsufficienttobeartheinsulationmaterials.

Steelframe In principle, the steel frame shall be made of steelplate with a standard plate thickness of 0.4 mm oroverasstipulatedinJISG3302(Galvanizedsheets)

Adhesive In principle, the acrylic emulsion adhesive shall beused for bondingof glass clothes, glass filament matandaluminum glass clothes, and the chloroprene rubberadhesiveshallbeusedforbondingofrivet.

(3) Materialsandproceduresdependinguponthetypesofheatinsulationwork.

Classification of insulation work Order of insulation work Insulationofexposedinterior 1.Rivetting 2. Heat insulation board with a thickness of

50mm 3.Cornerpatchandseal-up

4.Adhesive

5.Glassclothes

Indoorconcealing 1.Rivet 2. Heat insulation board with a thickness of 25

mm 3.Cornerpatchandseal-up 4.Adhesive

5.AluminumGlassclothes

Note : The galvanized steel plate with a thickness of 0.2 mm or over shall be used forcorner patch,andtheglassfilamentmatshallbeusedforseal-up.7.8.47.3.5.2 Execution(1) Themutualclearancebetweentherespectiveinsulationshallnotincludethethicknessof

exteriormaterialsorauxiliarymaterials.(2) The mutual clearance between the respective insulation shall as small possible, and no

overlappingjointsshallbeprovidedonthesameline.(3) Inprinciple,tworivetsshallbedrivenintothelowerandsidesurfacesandonerivetinto

theuppersurfaceoftheairductatintervalsof300mmeach.(4) Theportionorairductpenetratingthroughthefloorshallbecoveredwithstainlesssteel

fromthefloorsurfacetoheightofupto150mminordertoprotecttheinsulation(5) Theoutermostendsoftheinsulationshallbeprotectedasrequireddependinguponthe

materialsandpurposeofheatinsulation.


(6) Heat insulation work for inspection doors, etc. of equipment requiring such insulation

shallbecarriedoutsoasnottocausehindranceduringopeningandclosingofsuchdoors,etc.nordeteriorationofthesaidheatinsulation.

7.8.47.3.6 Painting Work 7.8.47.3.6.1 General(1) Allequipmentandmaterials,exceptforthefollowing,shallbepainted. (a) Surfacesotherthangalvanizedsurfaces (b) Galvanizedportionswhicharenormallyconcealed(2) Allequipmentandmaterialsrequiringinspectionshallbepaintedafterinspection.7.8.47.3.6.2 Painting The types of paints and frequency of paintingof therespectiveportions shall, inprinciple, be as specified in Clause 11.3.5 Unless specified in this table, such painting shall becarriedoutaccordingtosimilaritemstakingintoaccounttheworkpurposes,materialsandotherconditions.7.8.47.8 Tests 7.8.47.8.1 Piping(1) Therefrigeratorshallpasstheair-tightnessandpressurewithstandtests.(2) The refrigerators shall be test operated in the factory and careful investigations

concerning performance, noise, vibrations, etc. shall be performed. After it is confirmedthatthetestshavebeenpassed,therefrigeratorshallbeshippedafterapplyingrust-proofpaint.

(3) Afterinstallation,therefrigeratorsshallbetestoperated.(4) Aftercompletingoftherefrigerantpiping,anair-tightnesstestshallbeperformedusing

carbondioxide,nitrogen,dryair,etc. After theair-tightnesstest, theentiresystem shallunder-gohighvacuumevaporationtoremoveallwater.Afterthisdehydrationtreatment,acoolingmediumleaktestshallbeperformedaccordingtotheinspectionoftheEngineer.

7.8.47.8.2 DuctAftercompletingtheairductinstallation,theairductsystemshallhaveandairblowtestinthepresenceof theEngineer.Unless otherwisespecified,allofequipment, materialsand executionshallbeasstipulatedin“IndoorLightingSystem”.7.8.48 Secondary-Electrical Wiring 7.8.48.1 General(1) Thecontractorshallfurnishandinstallthecontrolpanels,switches,receptacles,electrical

conduitpipes,wires,outletboxforsecondarywiringequipmentasshownintheDrawings.(2) Motors used in cooling equipment, blowers pumps, etc. shall all be included in this

equipmentwork.


(3) Unlessotherwisespecified,thewireconduitandwiringworkintheprimarysideshallall

beperformedasseparateelectricalequipmentwork.However:

(a) Secondary side wire conduit and wiring work for cooling equipment operatingpanelsandbelowshallallbepartoftheworkoftheequipmentconcerned.

(b) Wireconduitandwiringworkrelatedtotheautomaticcontrolofairconditioning

equipmentshallallbepartoftheworkoftheequipmentconcerned.(c) Insufficientwaterlevelalarmequipmentforwatersupplytanks,etc.shallbeapart

oftheworkoftheequipmentconcerned.(4) Unlessotherwiseindicatedinthisclause,allofequipment,materialsandexecutionshall

beasstipulatedin“IndoorLighteningPlugandTelephonePipingSystem”7.8.48.2 Equipment And Materials(1) CablesshallbeasshowninTable-14.1.

Table - 14.1(1)

Items CodeNo Type LetterControlcable JISC3401 Polyvinyl ChlorideCVV InsulatedandSheathedcontrol CablesCross-linked JISC3606 Cross-linked Polyethylene CVPolyethylene InsulatedCableCable

(2) TheelectricalequipmentandmaterialsshallmeetthestandardsoftheJapaneseElectrical

manufacturersAssociation(JEM)inadditiontothesespecifications.(3) Motors

(a) Unlessotherwisespecified,ACmotorsshallmeetthespecificationsinTable14.2.

MotorSpecifications JIS4201 Low-Voltage ThreePhaseInductionMotorVoltage 400G Insulationclass E

(b) Three-phaseinductionmotorsshallbethoseusingthestartingequipmentinTable

14.3.asstandard.

Table 14.3

AreaCapacity(kw)

Refrigeratingequipment

Blowers

Motor Startingsystem Motor Startingsystem


37ormore Highvoltagewoundtype

Resister Highvoltagewoundtype

Resister

15~37 Lowvoltagespecial

Y-A Lowvoltagespecialsquirrel

Y-A

11~15 Lowvoltagespecialsquirrel

Y-A Lowvoltagespecialsquirrel

Y-A

5.5~7.5 Lowvoltagespecialsquirrel

Directstarting Lowvoltagespecialsquirrel

Directstarting

37orless Lowvoltagenormaltype

Directstarting Lowvoltagenormaltype

Directstarting

7.8.48.3 Test

Uponcompletionofthework,thewholesystemshallbeprovedacceptablebyinspectionscarriedoutbytheEngineer.

7.8.49 Lighting, Plug and Telephone Piping System Principle of Lighting Theessentialfeaturesofanefficientlightingsystemare: - visual comfort through adequate illumination of the working surface, prevention of

glare,andavoidanceofshadows, - easeofmaintenance. Thedesignofalightingsystemshallinvolve: a) carefulplanning of thebrightnessandcolourpatternwithinboth theworkingareas

and the surroundings so that attention is drawn naturally to the important areas,detailisseenquicklyandaccurately,andtheroomisfreefromanysenseofgloomormonotony,

b) useofdirectionallightingtoassistperceptionoftaskdetail, c) controllingdirectandreflectedglarefromlightsourcestoeliminatevisualdiscomfort, d) minimizing flicker from certain types of lamps and paying attention to the colour

renderingpropertiesofthelight, e) the correlation of lighting throughout the building to prevent excessive differences

betweenadjacentareas,soastoreducetheriskofaccidents,and f) theinstallationofemergencylightingsystems,wherenecessary. 7.8.49.1 Scope of Work

ConcealedElectricalwiringbyEastern/BRBcableorequivalent EuropeanMadeMKtypeGangswitch,socketMCBetc ProvisionforInternetfacilitiessystem,Telephone&Intercomwiring. SufficientEarthlingsfacilities. TobeusedLEDLight.

Thescopeofworkunderthecontractincludessupplyandinstallationoflightingfixtures,lightingpanel,switches,receptacles,electricalconduitpipes,wires,outletboxesfortelephones,internet,dishcableandothernecessaryaccessoriesfortheindoorlightingsystem.7.8.49.2 Design Conditions 7.8.49.2.1 Illumination Level 1) TheilluminationlevelsforeachroomshallbeasshowninTable-15.2.1.

Table - 15.2.1

Name of Room Normal condition Emergency condition Control 500lx 50lx Office 300lx 10lx


Relay 300lx 10lx PLC/SCADA 500lx 50lx Conference 300lx 10lx Battery 100lx 5lx RectifierSet 100lx 5lx Corridor 100lx 5lx PumpControl 100lx 5lx CableControl 50lx 5lx B/G 200lx 5lx Lavatory 100lx - Kettle 100lx -

(2) SettingHeight (a) Lightingfixtures RefertoDesignDrawings. (b) Switches 1.25metersabovethefloorlevel,unlessotherwisespecified. (c) Receptacles 0.3metersabovethefloorlevel,unlessotherwisespecified.(3) Powersourcevoltage (a) Forlightingpanel AC3phase4wires415/230V50Hz DC2Wires110V (b) Fornormallighting,convenientoutletandventilationequipment. AC1phase2wires220V50Hz (c) Foremergencylighting DC2Wires110V7.8.49.3 System Description(1) AC,DCSourceandearthlingshallbesuppliedfromtheprimaryside.(2) StandardLEDLampsshallbeprovidedforthecontrolroomandallmiscellaneousrooms,

andshallbedesignedtobemanuallyactivatedbymeansoftheswitchesattheentranceofeachroom.Thelampsinthecorridor,Toiletroom,officeandallelectricalroomsshallbesensorbasedwhichwillautomaticallyswitched“ON”andoff.

(3) LED Lamp/Incandescent lamps shall be provided in all parts of the control building toserve as emergency lighting. The lamps in the control room, corridor, office and allelectricalroomsshallbeautomaticallyswitched“ON”incaseofACfailure.

(4) Outletboxesfortelephonesshallbeprovidedforthecontrolroom,togetherwithpiping

from the outlet boxes to the cable tray in the cable control room. The sitting of thetelephonesandwiringshallbeincludedintheelectricalscopeofworkofLotIV.

(5) Exitsignlight


Theexitsignlightsshallbemountedabovetheallexitsofthecontrolbuilding.(6) Spareparts,asindicatedbelow,willbesuppliedforthree(3)yearsnormaloperation.7.8.49.4 Equipment’s and Materials 7.8.49.4.1 Wires WiresshallbeasshownintheTable15.4.1

Table - 15.4.1 Item Code No. TypeLetterVinylwireJISC3307 600GradePolyvinyl IV ChlorideInsulatedWiresHeat-resistant JISC3317 Heat-resistantvinyl HIV InsulatedwireHIVwiresshallbeusedintheDCcircuit.7.8.49.4.2 Wire ConnectorsWireconnectorsforindoorwiringshallbeinaccordancewithJISC2810orequivalent7.8.49.4.3 Metal Conduit and FittingsMetalconduitandfittingsshallbeinaccordancewiththeTable15.4.3,andtheconduitshallbeofheavygaugetype.

Table 15.4.3 Item Code No. Designation Conduit JISC8305 Rigid metalConduit (heavygauge)Coupling JISC8330 Coupling forRigidMetalConduitNormalBend JIS C8330 ElbowsforRigidMetalconduitBushing JISC8331 Bushing forRigidmetalConduitLocknut JISC8333 Locknuts forRigidMetalConduitSaddle JISC8334 SaddlesforRigidMetalConduit


Universal JISC8335 Universal Fittings for Rigid metal Conduit

OutletBox JISC8337 Out Boxes forRigidmetalConduitSwitchBox JISC8337 Switch Boxes forRigidMetalConduitConcreteBox JISC8338 ConcreteBoxesforRigidMetalConduitBoxCover JISC8339 Box covers forRigidMetalConduitInsulatedBushing JISC8347 Insulated Bushing for

rigidMetalConduit 7.8.49.4.4 Pull BoxesPullboxesshallbemadeofsteelandcoatedwithprotectivepaint,andwhereverexposedtoview,shallbecoatedwithafinishpaintofacolorapprovalbytheEngineer. 7.8.49.4.5 Wiring DevicesWiringdevicesshallbeinaccordancewiththeTable-15.4.5

Table-15.4.6

Items CodeNo. DesignationFluorescentLamp JISC7601 FluorescentLamps for GeneralLightingServiceRapidStartJISC7602 Instantaneous Start Hot cathode Discharge

Fluorescent Lamps(40Wtype)

GlowStarterJISC7607 GlowstartersforfluorescentLamps(Lessthan40

Wtype

Fluorescentfixture JISC8106 Lighting Fitting for FluorescentLamps ballastsforFluorescentlampsIncandescentlamp JISC7501 Double Filament Lamps forGeneralUse


7.8.49.4.6 Lighting Fixtures (a) In Principle shapes and dimensions shall be in accordance with the Drawings. Catalogs

andshopdrawingsshallbesubmittedtotheEngineerforapproval.(b) Lighting fixtures for emergency use shall be as specified by BCJ (Articles rated by the

BuildingCenterofJapan),orapprovedequal. 7.8.49.4.7 Lighting Panel Shapes, electrical characteristics, types capacities of circuit breakers, and the system ofoperationshallbeinaccordancewiththeDrawings. Thepanelshallmadeofsteelplatewithathicknessofmorethan1.6mm(body)and2.3mm(door)respectively. The finish shall be painted with a color approved by the Engineer. Catalogs and shopdrawingsshallbesubmittedtotheEngineerforapproval.7.8.49.4.8 Over Current ProtectorsMolded case circuit breakers and residual current protective devices shall be of EuropeanStandardusedinthelightingpanel7.8.49.5 Indoor Wiring 7.8.49.5.1 Rigid Metal Conduit(1) Installation

(a) Imbeddingorconduitlayingshallbesomadethatthestrengthandstructureofthebuildingisnotaffected.

(b) Cutendsofconduitshallbeneatlyandsmoothlyfinishedbyinstrumentsuchasa

reamer.(c) Conduitshallbebentataradiusofmorethansix(6)timestheinternaldiameterof

theconduitconduitrunningbetweenoutletsandpullingboxesshallnothavemorethantheequivalentoffour90obends.

(d) Apullboxorjunctionboxshallbeinstalledtoprotectconduitexceeding30meters

inlengthandatthepointsrequired.(e) In general, a switch or outlet box shall be used at all points where a switch,

receptacle(socket)orlightingfixtureistobeprovided.


(f) Where low voltage metal conduit is enclose in proximity to or crossescommunicationwiring,metallicwaterpipeorgaspipe,theworkshallbesodonethatdirectcontactisavoided.

(2) Connectionofconduits

Conduitandfittingsshallbeperfectlyconnected,bothphysicallyandelectrically,andtheconductor resistance shall be preferably dept within 2 ohms between groundingconductorandtheendmetalconduit.

(3) PullBoxesandJunctionBoxes

(a) Shapeandtypeoftheseboxesshallsuittheplaceofinstallationandasteelplateormorethan1.2mminthicknessshallbeused.

(b) Boxes shall have adequate dimensions well matching the number or conduits

connectedandtheconditionofconnectingorpullingwires.(c) Where the box is covered or concealed in structural material, access to the box

shallbemadepossibletofacilitateinspection.(4) Installationoffeederconduits

(a) Exposedmainconduitshall,inprinciple,runparallelwithwallorceiling.(b) Metalssupportsforconduit inconcretebuildingshallhaveaproperfixinginsert

orboltpreviouslyembeddedintheconcrete.(c) Spacing between metal inserts or bolts to support conduit shall in principle, be

approximately2meters.(5) Painting,ProtectionandcleaningofConduit

(a) Wheretheplatedor paintedsurfaceofconduit,metal supportorboxhaspeeledoff,itshallbetouchedupwithprotectivepaint.

(b) Conduit shall besufficiently protected against entry of moisture, water, dust etc.

andthecutendofconduitshallbebushbecapped,woodpluggedorcoveredwithrag,etc.Wheneverconcreteworkisinprogress.

(c) Conduit and boxes shall be well cleaned and the conductivity checked after

removaloftheforms.

(6) WirePulling

(a) Connection of wire shall not be made inside metal conduit. Connection shall bemadeinmetalbox,junctionboxordistributionboard.


(b) Wireshallbepulledthroughconduitafter theinsideofconduithasbeencleanedand when each of conduit has been capped with bushing. Cleaning shall beperformed in such a manner that walls, ceilings, etc. around the conduit are notstainedorspoiledinanyway.

(c) In all cases, all wires stemming from one circuit shall be accommodated in the

same conduit for A.C circuit work, except where a balanced condition is electro-magneticallyattainedbyaccommodatingbothlinesofthesamepolaritywithinthesameconduit.

7.8.49.6 Installations 7.8.49.6.1 Installation of Lighting Fixtures(a) Heavylightingfixturesshallbefirmlysupportedusinginserts,studsorbolts,attachments

andifnecessaryshallbeprovidedwithameanstopreventswingingbyusingwoodscrew,etc.

(b) Lightingfixturesshallbeinstalledhorizontallyorverticallyinaworkmanlikemannerand

shallbesolocatedastonotinterferewithinspectionofrelatedequipment.7.8.49.6.2 Installation of Lighting PanelLightingpanelshallbeinstalledfirmlyonwallsorothersurfacesinaworkmanlikemanner,andshallbesolocatedastonotinterferewithinspectionofrelatedequipment 7.8.49.6.3 TestAperformancetestshallbemadebemadeafterinstallationofequipmenthasbeencompleted.7.8.49.7 Grounding 7.8.49.7.1 Grounding ResistanceGroundingresistanceshallbe1ohmsonless,unlessotherwisespecified.7.8.49.7.2 Electrical Works to Be GroundedExcept for specific instances, all electrical that the respective grounding resistance values arekeptatspecifiedvaluesthroughouttheyeardespiteseasonalchanges.(a) No grounding is required for steel base, metal box and steel frame of equipment is

operatedonlessthanAC150V(Voltagetoground)andisinstalledatadrylocation.(b) Metalconduitandmetalaccessories(c) Metal enclosure accommodating the discharge lamp ballast and the metal parts or a

discharge lamp lighting fixture, except where grounding is required and/or when sodirectedbyEngineer,shallbegrounded.


7.8.49.7.3 Sign, Signal & Annotation: IntegratedDesignofDifferentkindofIndicatorslike-AcrylicSignBoard,LEDSignBoard,NeonSignBoard,ReceptionSignBoard,SafetySign,PVCLetters,GlowSignBoard,CustomizedDisplay Boards,OverheadSignage,MetalNameplates,CommercialSignBoards,OutdoorSigns,ElectronicSignBoardsetc.shouldbeprovidedinthedesign&construction.DigitalLEDSignboardwiththefeaturesofexcellentvisibility(evenindaylight);Goodqualityatreasonablepriceandlightweight;Simpleinstallation,Safetotouchandclean;Changingcolorforattractingattention;Extremelylowpowerconsumption.ShouldbeprovidedtheAccessorieslikeAdaptorandchainsetc.LEDdisplayscreenshallbeminimum1.0squaremeter.ShallbeCompatiblewithIP65.ShallbeinstalledatthefrontsidewallofthebuildingEnvironmentallyfriendlydisplayitensureslowerpowerconsumptionandlongerlifetime.



INSPECTION AND TESTING OF 33KV & 11KV GIS

SWITCHGEAR


7.9.1 INSPECTION AND TESTING of 33KV & 11KV GIS SWITCHGEARInspectionandtestingbeforeandafter shipment/supplyshallbeinaccordancewiththerelevantIECstandard.

7.9.1.2 Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness (Acceptance test) :

The Purchaser shall have the right to inspect/test the goods/materials to confirm theirconformitytothespecification.Thepurchasershallbeentitledatallreasonabletimeduringmanufacturetoinspect,examineandtestofgoods/materialsatthemanufacturers’premises,workmanshipandperformance.Thefollowingtests(notlimitedto)shallbecarriedoutasperlatestversionofIECStandardunless otherwise mentioned at the manufacturer premises or other places where the testfacilitiesareavailable:-

a) Dielectrictestonthemaincircuitb) Testsonauxiliaryandcontrolcircuitsc) Measurementoftheresistanceofthemaincircuitd) Tightnesstestf) Designandvisual(physical)checksg) Electricalandmechanicaloperationtest/Functionaltesth) Gaspressureleakagetesti) Partialdischargetest

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice inwriting of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready fortesting as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place sonamedondate,whichthesupplierhasstatedinhisnotice,thesuppliermayproceedwiththetests,whichshallbedeemedtohavebeenmadeinthepurchaser’spresence,andshallforthwithforwardtothepurchaserdulycertifiedcopiesoftestreadings.When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplieraccordinglyinwriting,sothathecantakeaction.Thepurchasershallgivethesuppliertimelynotice inwritingofhis intention toattendthe test.Thecontractor shall submit the factorytestreporttotheengineerforcheckandverificationatleast15dayspriortoinspectionWherethesupplierprovidesfortestsonthepremisesofthesupplierorofanymanufacturerofthesupplier,exceptwhereotherwisespecified,shallprovidefreeofchargesuchassistance,labor,materials,electricity,fuel,stores,apparatusandinstrumentsasmayberequisiteandas may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall beperformed as per relevant IEC Standard or equivalent IEEE standard or BS standard onlyroutinetestsasagreedupon,willbeperformed.Asandwhenthepurchaser issatisfiedthatanymaterials/equipmentshallhavepassesthetestsreferredtointhisclause,purchasershallnotifythecontractorinwritingtothateffect.Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shallhavetherighttorejectanyoftheitemorcompletebatchifnecessary.InthatcaseSupplierhavetoreplacetheEquipmentandtomakegoodofthemwithoutanyfinancialinvolvementtothePurchaser.IncaseanyoftheEquipmentfoundnotconformingwiththespecificationatthe time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from theresponsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite theEquipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clauseshall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under thecontract.BPDB’sInspectionTeamofEngineersasperTDSshallhavetoconductTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessat themanufacturer’s factorypremises.Thecost incurredfor thispurpose shall be borne by the contractor and shall be deemed the cost in this regard isincludedintheofferedprice.The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country (place ofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness),HotelAccommodation,foodingandlodging


etc.willbebornebythecontractor.Otherthanthisthecontractorwillpayastandardamountofpocketmoney(AsperTDS)perday(includingjourneyperiod).Theperiodforthispurposeismoreorless07(Seven)workingdays(ExcludingJourneytime).Allthecostofthispurposeshallbedeemedisincludedintheofferedprice.Nogoodsshallbepacked,preparedforshipment/deliveryunlessithasbeenapprovedandwritteninstructionhavebeenreceivedbythePurchaser.ThebidderhastomentiontheplaceofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessinthefollowingtable:-

Sl.No. ItemPeriodofTechnical

OrientationandQualityTestWitness

Place&CountryofTechnicalOrientationand

QualityTestWitness

7.9.1.3. Post Landing Inspection:

Postlandinginspectionshallbedoneimmediatelyafterarrivalofthegoods/materialsatthedesignated store of BPDB/project office/ site; the quality witness team along with theengineersshallconductPostLandingInspectioninpresenceoftherepresentativeofSupplier.Theinspectionteamshallconductthefollowingtest

i) Designandvisual(physical)inspectionandquantitychecksTheprogramofsuchinspectionshallbeintimatedtotherepresentativeofSupplierbyBPDBuponarrivalofthematerialsatBPDBstore/projectofficeoftheInspector(s) tobeselectedfortestwitnessing. Anydefectordamagehavebeen foundatpost-delivery inspection, thedefective or damaged panels/ materials/ goods to be repaired/ replaced by the Bidder/supplierathisowncost.Thegoods/materialsshallbeunderthecustodyofthecontractorforinstallation.Contractorshallberesponsibleforthesafetyandsecurityoftheequipment. 7.9.2.1. INSPECTION AND TESTING of 11KV GIS SWITCHGEAR

Inspectionandtestingbeforeandafter shipment/supplyshallbeinaccordancewiththerelevantIECstandard.7.9.2.2 Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness (Acceptance test) :

The Purchaser shall have the right to inspect/test the goods/materials to confirm theirconformitytothespecification.Thepurchasershallbeentitledatallreasonabletimeduringmanufacturetoinspect,examineandtestofgoods/materialsatthemanufacturers’premises,workmanshipandperformance.Thefollowingtests(notlimitedto)shallbecarriedoutasperlatestversionofIECStandardunless otherwise mentioned at the manufacturer premises or other places where the testfacilitiesareavailable:-

a) Dielectrictestonthemaincircuitb) Testsonauxiliaryandcontrolcircuitsc) Measurementoftheresistanceofthemaincircuitd) Tightnesstestf) Designandvisual(physical)checksg) Electricalandmechanicaloperationtest/Functionaltesth) Gaspressureleakagetesti) Partialdischargetest

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice inwriting of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready fortesting as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place sonamedondate,whichthesupplierhasstatedinhisnotice,thesuppliermayproceedwiththetests,whichshallbedeemedtohavebeenmadeinthepurchaser’spresence,andshallforthwithforwardtothepurchaserdulycertifiedcopiesoftestreadings.When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplieraccordinglyinwriting,sothathecantakeaction.Thepurchasershallgivethesuppliertimely


notice inwritingofhis intention toattendthe test.Thecontractor shall submit the factorytestreporttotheengineerforcheckandverificationatleast15dayspriortoinspectionWherethesupplierprovidesfortestsonthepremisesofthesupplierorofanymanufacturerofthesupplier,exceptwhereotherwisespecified,shallprovidefreeofchargesuchassistance,labor,materials,electricity,fuel,stores,apparatusandinstrumentsasmayberequisiteandas may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall beperformed as per relevant IEC Standard or equivalent IEEE standard or BS standard onlyroutinetestsasagreedupon,willbeperformed.Asandwhenthepurchaser issatisfiedthatanymaterials/equipmentshallhavepassesthetestsreferredtointhisclause,purchasershallnotifythecontractorinwritingtothateffect.Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shallhavetherighttorejectanyoftheitemorcompletebatchifnecessary.InthatcaseSupplierhavetoreplacetheEquipmentandtomakegoodofthemwithoutanyfinancialinvolvementtothePurchaser.IncaseanyoftheEquipmentfoundnotconformingwiththespecificationatthe time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from theresponsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite theEquipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clauseshall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under thecontract.BPDB’sInspectionTeamofEngineersasperTDSshallhavetoconductTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessat themanufacturer’s factorypremises.Thecost incurredfor thispurpose shall be borne by the contractor and shall be deemed the cost in this regard isincludedintheofferedprice.The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country (place ofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness),HotelAccommodation,foodingandlodgingetc.willbebornebythecontractor.Otherthanthisthecontractorwillpayastandardamountofpocketmoney(AsperTDS)perday(includingjourneyperiod).Theperiodforthispurposeismoreorless07(Seven)workingdays(ExcludingJourneytime).Allthecostofthispurposeshallbedeemedisincludedintheofferedprice.Nogoodsshallbepacked,preparedforshipment/deliveryunlessithasbeenapprovedandwritteninstructionhavebeenreceivedbythePurchaser.ThebidderhastomentiontheplaceofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessinthefollowingtable:-

Sl.No. ItemPeriod of Technical OrientationandQualityTestWitness

Place & Country of TechnicalOrientation and Quality TestWitness

7.9.2.3. Post Landing Inspection: Postlandinginspectionshallbedoneimmediatelyafterarrivalofthegoods/materialsatthedesignated store of BPDB/project office/ site; the quality witness team along with theengineersshallconductPostLandingInspectioninpresenceoftherepresentativeofSupplier.Theinspectionteamshallconductthefollowingtest

i) Designandvisual(physical)inspectionandquantitychecksTheprogramofsuchinspectionshallbeintimatedtotherepresentativeofSupplierbyBPDBuponarrivalofthematerialsatBPDBstore/projectofficeoftheInspector(s) tobeselectedfortestwitnessing. Anydefectordamagehavebeen foundatpost-delivery inspection, thedefective or damaged panels/ materials/ goods to be repaired/ replaced by the Bidder/supplierathisowncost.Thegoods/materialsshallbeunderthecustodyofthecontractorforinstallation.Contractorshallberesponsibleforthesafetyandsecurityoftheequipment. 7.9.3.1 INSPECTION AND TESTING of Substation Automation system (SAS)

Inspectionandtestingbeforeandafter shipment/supplyshallbeinaccordancewiththe


relevantIECstandard.

7.9.3.2 Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness (Acceptance test) :

The employer / purchaser shall have the right to inspect/test the automation system toconfirmtheirconformitytothespecification.Thepurchasershallbeentitledatallreasonabletime during manufacture to inspect, examine and test of automation system at themanufacturers’premises,workmanshipandperformance.The following test shall be carried out as per latest version of IEC or equivalent standardunless otherwise mentioned at the manufacturer premises or other places where the testfacilitiesareavailable:--RoutinetestsThe Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice inwriting of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready fortesting as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place sonamedondate,whichthesupplierhasstatedinhisnotice,thesuppliermayproceedwiththetests,whichshallbedeemedtohavebeenmadeinthepurchaser’spresence,andshallforthwithforwardtothepurchaserdulycertifiedcopiesoftestreadings.When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplieraccordinglyinwriting,sothathecantakeaction.Thepurchasershallgivethesuppliertimelynoticeinwritingofhisintentiontoattendthetest.Wherethesupplierprovidesfortestsonthepremisesofthesupplierorofanymanufacturerofthesupplier,exceptwhereotherwisespecified,shallprovidefreeofchargesuchassistance,labor,materials,electricity,fuel,stores,apparatusandinstrumentsasmayberequisiteandas may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall beperformedasperrelevantIECStandardorequivalentandonlyroutinetestsasagreedupon,willbeperformed.Asandwhenthepurchaser issatisfiedthatanymaterials/equipmentshallhavepassesthetestsreferredtointhisclause,purchasershallnotifythecontractorinwritingtothateffect.Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shallhavetherighttorejectanyoftheitemorcompletebatchifnecessary.InthatcaseSupplierhavetoreplacetheEquipmentandtomakegoodofthemwithoutanyfinancialinvolvementtothePurchaser.IncaseanyoftheEquipmentfoundnotconformingwiththespecificationatthe time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from theresponsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite theEquipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clauseshall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under thecontract.BPDB’sInspectionTeamofEngineersasperTDSshallhavetoconductTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessat themanufacturer’s factorypremises.Thecost incurredfor thispurpose shall be borne by the contractor and shall be deemed the cost in this regard isincludedintheofferedprice.The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country (place ofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness),HotelAccommodationetc.willbebornebythecontractor.Other than this thecontractorwillpayastandardamountof pocketmoneyperday(Excludingjourneyperiod).Theperiodforthispurposeismoreorless07(Seven)days.Allthecostofthispurposeshallbedeemedisincludedintheofferedprice.Nogoodsshallbepacked,preparedforshipment/deliveryunlessithasbeenapprovedandwritteninstructionhavebeenreceivedbythePurchaser.ThebidderhastomentiontheplaceofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessinthefollowingtable:-


Sl.No. ItemPeriod of TechnicalOrientation andQualityTestWitness

Place & Country ofTechnical OrientationandQualityTestWitness

7.9.3.3 Post Landing Inspection: Postlandinginspectionshallbedoneimmediatelyafterarrivalofthegoods/materialsatthedesignated store of BPDB/project office/ site; the quality witness team along with theengineersshallconductPostLandingInspectioninpresenceoftherepresentativeofSupplier.Theinspectionteamshallconductthefollowingtest

i) Designandvisual(physical)inspectionandquantitychecksTheprogramofsuchinspectionshallbeintimatedtotherepresentativeofSupplierbyBPDBuponarrivalofthematerialsatBPDBstore/projectofficeoftheInspector(s) tobeselectedfortestwitnessing. Anydefectordamagehavebeen foundatpost-delivery inspection, thedefective or damaged panels/ materials/ goods to be repaired/ replaced by the Bidder/supplierathisowncost.Thegoods/materialsshallbeunderthecustodyofthecontractorforinstallation.Contractorshallberesponsibleforthesafetyandsecurityoftheequipment.

7.9.4.1Inspection and testing of Power Transformer and Auxiliary Station transformer

Inspectionandtestingbeforeshipment/supplyshallbeinaccordancewiththerelevantIECstandard.

7.9.4.2 TechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness(Acceptancetest)

The purchaser shall have the right to inspect, examine and test the materials to confirm the

conformity to the specification at all reasonable time before and during manufacture at the

manufacturer's premises. The Purchaser or its representative maximum 2 (two) times may

inspect the goods during the manufacturing process and shall also request for the purchase/

import/ shipping documents of copper, oil and transformer core material and shall check in

accordancewithGuaranteedTechnicalParticulars(GTP).

An inspection team will be formed by BPDB immediate after signing of the contract to control the

quality and monitoring the manufacturing process of the transformer. The manufacturer will

allowinspectionteamtoinspect themanufacturingprocessandqualitycontrolandprogressof

theworkatanytimeneedbyBPDB’sinspectionteam.ThisteamwillwitnesstheFactorytestat

the manufacturer's plant. The Manufacturer shall have facilities to carry out all tests at its

premises.

TestsshallbeperformedinaccordancewiththerelevantIEC&otherrelevantstandardsandasper

contract shallbe compliedwith offeredtechnicalparticularsandguarantees of thecontract.All

expensesforsuchtestsshallbebornebythebidder.

BPDB'sInspectionTeamwillwitnessthefollowingtestofnotlessthan20%oftotalquantityready

fordeliveryonrandomsamplingbasis(sampleselectedbytheInspectionTeam)duringfactory

testinmanufacturer'sfactorypremises:

1. Measurementofturnratiotest;

2. Vectorgrouptest;

3. Measurementofwindingresistance;

4. Measurementofinsulationresistance;

5. Measurementofnoloadloss&no-loadcurrent;

6. Measurementofimpedancevoltage&loadloss;


7. DielectricwithstandsTests;

8. Transformeroiltest;

9. Temperaturerisetest.(5%oftotalquantity)

BesidesBPDB'sInspectionTeamwillperformsomephysical testofat least1(one)Transformerof

eachbatchonrandomsamplingbasisduringfactorytest:

1. Transformertanksheetthickness(topbottom&side);

2. HotdipgalvanizationtestasperstandardBS-729ofallbolts&nutsconnectedwithtransformertank,conservator,radiatoretc.;

3. DimensionofboltedtypebimetallicconnectorforH.T.andL.T.bushing;

4. Dimensionoftanks;

5. Dimensionofcoredia,heightandmeasurementofweightofactivepartsasperdemandofBPDB'sinspectionteam;

6. CheckingofCreepagedistanceofHT/LTbushings.

The dimension and weight must be as per the approved Technical Specifications/ TechnicalGuaranteedDataandDrawings.

Themanufacturershallhavealltestingfacilitiesatthemanufacturer'spremisestocarryoutthetestsin accordance with the relevant IEC/BS/ ANSI Standards. If, any test(s) pending due to lack oftesting facilities at the manufacturer's premises, then the Inspection team shall selecttransformer(s)assampleandsenttheselectedsampletransformer(s)toanindependenttestinglab to carryout the test(s). All cost of testing of transformers including carrying, loading, un-loadingetc.willbebornebytheBidder.

The Tenderer/ Manufacturer shall submit with the bid the testing procedure & list of testing/measuringequipment,metersetc.usedforFactorytestwitness.

TheTenderer/ManufacturershallsubmitthevalidCalibrationCertificatefromcompetentauthorityofthe testing/ measuring equipments, meters etc. used for Factory test with the tender. TheSupplier/Manufacturer shall also submit the following documents along with the request letterforPre-deliveryinspection:

I. UpdatedvalidCalibrationCertificatesofthetesting/measuringequipments,metersetc.usedforFactorytest.

II. The factory test report (Routine test report) of each transformer to be supplied under thecontract.

Failing to submit the above documents, the inspection team will not perform the Pre-deliveryInspection and all the liabilities along with delay (if any) will be borne by theSupplier/Manufacturer.

ItisnotedthatatthetimeofFactoryTestwitnessBPDB'sInspectionteamwillcheckthecalibrationseal/certificateofthetesting/measuringequipment,metersetc.bythecompetentauthority. Ifthe calibration seal/ certificate of the testing/ measuring equipment, meters etc. are not foundandthecalibrationnotdonewithintheduedatethenBPDB'sInspectionteamwillnotwitnessthetest. In that case the Bidder/ Manufacturer shall complete the calibration of the testing/measuring equipment, meters etc. from the competent authority within a reasonable periodwithoutanydelayindeliveryperiod.

BPDB’sInspectionTeamasperTDSshallhavetoconductTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessatthemanufacturer’sfactorypremises.Thecostincurredforthispurposeshallbe borne by the contractor and shall be deemed the cost in this regard is included in theofferedprice.The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country (place ofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness),HotelAccommodation,foodingandlodgingetc.willbebornebythecontractor.Otherthanthisthecontractorwillpayastandardamountofpocketmoney(AsperTDS)perday(includingjourneyperiod).Theperiodforthispurpose


ismoreorless07(Seven)workingdays(ExcludingJourneytime).Allthecostofthispurposeshallbedeemedisincludedintheofferedprice.

No goods shall be packed, prepared for shipment/delivery unless it has been approved including factory Test reports and written instructions has been issued by the Purchaser.

7.9.4.3 POST-LANDING INSPECTION AND TESTING :

The Supplier shall inform the purchaser immediately after arrival of the goods at thedesignated store of BPDB (as per delivery schedule). An Inspection team of BPDB shallperform the post-landing inspection in presence of supplier's representative. The Suppliershallarrangetheprogramofpost-landinginspection.Anydefectordamagehavebeenfoundatpost-landinginspection,thedefectiveordamagedmaterials/goodstobereplacedbythesupplierathisowncostwithinthestipulatedtime. The purchaser’s right to inspect, test (where necessary) and reject the goods afterdeliveryatthedesignatedstoreofBPDBshallinnowaybelimitedorwaivedbyreasonofthegoods having previously been inspected, tested and passed by the purchaser prior to thegood'sdelivery. The Inspection team will check the physical conditions and quantity of the goodsdelivered. If necessary, the inspection team will select the sample of good(s) and sent theselected sample goods to CERS, BPDB or BUET/ CUET/ KUET /RUET (as selected by theinspection team) to carry out the test(s) as per contract to confirm the conformity to theapproved Technical Specifications, Guaranteed Technical Particulars (GTP), drawings andrelevantstandards. Ifthetestedsample(s) failtoconfirmthespecificationsintests,the fullconsignment will be rejected. All cost of testing of Materials/ Goods including carrying,loading,un-loadingetc.willbebornebythesupplier.

7.9.5.1 Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness of 33 Power cable :

ThePurchasershallhavetherighttoinspect/testthegoods/materials(33KVpowercableofallsizesuchas500rm,300rm,95rm,125rminthecontract)toconfirmtheirconformitytothespecification.Thepurchasershallbeentitledatallreasonabletimeduringmanufacturetoinspect,examineandtestofgoods/materialsatthemanufacturers’premises,workmanshipandperformance.AtleastthefollowingtestalongwithroutinetestshallbecarriedoutasperlatestversionofIECStandardorequivalentIEEEstandardorBSstandardunlessotherwisementionedatthemanufacturerpremisesorotherplaceswherethetestfacilitiesareavailable:-

1. MeasurementofElectricalResistanceofconducts.2. Highvoltagetest3. Partialdischargetest4. Capacitancetest5. Voltagetestoncableserving6. Measurementofdimensionofinsulationandconductor

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice inwriting of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready fortesting as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place sonamedondate,whichthesupplierhasstatedinhisnotice,thesuppliermayproceedwiththetests,whichshallbedeemedtohavebeenmadeinthepurchaser’spresence,andshallforthwithforwardtothepurchaserdulycertifiedcopiesoftestreadings.When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplieraccordinglyinwriting,sothathecantakeaction.Thepurchasershallgivethesuppliertimelynotice inwritingofhis intention toattendthe test.Thecontractor shall submit the factorytestreporttotheengineerforcheckandverificationatleast15dayspriortoinspection.


Wherethesupplierprovidesfortestsonthepremisesofthesupplierorofanymanufacturerofthesupplier,exceptwhereotherwisespecified,shallprovidefreeofchargesuchassistance,labor,materials,electricity,fuel,stores,apparatusandinstrumentsasmayberequisiteandas may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall beperformed as per relevant IEC Standard or equivalent IEEE standard or BS standard onlyroutinetestsasagreedupon,willbeperformed.Asandwhenthepurchaser issatisfiedthatanymaterials/equipmentshallhavepassesthetestsreferredtointhisclause,purchasershallnotifythecontractorinwritingtothateffect.Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shallhavetherighttorejectanyoftheitemorcompletebatchifnecessary.InthatcaseSupplierhavetoreplacetheEquipmentandtomakegoodofthemwithoutanyfinancialinvolvementtothePurchaser.IncaseanyoftheEquipmentfoundnotconformingwiththespecificationatthe time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from theresponsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite theEquipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clauseshall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under thecontract.BPDB’sInspectionTeamofEngineersasperTDSshallhavetoconductTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessat themanufacturer’s factorypremises.Thecost incurredfor thispurpose shall be borne by the contractor and shall be deemed the cost in this regard isincludedintheofferedprice.The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country (place ofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness),HotelAccommodation,foodingandlodgingetc.willbebornebythecontractor.Otherthanthisthecontractorwillpayastandardamountofpocketmoney(AsperTDS)perday(includingjourneyperiod).Theperiodforthispurposeismoreorless07(Seven)days.Allthecostofthispurposeshallbedeemedisincludedintheofferedprice.

Nogoodsshallbepacked,preparedforshipment/deliveryunlessithasbeenapprovedandwritteninstructionhavebeenreceivedbythePurchaser.ThebidderhastomentiontheplaceofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessinthefollowingtable:-



Place&CountryofTechnicalOrientation

andQualityTestWitness 7.9.5.2 Post Landing Inspection:

Postlandinginspectionshallbedoneimmediatelyafterarrivalofthegoods/materialsatthedesignated store of BPDB/project office/ site; the quality witness team( pre-deliveryinspectionteam)alongwiththeengineershallconductPostLandingInspectioninpresenceoftherepresentativeofSupplier.

Theinspectionteamshallconductthefollowingtesti) Designandvisual(physical)inspectionandquantitychecks

The program of such inspection shallbe intimated to the representative of Supplier by BPDB uponarrival of the materials at BPDB store/project office of the Inspector(s) to be selected for testwitnessing. Anydefectordamagehavebeen foundatpost-deliveryinspection, thedefectiveordamaged panels/materials/goodsto berepaired/replacedby theBidder/supplierat hisowncost.Thegoods/materialsmaterialsshallbeunderthecustodyofthecontractorforinstallation.Thecontractorshallberesponsibleforalltypesofsafetyandsecurityoftheinspectedmaterials


7.9.6.1 Technical Orientation and Quality Test Witness of 11 Power cable :

ThePurchasershallhavetherighttoinspect/testthegoods/materials(11KVpowercableofallsizesuchas300rm,185rm,95rm,125rminthecontract)toconfirmtheirconformitytothespecification.Thepurchasershallbeentitledatallreasonabletimeduringmanufacturetoinspect,examineandtestofgoods/materialsatthemanufacturers’premises,workmanshipandperformance.AtleastthefollowingtestalongwithroutinetestshallbecarriedoutasperlatestversionofIECStandardorequivalentIEEEstandardorBSstandardunlessotherwisementionedatthemanufacturerpremisesorotherplaceswherethetestfacilitiesareavailable:-

1. MeasurementofElectricalResistanceofconducts.2. Highvoltagetest3. Partialdischargetest4. Capacitancetest5. Voltagetestoncableserving6. Measurementofdimensionofinsulationandconductor

The Supplier shall, after consulting the purchaser, give the Purchaser reasonable notice inwriting of the date on and the place at which any material or equipment will be ready fortesting as provided in the contract and unless the purchaser shall attend at the place sonamedondate,whichthesupplierhasstatedinhisnotice,thesuppliermayproceedwiththetests,whichshallbedeemedtohavebeenmadeinthepurchaser’spresence,andshallforthwithforwardtothepurchaserdulycertifiedcopiesoftestreadings.When the purchaser intends to attend the test he shall promptly inform the supplieraccordinglyinwriting,sothathecantakeaction.Thepurchasershallgivethesuppliertimelynotice inwritingofhis intention toattendthe test.Thecontractor shall submit the factorytestreporttotheengineerforcheckandverificationatleast15dayspriortoinspection.Wherethesupplierprovidesfortestsonthepremisesofthesupplierorofanymanufacturerofthesupplier,exceptwhereotherwisespecified,shallprovidefreeofchargesuchassistance,labor,materials,electricity,fuel,stores,apparatusandinstrumentsasmayberequisiteandas may be reasonably demanded to carry out such test efficiently. These test shall beperformed as per relevant IEC Standard or equivalent IEEE standard or BS standard onlyroutinetestsasagreedupon,willbeperformed.Asandwhenthepurchaser issatisfiedthatanymaterials/equipmentshallhavepassesthetestsreferredtointhisclause,purchasershallnotifythecontractorinwritingtothateffect.Should any inspected/tested goods fail to conform to the specification, the Purchaser shallhavetherighttorejectanyoftheitemorcompletebatchifnecessary.InthatcaseSupplierhavetoreplacetheEquipmentandtomakegoodofthemwithoutanyfinancialinvolvementtothePurchaser.IncaseanyoftheEquipmentfoundnotconformingwiththespecificationatthe time of post landing Inspection, the supplier will in no way be relieved from theresponsibility of replacing them on making them good at their own cost, despite theEquipment were found good at the time of Factory Acceptance Test. Nothing in this clauseshall in any way release the supplier from any warranty or other obligations under thecontract.BPDB’sInspectionTeamofEngineersasperTDSshallhavetoconductTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessat themanufacturer’s factorypremises.Thecost incurredfor thispurpose shall be borne by the contractor and shall be deemed the cost in this regard isincludedintheofferedprice.The cost of Air Tickets (both way) from Bangladesh to Manufacturer’s Country (place ofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitness),HotelAccommodation,foodingandlodgingetc.willbebornebythecontractor.Otherthanthisthecontractorwillpayastandardamountofpocketmoney(AsperTDS)perday(includingjourneyperiod).Theperiodforthispurposeismoreorless07(Seven)days.Allthecostofthispurposeshallbedeemedisincludedintheofferedprice.


Nogoodsshallbepacked,preparedforshipment/deliveryunlessithasbeenapprovedandwritteninstructionhavebeenreceivedbythePurchaser.ThebidderhastomentiontheplaceofTechnicalOrientationandQualityTestWitnessinthefollowingtable:-



Place&CountryofTechnicalOrientation

andQualityTestWitness 7.9.5.2 Post Landing Inspection:

Postlandinginspectionshallbedoneimmediatelyafterarrivalofthegoods/materialsatthedesignated store of BPDB/project office/ site; the quality witness team( pre-deliveryinspectionteam)alongwiththeengineershallconductPostLandingInspectioninpresenceoftherepresentativeofSupplier.

Theinspectionteamshallconductthefollowingtesti) Designandvisual(physical)inspectionandquantitychecks

TheprogramofsuchinspectionshallbeintimatedtotherepresentativeofSupplierbyBPDBuponarrival of the materials at BPDB store/project office of the Inspector(s) to be selected for testwitnessing. Anydefectordamagehavebeen foundatpost-deliveryinspection,thedefectiveordamaged panels/materials/goodsto berepaired/replacedby theBidder/supplierat hisowncost.Thegoods/materialsmaterialsshallbeunderthecustodyofthecontractorforinstallation.Thecontractorshallberesponsibleforalltypesofsafetyandsecurityoftheinspectedmaterials

7.9.6.1 Post Landing Inspection of testing tools and equipments

Post landing inspection shall be done immediately after arrival of the testing tools andequipments at the designated store of BPDB/project office/ site; the quality witnessteam( pre-delivery inspection team) along with the engineer shall conduct Post LandingInspectioninpresenceoftherepresentativeofSupplier.Theinspectionteamshallconductthefollowingtest

i) Designandvisual(physical)inspectionandquantitychecks

TheprogramofsuchinspectionshallbeintimatedtotherepresentativeofSupplierbyBPDBuponarrival of the materials at BPDB store/project office of the Inspector(s) to be selected for testwitnessing. Anydefectordamagehavebeen foundatpost-deliveryinspection, thedefectiveordamaged panels/materials/goodsto berepaired/replacedby theBidder/supplierat hisowncost.Thegoods/materialsmaterialsshallbeunderthecustodyofthecontractorforinstallation.Thecontractorshallberesponsibleforalltypesofsafetyandsecurityoftheinspectedmaterials

--------------------

GTPofTenderdocumentforUp-gradationfrom33/11KVAIStoGISinCumillazone 323

SECTION 8

GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS


8.1 Guaranteed Technical PARTICULARS OF 33 KV Indoor Type Gas insulated switchgear (GIS)

With Protection, Control and Metering Equipment (TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPadwithappropriatedata,otherwisebidwillberejected)

DESCRIPTION UNIT BPDB REQUIREMENT BIDDER'S

GUARANTEED

VALUES

Incoming Feeder/Outgoing Feeder, Transformer Feeder & Bus coupler (With Riser)

Switchgear:

1. Manufacturer'sName&Address Shallbementioned

2. Model Shallbementioned

3. Manufacturer&countryoforigin USA/UK/EU/Japan/

SouthKorea/Malaysia

4. AppliedStandard LatestversionofIEC

62271fullycomplied

5. RatednominalVoltage kV 33

6. RatedVoltage kV 36

RatedFrequency Hz 50

7. MaterialofBus-Bar HDHCCopper

BusbarScheme SingleBuswithBus

Sectionizer

Installation FreeStanding

8. RatedCurrentforMainBus Amp 2000

9. CrossSectionofbusbaratleast mm2 AsperIEC62271

10. Ratedshorttimecurrent KA 31.5

11. Shorttimecurrentratedduration Sec. 3

12. Pressurereliefdeviceisintegrated

witheachgaschamberandpressure

reliefductstotheoutsidetheroom

Yes

13. Mimicdiagramisdepictedinfrontof

switchgearpanel

Yes

14. ElectricalandMechanicalinterlock

betweenCircuitbreaker,isolatorand

earthswitch

Yes

15. CapacitiveVoltageIndicatorwith

InterlockcontactforESoperation

Yes

16. Circuit Breaker :

Typeofinterrupter VCB

ClassofCircuitBreaker(throughnecessaryTypeTestreport)

E2M2orbetter

InternalArcClassification 31.5KA,3S

Insulationmedia SF6

Interruptingmedia Vacuum

Manufacturer'snameandcountryoforiginofvacuuminterrupter(ShallbesameasmentionedinTypeTestreport)

Tobementioned

Manufacturer'smodelno.ofvacuuminterrupter

- Tobementioned



GUARANTEED

VALUES

GuaranteedNos.ofoperationforVacuumInterrupter:

a) atratedCurrentswitching nos. Min10000

b) atShortcircuitcurrentswitching nos. ≥100

RatedVoltage KV 36

RatedCurrent(forincoming,

outgoing)

A 1250

RatedCurrent(forTransformer) A 1250

RatedCurrent(forBuscoupler) A 2000

RatedShortCkt.BreakingCurrent KA 31.5

Rateddurationofshortcircuit

current

sec 3

RatedShortCKt.MakingCurrent KA 80

RatedBreakingtime Cycle <3

Openingtime Sec. shallbementioned

Closingtime Sec. Tobementioned

RatedoperatingSequence O-0.3sec-CO-3min-CO

ControlVoltage V DC110

MotorVoltageforspringcharge V AC230

PowerConsumptionofCharging

motor

W Max260

Powerconsumptionofopening/trip

coil

W Max300

Nos.ofTripcoils Nos 2

17. Three position disconnector Switch

Type Shallbementioned

RatedVoltage KV 36

RatedCurrent(incoming/outgoing) A 1250

RatedCurrent(Transformer) A 1250

RatedCurrent(buscoupler) A 2000

SwitchPosition close,open,earth

ElectricalandMechanicalinterlock AsperIEC62271-200

18. Current Transformer :

Type Ringcore/blocktype

withsensor

RatedVoltage KV 36

AccuracyClass,Metering 0.2

AccuracyClass,Protection 5P20

RatedCurrentRatio(forincoming,

outgoing)

A 400-800/5-5-5A

RatedCurrentRatio(forBus-coupler) 800-1600/5-5A

RatedCurrentRatio(fortransformer

panel)

A 400-800/5-5-5A

Burdenformetering VA 20(atmaxCTratio)



GUARANTEED

VALUES

Burdenforprotection VA 20(atmaxCTratio)

ExtendedCurrentRatingformetering A 120%ofratedCurrent

InstrumentSecurityfactor(metering) <5

Ratedfrequency Hz 50

19. 33 kV Cable Compartment: (For Incoming, outgoing & Transformer Feeder)

Material HighlyConductiveCopper

Busbartype Single

CrossSection mm2 Shallbementioned

NominalCurrent A 2000

Cableconnection 1nos./phx500mm2Cu

lugtype

20. Voltage Transformer : NumberofPhase SinglePhase RatedPrimaryVoltage kV 33/3

RatedSecondaryVoltage V 110/3

RatedTertiaryVoltage V 110/3

Ratedburden,Secondary VA 20 Ratedburden,Tertiary VA 20 Accuracyclassofsecondarycore 0.2

Accuracyclassoftertiarycore 3P

21. Line Voltage Transformer

NumberofPhase SinglePhase

RatedPrimaryVoltage kV 33/3

RatedSecondaryVoltage V 110/3

RatedBurden VA 20

Accuracyclass 0.2&3P

22. SF6 Safety and life

SF6Pressure KPa Shallbementioned

Ratedpressureat20degreeC KPa Shallbementioned

BurstingPressure KPa Shallbementioned

Gasleakagerate/year KPa ≤0.1%

Safetyindication Tobeincorporated

Capacitivevoltageindicator Inthefrontofthepanel

GaspressureManometer AsperIEC62271-1

BusBarGaspressureManometer AsperIEC62271-1

Life/Enduranceofswitchgearswitches

a) CircuitBreakers AsperIEC62271-100

b) Disconnectors&Earthingswitches

AsperIEC62271-102

Alarmlevelforinsulation Kpa 140

Ratedfillinglevelforinsulation KPa 150


23. DimensionandWeight

Height mm Shallbementioned

Width mm Shallbementioned

Depth mm Shallbementioned

WeightincludingCircuitBreaker Kg. Shallbementioned

24. Construction : a) Stainlesssteeltank Shallbementioned

b)Equippedwithdisconnectorand earthingswitch.Theearthing switchshallhavefullfault-making capacity.

Shallbementioned

c)Eachgasfilledcompartmentshall beequippedwithdensitysensors

givingalarmbylowgasdensity.

Shallbementioned

d)percentageofGasleakageperyearofeachgasfilledcompartment(sameasmentionedinTypeTest)

˂0.1%

25. Degree of Protection Enclosure IP3X HVCompartment IP65 LVCompartment IP40 26. Insulation level : ACwithstandvoltage1min.dry kV 70 ImpulseWithstand,fullwave kV 170 27. Type Test Report (as per IEC 62271-200) LightningImpulseVoltageWithstand

tests Shallbesubmitted

Powerfrequencywithstandtests Shallbesubmitted Temperature/GaspressureRise

Tests. Shallbesubmitted

Measurementofresistanceofthemaincircuit.

Shallbesubmitted

Shortcircuitperformancetests Shallbesubmitted Mechanicaloperationtests. Shallbesubmitted Arcfaulttest Shallbesubmitted GasLeakageTest Shallbesubmitted

PROTECTION CONTROL & METERING (PCM)

28. Differential Relay (only for transformer feeder panel)

Manufacturer’sName&CountryofOrigin

ABB-Sweden,Switzerland,Finland/Siemens-Germany/Schneider-France/UK./Alstom(UK/France)/NR,China

Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Numerical

programmable

Maximumthroughfaultatwhichtheprotectiveequipmentisstablewithrecommendsettings:


Sl No

Description Unit BPDB’s Requirement

Bidders Guaranteed value

a)Earthfaults rating%of

CT

rating

Shallbementioned b)Phasefaults Shallbementioned

Maximumtimedelaybetween

initiationoffaultandenergizeof

breakertripcircuit.

ms Shallbementioned

29. Restricted Earth Fault Relay Manufacture'sName&

CountryofOrigin ABB-Sweden,

Switzerland,Finland/Siemens-Germany/Schneider-France/UK/Alstom(UK/France)/NR,China

Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Numerical

programmable

Rangeofcurrentsetting: %ofCTrating

Shallbementioned

EarthfaultelementRangeoftimingsettingsat10timeCTrating

Sec Shallbementioned

Burdenofrelayat10timeCTrating VA Shallbementioned Percentageofcurrentsettingat

whichrelaywillreset.% Shallbementioned

30. IDMT OVER CURRENT & EARTH FAULT RELAY

Manufacture'sNameCountryofOrigin


Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned Typeofrelay Numerical

programmableMultifunction

Rangeofcurrentsetting: a)Phaseelement %of

CTrating

Shallbementioned

b)EachfaultelementShallbementioned

Rangeoftimingsettingsat10timeCTrating

Sec Shallbementioned

Burdenofrelayat10timeCTrating VA Shallbementioned


Sl No



31 Trip Circuit Supervision (TCS) Relay (Separate Relay)

Manufacture'sName&CountryofOrigin

Tobementioned

Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Shallbementioned 32 Trip Relay (Separate Relay) Manufacture'sName&

CountryofOrigin Tobementioned

Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Shallbementioned 32.1 Auxiliary Flag Relays (AFR)

(Separate Relay)

Manufacture'sName&CountryofOrigin

Tobementioned

Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Shallbementioned 33 Annunciator Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned 33.1 Control Switch Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned 34 METERING AND INSTRUMENTATION(for

incoming/outgoing/transformer feeder)

a) KWH & kVARH Meter Manufacture’sName&Country

AEG(Germany)/ABB(Switzerland)/Areva(UK)/Schlumberger(USA)/Elster(USA/Romania),LyndisGyr+(Switzerland/Greece)/Honeywell(USA)/Toshiba(Japan)/CEWE(UK)

Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned

TypeofMeter

NumericalprogrammableMultifunction

ClassofAccuracy 0.2

b) VOLT METERS with Selector Switch Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned

TypeofMeter Analogue,90degreescalerange

ClassofAccuracy 1.0


Seal & Signature of

the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature of

the Bidder

Sl No



c) AMPERE METERS Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned

TypeofMeter

Analogue,240degreescalerange

ClassofAccuracy 1.0 SeparateA-meterforeachphase Yes

d) Mega Watt (MW) Meter Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned

TypeofMeter Analogue,Import/Export

ClassofAccuracy 1.0 e) Mega VAR (MVAR) Meter Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned


ClassofAccuracy 1.0


Sl

No

Description Unit BPDB’s

Requirement

Manufacturer's

Guaranteed

Particulars

STATION AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER SWITCHGEAR UNIT

35. Manufacturer'sName&Address Tobementioned 36. Manufacturercountryoforigin USA/UK/EU/Japan/So

uthKorea/Malaysia

37. Type Shallbementioned 38. RatednominalVoltage kV 33 39. RatedVoltage kV 36 40. MaterialofBus-Bar HDHCCopper 41. RatedCurrentformainbus A 2000 42. CrossSectionofbusbar mm2 AsperIEC62271 43. Ratedshorttimecurrent KA 31.5 44. Shorttimecurrentratedduration Sec. 3 45. Load Break switch:

OperatingMechanism leverorspring Interruptingmedia Airorvacuum InsulationMedia Air Manufacturersmodelno.ofvaccuam

Contractor(ifapplicable)- Shallbementioned

GuaranteedNos.ofoperationatratedCurrentswitching

Nos. Shallbementioned

46. Circuit Breaker:

Manufacturer's model no. of vacuum

interrupter

Shallbementioned

RatedVoltage KV 36

RatedCurrent A Shallbementioned

RatedShortCkt.BreakingCurrent KA 31.5

Rateddurationofshortcircuit

current

sec 3

RatedShortCKt.MakingCurrent KA 80

RatedBreakingtime Cycle <3

47. DS :

RatedMaximumVoltage kV 36

OperatingMechanism Shallbementioned

Insulatingmedia SF6

RatedCurrent A Shallbementioned

48. Insulation level : ACwithstandvoltage1min.dry kV 70 ImpulseWithstand,fullwave kV 170 49. Degree of Protection Enclosure IP3X HVCompartment IP65 LVCompartment IP40


Sl

No


Requirement

Manufacturer's

Guaranteed

Particulars

50. Dimension and Weight Height mm Shallbementioned

Weight mm Shallbementioned

Depth mm Shallbementioned 51. Type Test Report (as per IEC 62271-200)

LightningImpulseVoltageWithstandtests

Shallbesubmitted

Powerfrequencywithstandtests Shallbesubmitted Temperature/GaspressureRise

Tests. Shallbesubmitted

Measurementofresistanceofthemaincircuit.

Shallbesubmitted

Shortcircuitperformancetests Shallbesubmitted Mechanicaloperationtests. Shallbementioned Arcfaulttest Shallbementioned 52 PROTECTION CONTROL &

METERING (PCM) for station transformer

52.1

IDMT OVER CURRENT RELAY

Manufacture'sNameCountryofOrigin


Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned Typeofrelay Numerical

programmableMultifunction

Trip Circuit Supervision (TCS) Relay (Separate Relay)

Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Shallbementioned Trip Relay (Separate Relay) Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofRelay Shallbementioned Annunciator (Separate Relay) Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned


DESCRIPTION UNIT BPDB REQUIREMENT

BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES

Seal & Signature of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature of the Bidder

Control Switch Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned 52.2 METERING a) KWH & kVAR Meter Manufacture’sName&Country Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned TypeofMeter Numerical ClassofAccuracy 1.0 b) VOLT METERS Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned

TypeofMeter Analogue,90degreescalerange

ClassofAccuracy 1.0 c) AMPERE METERS Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned

TypeofMeter

Analogue,240degreescalerange

ClassofAccuracy 1.0 SeparateA-meterforeachphase Yes

d) Wattmeter

Manufacturer’sNameandCountry Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. Shallbementioned


ClassofAccuracy 1.0


8.2 Guaranteed Technical Particulars Of 11KV Gas Insulated Switchgear

With Protection and Control Equipment

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisebidshallberejected)

11 KV GAS INSULATED SWITCHGEAR WITH PROTECTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION UNIT BPDB

REQUIREMENT BIDDER'S

GUARANTEED VALUES

INCOMING SWITCHGEAR UNITS (FROM TRANSFORMER) :

1. Manufacturer'sName&Address Shallbementioned

2. Manufacturercountryoforigin USA/UK/EU/Japan/SouthKorea/Malaysia

3. Model Shallbementioned 4. AppliedStandard LatestversionofIEC

62271fullycomplied

5. RatednominalVoltage kV 11 6. RatedmaximumVoltage kV 12 7. RatedFrequency Hz 50 8. RatedCurrentformainbus A 2500 9. CrosssectionofBusbaratleast mm2 AsperIEC62271 10. MaterialofBus-Bar HDHCCopper 11. Ratedshorttimecurrent KA 25 12 Shorttimecurrentratedduration Sec. 3 13. Ratednormalcurrent:

Incomingfeederfrom20/26MVATransformer

A

1600A

14. a)Pressurereliefdeviceisintegratedwitheachgaschamberandpressurereliefductuptooutsidetheroom

Yes

b)PercentageofGasleakageperyearofeachgasfilledcompartment(sameasmentionedinTypeTest)

˂0.1%

15. Mimicdiagramisdepictedinfrontofswitchgearpanel

Yes

16. ElectricalandMechanicalinterlockbetweenCircuitbreaker,isolatorandearthswitch

Yes

17. CapacitiveVoltageIndicator Yes

18. Circuit Breaker : Type VCB

ClassofCircuitBreaker(through

necessaryTypetest)

E2M2

Insulationmedia SF6 Interruptingmedia Vacuum RatedVoltage kV 12 RatedCurrent A 1600 RatedShortCkt.BreakingCurrent KA 25,3Sec RatedShortCkt.MakingCurrent KA 63



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES RatedBreakingtime Cycle <3 Openingtime Sec. Shallbementioned Closingtime Sec. Shallbementioned RatedoperatingSequence 0-0.3sec-CO-3min-CO Nos.ofTripcoils - 2

Manufacturer'snameandcountry

oforiginofVacuuminterrupter

(Shallbesameasmentionedin

TypeTestReport)

- Tobementioned

Manufacturer'smodelno.of

vacuuminterrupter

- Tobementioned

Guaranteedno.ofoperationforVacuuminterrupter

a)atratedcurrentswitching

(normalcondition)

nos. Min10000

b)inshortcircuitconditioni.e.at

theshortcircuitcurrentswitching

nos.≥100

ControlVoltage V DC110 MotorVoltageforspringcharge V AC240 PowerConsumptionofCharging

motor

W max240

Powerconsumptionofclosingcoil W Shallbementioned

Powerconsumptionofopening

coil

W Shallbementioned

19. Current Transformer : RatedVoltage KV 12 AccuracyClass,Metering 0.2&F.S.<5 AccuracyClass,Protection 5P20 RatedCurrentratio:-

TransformerIncomingFeeder

A

800-1600/5-5-5A

Burdenformetering VA 15(atmaxCTratio)

Burdenforprotection VA 15(atmaxCTratio)

ExtendedCurrentRatingfor

metering

A 120%ofratedCurrent

20. Voltage Transformer : NumberofPhase SinglePhase RatedprimaryVoltage kV 11/3

RatedsecondaryVoltage V 110/3

RatedtertiaryVoltage V 110/3

Ratedburden,Secondary/Tertiary

VA 15/15

AccuracyclassofSecondary/Tertiarycore

0.2/3P

Type Resincast MountingonIncomingpanelat

bus(withprimaryfuse) Yes



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES 21

PROTECTION, IDMT OVER CURRENT &

EARTH FAULT

21.1 Manufacturer’sName,Addressand

CountryofOrigin

- ABB-Sweden,Switzerland,

Finland/Siemens-

Germany/Schneider-France

/UK./Alstom(UK/France)/

NR,China

21.2 Manufacture'smodelno. - Shallbementioned

21.3 Typeofrelay 2nos. Numericalprogrammable

21.4 DirectionalFeaturecanbe

activated/de-activatedYes/No Yes

21.5 Rangeofcurrentsetting:

Phaseelement Eachfaultelement

%ofCT

rating

Shallbementioned

Shallbementioned

21.6 Rangeoftimingsettingsat10timeCT

rating Sec Shallbementioned

21.7 Burdenofrelayat10timeCT VA Shallbementioned

rating

21.8 Percentageofcurrentsettingatwhich

relaywillreset

% Shallbementioned

21.9 Resettimeafterremovalof10

timeCTratedcurrentfor:

a)Phaseelement(100%) Sec Shallbementioned

b)E/Felement(40%) Sec Shallbementioned

22. METERING KWh Meter

22.1 Manufacture’sName&Country - AEG(Germany)/ABB(Switzerland)/Areva(UK)/Schlumberger(USA)/Elster(USA/Romania),LyndisGyr+(Switzerland/Greece),Tosiba(japan)/Honeywell(USA)/CEWE(UK)

22.2 Manufacture’sModelno. - Shallbementioned

22.3 Typeofmeter - Numericalprogrammable

22.4 Classofaccuracy - 0.2

23.0 INDICATION VOLT &

AMPERE METERS

23.1 Manufacturer’sNameandCountry -

23.2 Manufacture’sModelno. - Shallbementioned

23.3 Typeofmeter - Analogue

23.4 ClassofAccuracy - 1.0

23.5 SeparateA-meterforeachphase - Yes

24.0 Mega Watt (MW) & Megavar (Mvar) Meter

Manufacturer’sNameandCountry - Shallbementioned Manufacture’sModelno. - Shallbementioned



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES TypeofMeter - Analogue

ClassofAccuracy 1.0 ImportandExportMetering - Shallbementioned

25 Annunciator 25.1 Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned 25.2 CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned 25.3 Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned

26. Cable Compartment : 26.1 RatedCurrent A 2500 26.2 Cableconnection 2nos/phx1Cx500mm2

CuCable

26.3 CapacitiveVoltageIndicator Shall be incorporated in thefrontsideofthepanel

27. Insulation level : 27.1 ACwithstandvoltage1min.dry KV 28 27.2 ImpulseWithstand,fullwave KV 75 28. Degree of Protection 28.1 Enclosure IP3X 28.2 HVCompartment IP65 28.3 LVCompartment IP40 28.4 CableCompartment IP40

29. Earthing Switch : 29.1 Type Shallbementioned 29.2 ShortTimeCurrent,3secs KA Shallbementioned 30 Dimension and Weight 30.1 Height mm Max.2200 30.2 Width mm shallbementioned 30.3 Depth mm shallbementioned 30.4 WeightincludingCircuitBreaker Kg. shallbementioned BUS COUPLER (WITH RISER) SWITCHGEAR UNIT :

31. a)Manufacturer'sName&Address Shallbementioned

b)Manufacturercountryoforigin USA/UK/EU/Japan/SouthKorea

32. Manufacturer’sModelNo shallbementioned 33. AppliedStandard Shallbementioned 34. RatednominalVoltage kV 11 35. RatedMaximumVoltage kV 12 36. a)RatedCurrentformainbus A 2500 b)CrosssectionofBusbaratleast mm2 AsperIEC62271 37. MaterialofBus-Bar HDHCCopper 38. Ratedshorttimecurrent KA 25 39. Shorttimecurrentratedduration Sec. 3 40. a)Pressurereliefdeviceis

integratedwitheachgaschamberandpressurereliefductuptooutsidetheroom

Yes


˂0.1%



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES 41. Mimicdiagramisdepictedinfront

ofswitchgearpanel Yes


Yes

44. Circuit Breaker : Type VCB Insulationmedia SF6 Interruptingmedia Vacuum ClassofCircuitBreaker(through

necessaryTypetest) E2M2

RatedVoltage KV 12 RatedCurrent A 2500 RatedShortCkt.BreakingCurrent KA 25,3sec RatedShortCkt.makingCurrent KA 63 RatedBreakingtime Cycle <5 Openingtime Sec. Shallbementioned Closingtime Sec. shallbementioned ControlVoltage V DC110 MotorVoltageforspringcharge V AC240 Nos.OfTripcoils - 2

Manufacturer'snameandcountry

oforiginofVacuuminterrupter

(Shallbesameasmentionedin

TypeTestReport)

- Tobementioned

Manufacturer'smodelno.of

vacuuminterrupter

- Tobementioned

Guaranteedno.ofoperationforVacuuminterrupter: a)atratedcurrentswitching

(normalcondition)

nos. Min10000

b)inshortcircuitconditioni.e.at

theshortcircuitcurrentswitching

nos.≥100

45. Current Transformer : RatedVoltage kV 12 AccuracyClass,Metering 0.2&F.S.<5 AccuracyClass,Protection 5P20

RatedCurrentratio A 900-1800/5-5 Burden VA 20 Ratedfrequency Hz 50 46. Insulation level : ACwithstandvoltage1min.dry kV 28 ImpulseWithstand,fullwave kV 75 47. Degree of Protection Enclosure IP3X HVCompartment IP65 LVCompartment IP40 CableCompartment IP40 48. Earthing Switch : Type

ShortTimeCurrent,3secs KA 25



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES 49. Dimension and Weight Height mm Max.2200

Width mm shallbementioned

Depth mm shallbementioned

WeightincludingCircuitBreaker Kg. shallbementioned

50

PROTECTION

IDMT OVER CURRENT & EARTH FAULT

50.1 Manufacturer’sName&

CountryofOrigin


Finland/Siemens-Germany/

Schneider-France

/UK/Alstom(UK/France)/

NR,China


50.3 Typeofrelay - Numerical

programmable


activated/de-activatedYes/No Yes


- Phaseelement- Eachfaultelement

%ofCT

rating

Shallbementioned

Shallbementioned




rating


relaywillreset

% Shallbementioned





51.0 INDICATION

AMPERE METERS

Manufacturer’sNameandCountry -

Manufacture’sModelno. - Shallbementioned

Typeofmeter - Analogue

ClassofAccuracy - 1.0

SeparateA-meterforeachphase - Yes

52 Annunciator Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned

11 kV OUTGOING FEEDER SWITCHGEAR UNITS :

53. a)Manufacturer'sName&Address

Shallbementioned

b)Manufacturercountryoforigin USA/UK/EU/Japan/SouthKorea

54. Manufacturer’sModelNo. Shallbementioned 55. AppliedStandard Shallbementioned



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES 56. Installation FreeStanding 57. RatednominalVoltage kV 11 58. RatedmaximumVoltage kV 12 59. MaterialofBus-Bar HDHCCopper 60. a)RatedCurrentformainbus A 2500 b)CrosssectionofBusbaratleast mm2 AsperIEC62271 61. Ratedshorttimecurrent KA 25 62. Shorttimecurrentratedduration Sec. 3 63. a)Pressurereliefdeviceis

integratedwitheachgaschamberandpressurereliefductuptooutsidetheroom

Yes


˂0.1%

64. Mimicdiagramisdepictedinfrontofswitchgearpanel

Yes


Yes

66. CapacitiveVoltageIndicator Yes 67. Circuit Breaker : Type VCB ClassofCircuitBreaker(asper

IEC)

E2M2orbetter

Insulationmedia SF6 Interruptingmedia Vacuum RatedVoltage KV 12 RatedCurrent A 630 RatedShortCkt.BreakingCurrent KA 25 RatedShortCKt.makingCurrent KA 63 RatedBreakingtime Cycle <5 Openingtime Sec. Tobementioned Closingtime Sec. Tobementioned RatedoperatingSequence 0-0.3sec-CO-3min-CO ControlVoltage V DC110 MotorVoltageforspringcharge V AC240 ManufacturerofVacuum

interrupter

Shallbementioned

Guaranteedno.ofoperationfor nos. Shallbementioned

Vacuuminterrupternormal

conditionatratedcurrent

switching

nos. Shallbementioned

Vacuuminterrupterinshort

circuitconditioni.e.attheshort

circuitcurrentswitching

nos.

≥100

68. Current Transformer : RatedVoltage KV 12



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES Ratedcurrentratio A 200-400/5-5 AccuracyClass,Metering 0.2&F.S.<5 AccuracyClass,Protection

5P20

Burden VA 15 Ratedfrequency Hz 50

69

PROTECTION IDMT OVER CURRENT & EARTH

FAULT

69.1 Manufacturer’sName&

CountryofOrigin


Finland/Siemens-

Germany/Schneider-France

/UK/Alstom(UK/France)/

NR,China


69.3 Typeofrelay - Numerical

programmable


activated/de-activated- Yes


a) Phaseelementb) Eachfaultelement

%ofCT

rating

Shallbementioned

Shallbementioned




rating


relaywillreset

% Shallbementioned





METERING

KWh Meter

70.

70.1 Manufacture’sName&Country

AEG(Germany)/ABB(Switzerland)/

Areva(UK)/Schlumberger

(USA)/Elster(USA/

Romania),

LyndisGyr+(Switzerland)/

Toshiba

(japan)/Honeywell(USA)

70.2 Manufacturer’smodelno Shallbementioned

70.3 Typeofmeter - Numericalprogrammable

70.4 Classofaccuracy - 0.2

71.0 INDICATION

AMPERE METERS

Manufacturer’sNameandCountry - Shall be mentioned

Manufacture’sModelno. - Shall be mentioned

Typeofmeter - Analogue

ClassofAccuracy - 1.0



BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES SeparateA-meterforeachphase - Yes 72.0 Annunciator Manufacture'sName Shallbementioned CountryofOrigin Shallbementioned Manufacture'sModelno. Shallbementioned

73.0 Cable Compartment : RatedCurrent A Shallbementioned Cableconnection 1nos/phx3Cx185mm2

CuCable

CapacitiveVoltageIndicator Shall be incorporated inthefrontsideofthepanel

74.0 Insulation level : ACwithstandvoltageImin.dry KV 28 ImpulseWithstand,fullwave KV 75 75. Degree of Protection and safety

indicator

Enclosure IP3X HVCompartment IP65 LVCompartment IP40 CableCompartment IP40 76. Earthing Switch : Type Shallbementioned ShortTimeCurrent,3sec. KA Shallbementioned 77. Bus bar : Material HDHCCopper CrossSection mm2 AsperIEC62271 78. Dimension and Weight Height mm Shallbementioned Width mm Shallbementioned Depth mm Shallbementioned WeightincludingCircuitBreaker Kg. Shallbementioned




8.3 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT & GUARANTEE SCHEDULE FOR SUBSTATION AUTOMATION SYSTEM

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisethebidshallberejected.)

Sl. No DESCRIPTION BPDB

REQUIREMENT Bidders

declared Value

1. NameoftheManufacturer

CountryofOriginEU/USA/CANADA/Japan

/UK

2. General Requirement:

01 StandardstobecompliedwithSubstationAutomationsystem

Communicationprotocolatalllevels

IEC61850.Fullycomplyingwith

thestandard.

Temperaturerange(min/max)Computer 0°to50°C

Relativehumidity 20to90%non-condensing

BaseofStationHMI ActiveX

Systemperformanceandinter-operabilitytestamongABB,Siemens,Alstom,SchneiderandSELIEDsdoneinthesystemverificationcenter.

Yes

ControlIEDsandprotectionIEDsarefromsamemanufacturer

Yes

Intelligent Electronic

Devices(IED’s)

-Manufacturer’sname&address

-Serialcommunicationinterfaceincluded?

-Protection&ControlIED’sconnectedsame bus?

-Selfmonitoring

-Displayofmeasuredvalues

-Remoteparameterization

-Disturbancerecordupload&analysis

- Availability Calculation shall be furnished for each equipment & as well as for the entiresystem

Shallbementioned

YES

Yes(IEC61850)

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

TobeprovidedwithBid.

3. Detailed Requirements:

NumberofyearsofprovenfieldexperienceofOfferedsystem.

(Note: Proof of experience should befurnished.Thecomponentsusedintheoffered system and those with fieldexperienceshouldbethesame)

5Yrs.

ModeloftheSubstationAutomationSystem Shallbementioned

TheAutomationPanelshallbefromtheoriginofthemanufacturerofthesystem

Yes


Sl. No DESCRIPTION BPDB

REQUIREMENT Bidders

declared Value

Engineering and Assembling of thesubstation automation system shall be fromtheoriginofthesystem.

Yes

DesignlifeofSubstationAutomationSystem ≥20Yrs

Manufacturersqualityassurancesystem ISO9001/9002orequivalent

Dimensionsofcubicle

- Width

- Depth

- Height

mm

mm

mm

Floorload N/max.600

4. Station Level Equipment:

StationComputer IndustrialPC MTBF(MeantimebetweenFailures) Hrs

MTTR(Meantimetorepair) Hrs

Dual Station Computers Provided inredundanthotstandbyconfiguration

YES

Hotstandbytakeovertime Seconds

Number of years of proven fieldexperienceofofferedsoftware

5Yrs

OperatingSystem Windows

AllstandardpictureasperTspecincludedin

HMITobeprovided

Process Status Display & Command

ProceduresTobeprovided

EventprocessingasperTspec Tobeprovided

AlarmprocessingasperTspec Tobeprovided

ReportsasperTspec Tobeprovided

TrendDisplayasperTspec Tobeprovided

UserAuthoritylevelsasperspec Tobeprovided

Systemsupervision&monitoringasperTspec Tobeprovided

AutomaticsequencecontrolasperTspec Tobeprovided

HighqualitySCDfilecompletewithICDfiles&stationtopology

Tobeprovided


Sl. No DESCRIPTION UNIT BPDB REQUIREMENT

5. Gateway to Central Control Room

-Numberofyearsofprovenfieldexperienceofofferedunit

-Insulationtests

-Fastdisturbancetests

-Industrialenvironment

-Industrialgradehardwarewithnomovingparts(PC-basedgatewayisnotaccepted)

-Designlifeofofferedequipment

-Redundantcommunicationchannel

-RedundantCPU

-RedundantDC/DCSupply

-MTBF(MeantimebetweenFailures)

-MTTR(Meantimetorepair)

5Yrs

IEC60255-5

IEC61000-4-4,Calss4

EN50081-2ClassA

Tobeprovided

20Yrs

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

Hrs

Hrs

6. Station Bus:

PhysicalMeduim Glassfibreoptic

7. Interbay Bus

PhysicalMeduim Glassfibreoptic

8. Printer Server

MTBF Hrs

9. Event Printer

MTBF Hrs

10. Hard Copy Colour Printer

MTBF Hrs

11. Master Clock – GPS (Global Positioning System) Receiver:

Nameofthemanufacturer

Manufacturer’saddress Model MTBF Hrs



12. Bay Control Unit

- Numberofyearsofprovenfield experienceofofferedunit

- SeparateBay-controllerunitprovidedforeachbay&feeder

-TypeofBay-controllerofferedHV/MVSelectBeforeOperatewithOpenExecute&CloseExecute

-Singlebitdependence

-Interlocking,bay&stationwideSynchro

checkfunction

- MaximumVoltagedifference

- MaximumFrequencydifference

- MaximumPhasedifference

-Doublecommandblocking

-Independentsettableparametergroups

5Yrs

Yes

HV

Tobeprovided

No

Yes

Specifyrange

Specifyrange

Specifyrange

Yes

Tobeprovided

LocalDisplayUnit

Sequenceofeventrecorder

- Events

- Timeresolution

Disturbancerecorderfunction

Comprehensiveself-supervision

Battery free backup of events anddisturbancerecords

Insulationtests

Fastdisturbancetests

MTBF

MTTR

Temperaturerange:IED’s

- Operation

- Transportandstorage

Relativehumidity:

- Operatingmax./min


Yes

4

Tobeprovided

256

1ms

Yes

Yes

Yes

IEC60255-5

IEC61000-4-4,Class4

Hrs

Hrs

-10to+50

-10to+50

% 93

% 93

13. Backup Control Mimic – HV

Controlfunctionality:

Controlofbreakeraswellasallisolators/earthing

Tobeprovided

Switch(Controlfunctionalityshouldnotbeaffectedifbay-controllerfails)Key-Locked

Tobeprovided

Interlockoverridefunction Tobeprovided



Separatebackupcontrolmimicprovidedforeachbay&feeder

Tobeprovided

14. Bay Control Unit – MV

Number of years of proven fieldexperienceofofferedunit

SeparateBaycontrollerunitprovidedforeachbay&feeder

Controlfunctionalityimplementationinsoftware:

SelectbeforeOperatewithOpen-Execute

&Close-Execute

Interlocking,Bay&StationWide

Synchrocheckfunction

- MaximumVoltagedifference

- MaximumFrequencydifference

- MaximumPhasedifference

LocalDisplayUnit

5Yrs

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

Yes

Specify range

Specify range

Specifyrange

Tobeprovided

- Events

- Timeresolution

Disturbancerecorderfunction

Comprehensiveself-

supervisionInsulationtests

Fastdisturbancetests

MTBF

MTTR

Temperaturerange:IED’s

- Operation


Relativehumidity:

- Operatingmax./min


Specify

1ms

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

IEC60255-5

IEC61000-4-4,Class4

Hrs

Hrs

-10to+50

-10to+70

% 93

% 93

15. Backup Control Mimic – MV

Controlfunctionality:

Controlofbreakeraswellasallisolators/earthingswitches

Separatebackupcontrolmimicprovidedforeachbay&feeder

Tobeprovided

Tobeprovided

16. Ethernet Switch

Nameofmanufacturer&.address Ruggedcom,Europe Modelnumber Shallbementioned

Type IndustrialGrade

RedundantPowersupply Tobeprovided



17. System Performance:

Exchangeofdisplay(Firstreaction)

Presentationofabinarychangeintheprocessdisplay

Presentationofananaloguechangeintheprocessdisplay

Fromordertoprocessoutput

Fromordertoupdatedofdisplay

<2S

<1S

<1S

<1S

<1S




8.4 Guaranteed technical particulars of 110v 3x5(6)a, 3-phase, 4-wire, 3-element, solid state indoor type multi tariff programmable meter

(To be filled up by the Manufacturer in Manufacturer Letterhead Pad, otherwise the bid shall be rejected)

Sl. No.

Description Unit Required Specification Manufacture’s particulars

1 ReferenceStandard RelevantANSI/IECStandard

2Manufacturer’s name &address

Shallbementioned

3

Manufacturer’s type &model

Shallbementioned

4 Construction/connection 3-Phase 4-wire solidly groundedneutral

5 Installation Indoor installation in A socket [forsockettype]

6 Numberofelement 3(Three)

7 RatedVoltage Volt 110V

8Minimum BiasingVoltage

Volt 40V

9 VariationofFrequency % ±2%

10 VariationofVoltage % +10,-20%

11 Accuracyclass 0.2(pointtwo)

12

RatedCurrent

i) NominalCurrent A =5

ii) MaximumCurrent A >6

13 ResisterType LCDDisplay

14Number of Digits(IntegerwithDecimal)

Nos. 5with1(Programmable)

15 StartingCurrent ma 0.1%ofNominalCurrent

16 LossesatNominalLoad Watt Shallbementioned

17 MeterConstant Imp./ Shallbementioned

18

IntegrationPeriod 30(Thirty)Minutes

ResettingPeriod 1(one)month

CumulativeMDtransfer Builtin

CycleTimingDevice Builtin

19Size of the Digit ofDisplay

E x H inmm

4x8

20 No.ofTerminal Nos. 10(Ten)min

21Type of socket andcountryoforigin

Tobementioned

22Battery Service life andshelfLife(minimum)

Year 10(ten)&15(fifteen)

23 Yearofmanufacture Shallbementioned


Sl. No.

Description Unit Required Specification Manufacture’s particulars (To be filled in)

24List of Recommendedspareparts(ifany)

any Shallbementioned

25 Warranty Year 3(three)

26 MeterServiceLife(Min) Year 15(fifteen)

27 Weightofmeter Kg Shallbementioned

28 Dimensionsmm xmm xmm

Shallbementioned

29Outlines, Drawings &Leaflets

Shallbementioned

30Performance Curve forBalanced & Unbalancedload

Shallbementioned

31 Metersealingcondition Hermetically or Ultrasonicwelded

32a)CountryofOriginb) Place of Manufacturec)PlaceofTesting

Shallbementioned

33 MemoryStorage

Shall be mentioned byputtingYes/No.

i) EquipmentIdentificationCode

ii) Securitycode iii) Accesscode iv) Number of Power

Interruption withDate&Time

V Latest PowerFailure- Time &Date

Vi Eventlogs vii) Cumulative kWh,

kVarh (Q1 + Q4)Reading forprevious twomonths

viii)Loadprofilewith30min interval at least 90daysfor:

KWh, kVarh(Q1+Q4)

Phase Voltage orVh

PhaseAmpsorAh


Sl. No.

Description Unit Required Specification

Manufacture’s particulars (To be filled in)

MeteringandIndication34. KWhMeter 34.1 Manufacture’s Name &

Country- Siemens(Germany/

Switzerland)/AEG(Germany)/ABB(Switzerland)/Areva(UK)/Schlumberger(USA)/Elster(USA/Romania),LandisGyr+(Switzerland/Greece)HoneyWell(USA)/Toshiba(japan)/CEWE(UK)

34.2 Manufacture’sModelno. - Tobementioned 34.3 Typeofmeter - Numericalprogrammable

multifunction

34.4 Classofaccuracy - 0.2 35 IndicationVoltMeters35.1 Manufacturer’sNameand

Country- Tobementioned

35.2 Manufacture’sModelno. - Tobementioned 35.3 Typeofmeter - Analogue 35.4 ClassofAccuracy - Tobementioned 36 IndicationAmpereMeters36.1 Manufacturer’sNameand

Country- Tobementioned

36.2 Manufacture’sModelno. - Tobementioned 36.3 Typeofmeter - Analogue,240ScaleRange 36.4 ClassofAccuracy - Tobementioned

Seal&SignatureoftheManufacturer

Seal&SignatureoftheBidder


8.5 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF 33KV SINGLE PHASE LIGHTNING ARRESTER

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisethebidshallberejected)

Sl. No.

Description Unit BPDB's Requirement

Manufacturer's Guaranteed Particulars

01 Manufacturer’sNameandCountry - Tobementioned 02 Manufacturer’smodelNo. - Tobementioned 03 TypeoftheArrester - MetalOxide(ZnO),

Gapless

04 RatedArresterVoltage kV 36 05 Max.SystemVoltage KV 42 06 ContinuousOperatingVoltage kV 30 07 NominalDischargeCurrent(8/20micro

sec)KA 10

08 PowerFrequencywithstandvoltageoftheArresterHousing,Dry&Wet

kVrms 70(Dry)&70(Wet)

09 ImpulsewithstandVoltageoftheArresterHousing.

kV(peak) 170

10 LightningImpulseResidualVoltage(8/20micro-secondwave)

kV(peak) 170

11 Maxm.SteepCurrentImpulseResidualVoltageat10KAof1microsecondfronttime.

kV(peak) 130

12 HighCurrentImpulseWithstandValue(4/10microsecond)

KA Min100KA

13 TemporaryOvervoltagecapability: a)0.1 Second kV(peak) Tobementioned b)1.0 Second kV(peak) Tobementioned c)10Second kV(peak) Tobementioned d)100Second kV(peak) Tobementioned 14 PressureRelievedevice - YES 15 LeakageCurrentatratedvoltage mA <1mA 16 TotalCreepagedistance(minimum) mm/kV 25 17 Overalldimension: a)Height mm Tobementioned b)Diameter mm Tobementioned 18 TotalweightofArrester Kg. Tobementioned 19 Linedischargeclass - Shallbementioned 20 ShortCircuitCurrentWithstandduration Sec 31.5KA,3sec 21 MinimumEnergyDischarge

capability(KJ/KV)atratedvoltage

- 5

21 Min.Bendingload(kgm) 500




Sl. No.



22 LeakageCurrentDetectorwithSurgeCounter

Shallbeprovided

23 CableforConnectingSurgeCounter Shallbeprovided 24 Standard - IEC-60099-4




8.6 Guaranteed Technical Particulars of Ni-Cd BATTERY (110 V DC)(to be filled up by the manufacturer with appropriated data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected)

Sl. No. Description Unit BPDB's Requirement

Manufacturer's guaranteed Particulars

1. Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned 2. Manufacturer’smodelno. - Tobementioned 3. Type - NickelCadmium

Alkaline(enclosedtype)

4. OperatingVoltage VDC 110 5. ContinuousDischargeCurrentatrate

of10hour&FinalCellVoltage1.1VoltAmp 10

6. ShortTimeDischargeCurrentatrateof2hour&FinalCellVoltage1.3Volt

Amp 50

7. Electrolytetype - Tobementioned 8. Capacityat10hourrate AH 100 9. DischargeVoltage Volt 1.3PerCell 10. ChargingVoltage(Normal) Volt 1.6PerCell 11. Numberofcells Nos. 92nos.+5nos.Spare 12. Voltagepercell V 1.2 13. ChargingVoltage(Maximum) Volt 1.75PerCell 14. Normalfloatchargerate A Tobementioned 15. Maximumboostchargerate A Tobementioned 16. Amphourefficiencyat:

a)10hourrateb)1hourrate

%%

TobementionedTobementioned

17. Sizeofcell mm Tobementioned 18. Weightofcellandelectrolyte kg Tobementioned 19. Standard - AsperLatestEdition

ofapplicableIEC-60623

20. Specificgravityofelectrolyte

Tobementioned

21. Releasepressureforvalveregulatedtype

Kg/m2

Tobementioned

22. Volumeofelectrolytepercell

ml

Tobementioned

23. Volumeofreserveelectrolytepercell ml Tobementioned 24. Noofelectrodeplatespercell Nos. Tobementioned




Sl. No. Description Unit BPDB's Requirement


25. Typeofracks(a)Height(b)Width(c)Depth

Tobementioned

26. Celldimension:(a)Height(b)Width(c)Depth

mmmmmm

Tobementioned

27. RackDimensions(a)Height(b)Width(c)Depth

mmmmmm

Tobementioned




8.7 Guaranteed Technical Particulars of BATTERY CHARGER (Tobefilledupbythemanufacturerwithappropriateddata,otherwisetheBidwillberejected)

Sl. No.



1. Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned

2. Manufacturer’smodelno. - Tobementioned

3. Rating - Tobementioned

4. RatedInputvoltagerange VAC 415V10%

5. RatedFrequency Hz 50Hz(3%),

6. NoofPhase - 03

7. Control Shallbementioned

8. Communicationmoduleforstationautomation

Shallbeprovided

9. Rectifiertype Silicon

10. Nominaloutputvoltage VDC 110

11. Chargingoperatingcontrol Boostandfloatingcharge,automaticwithmanualoperation

12. Outputcurrent ADC ≥40

13. Continuouscurrentrating 110%ofratedcurrent

14. Efficiency % ≥85

15. Voltageregulation % ±0.5

16. Ripplevoltage mV ≤150

17. Boostchargingvoltage V/cell 1.6to1.75(programmable)

18. Boostchargingtime hour programmable

19. Operatingtemperature °C 0to50

20. Humidity % 95

21. Audiblenoise dB ≤65

22. Facilitiesforparallelingwithanothercharger

Shallbeprovided

23. Protectionagainstsurgevoltage Shallbeprovided

24. Protectionagainstreversepolarity Shallbeprovided

25. Provision for currentlimiting

Shallbeprovided

26. DropperDiodUnitactiveatintheoutputcircuitduringBoostMode

- YES

27. Provision of constantvoltage charge 90V -130V

Shallbeprovided


S.No.



28. Provisionofshowingearthleakagecurrentbyanalogmeter

Shallbeprovided

29. BatteryTemperature

compensation

Shallbe

incorporated.

30. Alarmannunciatorindependentof

themicroprocessor

Shallbeprovided

31. Analogmetersforvoltageand

currentmeasurementofinput,

output andbatterypower

Shallbeprovided

32. Dimension Shallbementioned

33. Outputvoltagerangea)normalchargeb)Floatchargec)boostcharge

VDCVDCVDC

110V1%120V1%150V1%

34. Normal/boostchargeindependentunits?

Yes/NoTobementioned

35. Outputcurrent A 50

36. RatedBatteryCurrent A 20

37. Efficiency % Tobementioned

38. RippleVoltage % 3%

39. TypeofAVR - Static

40. InstallationBreakDownVoltage KV 2KVfor1Minute

41. Typeofrectifier Thyristor Tobementioned

42. MCCB

a)Quantity Nos. MCBwillbeprovidednearACinput&DCOutput

b)Rating A ACinputMCB-50ADCOutputMCB-63A,

43. Standard - AsperLatestEditionofapplicableIEC-60146




8.8 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF SHIELD WIRE, EARTHING GRID AND EARTHING ELECTRODE

(TobefilledupbytheinManufacturerLetterheadPadwithappropriatedata)

Sl. No. Description Unit BPDB's

Requirement

Manufacturer's

guaranteed

Particulars

A. SHIELD WIRES

1 Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned

2 Material - HighStrength

Steel

3 GradeofSteel Kg 60000

4 Nos.ofStrand Nos. 7

5 Diameterofeachstrand mm 3.05

6 Overalldiameter mm 9.525

7 Nominalcross-section(Min) mm2 45

8 Weightperkmlength Kg 407

9 Maximumratedcurrent(3seconds) A Tobementioned

10 Maximumworkingtensionofmainconnection Kg/m2 Tobementioned

11 Resistanceofconductorsper1000metersat20

c

ohms Tobementioned

12 RatedUltimateTensileStrength Kg/mm2 4900

13 Maximumpermissiblespanlength m Tobementioned

14 Maximumsagunderownweightofmaximum

span

mm Tobementioned

15 Co-efficientoflinerexpansion cm/0C. Tobementioned

16 ClassofZincCoating - Class-A

17 Galvanization - AsperBS-729

ORASTMA-153

B. EARTHING GRID


2 Material - Copper

3 OverallCross-Section mm² 200


Sl. No. Description Unit BPDB's

Requirement

Manufacturer's

guaranteed

Particulars

4 Nominalcross-section

a)Interconnectingtheearthelectrodes mm2 Tobementioned

b)Connectingequipmenttomesh mm2 Tobementioned

6 Areaofeachearthinggrid mxm Tobementioned

7 Depthofbeddingofconductor mm Tobementioned

8 Maximumearthfaultcurrentfor3sec. KA 31.5

9 Resistanceofconductorsper1000metersat

200c

Ohms Tobementioned

C. EARTHING ELECTRODES


2 Material - Copper

3 Dimensions:

a)Dia

b)Length

mm

mm

16

4

4 Numberofelectrodespergroup - Asperschedule

5 Numberofearthingpointpersubstation - Tobementioned

6 Calculatedresistanceofcombinedearthgrid

andpoints

ohm ˂0.5(duringdry

Season)

Seal & Signature of the Manufacturer Seal & Signature of the Bidder


8.9 Manufacturer’s Guaranteed Technical Data Schedule for 415V, 3-Phase, 100 AMPS MCCB & ENCLOSURE

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturer’sLetterheadPadwithappropriateddata)

SL DESCRIPTION BPDB'S REQUIREMENT

MANUFACTURER'S

GUARANTEED DATA

01. Manufacturer’sName&Address Tobementioned

02. Manufacturer’sModelno. Tobementioned

03. Construction Ascl.7.43.0ofspec.

04. Overalldimension(HeightxWidthxDepth)

500mmx300mmx200mm

05. Thickness(minimum) 1.63mm

06. Materialofthebox Galvanizedsteelsheetofmin1.63mmthick.

07. Necessaryfixingchannelswithadjustableholeincludingnuts,boltsetc.

Shallbeprovided

08. StandardofgalvanizationLatestrevisionofASTMA90/BSENISO1461:2009standard.

09. Dimensionaldrawing Tobefurnished

Seal&SignatureoftheManufacturer

Seal&SignatureoftheBidder


8.10 TECHNICAL PARTICULARS AND GUARANTEES OF LED LAMP (TobefilledupbyManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisethebidshallnotbeconsideredforevaluation)

Sl. No.



1 Manufacturer’sName&Country - Tobementioned 2 Countryoforigin - Tobementioned 3 Typeoflamp - LEDLamp 4 Wattageratingoflamp Watt Tobementioned

5 Operablevoltage V220+10%V,AC,1-Phase,50Hz

6 Standingcomponents - Tobementioned 7 Materialofhousing/shade - Tobementioned 8 Frontcoverofhousing/shade - Tobementioned

9 Reflectionofthehousing -Shallbehighpurityanodizedaluminum

10Shallthehousebeweatherproof,rainproofandpreventingressofwater&insects?

- Yes

12 ElectronicDriver Shallbeincorporated 11 Weightofcompleteunit Kg Tobementioned




8.11 MANUFACTURER’S GUARANTEED TECHNICAL DATA SCHEDULE FOR 33/11KV, 20/26 MVA POWER

TRANSFORMER (To be filled up by the Manufacturer in Manufacturer Letterhead Pad, otherwise the bid shall be rejected.)

Sl.

No. Description Unit

BPDB’s

Requirement

Manufacturer’s

Guaranteed

Particulars

1. RATING AND PERFORMANCE

1.1 Manufacturer’s name & country - To be mentioned

1.2 Manufacturer’s Model no. - To be mentioned

1.3 Continuous maximum rating (ONAN / ONAF) MVA 20/26

1.4 No. of phases Nos. 3

1.5 Rated frequency Hz 50

1.6 Normal transformation ratio at No-load kV 33/11.67

1.7 Rated HT voltage (phase to phase) kV 33

1.8 Maximum HT voltage (phase to phase) kV 36

1.9 Rated LT voltage (phase to phase) kV 11

1.10 Maximum LT voltage (phase to phase) kV 12

1.11 Installation - Outdoor

1.12 Type of Transformer - Core, Conservator, Oil

immersed

1.13 Direction of normal power flow - HT-LT

1.14 No of windings Nos. 2

1.15 Bushing materials - Porcelain

1.16 Type of cooling - ONAN/ONAF

1.17 Coolant - Mineral Oil free from

PCB as per IEC-296

1.18 Type of earthing - Effectively earth

1.20 Type of base - On wheels with adequate

size and length of rails

and fixing arrangement

1.21 Phase connection:

a) 33 KV winding with bushing CT

b) 11KV winding with bushing CT

-

-

Delta

Star

1.22 Vector group - Dyn11

1.23 Neutral to be brought out :

a) HT

b) LT

-

-

Nil

Yes

1.24 Basic Insulation Level (BIL) :

a) High voltage winding

b) Low voltage winding

KV

KV

170

75

1.25 Max. Temp. Rise over 400C of ambient (at CMR & normal tap change position) supported by Design

Calculation sheet (to be enclosed) on the basis of Design Data:-

a) Winding Temp. Rise 0C 65

b) Top Oil Temp. Rise 0C 55

TEST VOLTAGE :


1.26 Impulse front wave test voltage (1.2/50 micro sec. wave

shape) :

a) High voltage side

b) low voltage side

kV

kV

170

75

1.27 Power Frequency withstand test voltage for 1 (one)

minute :

a) High voltage side

b) Low voltage side

kV

kV

70

28

1.28 Short circuit MVA available :

a) at 33 KV

b) at 11KV

MVA

MVA

1800

500

1.29 Impedance voltage at 75 0C and at normal ratio and rated

frequency and at ONAN condition.

%

8.5%

1.30 All windings shall have uniform insulations - Yes

2. VOLTAGE CONTROL (OLTC)

2.1 Type of Tap Changer control

- On load auto regulation

and remote & manual

control

2.2 OLTC, MDU & AVR Manufacturer’s name & country - MR Germany/ABB,

Sweden

2.3 Model Number Shall be mentioned

2.4 Nos. of tapping - 17

2.5 Tapping steps - +10% in steps of 1.25%

17 tapping (i.e.

33+8x1.25%)

2.6 HV or LV winding - HV winding

2.7 Power Frequency withstand test voltage between first and

last contracts of the selector switch between diverter and

switch contract.

kV 75

2.8 Rated Voltage for control circuit Shall be mentioned

2.9 Power Supply for control motor Shall be mentioned

3. GENERAL

3.1 Manufacturer’s Name & Address To be mentioned

3.2 Material of core & grading To be mentioned

3.3 Core Loss/ Kg, supported by Characteristic Curve (to

be submitted ) To be mentioned

3.4 Thickness of core, mm To be mentioned

3.5 Core Dia, mm To be mentioned

3.6 Total weight of core, Kg To be mentioned

3.7 Maximum flux density in iron at normal voltage and

frequency and at normal ratio (ONAF condition)

a) Cores

b) Yokes

Tesla

Tesla

< 1.7

To be mentioned

3.8 Magnetizing current (approx.) % To be mentioned


3.9 a) No load losses at rated voltage, ratio and frequency. KW 12–20

b) Full Load losses at rated voltage, normal ratio &

frequency in ONAN condition at 750C.

KW To be mentioned

c) Full Load losses at rated voltage, normal ratio &

frequency in ONAF condition at 750C.

KW 90 – 120

d) Auxiliary Losses KW To be mentioned

e) Total Loss (a+c+d) KW To be mentioned

3.10 Maximum current density in core at CMR A/mm2 To be mentioned

3.11 Simultaneous operating conditions under whichmaximumfluxdensityisattained:a)Frequencyb)Voltage-HVLVc)Tapd)Load

HzKVKV-MVAandP.F.

TobementionedTobementionedTobementionedTobementioned

3.12 Maximum flux density in iron under conditionsenteredonline3.6

Tesla Tobementioned

3.13 (a) Maximum current density in HV winding atCMR(b)CrosssectionofHVwinding

A/mm2mm2

Tobementioned

3.14 (a) Maximum current density in LV winding atCMR(b)CrosssectionofLVwinding

A/mm2mm2

Tobementioned

4. DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION

4.1 Types of winding:

a) HV

b) LV

- To be mentioned

4.2 Copper Conductor’s Manufacturer Name & Address To be mentioned

4.3 Material of windings - copper

4.4 Winding resistance of :

a) H.T. winding, Ohm. To be mentioned

b) L.T. winding, Ohm. To be mentioned

4.5 Current density of :

a) H.T. winding, Amps/sq. mm A/mm2 To be mentioned

b) L.T. winding, Amps/sq. mm A/mm2 To be mentioned

4.6 Outer, Inner & Mean dia of copper winding:

a) H.T. winding, mm To be mentioned

b) L.T. winding, mm To be mentioned

4.7 Size of Copper conductor/bar :

a) H.T. winding SWG, dia. in mm / area in mm2 To be mentioned

b) L.T. winding SWG, area in mm2 To be mentioned


4.8 Number of Turns :

a) HT winding. nos. To be mentioned

b) LT winding nos. To be mentioned

4.9 Copper weight of windings :

a) HT winding Kg To be mentioned

b) LT winding Kg To be mentioned

4.10 Total weight of copper windings Kg To be mentioned

4.11 Type of insulation of :

a) Tapping

b) Tapping connections

c) Core bolts

d) Core bolt washers

e) Side plates

f) Core laminations

-

To be mentioned

4.12 Type of winding connections

(crimped or brazed )

- To be mentioned

4.13 Thickness of transformer tank:

b) Top

c) Sides

d) Bottom

mm

mm

mm

To be mentioned

To be mentioned

To be mentioned

4.14 Vacuum withstand capability of the tank

Main tank Kpa

Conservator Kpa

Radiators Kpa

4.15 Provision of tank earthing and Core earthing - Yes

4.16 Bladder / Air bag in Conservator - Yes

4.17 Material used for gaskets for oil tight joints mm To be mentioned

5. RADIATORS

5.1 Thickness of radiator plates/ cooling tubes mm To be mentioned

5.2 Equipment for ON cooling state

a) radiators on main tank

-

To be mentioned

5.3 Number of radiators per transformer Nos. To be mentioned

5.4 Rating of each radiator bank KW To be mentioned

5.5 Power of each fan KW To be mentioned

5.6 Nos. of fans Nos. To be mentioned

6. Oil Volume and Weight

6.1 Type of oil Class-1 grade, insulating mineral oil, free from PCB (polychlorinated biphenyl)

6.2 Manufacturer Name of oil Shall be mentioned

6.3 Breakdown Voltage at 2.5mm gap between electrodes >50 kV

6.4 Appearance Liquid and free from suspended matter or sediment

6.5 Density at 200 C 0.895 g/cm3 (maximum)


6.6 Flash point (Closed cup) 1400 C (minimum)

6.7 Kinematics Viscosity at -150 C 800 cSt. (Maximum)

6.8 Kinematics Viscosity at 200 C 40 cSt. (Maximum)

6.9 Pour point -300 C (maximum)

6.10 Neutralization value 0.03 mg KOH/g (maximum)

6.11 Neutralization value after oxidation 0.40 mg KOH/g (maximum)

6.12 Total sludge after oxidation 0.10% weight (maximum)

6.13 PCB Content Free from PCB

6.14 Water content 25ppm (maximum)

6.15 Total oil required including cooler system Litres To be mentioned

6.16 Volume of oil above of the top yoke Litres To be mentioned

6.17 Total volume of conservator Litres To be mentioned

6.18 Weight of core and winding assembly Tones To be mentioned

6.19 Weight of each oil cooler bank complete with oil if

mounted separately from transformer

Tones To be mentioned

6.20 Total weights of complete transformer, including attached

radiators, voltage regulating equipment ,all fittings and oil

Tones To be mentioned

6.21 Weight of transformer arranged for transport Tones To be mentioned

6.22 Brief description of transformer or parts thereof subjected

to short-circuit test or for which short-circuit calculations

are available

- To be mentioned

7. TRANSFORMER BUSHING INSULATORS

7.1 Manufacture’s name & country - To be mentioned

7.2 Insulator material - Porcelain

7.3 Bushing housing Porcelain

7.4 Bushing Current Rating at 75˚C A To be mentioned

7.5 Insulator type and rated voltage - To be mentioned

7.6 Pitch circle diameter and drilling of flange mm

approx.

To be mentioned

7.7 Length of Insulator (overall ) mm To be mentioned

7.8 Weight of Insulator kg To be mentioned

7.9 One minute 50 Hz dry withstand routine test voltage KV To be mentioned

7.10 Lightning Impulse flashover voltage (1.2/50 wave ) KV To be mentioned

7.11 Fullwave Lightning Impulse Voltage withstand KV To be mentioned

7.12 50 Hz wet withstand voltage across arcing horns KV To be mentioned

7.13 Under oil flashover voltage type test KV To be mentioned

7.14 Total creepage distance of shedding mm Min. 25mm per KV

7.15 Protected creepage distance of shedding mm To be mentioned

7.16 Rated Short circuit Current withstand capability 31.5KA, 3sec

8. BUSHING CTS 33 KV FOR DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION


8.2 Rated Voltage 33KV

8.3 Rated maximum Voltage 36KV

8.4 Ratio A 600/5


8.5 Rated output VA 30 VA

8.6 Accuracy class - 5P20

8.7 Electrical Clearance from phase to phase mm To be mentioned

8.9 Electrical Clearance phase to earth mm To be mentioned

9. BUSHING CTS 11 KV FOR DIFFERENTIAL PROTECTION


9.2 Rated voltage KV 11

9.3 Rated maximum voltage KV 12

9.4 Ratio A 1800/5



10. NEUTRAL BUSHING CTS 11 KV FOR SEF & REF PROTECTION


10.2 Ratedvoltage KV 11

10.3 Ratedmaximumvoltage KV 12

10.4 Ratio A 1800/5/5



11.0 Oil Temperature Indicator Manufacturer Name To be mentioned Alarm contact + Fan Starts 01NO + 2NO Trip Contact 01NO Alarm & Trip Range 12.0 Winding Temperature Indicator Manufacturer Name To be mentioned Alarm contact + Fan starts 01NO + 2NO Trip Contact 01NO Alarm & Trip Range 13.0 Buchholz relay Yes Manufacturer Name To be mentioned Make/Model Number To be mentioned Alarm contact 01NO Trip Contact 01NO 14.0 PRD Yes Manufacturer Name To be mentioned Make/Model Number To be mentioned Trip Contact 01NO 15.0 Is terminal permanent terminal marking provided? Yes 16.0 Parallel operation of identical transformer Required 17.0 Marshalling Box Shall be provided 18.0 Silica Gel Breather Shall be provided 19.0 Guaranteed Noise level as per IEC 551 db 20.0 Harmonics R.M.S. value of the fundamental current Amp. To be mentioned R.M.S. value of 3rd harmonics current Amp To be mentioned

R.M.S. value of 5th harmonics current Amp To be mentioned




21.0 Type of paint applied internally To be mentioned

22.0 Type of paint applied externally To be mentioned

23.0 Type of weatherproof anti rust material primer To be mentioned

24.0 Dimension of the transformer

Length mm To be mentioned

Width mm To be mentioned

Height mm To be mentioned

25.0 Standard Design, Manufacture , Testing, Installation and performance shall be in accordance to the latest edition of the IEC 60076


8.11.B Manufacturer’s Guaranteed Technical Data Schedule for 33/11kV, 16/20 MVA Power Transformer

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisethebidshallberejected.)

Sl. No.



1. Rating and Performance 1.1 Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned 1.2 Manufacturer’sModelno. - Tobementioned 1.3 Continuousmaximumrating(ONAN/ONAF) MVA 16/20 1.4 No.ofphases Nos. 3 1.5 Ratedfrequency Hz 50 1.6 NormaltransformationratioatNo-load kV 33/11.67 1.7 RatedHTvoltage(phasetophase) kV 33 1.8 MaximumHTvoltage(phasetophase) kV 36 1.9 RatedLTvoltage(phasetophase) kV 11 1.10 MaximumLTvoltage(phasetophase) kV 12 1.11 Installation - Outdoor 1.12 TypeofTransformer - Core,Conservator,

Oilimmersed

1.13 Directionofnormalpowerflow - HT-LT 1.14 Noofwindings Nos. 2 1.15 Bushingmaterials - Porcelain 1.16 Typeofcooling - ONAN/ONAF 1.17 Coolant - MineralOilfree

fromPCBasperIEC-296

1.18 Typeofearthing - Effectivelyearth 1.20 Typeofbase - Onwheelswith

adequatesizeand10Mlengthofrailsandfixingarrangement

1.21 Phase connection: a)33KVwindingwithbushingCTb)11KVwindingwithbushingCT

--

DeltaStar

1.22 Vectorgroup - Dyn11 1.23 Neutraltobebroughtout:

a)HTb)LT

--

NilYes

1.24 BasicInsulationLevel(BIL):a)Highvoltagewindingb)Lowvoltagewinding

KVKV

17075

Seal & Signature

of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature

of the Bidder


Sl. No.



1.25 Max.Temp.Riseover400Cofambient(atCMR&normaltapchangeposition)supportedbyDesignCalculationsheet(tobeenclosed)onthebasisofDesignData:-

a)WindingTemp.Rise 0C 65 b)TopOilTemp.Rise 0C 55 Test Voltage : 1.26 Impulsefrontwavetestvoltage(1.2/50

microsec.waveshape):a)Highvoltagesideb)lowvoltageside

kVkV

17075

1.27 PowerFrequencywithstandtestvoltagefor1(one)minute:a)Highvoltagesideb)Lowvoltageside

kVkV

7028

1.28 ShortcircuitMVAavailable:a)at33KVb)at11KV

MVAMVA

1800500

1.29 Impedancevoltageat750CandatnormalratioandratedfrequencyandatONANcondition.

%

8.5%

1.30 Allwindingsshallhaveuniforminsulations - YES 2. Voltage Control (OLTC) 2.1 TypeofTapChangercontrol

- Onloadauto

regulationandremote&manualcontrol

2.2 OLTC,MDU&AVRManufacturer'sname&country

- MR,

Germany/ABB,

Sweden/Hm,

China.

2.3 ModelNumber Shallbementioned

2.4 Nos.oftapping - 17 2.5 Tappingsteps - +10%instepsof

1.25%17tapping(i.e.33+8x1.25%)

2.6 HVorLVwinding - HVwinding 2.7 PowerFrequencywithstandtestvoltage

betweenfirstandlastcontractsoftheselectorswitchbetweendiverterandswitchcontract.

kV 75

3. General 3.1 CoreManufacturer’sName&Address Tobementioned

Seal & Signature

of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature

of the Bidder


Sl. No.



3.2 Materialofcore&grading Tobementioned 3.3 CoreLoss/Kg,supportedbyCharacteristic

Curve(tobesubmitted) Tobementioned

3.4 Thicknessofcore,mm Tobementioned 3.5 CoreDia,mm Tobementioned 3.6 Totalweightofcore,Kg Tobementioned 3.7 Maximumfluxdensityinironatnormalvoltage

andfrequencyandatnormalratio(ONAFcondition)a)Coresb)Yokes

TeslaTesla

<1.7Tobementioned

3.8 Magnetizingcurrent(approx.) % Tobementioned 3.9 a)Noloadlossesatratedvoltage,ratioand

frequency.KW 10-17

b)FullLoadlossesatratedvoltage,normalratio&frequencyinONANconditionat750C.

KW Tobementioned

c)FullLoadlossesatratedvoltage,normalratio&frequencyinONAFconditionat750C.

KW 80-100

d)AuxiliaryLosses KW Tobementioned e)TotalLoss(a+c+d) KW Tobementioned

3.10 MaximumcurrentdensityincoreatCMR A/mm2

Tobementioned

3.11 Simultaneousoperatingconditionsunderwhichmaximumfluxdensityisattained:a)Frequencyb)Voltage-HVLVc)Tapd)Load

HzKVKV-MVAandP.F.

TobementionedTobementionedTobementionedTobementioned

3.12 Maximumfluxdensityinironunderconditionsenteredonline3.6

Tesla Tobementioned

3.13 (a)MaximumcurrentdensityinHVwindingatCMR(b)CrosssectionofHVwinding

A/mm2

mm2

Tobementioned

3.14 (a)MaximumcurrentdensityinLVwindingatCMR(b)CrosssectionofLVwinding

A/mm2

mm2

Tobementioned

4. Details of construction 4.1 Typesofwinding:

a)HVb)LV

- Tobementioned

4.2 CopperConductor'sManufacturerName&Address

Tobementioned

4.3 Materialofwindings - copper 4.4 Windingresistanceof: a)H.T.winding, Ohm. Tobementioned b)L.T.winding, Ohm. Tobementioned


Sl. No.



4.5 Currentdensityof: a)H.T.winding,Amps/sq.mm A/mm

2

Tobementioned

b)L.T.winding,Amps/sq.mm A/mm2

Tobementioned

4.6 Outer,Inner&Meandiaofcopperwinding: a)H.T.winding, mm Tobementioned b)L.T.winding, mm Tobementioned 4.7 SizeofCopperconductor/bar: a)H.T.windingSWG,dia.inmm/areainmm2 Tobementioned b)L.T.windingSWG,areainmm2 Tobementioned 4.8 NumberofTurns: a)HTwinding. nos. Tobementioned b)LTwinding nos. Tobementioned 4.9 Copperweightofwindings: a)HTwinding Kg Tobementioned b)LTwinding Kg Tobementioned 4.10 Totalweightofcopperwindings Kg Tobementioned

4.11

Typeofinsulationof:a)Tappingb)Tappingconnectionsc)Coreboltsd)Coreboltwasherse)Sideplatesf)Corelaminations

-Tobementioned

4.12 Typeofwindingconnections(crimpedorbrazed)

- Tobementioned

4.13 Thicknessoftransformertank:a)Topb) Sides

c) Bottom

mmmmmm

TobementionedTobementionedTobementioned

4.14 Materialusedforgasketsforoiltightjoints mm Tobementioned 4.15 VacuumWithstandCapability - YES 4.16 ProvisionofTankEarthing&CoreEarthing - YES 4.17 Bladder/AirbaginConservator - YES 5. Radiators 5.1 Thicknessofradiatorplates mm Tobementioned 5.2 EquipmentforONcoolingstate

a)radiatorsonmaintank-

Tobementioned

5.3 Numberofradiatorspertransformer Nos. Tobementioned 5.4 Ratingofeachradiatorbank KW Tobementioned 5.5 Powerofeachfan KW Tobementioned 5.6 Nos.offans Nos. Tobementioned

Seal & Signature

of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature

of the Bidder


Sl. No.



6. 6.1 Typeofoil Class-1grade,

insulatingmineraloil,freefromPCB(polychlorinatedbiphenyl)

6.2 BreakdownVoltageat2.5mmgapbetweenelectrodes

>50kV

6.3 Totaloilrequiredincludingradiatorsystem Litres Tobementioned 6.4 Volumeofoilaboveofthetopyoke Litres Tobementioned 6.5 Totalvolumeofconservator Litres Tobementioned 6.6 Weightofcoreandwindingassembly Tones Tobementioned 6.7 Weightofeachoilradiatorbankcompletewithoil

ifmountedseparatelyfromtransformerTones Tobementioned

6.8 Totalweightsofcompletetransformer,includingattachedradiators,voltageregulatingequipment,allfittingsandoil

Tones Tobementioned

6.9 Weightoftransformerarrangedfortransport Tones Tobementioned 6.10 Briefdescriptionoftransformerorpartsthereof

subjectedtoshort-circuittestorforwhichshort-circuitcalculationsareavailable

- Tobementioned

7. Transformer Bushing Insulators 7.1 Manufacture’sname&country - Tobementioned 7.2 Insulatormaterial - Porcelain 7.3 BushingCurrentRatingat75˚C A Tobementioned 7.4 Insulatortypeandratedvoltage - Tobementioned 7.5 Pitchcirclediameteranddrillingofflange mm

approx

Tobementioned

7.6 LengthofInsulator(overall) mm Tobementioned 7.7 WeightofInsulator kg Tobementioned 7.8 Oneminute50Hzdrywithstandroutinetest

voltageKV Tobementioned

7.9 LightningImpulseflashovervoltage(1.2/50wave)

KV Tobementioned

7.10 FullwaveLightningImpulseVoltagewithstand KV Tobementioned 7.11 50Hzwetwithstandvoltageacrossarcinghorns KV Tobementioned 7.12 Underoilflashovervoltagetypetest KV Tobementioned 7.13 Totalcreepagedistanceofshedding mm Tobementioned 7.14 Protectedcreepagedistanceofshedding mm Tobementioned 7.15 RatedShortcircuitCurrentWithstandcapability - 31.5KA,3sec

Seal & Signature

of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature

of the Bidder


Sl. No.



8. Bushing CTS 33 KV for Differential Protection

8.1 Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned 8.2 Ratio A 400/5 8.3 Ratedoutput VA 30VA 8.4 Accuracyclass - 5P20 9. Bushing CTS 11 KV for Differential

Protection

9.1 Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned 9.2 Ratio A 1200/5 9.3 Ratedoutput VA 30VA 9.4 Accuracyclass - 5P20 10. Neutral Bushing CTS 11 KV for SEF & REF

Protection

10.1 Manufacturer’sname&country - Tobementioned 10.2 Ratio A 1200/5-5A 10.3 Ratedoutput VA 30VA 10.4 Accuracyclass - 5P20

11.0 Oil Temperature Indicator ManufacturerName Tobementioned Alarmcontact+Fanstart 01NO

TripContact 01NO Alarm&TripRange

12.0 Winding Temperature Indicator ManufacturerName Tobementioned Alarmcontact+Fanstart 01NO TripContact 01NO Alarm&TripRange 13.0 Buchholz relay Yes ManufacturerName Tobementioned Make/ModelNumber Tobementioned Alarmcontact 01NO TripContact 01NO 14.0 PRD Yes ManufacturerName Tobementioned Make/ModelNumber Tobementioned Alarmcontact 01NO TripContact 01NO 16.0 Isterminalpermanentterminalmarking

provided? Yes

17.0 Paralleloperationofidenticaltransformer Required 18.0 MarshallingBox Shallbeprovided


Sl. No.



Seal & Signature

of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature

of the Bidder

19.0 SilicaGelBreather Shallbeprovided

20.0 GuaranteedNoiselevelasperIEC551 db 21.0 Harmonics R.M.S.valueofthefundamentalcurrent Amp. Tobementioned R.M.S.valueof3rdharmonicscurrent Amp Tobementioned

R.M.S.valueof5thharmonicscurrent Amp Tobementioned

22.0 Typeofpaintappliedinternally Tobementioned

23.0 Typeofpaintappliedexternally Tobementioned

24.0 Typeofweatherproofantirustmaterialprimer

Tobementioned

25.0 Dimensionofthetransformer

Length mm Tobementioned

Width mm Tobementioned

Height mm Tobementioned

26.0 Standard Design,Manufacture,Testing,InstallationandperformanceshallbeinaccordancetothelatesteditionoftheIEC60076


8. 12 Manufacturer's Guaranteed Technical Data Schedule For 33/ 0.415 KV, 3-Phase, 200kVA

Station Auxiliary Transformer

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisethebidshallbe

rejected)

Sl. No.

Description BPDB'S Requirement

Manufacturer's Guaranteed Data

1 Manufacturer’sName&Address Tobementioned 2 Manufacturer'sType&ModelNo. Tobementioned 3 KVARating 200 4 NumberofPhases 3 5 Ratedfrequency,Hz 50 6 Ratedprimaryvoltage,KV 33 7 Ratednoloadsec.voltage,V 415 8 Vectorgroup Dyn11 9 Highestsystemvoltageof: a)Primarywinding,KV 36 b)Secondarywinding,V 457 10 Basicinsulationlevel,KV 170 11 Powerfrequencywithstandvoltage,KV a)HTSide 70 b)LTSide 2.5 12 Typeofcooling ONAN 13 Max.Temp.Riseover400CofambientsupportedbyCalculation(tobesubmitted)ofLoadLoss,

TemperatureRiseandHeatDissipationbyRadiatoronthebasisofDesignData: a)Windingsdeg.C 65 b)Topoildeg.C 55 14 Typeofprimarytappingoffload,% +1x2.5%,0,

-3x2.5%

15 PercentageImpedanceat75oC,% 5% 16 No-loadloss,Watts 650 17 Loadlossesatratedfullloadat750C,Watts 2910 18 Magnetisingcurrentatnormalvoltage,Amps Tobementioned 19 Efficiencyat750Cand100%load: a)at1.0powerfactor,% Tobementioned b)at0.8powerfactor,% Tobementioned 20 Efficiencyat750Cand75%load: a)at1.0powerfactor,% Tobementioned b)at0.8powerfactor,% Tobementioned 21 Efficiencyat750Cand50%load: a)at1.0powerfactor,% Tobementioned b)at0.8powerfactor,% Tobementioned 22 Efficiencyat750Cand25%load: a)at1.0powerfactor,% Tobementioned b)at0.8powerfactor,% Tobementioned 23 Regulationatfullload: a)at1.0powerfactor,% Tobementioned b)at0.8powerfactor,% Tobementioned TransformerOil:


Sl. No.



24 a)Typeofoil MineralInsulatingOil

b)Manufacturer’sName&Address Tobementioned 25 Totalweightofoil,Kg Tobementioned 26 BreakdownVoltageat2.5mmgapbetween

electrodes>50kV

TransformerCore: 27 Manufacturer’sName&Address Tobementioned 28 Totalweightofcore,Kg Tobementioned 29 Materialofcore&grading Tobementioned 30 CoreLoss/Kg,supportedbyCharacteristicCurve

&CoreManufacturer'sBrochureTobementioned

31 Thicknessofcore,mm Tobementioned 32 CoreDia,mm Tobementioned 33 Max.magneticfluxdensity,Tesla <1.7 TransformerWindings: 34 CopperConductor'sManufacturerName&

AddressTobementioned

35 Materialofwindings copper 36 Windingresistanceof: a)H.T.winding,Ohm.(perphaseat75oC) Tobementioned b)L.T.winding,milli-Ohm.(perphaseat75oC) Tobementioned 37 Currentdensityof: a)H.T.winding,Amps/sq.mm Tobementioned b)L.T.winding,Amps/sq.mm Tobementioned 38 Outer,Inner&Meandiaofcopperwinding: a)H.T.winding,mm Tobementioned b)L.T.winding,mm Tobementioned 39 SizeofCopperConductor: a)H.T.windingSWG,dia.inmm&areainmm2 Tobementioned b)L.T.windingSWG,areainmm2 Tobementioned 40 NumberofTurns: a)HTwinding,nos. Tobementioned b)LTwinding,nos. Tobementioned 41 Copperweightofwindings: a)HTwinding,Kg Tobementioned b)LTwinding,Kg Tobementioned 42 Totalweightofcopperwindings,Kg Tobementioned 43 DimensionofTransformer: a)Width,mm Tobementioned b)Length,mm Tobementioned c)Height,mm Tobementioned d)TankSheetthicknessoftop,bottom&side,

mmTobementioned

e)Totalweightoftransformertank,Kg Tobementioned


Sl. No.



44 a)Totalweightofactivepart(core,coilandotheraccessories),Kg

Tobementioned

b)TotalweightofcompleteTransformerincludingfittings&oil,Kg

Tobementioned

45 Typeofbreathings Tobementioned 46 NameofrelevantIECorotherEquivalent

StandardsforDesign,manufacture,testingandperformance.

Tobementioned

47 Drawing: a) GeneralArrangement&OutlineDimensions Tobesubmitted b) InternalConstructionDetails/Sectional

drawingofactivepartsincludingInsulationarrangement

Tobesubmitted

c) HT&LTBushingswithdimension&currentratings

Tobesubmitted

d) Cross-section&DimensionaldrawingofCore&Windings

Tobesubmitted

e) Radiatorwithdetaildimensionaldrawing Tobesubmitted f) Tapchangerwithdimension&current

ratings.Tobesubmitted

48 RoutineTestReport: a) Measurementofturnratiotest. Tobesubmitted b) Vectorgrouptest. Tobesubmitted c) Measurementofwindingresistance. Tobesubmitted d) Measurementofinsulationresistance. Tobesubmitted e) Measurementofnoloadloss&no-load

current.Tobesubmitted

f) Measurementofimpedancevoltage&loadloss.

Tobesubmitted

g) DielectricwithstandsTests. Tobesubmitted

h) Transformeroiltest(includingTandelta). Tobesubmitted 49 TypeTestsreportalongwithdetailstestresultanddrawingsfor33/0.415KV,200KVA,3-

Phase,Dyn11DistributionTransformerfromanindependenttestingLaboratory/InstituteasperIEC60076/BS171Standards:

a) ImpulseVoltageWithstandstest. Tobesubmitted b) TemperatureRisetest. Tobesubmitted 50 Short-circuitTestsReportfortheoffered

33/0.415KV,200KVA,3-Phase,Dyn11DistributionTransformerasperrelevantIECwithdetailtestresults&drawingsfromreputedindependenttestingLaboratory/Institutionordetailcalculationonthebasisofdesigndatabythemanufacturer.

Tobesubmitted

Seal & Signature

of the Manufacturer

Seal & Signature

of the Bidder


8. 12 Manufacturer's Guaranteed Technical Data Schedule for 33KV Single Core, 500mm²KV

XLPE Insulated Copper Cable

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,otherwisethebidshallberejected)

Sl. No. Description Unit Purchaser’s Requirement

Manufacturer’s Particulars

1 NameoftheItem 1CX500mm233kVXLPEInsulatedCopperCables

2 NameoftheManufacturer Shallbementioned

3 AddressoftheManufacturer Shallbementioned

4 Standard Performance,DesignandTestingshallbeinaccordancetotheBS,IEC,BDSorequivalentInternationalstandards.

5. Voltage(VoltagebetweenphasesofthreePhasecircuit)U/Umax

33/36

6. ManufacturingProcess CCV/VCV

7. NumberofCores No. Single 8. CONDUCTOR i)Material Electrolyticannealed

copper

ii)crosssectionalarea mm² 500 iii)Min.No.&Diaofwires nos/

mm61/Tobementioned

9. CONDUCTORSCREEN i)Material semi-conductingXLPE

ii)NominalThickness(Min) mm 0.8 iii)Diameteroverscreen mm Tobementioned

10. Insulation i)Materials XLPE

ii)TypeCuring Dry(InertGas) iii)NominalThickness(Min) mm Tobementioned iv)DiameterofInsulation mm Tobementioned

11. CoreScreen i)Material semi-conductingXLPE

ii)NominalThickness(Min) mm 0.5 iii)Diameteroverscreen mm Tobementioned

12 MetallicScreen Numberanddiameterofcopper

strandsorCopperwirewithhelicallyappliedCoppertape

no/mm Tobementioned(BasedonDesignData)

13. SeparationSheath i)Materials Tobementioned

ii)NominalThickness Tobementioned




14. Armour Numberanddiameterofarmour

wire/aluminiumsheathno/mm Tobementioned

(BasedondesignCalculation)

15. OuterCovering i)Material Balck/RedExtruded

MDPE

ii)Min.averagethickness mm 2.6 16. COMPLETEDCABLE

Overalldiameter Weightpermetre Maximumdrumlength

mmkgm

526.2500

17. CABLEDRUMSMaterialOveralldiameter Width Grossweight(withcable)

mmmkg

SteelTobementionedTobementionedTobementioned

18. CONTINUOUSCURRENTCARRYINGCAPACITYBasedontheconditionsspecified:Onecircuit Twocircuits Threecircuits InAirOnecircuit

AAAA

702579504877

19. PERMISSIBLEOVERLOADInServiceConditionsForaperiodof

%Hours

TobementionedTobementioned

20. MAXIMUMCONDUCTORTEMPERATURELaiddirectinground Drawnintoducts Erectedinair

CCC

909090

21. CONDUCTORSHORTCIRCUITCURRENTCarryingcapacityforonesecond,CableloadasabovepriortoShortcircuitandfinalconductorTemperatureof250C`

KA

71.5

22. METALLICLAYER/SHEATHEARTHFAULTCURRENTCarryingcapacityforonesecond,CableloadedasabovepriortoEarthfault

KA

40(withdetailcalculation)




23. MINIMUMRADIUSOFBENDAroundwhichcablecanbelaid

m

20timesofoveralldiameterofcable

24. MAXIMUMDCRESISTANCEPerkmofcableat20Cofconductor ofmetalliclayer

ohmohm

0.0366Tobementioned

25. MAXIMUMACRESISTANCEOfconductorperkmofcableatMaximumconductortemperature

ohm

0.053

26. INSULATIONRESISTANCEPerkmofcablepercoreat20C atmaximumratedtemperature

MΩMΩ

40040

27. EQUIVALENTSTARREACTANEPerkmof3phasecircuitatNominalfrequency

Ohm/Km

Tobementioned

28. MAXIMUMELECTROSTATICCAPACITANCEPerKmofcable

µF

Tobementioned

29. MAXIMUMINDUCEDVOLTAGEOnmetalliclayer/sheathUnderfaultcondition

V

Tobementioned

30. MAXIMUMCHARGINGCURRENTPercorepermetreofcableatNominalvoltageUo

mA

Tobementioned

31. MAXIMUMDIELECTICLOSSofcablepermetreof3phasecircuitwhenlaiddirectinthegroundatnominalvoltageUoandnormalfrequencyatmaximumconductorTemperature

W/m

0.33

32. METALLICSHEATHLOSSOfcablepermetreof3phasecircuit,AtnominalvoltageUo,normalfrequencyAndatthespecifiedcurrentrating

W

Tobementioned

33. MAXIMUMPULLINGTENSION kg 3500Kg

Seal and Signature

of the manufacturer:

Seal and Signature

of the Bidder:


8.14 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT AND GUARANTEE SCHEDULE OF

11kV 1-CORE, 500 mm2

XLPE COPPER CABLES

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPad,Otherwisethebidshallnotbeconsideredforevaluation)

Sl. No

DESCRIPTION UNIT BPDB REQUIREMENT BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES

1Name&addressoftheManufacturer

Tobementioned

2 Type/ModeloftheofferedCable Tobementioned

3 NominalSystemVoltage KV 11 4 RatedvoltageofCable KV 6/10(12) 5 Processofmanufacturing CCV/VCV

6 NumberofcoreandCross

Sectionalareaofconductorcores

Sq.mm

1CX500

7 Conductormaterials Copper 8 Numberofstrand Shallbe

mentioned

9 Diameterofeachstrand mm Tobementioned 10 Shapeofconductor CompactedCircular

11 Typeofconductorscreen

Semi-conducting

12 NominaldiameterofAlwireArmour mm

≥2.0

13 Averagethicknessofinsulation mm ≥3.4 14 Processofcuring Dryprocess

15

MaterialofInsulation Cross-Linked

Poly-ethylene(XLPE)

16Typeofnon-metallicinsulatingscreen

Semi-conducting

17Thicknessofsemi-conductingInsulationscreen

mm

≥1.0

18NumberanddiameterofcopperScreenstrandsc

No/mm

Basedondesigncalculation

19 Compositionoffiller PVC 20 Compositionofbedding ExtrudedPVC

21

Thicknessofbedding

mmBasedondesign

calculation

22AveragethicknessofMDPEoversheath

mmBasedondesign

calculation

23Nominaldiameterofcompletecable

mmBasedondesign

calculation

24NominalweightpermeterofCompletecable

Kg/mBasedondesign

calculation

25Minimumradiusofbendroundwhichcablecanbelaid

mmBasedondesign

calculation

26

MaximumD.C.resistanceofConductorperkilometerat20°C

Ohm/km <.0601


Sl. No

DESCRIPTION UNIT BPDB REQUIREMENT BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES

27

MaximumA.C.resistanceofConductorpermeteratamaximumconductortemperatureof90°C

Ohm/m


28Inductanceperkilometerofcableat50Hz

mH/Km0.336

29capacitancepermeterofcableat50Hz

mF/kmApproximate0.50

30 Chargingcurrentperconductorpermeterat18000/30000Volts,50Hz

mA


31 Maximumcurrentcarryingcapacityofconductoringround

ABasedondesign

calculation

32 Maximumconductortemperatureundercontinuousloading °C


33Short-circuitwithstandcapacityofthecablefor1sec.duration

kA Min.25,1Sec

34Conductortemperatureattheendofshortcircuit

°C ≤230

35 Earthfaultwithstandcapacityfor1sec.

KA Min.25

36Screenshortcircuitwithstandcapacity

KA Min.25

37 Cableresistance&reactance:

a) Forpositivesequence Ohm/kmBasedondesign

calculation

b) NegativesequenceOhm/km Basedondesign

calculation

c) ZerosequenceOhm/km Basedondesign

calculation



8.15 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT & GUARANTEE SCHEDULE

11kV, XLPE, 3C X 185mm2 COPPER CABLE (To be filled up by the manufacturer with appropriated data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected)


BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES

1 Name & address of the Manufacturer

To be mentioned

2 Type/Model of the offered Cable To be mentioned

3 System Voltage KV 11 4 Rated Voltage of Cable KV 6/10 (12) 5 Process of manufacturing VCV/CCV.

6 Number of core and Cross Sectional area of conductor cores Sq.mm 3C x 185

7 Conductor materials Copper 8 Shape of conductor Round 9 Type of conductor screen Semi-conducting

10 Thickness of semi-conducting screen

mm 0.6

11 Average thickness of insulation mm 3.4 (min)

12 Process of curing Dry process

13 Material of Insulation Cross Linked

Poly ethylene (XLPE)

14 Type of non-metallic insulating screen

Semi-conducting

15 Thickness of semi-conducting Insulation screen

mm 1.0

16 Number & diameter of copper Screen strands

No./mm Based on design calculation

17 Composition of filler PVC 18 Composition of bedding Extruded PVC

19 Thickness of bedding mm Based on design

calculation

20 Number & diameter of armour wire

Shall be mentioned

21 Average thickness of PV Cover sheath

mm Based on design calculation

22 Nominal diameter of complete cable


23 Nominal weight per meter of complete cable

Kg/m Based on design calculation

24 Minimum radius of bend round which cable can be laid


25 Maximum D.C. resistance of Conductor per kilometer at 20° C

Ohm/km 0.0991




BIDDER'S GUARANTEED

VALUES

26 Maximum A.C. resistance of Conductor per meter at a maximum conductor temperature of 90° C

Ohm/m Based on design calculation

27 Inductance per kilometer of cable at 50 Hz

mH/Km 0.364

28 capacitance per kilometer of cable at 50 Hz

mF/Km 0.42

29

Charging current per conductor per meter at 6300/11000 Volts, 50 Hz

mA Based on design calculation

30 Maximum current carrying capacity of conductor in ground

A Based on design calculation

31 Maximum conductor temperature under continuous loading

°C Based on design calculation

32 Shor tcircuit capacity of the cable for 1 sec. duration

KA Minimum 25

33 Conductor temperature at the end of shortcircuit

°C ≤230

34 Earth fault capacity for 1 sec. KA Minimum 25

35 Screen shortcircuit withstand capacity

KA Minimum 25

36 Cable resistance & reactance: a) positive sequence Ohm/km Based on design

calculation

b) negative sequence Ohm/km Based on design calculation

c) zero sequence Ohm/km Based on design calculation


8.16 Guaranteed Technical Particulars for Single-Core, 120 mm2 PVC Insulated and PVC Sheathed Copper Cable for grounding system

(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturer'sLetterheadPadwithappropriateddata)

Sl. No.

Description Unit Purchaser’s Requirement


1 NameoftheItem 1CX120 sq. mm PVCInsulated and PVCSheathedCables

2 NameoftheManufacturer Shallbementioned 3 AddressoftheManufacturer Shallbementioned 4 Standard Performance Design and

Testing shall be inaccordance to the BS,IEC, BDS or equivalentInternationalstandards.

5 CableSize mm2 1CX120 6 Material PVCInsulatedandPVC

Sheathedplainannealedcopper.

7 Numbers&Diameterofwires Mm Min18Wires 8 Maximumresistanceat30

deg.C/KM 0.153

9 Nominalthicknessofinsulation

Mm 1.6

10 Nominalthicknessofsheath Mm 1.8 11 Colorofsheath Black 12 Approximateouterdiameter Mm 20.0 13 Approximateweight Kg/KM 1340 14 Continuouspermissible

servicevoltageV 600/1000

15 Currentratingat30deg.CambienttemperatureU/G

Amps 310

16 Currentratingat35deg.Cambientinair

Amps 350

17 Drumwoundlength M 500 18 NetWeight Kg Shallbementioned 19 Grossweight Kg Shallbementioned 20 TreatedWoodenDrum

Standard AWPAC1–82,C2–83,

C16–82,P5–83.

Seal and Signature of the manufacturer

Seal and Signature of the Bidder


8.17 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT & GUARANTEE SCHEDULE ACCESSORIES

FOR 11kV XLPE, 1-CORE, 500 mm2

COPPER CABLE.

(to be filled up by the manufacturer with appropriated data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected)

Sl. No.

DescriptionofItems

BPDB’s

Requirement

Manufacturers

Particulars

1 Indoor Termination Kits for 11 KV XLPE, 1-Core, 500 mm

2 Copper cable

i. Name & address of the manufacturer

Shall be furnished

ii. Type/model of the kits Shall be furnished

iii. Application For 11 KV, 1-core, XLPE 300 mm2

Copper Conductors

iv. Installation For Indoor installation in switchgear terminations

v. System 11 KV, effectively earthed system

vi. Cable conductor 500 mm2

1- core Copper Conductors

vii. Kit content - Heat shrinkable high voltage insulating andnon-

tracking tubing - Heat shrinkable stress control tubing

- Stress relieving mastic strip

- Truck resistant sealant tape

- Cable preparation kit

- Solderless earthc onnection kit

- Compression lugs for 500 mm2 Copper Conductors

- Installation instructions

-

2 Outdoor Termination Kits for 11KV XLPE, 1-Core, 500mm2

Copper Cable

i. Name and address of the manufacturer

Shall befurnished


iii. Application For 11KV, 1-Core, XLPE 500 mm2

Copper Conductors

iv. Installation For Outdoor installation on poles/structures

v. System 11KV, effectively earthed system


1-core Copper Conductors

vii. Kit content - Heat shrinkable high voltage insulating and non-tracking tubing

- Heat shrinkable stress controltubing

- Stress relieving mastic strip


- Heat shrinkable truck resistant rain skirt

- Suppor tinsulator


- Solderless earth connection kit

- Compression lugs for 500 mm2 Copper

Conductors

- Support insulators Tee Brackets

- Installation instructions


Sl. No.


BPDB’s

Requirement

Manufacturers

Particulars

3 Straight-through jointbox for 11KV XLPE, 1-Core, 500mm2

Copper cable

i. Name & address of the manufacturer

Shall be furnished


iii. Application For 11KV, 1-core, XLPE 500mm2

Copper Conductors

iv. Installation For underground horizontal mounting

v. System 11KV, effectively earthed system


1-core Copper Conductor

vii. Construction The joint shall be proof against Ingress of moisture and water

viii. Kit content - Compression ferrules - Valid filling tape

- Heat shrinkable stress control

tubing


- Heat shrinkable high voltage insulating tape

- Heat shrinkable black/reddual wall

- Estomeric tube

- Roll spring

- Heat shrinkable outer jacket tube




8.18 Guaranteed Technical Particulars for Single-Core, 33KV 95 mm2PVC Insulated and PVC

Sheathed Copper Cable.(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturer'sLetterheadPadwithappropriateddata)

Sl.

No.


Requirement

Manufacturer’s

Particulars

1 NameoftheItem 1CX95sq.mmPVC

InsulatedandPVC

SheathedCables

2 NameoftheManufacturer Shallbementioned

3 AddressoftheManufacturer Shallbementioned

4 Standard PerformanceDesignand

Testingshallbein

accordancetotheBS,

IEC,BDSorequivalent

Internationalstandards.

5 CableSize mm2 1CX95

6 Material PVCInsulatedandPVC

Sheathedplainannealed

copper.

7 Numbers&Diameterofwires Mm 19/2.52

8 Maximumresistanceat30

deg.C

/KM 0.1964

9 Nominalthicknessof

insulation

Mm 1.6

10 Nominalthicknessofsheath Mm 1.8

11 Colourofsheath Black

12 Approximateouterdiameter Mm 19.4

13 Approximateweight Kg/KM 1129

14 Continuouspermissible

servicevoltage

V 600/1000

15 Currentratingat30deg.C

ambienttemperatureU/G

Amps 270

16 Currentratingat35deg.C

ambientinair

Amps 300

17 Drumwoundlength M 500

18 NetWeight Kg Shallbementioned

19 Grossweight Kg Shallbementioned

20 TreatedWoodenDrum

Standard

AWPAC1–82,C2–83,

C16–82,P5–83.

Seal and Signature

of the manufacturer:

Seal and Signature

of the Bidder:

8.19 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS AND GUARANTEES OF LED FLOOD FIGHT


(TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPadwithappropriatedata)

Sl.

No. Description Unit

BPDB's

Requirement

Manufacturer'

s guaranteed

Particulars

1 Manufacturer’sName&countryof

origin

-Tobementioned

2 Manufacturer’smodelNo. -Tobementioned

3 InputVoltage V220

4 OperatingVoltage V 180-240

5 RatedWattage W 50

6 Efficacy lu/W 100

7 DriverEfficiency Min90%

8 LifeSpan Hrs 50000

Operatingtemperature -5to50degreeC

9 colortemperature K 5000-6000

10 Housing - in two pieces (upper and

lower housings) Die cast

aluminumhousing

11

Electricalandgearcompartment IntegralInverter

Electronic

12 ProtectionDegree IP65

13 painting RAL7035

14 Frequency Hz50

15 FrontGlass F-Flat

glass

16 NetWight KgTobementioned

Seal&SignatureoftheManufacturer Seal&SignatureoftheBidder


8.20 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS AND GUARANTEES OF LED SIGN BOARD (ELECTRONIC)

Sl No Description BPDB’s

requirement

Bidders

Guaranteed

particulars

1 NameandAddressoftheManufacturer

2 Pixelpitch minimum10.0mm

3 LEDconfiguration SMD

4 LEDdensity Minimum8500

LED/m²

5 Brightness 6,500nits

(calibrated)

6 ColorProcessing 16bit/color

7 Colors 281trillion

8 Hor.viewingangle -70°/+70°

9 Vert.viewingangle -35°/+10°

10 Powerconsumption(typical) Max300W/m²

11 Heatdissipation(typical) 784BTU/hr/m²

12 Operationaltemperature -20°/+50°C

13 Ruggedness IP65(front)

14 Dimensions(HxWxD) Tobementioned

15 Modulesurface Minimum1m²

16 Weight/Tile Minimum450kg

17 Certifications CE,ETL,FCCClassA,

CEBEC,RohS



8.21 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS AND GUARANTEES OF STEEL STRUCTURE DESIGN (TobefilledupbytheManufacturerinManufacturerLetterheadPadwithappropriatedata)

Sl. No.



1 Manufacturer'sNameandCountry - Tobementioned 2 Maximumratioofunsupportedlengthofsteel

compressiontotheirleastradiusofgyration:

a)Mainmembers mm 120 b)Bracing's mm 180 c)Redundant mm 180 3 B.S.4360grade43Asteelorotherapproved

standard:

a)Elasticlimitstressintensionmembers Kg/mm2 Tobementioned b)Ultimatestressincompressionmembers

(expressedasfunctionL/R)Kg/mm2 Sc=F/S[1+0.000

11x(L/R)2/M]

4 B.S.4360grade50Csteelorotherapprovedstandard:

a)Elasticlimitstressintensionmembers Kg/mm2 Tobementioned b)Ultimatestressincompressionmembers

(expressedasfunctionL/R)Kg/mm2 Sc=F/S[1+0.000

166x(L/R)2/M]

5 Formulaforcalculationofultimatestressincompression.

- SC=F/S[1+LE/2

Ex(L/R)2/M]

Where, SC=Ultimatestressincompression Kg/mm2 Tobementioned F=Yieldstrength Kg Tobementioned S=Section mm2 Tobementioned L/R=Length/Radiusofgyration cm Tobementioned LE=Elasticlimitstress Mg/mm2 24or36 E=Elasticitymodule Kg/mm2 22000 M=RigidityCoefficientateachend - Tobementioned M=1withonlyoneboltateachendof

member- Tobementioned

M=2withtwoboltsateachendofamember - Tobementioned M=4ifL/Rbetween110and130 - Tobementioned M=3ifL/Roverto130- Tobementioned 6 Minimumsizeofmember mm 45x45x-- 7 WeightofeachColumn Kg Tobementioned 8 WeightofeachGirder Kg Tobementioned 9 Totalweight Kg Tobementioned



8.22 GTP of Automatic fire protection and firefighting system with smoke and heat detectors for 33 KV

and 11 KV switchgear room:

(to be filled up by the bidder/manufacturer with appropriate data)

Sl. No. Description EMPLOYER

Requirement

Manufacturer's

guaranteed

Particulars

1. Name and Address of the Automatic Fire Protection and firefighting system Provider

To be mentioned

2. Standard To be mentioned 3. Installation Inside 33 and 11 kV

switchgear room

4. Name of accessories To be mentioned

Seal and Signature of the manufacturer Seal and Signature of the Bidder